Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 16, 2011

Registration Statement No. 333-168368

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO
FORM S-11
FOR REGISTRATION
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OF SECURITIES OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES



STAG Industrial, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its governing instruments)



99 High Street, 28th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
(617) 574-4777
(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including
Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)



Benjamin S. Butcher
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
STAG Industrial, Inc.
99 High Street, 28th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
(617) 574-4777
(Name, Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for Service)



Copies to:

Jeffrey M. Sullivan, Esq.
DLA Piper LLP (US)
4141 Parklake Avenue, Suite 300
Raleigh, North Carolina 27612
Tel: (919) 786-2000
Fax: (919) 786-2203

 

Gilbert G. Menna, Esq.
Daniel P. Adams, Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
Exchange Place
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Tel: (617) 570-1000
Fax: (617) 523-1231



           Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

          If any of the Securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:     o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.     o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated February 16, 2011

PROSPECTUS

13,000,000 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock



        STAG Industrial, Inc. is a newly formed, self-administered and self-managed full-service real estate company focused on the acquisition, ownership and management of single-tenant industrial properties throughout the United States. Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our portfolio will consist of 90 properties in 26 states with approximately 13.7 million rentable square feet.

        This is our initial public offering. We are selling 13,000,000 shares of our common stock.

        We expect the public offering price to be between $            and $            per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. Our shares of common stock have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol "STIR."

        We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes ("REIT") commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2011. To assist us in qualifying as a REIT, shareholders are generally restricted from owning more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding shares of common stock or of our outstanding shares of capital stock. Our charter contains additional restrictions on the ownership and transfer of shares of our common stock. See "Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock."

         Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 21 of this prospectus.



 
  Per share   Total  

Public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discount

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $    

        The underwriters also may purchase up to an additional 1,950,000 shares from us, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                        , 2011.



BofA Merrill Lynch           J.P. Morgan   UBS Investment Bank



The date of this prospectus is                        , 2011.


GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  21

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  47

USE OF PROCEEDS

  49

DISTRIBUTION POLICY

  51

CAPITALIZATION

  55

DILUTION

  56

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  58

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  61

MARKET OVERVIEW

  84

BUSINESS

  95

MANAGEMENT

  116

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

  130

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY

  134

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

  143

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

  147

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK

  149

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

  154

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  161

OUR OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

  163

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

  167

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

  192

UNDERWRITING

  196

LEGAL MATTERS

  203

EXPERTS

  203

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  204

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1



         You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by us or information to which we have referred you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us is accurate only as of their respective dates or on the date or dates which are specified in those documents. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. We will update this prospectus as required by law.



        We use market data and industry forecasts and projections in this prospectus. We have obtained substantially all of the information under "Prospectus Summary—Market Overview" and under "Market Overview" from market research prepared or obtained by CB Richard Ellis—Econometric

i


Table of Contents


Advisors ("CBRE-EA") in connection with this offering. Such information is included herein in reliance on CBRE-EA's authority as an expert on such matters. See "Experts." In addition, CBRE-EA in some cases has obtained market data and industry forecasts and projections from publicly available information and industry publications. These sources generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections are based on industry surveys and the preparers' experience in the industry, and there is no assurance that any of the projections or forecasts will be achieved. We believe that the surveys and market research others have performed are reliable, but we have not independently verified this information.

        In connection with this offering, we intend to make awards of restricted common stock and LTIP Units under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and determined the size of those awards using dollar values. The number of LTIP Units and shares of restricted stock we disclosed in this prospectus are based on the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. If the actual initial public offering price is less than or greater than the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the number of LTIP Units and shares of restricted stock awarded will increase or decrease, respectively.



        In this prospectus:

ii


Table of Contents

iii


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read carefully the entire prospectus, including "Risk Factors," our financial statements, pro forma financial information, and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our common stock.

         Unless indicated otherwise, the information included in this prospectus assumes (1) no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to 1,950,000 additional shares of our common stock to cover overallotments, if any, and (2) the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

         The historical operations described in this prospectus refer to the historical operations of STAG Industrial, Inc. and our predecessor business. We have generally described the business operations in this prospectus as if the historical operations of our predecessor business were conducted by us.

Overview

        STAG Industrial, Inc. is a newly formed, self-administered and self-managed full-service real estate company focused on the acquisition, ownership and management of single-tenant industrial properties throughout the United States. We will continue and grow the single-tenant industrial business conducted by our predecessor business. Benjamin S. Butcher, the Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer and President, together with an affiliate of New England Development, LLC ("NED"), a real estate development and management company, formed our predecessor business, which commenced active operations in 2004.

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our portfolio will consist of 90 properties in 26 states with approximately 13.7 million rentable square feet. As of December 31, 2010, our properties were 89.6% leased to 69 tenants, with no single tenant accounting for more than 5.5% of our total annualized rent and no single industry accounting for more than 14.8% of our total annualized rent.

        We target the acquisition of individual Class B, single-tenant industrial properties predominantly in secondary markets throughout the United States with purchase prices ranging from $5 million to $25 million. We believe our focus on owning and expanding a portfolio of such properties will generate returns for our shareholders that are attractive in light of the risks associated with these returns because:

1


Table of Contents

For a description of what we consider to be Class A and Class B properties, see "Business—Our Properties."

        Our target properties are generally leased to:

        We believe the market inefficiently prices our target properties because investors underestimate the probability of tenant retention beyond the primary lease term, or overestimate the expected cost of tenant default. Further, we believe our underwriting processes, utilizing our proprietary model, allows us to acquire properties at a discount to their intrinsic values, where intrinsic values are determined by the properties' future cash flows.

        We were incorporated on July 21, 2010 under the laws of the State of Maryland. We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), for the year ending December 31, 2011, and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal taxes on our income to the extent we currently distribute our income to our shareholders and maintain our qualification as a REIT. We are structured as an umbrella partnership REIT ("UPREIT") and will own substantially all of our assets and conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership. Our principal executive offices are located at 99 High Street, 28th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. Our telephone number is (617) 574-4777. Our website is www.stagreit.com. The information found on, or otherwise accessible through, our website is not incorporated into, and does not form a part of, this prospectus or any other report or document we file with or furnish to the SEC.

Competitive Strengths

2


Table of Contents

3


Table of Contents

Our Strategies

        Our primary business objectives are to own and operate a balanced and diversified portfolio of single-tenant industrial properties that maximizes cash flows available for distribution to our shareholders, and to enhance shareholder value over time by achieving sustainable long-term growth in funds from operations ("FFO") per share through the following strategies.

        Our primary investment strategy is to acquire individual Class B, single-tenant industrial properties predominantly in secondary markets throughout the United States through third-party purchases and structured sale-leasebacks featuring high initial yields and strong ongoing cash-on-cash returns.

        We believe secondary markets tend to have less occupancy and rental rate volatility and less buyer competition compared with primary markets. As of December 31, 2010, our properties had an average annualized rent of $4.07 per rentable square foot of leased space.

        The performance of single-tenant properties tends to be binary in nature—either a tenant is paying rent or the owner is paying the entire carrying cost of the property. We believe that this binary nature frequently causes the market to inefficiently price our target assets. In an attempt to avoid this binary risk and paying the entire carrying cost of a vacant property, potential investors in single-tenant properties may turn to the application of rigid decision rules that would induce buyers of single-tenant properties to avoid acquisitions where the tenant does not have an investment grade rating or where the remaining primary lease term is less than an arbitrary number such as 12 years. By adhering to such inflexible decision rules, other investors may miss attractive opportunities that we can identify and acquire.

        We further believe that our method of using and applying the results of our due diligence and our ability to understand and underwrite risk allows us to exploit this market inefficiency. Lastly, we believe that the systematic aggregation of individual properties will result in a diversified portfolio that mitigates the risk of any single property and will produce sustainable returns which are attractive in light of the associated risks. A diversified portfolio with low correlated risk—essentially a "virtual industrial park"—facilitates debt financing and mitigates individual property ownership risk.

        External Growth through Acquisitions:     Our target acquisitions will be predominantly in secondary markets across the United States, in the $5 million to $25 million range. Where appropriate potential returns present themselves, we also may acquire assets in primary markets. We will continue to develop our large existing network of relationships with real estate and financial intermediaries. These individuals and companies give us access to significant deal flow—both those broadly marketed and those exposed through only limited marketing. We believe that a significant portion of the 13.8 billion square feet of industrial space in the United States falls within our target investment criteria and that there will be ample supply of suitable acquisition opportunities.

        Internal Growth through Asset Management:     Our asset management team will seek to maximize cash flows by maintaining high retention rates and leasing vacant space, managing operating expenses and maintaining our properties. We seek to accomplish these objectives by improving the overall performance and positioning of our assets by utilizing our tenant relationships and leasing expertise to maintain occupancy and increase rental rates. Our asset management team collaborates with our internal credit function to actively monitor the credit profile of each of our tenants on an ongoing basis. Additionally, we work with national and local brokerage companies to market and lease available properties on advantageous terms. During the period from March 3, 2004 to December 31, 2010, the

4


Table of Contents


management company achieved a lease renewal rate of 71.9%. As of December 31, 2010, our portfolio had approximately 1,434,217 square feet, or 10.4% of our total rentable square feet, available for lease.

        We believe that our market knowledge, systems and processes allow us to analyze efficiently the risks in an asset's ability to produce cash flow going forward. We blend fundamental real estate analysis with corporate credit analysis in our proprietary model to make a probabilistic assessment of cash flows that will be realized in future periods. For each asset, our analysis focuses on:

        We intend to preserve a flexible capital structure and to utilize primarily debt secured by pools of properties. We have executed a loan agreement with several financial institutions establishing a $100 million secured corporate revolving credit facility (subject to increase to $200 million under certain circumstances). The credit facility is being held in escrow and will be available upon the closing of this offering and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. In addition, in connection with our formation transactions, we will be assuming an existing secured acquisition credit facility from STAG GI that currently has $33.6 million of borrowing capacity and a commitment letter for an additional $65 million secured acquisition credit facility. We expect to fund property acquisitions initially through a combination of cash available from offering proceeds, our credit facilities and traditional mortgage financing. Where possible, we also anticipate using common units of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership ("common units") to acquire properties from existing owners seeking a tax-deferred transaction. We intend to meet our long-term liquidity needs through cash provided by operations and use of other financing methods as available from time to time including, but not limited to, secured and unsecured debt, perpetual and non-perpetual preferred stock, additional common equity issuances, letters of credit and other arrangements. In addition, we may invest in properties subject to existing mortgages or similar liens.

5


Table of Contents

Our Properties

        The following tables portray the property type, geographic, and industry diversity of our properties and tenants, respectively, as of December 31, 2010:

Property Type
  Total Number
of Properties
  Occupancy (1)   Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized
Rent per
Leased Square
Foot
  Total
Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total
Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (dollars in
thousands)

   
 

Warehouse/Distribution

    43     89.3 %   9,788,490     71.3 % $ 3.42   $ 29,915     59.9 %

Flex/Office

    21     89.1 %   1,243,221     9.1 %   9.92     10,993     22.0 %

Manufacturing

    26     90.6 %   2,693,679     19.6 %   3.71     9,059     18.1 %
                               

Total/Weighted Average

    90     89.6 %   13,725,390     100 % $ 4.07   $ 49,967     100 %
                               

 

State
  Total Number
of Properties
  Occupancy (1)   Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Total Annualized
Rent per
Leased Square
Foot
  Total
Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total
Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (dollars in
thousands)

   
 

North Carolina

    9     100.0 %   2,241,973     16.3 % $ 3.85   $ 8,636     17.3 %

Ohio

    11     75.0 %   2,160,330     15.7 %   3.94     6,386     12.8 %

Wisconsin

    6     98.9 %   1,299,262     9.5 %   2.83     3,636     7.3 %

Michigan

    7     93.8 %   1,195,201     8.7 %   2.75     3,080     6.2 %

Maine

    6     100.0 %   378,979     2.8 %   7.33     2,778     5.6 %

Indiana

    11     89.9 %   854,228     6.2 %   3.44     2,645     5.3 %

Tennessee

    2     100.0 %   761,106     5.5 %   3.33     2,538     5.1 %

Minnesota

    2     100.0 %   558,894     4.1 %   4.25     2,374     4.8 %

Kentucky

    2     97.3 %   868,503     6.3 %   2.71     2,290     4.6 %

Florida

    4     56.6 %   329,184     2.4 %   9.91     1,846     3.7 %

New Jersey

    2     100.0 %   315,500     2.3 %   5.45     1,718     3.4 %

Massachusetts

    3     58.5 %   187,983     1.4 %   7.19     790     1.6 %

All Others

    25     81.5 %   2,574,247     18.8 %   5.36     11,250     22.3 %
                               

Total/Weighted Average

    90     89.6 %   13,725,390     100 % $ 4.07   $ 49,967     100 %
                               

(1)
Calculated as the average occupancy weighted by each property's rentable square footage. A few properties have more than one tenant.

6


Table of Contents


Industry
  Total Number
of Leases (1)
  Total Leased
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Leased
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total
Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Containers & Packaging

    8     1,975,891     16.0 % $ 7,416     14.8 %

Business Services

    5     759,960     6.2 %   4,933     9.9 %

Personal Products

    6     1,734,489     14.1 %   4,788     9.6 %

Industrial Equipment, Components & Metals

    7     824,318     6.7 %   3,600     7.2 %

Aerospace & Defense

    6     665,930     5.4 %   3,562     7.1 %

Automotive

    5     1,059,280     8.6 %   3,539     7.1 %

Food & Beverages

    3     925,700     7.5 %   3,306     6.6 %

Technology

    6     678,850     5.5 %   3,157     6.3 %

Finance

    2     387,227     3.2 %   3,115     6.2 %

Retail

    2     918,025     7.5 %   3,022     6.0 %

Office Supplies

    4     1,254,836     10.2 %   2,999     6.0 %

Healthcare

    3     192,230     1.6 %   1,380     2.8 %

Government

    4     62,041     0.5 %   1,309     2.6 %

Air Freight & Logistics

    3     242,292     2.0 %   1,098     2.2 %

Education

    3     108,846     0.9 %   1,092     2.2 %

Other

    5     501,258     4.1 %   1,651     3.4 %
                       

Total/Weighted Average

    72     12,291,173     100 % $ 49,967     100 %
                       

(1)
A single lease may cover space in more than one building.

        The following table sets forth information about the 10 largest tenants in our portfolio based on total annualized rent as of December 31, 2010:

Tenant
  Total Leased
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Leased
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total
Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
  (dollars in thousands)
 

International Paper

    573,323     4.7 % $ 2,765     5.5 %

Bank of America

    318,979     2.6 %   2,233     4.5 %

Spencer Gifts

    491,025     4.0 %   1,890     3.8 %

Berry Plastics

    315,500     2.6 %   1,718     3.4 %

Stream International

    148,131     1.2 %   1,666     3.3 %

Archway Marketing Services

    386,724     3.1 %   1,623     3.2 %

ConAgra Foods

    342,700     2.8 %   1,388     2.8 %

Chrysler Group

    343,416     2.8 %   1,181     2.4 %

DuPont

    418,406     3.4 %   1,151     2.3 %

Cequent Performance Products

    366,000     3.0 %   1,138     2.3 %
                   

Total

    3,704,204     30.2 % $ 16,753     33.5 %
                   

7


Table of Contents

        As of December 31, 2010, our weighted average in-place remaining lease term across our portfolio was approximately 5.8 years. The following table sets forth a summary schedule of lease expirations for leases in place as of December 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the five calendar years beginning with 2011 and thereafter in our portfolio. The information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and no early termination rights.

Year of
Lease
Expiration
  Number of
Leases
Expiring
  Total
Rentable
Square
Feet
  Percentage of
Total Expiring
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized
Rent (1)
  Percentage
of Total
Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Available

          1,434,217     10.4 %            

2011

    10     661,911     4.8 %   3,364     6.7 %

2012

    13     1,515,134     11.0 %   6,331     12.7 %

2013

    8     1,747,803     12.7 %   5,485     11.0 %

2014

    9     1,698,275     12.4 %   7,006     14.0 %

2015

    4     303,732     2.2 %   1,450     2.9 %

Thereafter

    28     6,364,318     46.5 %   26,331     52.7 %
                       

    72     13,725,390     100 % $ 49,967     100 %
                       

(1)
Total annualized rent does not include any gross-up for tenant reimbursements and we had no rent abatements in effect as of December 31, 2010.

Recent Developments

    Acquisition Activity

        STAG GI has entered into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase of one 152,000-square foot industrial property and it also has executed two non-binding letters of intent for the purchase of two industrial properties with a combined 537,000 square feet, which represents an aggregate purchase price for all three properties of $30.5 million. We are in various stages of due diligence and underwriting as part of our evaluations of these three potential acquisitions, and each is subject to significant outstanding conditions.

    Leasing Activity

        In addition, of the leases representing 1,041,705 square feet that were originally expiring in 2011, we executed two early renewals in 2010 representing 379,794 square feet of space. Including those leases, we have now renewed 73% of the square footage and 55% of the annualized rent that was expiring in 2011. We also have leased 65,182 square feet of vacant space in the first quarter of 2011, at a rental rate of $2.50 per square foot, initially equating to $162,955 of annualized rent (representing an increase of approximately $98,000 of annualized rent from the previous lease).

    Financing Activity

        We have executed a commitment letter, subject to customary closing conditions, to extend the maturity of our loan from Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited ("Anglo Master Loan (Fund III)"), which debt is due in 2012, to October 2013.

Market Overview

         Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this Market Overview section is derived from market materials prepared by CBRE-EA as of February 11, 2011, and the projections and beliefs of CBRE-EA stated herein are as of that date.

8


Table of Contents

        As of December 31, 2010, the overall U.S. industrial market consisted of approximately 257,000 buildings with 13.8 billion square feet of space. In terms of net rentable area ("NRA"), warehouse/distribution facilities constitute the majority (66.6%) of this space followed by manufacturing (20.6%) and flex/office (which includes research and development) (10.5%). Unclassified buildings (industrial facilities such as sewage treatment centers and airport hangars that are not amenable to private real estate investment) represent the remaining 2.3%.

 
  NRA
(square feet in millions)
  Number of Properties  

Warehouse/Distribution

    9,179     171,227  

Manufacturing

    2,846     41,596  

Flex/Office

    1,443     36,496  

Other

    323     8,049  
           

All Industrial

    13,791     257,368  
           


Source: CBRE-EA Industrial Peer Select, Spring 2011.

        The single-tenant industrial sector offers investors the opportunity to receive stable income from leases to a variety of firms across the spectrum of industrial sub-property types, and single-tenant industrial buildings are more likely to provide their owners with less volatile cash flows after expenses, as they generally do not require the same degree of tenant and capital improvement expenditures that are required on an ongoing basis to lease multi-tenanted space or other classes of commercial property.

        Within the context of the broader real estate market, industrial property, including our targeted asset class, has exhibited a number of favorable investment characteristics:

    According to the National Council of Real Estate Investment Fidicuaries Property Index, industrial property has generally outperformed commercial property as a whole on a total return basis over the long term, by generating high and stable cash-flow yields.

    The current market environment provides an opportunity for well-capitalized investors to acquire industrial assets with strong cash flows at prices significantly discounted from levels of a few years ago due to the recent capital market dislocation on commercial real estate values.

    Industrial property fundamentals are expected to gradually improve as new supply remains low, the absorption rate increases and availabilities decrease over the next few years.

    Over the recent past, the Class B warehouse market has demonstrated a relatively higher degree of stability in terms of occupancy compared with newer and larger Class A space. Despite these market fundamentals, Class B space is relatively consistently priced at a discount to Class A space.

    Over the past 20 years, industrial properties in secondary markets on average have generated a superior economic rent growth with slightly lower volatility than their primary market counterparts.

Summary Risk Factors

        An investment in our common stock involves material risks. You should consider carefully the risks described below and under "Risk Factors" before purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering:

9


Table of Contents

Debt Financing and Liquidity

        As of December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, we expect to have mortgage debt outstanding with an estimated aggregate balance of approximately $172.9 million at a weighted average annual interest rate of 5.8%. All of this debt will bear interest at a fixed rate through its initial term. Of the $172.9 million of fixed rate debt we expect to have outstanding, $72.0 million is fixed as a result of interest rate swaps. This debt will be comprised of a $72.0 million loan maturing in 2012, an $92.4 million loan maturing in 2018 and an $8.5 million loan maturing in 2027. See "Business—Description of Certain Debt" for more information about such debt. We have executed a commitment letter, subject to customary closing conditions, to extend the maturity of our debt due in 2012 to October 2013. The pro forma debt yield on this instrument is       %.

        We have executed a loan agreement with several financial institutions establishing a $100 million secured corporate revolving credit facility (subject to increase to $200 million under certain circumstances). The credit facility is being held in escrow and will be available upon the closing of this offering and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. In addition, in connection with our formation transactions, we will be assuming an existing secured acquisition credit facility from STAG

10


Table of Contents


GI that currently has $33.6 million of borrowing capacity and a commitment letter for an additional $65 million secured acquisition credit facility.

        Upon completion of this offering and after the debt paydowns discussed under "Use of Proceeds," we expect to have approximately $2.2 million in cash and $         million in credit facility capacity immediately available to us, and upon satisfaction of certain lender conditions, $       million in credit facility capacity, to fund working capital and property acquisitions and to execute our business strategy.

Our Formation Transactions and Structure

        We have deployed more than $1.3 billion through four private equity real estate funds, SCP Green, LLC ("Fund I"), STAG Investments II, LLC ("Fund II"), STAG Investments III, LLC ("Fund III") and STAG Investments IV, LLC ("Fund IV"), and one joint venture, STAG GI. We were formed to acquire the existing assets and operations of our predecessor business.

        Our senior management team consists of Mr. Butcher, the Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer and President, Gregory W. Sullivan, our Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer, Stephen C. Mecke, our Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President, Kathryn Arnone, our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, and David G. King, our Executive Vice President and Director of Real Estate Operations. They have each led or helped manage private and public real estate companies and funds, including STAG, AMB Property Corp., Trizec Hahn Corporation, Meditrust Corporation and LaQuinta Corporation.

        Prior to or concurrent with the completion of this offering, we will engage in the following formation transactions, which are designed to consolidate the ownership of our property portfolio under our operating partnership and its subsidiaries, consolidate our acquisition and asset management businesses into a subsidiary of our operating partnership and enable us to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2011:

11


Table of Contents

        We will not enter into any tax protection agreements in connection with our formation transactions.

        Following completion of our formation transactions, Fund II will continue to operate as a private, fully-invested fund and will retain ownership of its 86 properties, with approximately 13.1 million rentable square feet. We will enter into a services agreement with Fund II on terms we believe to be customary, pursuant to which we will manage its properties in return for an annual asset management fee based on the equity investment in such assets, which will initially equal 0.94% of the equity investment and may increase up to 1.25% of the equity investment to the extent assets are sold and the total remaining equity investment is reduced.

        Following completion of our formation transactions, Fund III will retain ownership of three properties with approximately 890,891 rentable square feet that are vacant and that are acquisition opportunities for us (the "Option Properties"). Following completion of our formation transactions, we will enter into a services agreement with Fund III pursuant to which we will manage the Option Properties for an annual fee of $30,000 per property and provide the limited administrative services (including preparation of reports for the Fund III lender and investors, bookkeeping, tax and accounting services) Fund III will require until its liquidation for an annual fee of $20,000. Upon approval of our independent directors, we will have the right to acquire any of the Option Properties individually.

        In addition, we will enter into a services agreement with Fund IV pursuant to which we will provide the limited administrative services (including preparation of reports for the Fund IV investors, bookkeeping, tax and accounting services) Fund IV will require until its liquidation for an annual fee of $20,000. STAG GI will not require administrative services from us or our affiliates following completion of our formation transactions.

        Following completion of our formation transactions, Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI will make no additional property acquisitions, and our senior management team will devote substantially all of its business time to our business.

12


Table of Contents

        The chart below reflects our organization immediately following completion of our formation transactions and this offering.

CHART


(1)
Upon completion of this offering, we will grant 122,500 shares of restricted common stock, or 0.9% of our outstanding common stock, pursuant to our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

(2)
Includes our executive officers' investments in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI and their residual interests in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. Solely for purposes of this chart, we calculated our executive officers' residual interests assuming Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI are liquidated on              , 2011 at $           per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus and made certain other assumptions. We cannot estimate the actual timing of the liquidations of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI or the value of any distributions at the time of the liquidations. "See—Benefits to Related Parties—Formation Transactions" below.

(3)
Excludes common units in which a director or executive officer has no pecuniary interest but that are owned by entities that a director or executive officer may directly or indirectly control. Includes LTIP units, as if LTIP units were common units, that will be issued upon closing of this offering to our executive officers and independent directors pursuant to our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

(4)
Ownership is through Fund III, Fund IV and/or STAG GI.

13


Table of Contents

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will receive material financial and other benefits, as shown below. For a more detailed discussion of these benefits see "Management," "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Benefits of Our Formation Transactions and this Offering to Certain Parties."

        Formation Transactions.     Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company will receive 6,174,648 common units as a result of their contribution to us of the entities owning our properties and the management company, as described above under "—Our Formation Transactions and Structure—Formation Transactions." In addition, upon completion of our formation transactions, we will repay or assume indebtedness secured by our properties and unsecured indebtedness, as described under "—Our Formation Transactions and Structure—Formation Transactions" and "Use of Proceeds."

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, Fund III will receive 1,117,344 common units, Fund IV will receive 1,985,770 common units, STAG GI will receive 2,985,747 common units and the management company will receive 85,787 common units. The number of common units that Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the management company will receive in our formation transactions (an aggregate of 6,174,648 common units) is fixed and will not change based on the ultimate initial public offering price in this offering.

        After the expiration of the lock-up period, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI may distribute its common units to its members in accordance with the fund's operating agreement. In addition to their invested equity, certain members of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, including certain of our officers, employees and directors, have residual interests, or contingent profit interests, in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. As a result, they may receive distributions related to these residual interests if there are sufficient proceeds after return of capital and preferred returns to themselves and the other equity investors in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. In all cases where there is a residual distribution, the higher the share price of our common stock at the time a fund is liquidated, the greater the portion of the common units the fund will distribute to the holders of the residual interests.

        The number of common units being issued to each fund in our formation transactions is fixed so that residual interests will not, in any manner, require us to issue additional common units or shares of common stock or otherwise dilute investors in this offering. In addition, because the value of the residual interests depends on the value of our common stock, not on the value of certain properties or portfolios individually, such residual interests align the interests of the holders of residual interests with the interests of our company and shareholders. See "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Benefits of Our Formation Transactions and the Offering to Certain Parties."

        The table below sets forth a list of what individual directors and executive officers of our company will receive as a result of the contributions.

 
  Common Units (2)  
Name (1)
  Number   Value (3)  

Benjamin S. Butcher

    109,606   $    

Gregory W. Sullivan

    133,106        

Stephen C. Mecke

    29,810        

Kathryn Arnone

    12,809        

David G. King

    15,099        

(1)
The amounts shown in the table reflect common units received by the individual directly or received by any entity, but if by an entity only to the extent of the individual's interest in the assets of the entity. Accordingly,

14


Table of Contents

    the amounts shown in the table above do not reflect common units received by entities that may be controlled by the individual (except to the extent of the individual's interest in the assets of the entity).

(2)
Includes our executive officers' investments in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI and their residual interests in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. Solely for purposes of this table, we calculated our executive officers' residual interests assuming Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI are liquidated on              , 2011 at $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus and made certain other assumptions. We cannot estimate the actual timing of the liquidations of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI or the value of any distributions at the time of the liquidations. See "—Benefits to Related Parties—Formation Transactions" below.

(3)
Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

        Voting Agreement.     An affiliate of GI Partners will receive rights to designate two nominees for election to our board of directors, and Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the contributors of the management company will enter into a voting agreement pursuant to which they will vote any shares of common stock that they own in favor of the election of the two nominees at each annual meeting of shareholders.

        Services Agreements and Option Agreement.     We will enter into services agreements with each of Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV and an option to purchase agreement with Fund III with respect to the Option Properties. See "—Our Formation Transactions and Structure—Services Agreements and Option Properties."

        Registration Rights Agreement.     We have agreed to file a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") covering the resale of the shares of common stock issued or issuable in exchange for common units issued in our formation transactions. We have also agreed to provide rights to these holders of common units to demand additional registration statement filings.

        Employment Agreements.     Messrs. Butcher, Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone will enter into employment agreements with us providing for salary, discretionary bonus and other benefits.

        Equity Incentive Plan Grants.     We will issue 274,219 LTIP units to our executive officers and independent directors and 122,500 shares of restricted common stock to our employees pursuant to our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, representing in the aggregate 2.0% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on a fully-diluted basis.

        Indemnification Agreements.     Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors, executive officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. See "Management—Limitation on Liabilities and Indemnification of Directors and Officers."

Conflicts of Interest

        The executive officers for each of the managers of Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI consist of a number of persons who serve as executive officers in similar positions in our company, specifically: Messrs. Butcher, Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone. Also, Mr. Butcher, who is a member of our board of directors, also serves on the board of managers and/or management committees of the managers of Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV, and is a member of the board of directors of STAG GI. Our executive officers and certain of our directors may have conflicting duties because they have a duty to both us and to Fund II (which will retain ownership of its properties and continue as a private, fully-invested fund until liquidated), Fund III (which will retain ownership of the Option Properties), Fund IV and STAG GI. Upon completion of our formation transactions, all of these entities will be fully invested and, as a result, will not be making any additional investments in

15


Table of Contents


income properties. It is possible that the executive officers' and board members' fiduciary duty to Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, including, without limitation, their interests in Fund II and the Option Properties, will conflict with what will be in the best interests of our company.

        We did not conduct arm's-length negotiations with respect to the terms and structuring of our formation transactions, resulting in the principals of the management company having the ability to influence the type and level of benefits that they and our other affiliates will receive. We have not obtained third-party appraisals of the properties to be contributed to us in our formation transactions or fairness opinions in connection with our formation transactions.

        Additional conflicts of interest could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and our operating partnership or any partner thereof on the other. Our directors and officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. At the same time, we, as the indirect general partner of our operating partnership, have duties to our operating partnership and to its limited partners in connection with the management of our operating partnership under Delaware law as modified by our operating partnership agreement. Our duties, as the indirect general partner of our operating partnership, may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to our company.

        We plan to adopt policies to reduce potential conflicts of interest. Generally, our policies will provide that any transaction involving us in which any of our directors, officers or employees has an interest must be approved by a vote of a majority of our disinterested directors. However, we cannot assure you that these policies will be successful in eliminating the influence of these conflicts. See "Policies with Respect to Certain Activities—Conflicts of Interest Policies."

Tax Status

        We will elect to be taxed as a REIT under the Code commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2011. As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income that we distribute currently to our shareholders. Under the Code, REITs are subject to numerous organizational and operational requirements, including the distribution requirement described below. If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any year, our income will be taxed at regular corporate rates, we will not be allowed a deduction for dividends to our shareholders in computing our taxable income and we may be precluded from qualifying for treatment as a REIT for the four-year period following the year of our failure to qualify. Even if we qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may still be subject to state and local taxes on our income and property and to U.S. federal income and excise taxes on our undistributed income.

Distribution Policy

        We are a newly formed company that has not commenced operations, and as a result, we have not paid any distributions as of the date of this prospectus. U.S. federal income tax law generally requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains. To satisfy the requirements to qualify as a REIT and generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, we intend to make quarterly distributions of all or substantially all of our net income to holders of our common shares out of assets legally available therefor. We intend to pay a pro rata initial distribution with respect to the period commencing on the completion of this offering and ending at the last day of the then-current fiscal quarter, based on a distribution of $       per share for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would be $       per share, or an annual distribution rate of approximately  %, based on the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We estimate this initial annual distribution rate will represent approximately       % of estimated cash available for distribution to our common shareholders for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011. We intend to maintain our initial distribution rate for the 12-month period following completion of this offering unless our actual results of operations, economic conditions or other factors differ materially from the assumption used is our estimate. Any

16


Table of Contents


future distributions we make will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our earnings and financial condition, maintenance of REIT qualification, the applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law ("MGCL") and such other factors as our board may determine in its sole discretion. We anticipate that our estimated cash available for distribution will exceed the annual distribution requirements applicable to REITs. However, under some circumstances, we may be required to pay distributions in excess of cash available for distribution in order to meet these distribution requirements and may need to use the proceeds from future equity and debt offerings, sell assets or borrow funds to make some distributions. We have no intention to use the net proceeds of this offering to make distributions nor do we intend to make distributions using shares of common stock. We cannot assure you that our distribution policy will not change in the future.

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock

        Due to limitations on the concentration of ownership of a REIT imposed by the Code, not more than 50% of the value of the outstanding shares of beneficial ownership of a REIT may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined by the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made). As a result, our charter provides that, subject to certain exceptions, no person may beneficially own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the attribution provisions of the Code, either more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding shares of capital stock, or more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding common stock. Our board of directors may, in its discretion, exempt a person from the 9.8% ownership limits under certain circumstances. In connection with our formation transactions, our board of directors has granted a waiver to STAG GI to own up to        % of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis. Our charter also prohibits any person from, among other matters: beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such ownership or transfer would result in our being "closely held" within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code; owning or transferring our capital stock if such ownership or transfer would result in us becoming a "pension-held REIT" under Section 856(h)(3)(D) of the Code; transferring shares of our capital stock if such transfer would result in our capital stock being owned by fewer than 100 persons; or beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such ownership or transfer would cause us to own, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant of our company (or a tenant of any entity owned or controlled by us) or would cause any independent contractor to not be treated as such under Section 856(d)(3) of the Code, or beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock to the extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT. See "Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock."

Lock-Up Arrangements

        We and our executive officers and directors and the owners of the management company, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI have agreed not to sell or transfer any common units or shares of common stock, as applicable, for a period of 180 days in the case of our company and 12 months in the case of our executive officers, directors and contributors after the date of this prospectus. Specifically, all of these parties have agreed, subject to exceptions, not to directly or indirectly offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common units or shares of common stock, sell any option or contract to purchase any common units or shares of common stock, purchase any option or contract to sell any common units or shares of common stock, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common units or shares of common stock, lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common units or shares of common stock, request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common units or shares of common stock, or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common units or shares of common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

17


Table of Contents


The Offering

Common stock offered by us   13,000,000 shares of common stock (plus up to an additional 1,950,000 shares of common stock that we may issue and sell upon the exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option)
Common stock and common units to be outstanding after completion of our formation transactions and this offering   19,571,367 shares/units (1) (2) (3)
Use of proceeds (4)   We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $       million (or approximately $       million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full), in each case assuming a public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full) and estimated organizational and offering expenses of approximately $4.7 million payable by us. We will contribute the net proceeds we receive from this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for common units in our operating partnership.
    We expect our operating partnership will use the net proceeds as follows:
   

•        approximately $223.2 million to repay mortgage debt secured by certain of the properties we will acquire in our formation transactions, including approximately $5.4 million secured by the Option Properties (common units to be issued to Fund III in our formation transactions will be reduced accordingly);

   

•        approximately $4.4 million to repay the loan dated January 31, 2009 from an affiliate of NED to the Fund III subsidiaries that will be contributed to us in our formation transactions;

   

•        approximately $3.0 million to repay the loan originally drawn on May 15, 2007 from Fund III to the management company;

   

•        approximately $2.5 million for general corporate purposes including acquisitions of real estate assets;

   

•        approximately $1.8 million to terminate a portion of an interest rate swap due to the retirement of mortgage debt;

   

•        approximately $1.1 million to repay expenditures associated with the retirement of indebtedness and the attainment of lender consents on existing indebtedness (including financing fees, related legal fees, and contingent waiver fees), and fees associated with the revolving credit facility;

   

•        approximately $1.0 million to repay the line of credit dated May 15, 2007 from an affiliate of NED to the management company; and

   

•        approximately $0.6 million to pay transfer taxes associated with the contribution of our properties to us.

    If the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, we expect to use the additional $         million of net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions of real estate assets. See "Use of Proceeds."
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol   "STIR"

(1)
Assumes the underwriters' overallotment option to purchase up to an additional 1,950,000 shares of common stock is not exercised.

(2)
Does not include 1,036,515 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Includes 274,219 LTIP units to be granted to our executive officers and independent directors under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan upon consummation of this offering and 122,500 shares of our restricted common stock to be issued under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan to certain employees upon consummation of this offering. See "Management—Equity Incentive Plan" for additional information.

(3)
Includes 6,174,648 common units held by limited partners (other than STAG Industrial, Inc.) expected to be outstanding following consummation of our formation transactions.

(4)
The debt repayments described above are estimated based on principal and related accrued interest outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

18


Table of Contents


Summary Financial Information

        The following table sets forth summary financial and operating data on (1) a pro forma basis for our company and (2) an historical basis for STAG Predecessor Group. On a pro forma basis, we will own 90 properties, consisting of 57 properties owned by STAG Predecessor Group and 33 properties that constitute STAG Contribution Group. STAG Predecessor Group, which includes the entity that is considered our accounting acquirer, is part of our predecessor business and consists of the subsidiaries of Fund III that will be contributed to us by Fund III in our formation transactions. STAG Contribution Group consists of the properties owned by Fund IV and STAG GI that will be contributed to us in the formation transactions.

        In the summary financial and operating data, we have not presented historical information for STAG Industrial, Inc. because we have not had any corporate activity since our formation other than the issuance of shares of common stock in connection with the initial capitalization of our company and activity in connection with our formation transactions and this offering, and because we believe that a discussion of the results of STAG Industrial, Inc. would not be meaningful.

        We have not presented historical financial information for the management company as its results are not considered significant, and because we believe that a discussion of these results (which primarily consist of acquisition and asset management fees from Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV and general and administrative costs), would not be meaningful.

        You should read the following summary financial and operating data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation," our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and related notes, the historical combined financial statements and related notes of STAG Predecessor Group, the historical combined statements of revenue and certain expenses and related notes of STAG Contribution Group, and the historical (combined) statements of revenue and certain expenses and related notes of the various properties listed in the Index to the Financial Statements.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data is presented as if this offering and our formation transactions had occurred on December 31, 2010, and the unaudited pro forma statement of operations and other data for the year ended December 31, 2010, is presented as if this offering and our formation transactions had occurred on January 1, 2010. The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial condition would have been as of December 31, 2010 or what our actual results of operations would have been assuming this offering and our formation transactions had been completed as of January 1, 2010, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position or results of operations.

        The summary historical combined balance sheet information as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the historical combined statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, have been derived from the combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accountants, whose report thereon is included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical cost balance sheet information as of December 31, 2008 and the historical combined statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2007 have been derived from audited combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group, which are not included in this prospectus. The summary historical combined balance sheet information as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the historical combined statement of operations for the period ended December 31, 2006 have been derived from the unaudited combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group, which are not included in this prospectus.

        The audited historical financial statements of STAG Predecessor Group in this prospectus, and therefore the historical financial and operating data in the table below, exclude the operating results and financial condition of the Option Properties, the entities that own the Option Properties and the management company.

19


Table of Contents

 
  Company
Pro Forma
  STAG Predecessor Group
Historical
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Period Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2010   2010   2009   2008   2007 (1)   2006  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                     

Revenue

                                     

Rental income

  $ 52,511   $ 24,249   $ 25,658   $ 27,319   $ 11,162   $ 941  

Tenant recoveries

    6,137     3,761     4,508     3,951     1,326      

Other

    1,252                      
                           

Total revenue

    59,900     28,010     30,166     31,270     12,488     941  
                           

Expenses

                                     

Property

    9,320     6,123     8,409     5,813     1,437     11  

General and administrative

    11,282     937     1,078     1,112     648     29  

Depreciation and amortization

    26,295     9,514     10,257     12,108     4,687     336  

Loss on impairment of assets

                3,728          
                           

Total expenses

    46,897     16,574     19,744     22,761     6,772     376  
                           

Other income (expense)

                                     

Interest income

    16     16     66     140     163     4  

Interest expense

    (10,771 )   (14,116 )   (14,328 )   (15,058 )   (7,861 )   (616 )

Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

    100     (282 )   (1,720 )   (1,275 )        
                           

Total other income (expense)

    (10,655 )   (14,382 )   (15,982 )   (16,193 )   (7,698 )   (612 )
                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,348   $ (2,946 ) $ (5,560 ) $ (7,684 ) $ (1,982 ) $ (47 )
                           

Balance Sheet Data (End of Period):

                                     

Rental property, before accumulated depreciation

  $ 433,772   $ 210,186   $ 210,009   $ 208,948   $ 212,688   $ 31,998  

Rental property, after accumulated depreciation

    414,511     190,925     195,383     200,268     210,294     31,808  

Total assets

    512,264     211,004     220,116     229,731     242,134     35,976  

Notes payable

    172,904     207,550     212,132     216,178     217,360     31,877  

Total liabilities

    186,290     219,340     221,637     223,171     220,548     32,305  

Owners'/shareholders' equity (deficit)

    325,974     (8,336 )   (1,521 )   6,560     21,586     3,671  

Other Data: (unaudited)

                                     

Net operating income (NOI) (2)

  $ 50,580   $ 21,887   $ 21,757   $ 25,457   $ 11,051   $ 930  

EBITDA (2)

    39,398     20,668     18,959     19,342     10,403     901  

FFO (2)

    28,643     6,568     4,697     4,424     2,705     289  

Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO) (2)

    29,448     5,858     6,166     8,081     2,443     243  

(1)
We have prepared the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 by combining amounts for 2007 obtained by adding the audited operating results of each of the Antecedent for the period of January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007 and STAG Predecessor Group for the period of June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 (since the difference in basis between Antecedent and STAG Predecessor Group were not materially different and the entities were under common management). Although this combined presentation does not comply with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), we believe that it provides a meaningful method of comparison.

(2)
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for more detailed explanations of net operating income ("NOI"), EBITDA, FFO and adjusted funds from operations ("AFFO"), and reconciliations of NOI, EBITDA, FFO and AFFO to net income computed in accordance with GAAP.

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

         An investment in our common stock involves risks. In addition to other information in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following risks before investing in our common stock offered by this prospectus. The occurrence of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to our shareholders, which could cause you to lose all or a significant portion of your investment in our common stock. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. See "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

        All of our 90 properties are industrial properties, including 43 warehouse/distribution facilities, 26 manufacturing facilities and 21 flex/office facilities. This concentration may expose us to the risk of economic downturns in the industrial real estate sector to a greater extent than if our properties were more diversified across other sectors of the real estate industry.

        Our operating results may be affected by market and economic challenges, including the current global economic credit environment, which may result from a continued or exacerbated general economic slow down experienced by the nation as a whole or by the local economies where our properties may be located, or by the real estate industry, including the following:

        Also, to the extent we purchase real estate in an unstable market, we are subject to the risk that if the real estate market ceases to attract the same level of capital investment in the future that it attracts at the time of our purchases, or the number of companies seeking to acquire properties decreases, the value of our investments may not appreciate or may decrease significantly below the amount we pay for these investments. The length and severity of any economic slow down or downturn cannot be predicted. Our operations could be negatively affected to the extent that an economic slow down or downturn is prolonged or becomes more severe.

        Domestic and international financial markets recently experienced significant dislocations brought about in large part by failures in the U.S. banking system. These dislocations have impacted the availability of credit. If this dislocation in the credit markets causes the inability to borrow at attractive rates, our ability to borrow monies to finance the purchase of, or other activities related to, real estate assets will be negatively impacted. If we are unable to borrow monies on terms and conditions that we find acceptable, we likely will have to reduce the number of properties we can purchase, and the return on the properties we do purchase may be lower. Also, if the values of our properties decline we may be

21


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


unable to refinance all of our debt as it matures. All of these events would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay distributions.

        In addition to general, regional, national and international economic conditions, our operating performance is impacted by the economic conditions of the specific markets in which we have concentrations of properties. We have holdings in the following states (which, as of December 31, 2010, accounted for the percentage of our total annualized rent indicated): North Carolina (17.3%); Ohio (12.8%); Wisconsin (7.3%); and Michigan (6.2%). Our operating performance could be adversely affected if conditions become less favorable in any of the states or regions in which we have a concentration of properties.

        We are subject to certain industry concentrations with respect to our properties, including the following (which, as of December 31, 2010, accounted for the percentage of our total annualized rent indicated): Containers & Packaging (14.8%); Business Services (9.9%); Personal Products (9.6%); Industrial Equipment, Components & Metals (7.2%); Aerospace & Defense (7.1%); Automotive (7.1%); Food & Beverages (6.6%); and Technology (6.3%). Such industries are subject to specific risks that could result in downturns within the industries. For example, several of our technology tenants operate in the telecommunications sector. Telecommunications companies face risks regarding their ability to adapt to new technological developments and changes in regulations by the Federal Communications Commission and other federal, state and local agencies. Any downturn in one or more of these industries, or in any other industry in which we may have a significant concentration now or in the future, could adversely affect our tenants who are involved in such industries. If any of these tenants is unable to withstand such downturn or is otherwise unable to compete effectively in its business, it may be forced to declare bankruptcy, fail to meet its rental obligations, seek rental concessions or be unable to enter into new leases, which could materially and adversely affect us.

        Any of our tenants may experience a downturn in its business at any time that may significantly weaken its financial condition or cause its failure. As a result, such tenant may decline to extend or renew its lease upon expiration, fail to make rental payments when due or declare bankruptcy. The default, financial distress or bankruptcy of a single tenant could cause interruptions in the receipt of rental revenue and/or result in a vacancy, which is likely to result in the complete reduction in the operating cash flows generated by the property leased to that tenant and may decrease the value of that property. In addition, a majority of our leases generally require the tenant to pay all or substantially all of the operating expenses normally associated with the ownership of the property, such as utilities, real estate taxes, insurance and routine maintenance. Following a vacancy at a single-tenant property, we will be responsible for all of the operating costs at such property until it can be re-let, if at all.

22


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        Many of our tenants rely on external sources of financing to operate their businesses. The U.S. financial and credit markets continue to experience liquidity disruptions, resulting in the unavailability of financing for many businesses. If our tenants are unable to obtain financing necessary to continue to operate their businesses, they may be unable to meet their rent obligations to us or enter into new leases with us or be forced to declare bankruptcy and reject our leases, which could materially and adversely affect us.

        We were organized in July 2010 and will commence operations upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. We are subject to all the risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objectives and that the value of your investment could decline substantially.

        We have no experience operating as a publicly traded REIT. We cannot assure you that our past experience will be sufficient to successfully operate our company as a REIT or a publicly traded company, including the requirements to timely meet disclosure requirements and comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Failure to maintain REIT status would have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, per share trading price of our common stock and ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and to pay dividends to you.

        Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of certain key personnel including, but not limited to, Messrs. Butcher, Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone, whose continued service is not guaranteed, and each of whom would be difficult to replace. While we have entered into employment contracts with Messrs. Butcher, Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone, they may nevertheless cease to provide services to us at any time. If any of our key personnel were to cease employment with us, our operating results could suffer. Our ability to retain our management group or to attract suitable replacements should any members of the management group leave is dependent on the competitive nature of the employment market. The loss of services from key members of the management group or a limitation in their availability could adversely impact our financial condition and cash flows. Further, such a loss could be negatively perceived in the capital markets. We have not obtained and do not expect to obtain key man life insurance on any of our key personnel except for Mr. Butcher, the founder of STAG. The policy has limits in the amount of $5.0 million and covers us in the event of Mr. Butcher's death.

        We also believe that, as we expand, our future success depends, in large part, upon our ability to hire and retain highly skilled managerial, investment, financing, operational and marketing personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in attracting and retaining such skilled personnel.

23


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        We acquire and intend to continue to acquire primarily generic distribution warehouses, manufacturing properties and flex/office facilities. The acquisition of properties entails various risks, including the risks that our investments may not perform as we expect. Further, we face competition for attractive investment opportunities from other well-capitalized real estate investors, including both publicly-traded REITs and private institutional investment funds, and these competitors may have greater financial resources than us and a greater ability to borrow funds to acquire properties. This competition will increase as investments in real estate become increasingly attractive relative to other forms of investment. As a result of competition, we may be unable to acquire additional properties as we desire or the purchase price may be significantly elevated. In addition, we expect to finance future acquisitions through a combination of secured and unsecured borrowings, proceeds from equity or debt offerings by us or our operating partnership or its subsidiaries and proceeds from property contributions and divestitures which may not be available and which could adversely affect our cash flows. Any of the above risks could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock.

        A key component of our growth strategy is to continue to acquire additional industrial real estate assets. Since 2004, approximately 32.6% of the acquisitions we sourced, based on total purchase price, were acquired before they were widely marketed by real estate brokers, or "limited marketing" transactions. Properties that are acquired by "limited marketing" transactions are typically more attractive to us as a purchaser because of the absence of a formal sales process, which could lead to higher prices. If we cannot obtain "limited marketing" deal flow in the future, our ability to locate and acquire additional properties at attractive prices could be somewhat adversely affected.

        We have not obtained updated third-party appraisals of the properties and other assets to be contributed to us in our formation transactions or fairness opinions in connection with our formation transactions. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined in consultation with the underwriters based on the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete, our financial information, the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects, the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering, and the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies. The initial public offering price does not necessarily bear any relationship to the book value or the fair market value of such assets. As a result, the consideration for these assets in our formation transactions may exceed their book value and fair market value.

        All distributions will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our REIT qualification and other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We may not be able to make distributions in the future. In addition, some of our distributions may include a return of capital. To the extent that we

24


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


make distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such distributions would generally be considered a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of the holder's adjusted tax basis in its shares. A return of capital is not taxable, but it has the effect of reducing the holder's adjusted tax basis in its investment. To the extent that distributions exceed the adjusted tax basis of a holder's shares, they will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such stock. See "U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of shareholders." If we borrow to fund distributions, our future interest costs would increase, thereby reducing our earnings and cash available for distribution from what they otherwise would have been.

        We expect to pay an initial annual dividend of $        per share, or $       million in the aggregate, which represents approximately      % (or a deficiency of $            ) of our estimated cash available for distribution of $       million for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011 calculated as described in "Distribution Policy" (which does not take into account future tenant retention and potential acquisitions). Assuming our operating cash flow does not increase, we will be required either to fund future distributions from cash balances, borrowings under our secured corporate revolving credit facility or to reduce such distributions. Use of our secured corporate revolving credit facility to pay distributions will reduce the amount of our borrowing capacity available for other purposes. If we need to borrow funds on a regular basis to meet our distribution requirements or if we reduce the amount of our distribution, our stock price may be adversely affected.

        Prior to our formation transactions and this offering, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI owned or controlled our 90 initial properties comprising an aggregate 13.7 million rentable square feet. All of these properties have been under management for less than four years. The properties may have characteristics or deficiencies unknown to us that could affect their valuation or revenue potential and such properties may not ultimately perform up to our expectations. We cannot assure you that the operating performance of the properties will not decline under our management.

Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure

        Certain of our directors and executive officers have ownership interests in the other entities or properties to be contributed to us in our formation transactions, including Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the management company. Following the completion of our formation transactions and this offering, under the contribution agreements with certain of our directors and executive officers and their affiliates, we will be entitled to indemnification in the event of breaches of the representations and warranties made by them with respect to the entities and properties to be acquired by us. Such indemnification is limited and we are not entitled to any other indemnification in connection with our formation transactions. See "—We are assuming liabilities in connection with our formation transactions, including unknown liabilities" above. In addition, we expect that our executive officers will enter into employment agreements with us pursuant to which they will agree, among other things, not to engage in certain business activities in competition with us and pursuant to which they will devote substantially all of their business time to our business. See "Management—Employment Agreements."

25


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


We may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights under these agreements due to our ongoing relationship with our directors and executive officers.

        We did not conduct arm's-length negotiations with respect to all of the terms of our formation transactions. In the course of structuring our formation transactions, our directors and executive officers had the ability to influence the type and level of benefits that they and our other officers will receive from us. In addition, certain of our directors and executive officers had substantial pre-existing ownership interests in Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the management company, and will receive substantial economic benefits as a result of our formation transactions. The formation transaction documents provide that the individual allocations of the total formation transaction value to each prior investor are determined by the provisions of the applicable partnership agreement or organizational document of the relevant fund. Also, our directors and executive officers have assumed management and/or director positions with us, for which they will obtain certain other benefits such as employment agreements, restricted stock or LTIP unit grants and other compensation.

        Certain of our executive officers and directors also serve on the board of managers and/or management committees of the managers of Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV, and are members of the board of directors of STAG GI. Our officers and directors may have conflicting duties because they have a duty to both us and to Fund II (which will retain ownership of its properties and continue as a private, fully-invested fund until liquidated), Fund III (which will retain ownership of the Option Properties), Fund IV and STAG GI. Upon completion of our formation transactions, all of these entities will be fully invested and, as a result, will not be making any additional investments in income properties. However, some Fund II properties may be competitive with our current or future properties. It is possible that the executive officers' and board members' fiduciary duty to Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, including, without limitation, their interests in Fund II and the Option Properties, will conflict with what will be in the best interests of our company.

        After the consummation of this offering, we, as the sole member of the general partner of our operating partnership, will have fiduciary duties to the other limited partners in the operating partnership, the discharge of which may conflict with the interests of our shareholders. The limited partners of our operating partnership have agreed that, in the event of a conflict in the fiduciary duties owed by us to our shareholders and, in our capacity as indirect general partner of our operating partnership, to such limited partners, we are under no obligation to give priority to the interests of such limited partners. In addition, those persons holding common units will have the right to vote on certain amendments to the operating partnership agreement (which require approval by a majority in interest of the limited partners, including us) and individually to approve certain amendments that would adversely affect their rights. These voting rights may be exercised in a manner that conflicts with the interests of our shareholders. For example, we are unable to modify the rights of limited partners to receive distributions as set forth in the operating partnership agreement in a manner that adversely

26


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


affects their rights without their consent, even though such modification might be in the best interest of our shareholders.

        In addition, conflicts may arise when the interests of our shareholders and the limited partners of the operating partnership diverge, particularly in circumstances in which there may be an adverse tax consequence to the limited partners. Tax consequences to holders of common units upon a sale or refinancing of our properties may cause the interests of our senior management to differ from your own. As a result of unrealized built-in gain attributable to contributed property at the time of contribution, some holders of common units, including our principals, may suffer different and more adverse tax consequences than holders of our common stock upon the sale or refinancing of the properties owned by our operating partnership, including disproportionately greater allocations of items of taxable income and gain upon a realization event. As those holders will not receive a correspondingly greater distribution of cash proceeds, they may have different objectives regarding the appropriate pricing, timing and other material terms of any sale or refinancing of certain properties, or whether to sell or refinance such properties at all.

        We may experience conflicts of interest with several members of our senior management team who have or may become limited partners in our operating partnership through the receipt of LTIP units granted under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. See "Management—Equity Incentive Plan."

        In order to maintain our qualification as a REIT, we are generally required under the Code to distribute annually at least 90% of our net taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain. In addition, we will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our net taxable income, including any net capital gains. Because of these distribution requirements, we may not be able to fund future capital needs, including any necessary acquisition financing, from operating cash flow. Consequently, we may rely on third-party sources to fund our capital needs. We may not be able to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all. Any additional debt we incur will increase our leverage. Our access to third-party sources of capital depends, in part, on:

        If we cannot obtain capital from third-party sources, we may not be able to acquire properties when strategic opportunities exist, meet the capital and operating needs of our existing properties or satisfy our debt service obligations. Further, in order to meet the REIT distribution requirements and maintain our REIT status and to avoid the payment of income and excise taxes, we may need to borrow funds on a short-term basis even if the then-prevailing market conditions are not favorable for these borrowings. These short-term borrowing needs could result from differences in timing between the actual receipt of cash and inclusion of income for U.S. federal income tax purposes or the effect of non-deductible capital expenditures, the creation of reserves, certain restrictions on distributions under loan documents or required debt or amortization payments.

27


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        To the extent that capital is not available to acquire properties, profits may not be realized or their realization may be delayed, which could result in an earnings stream that is less predictable than some of our competitors and result in us not meeting our projected earnings and distributable cash flow levels in a particular reporting period. Failure to meet our projected earnings and distributable cash flow levels in a particular reporting period could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and on the market price of our common stock.

        Our charter contains 9.8% ownership limits.     Our charter, subject to certain exceptions, authorizes our directors to take such actions as are necessary and desirable to limit any person to actual or constructive ownership of no more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of our capital stock and no more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may exempt a proposed transferee from the ownership limits. However, our board of directors may not grant an exemption from the ownership limits to any proposed transferee whose ownership, direct or indirect, of more than 9.8% of the value or number of our outstanding shares of our common stock could jeopardize our status as a REIT. The ownership limits contained in our charter and the restrictions on ownership of our common stock may delay or prevent a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our shareholders. See "Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock."

        Our board of directors may create and issue a class or series of preferred stock without shareholder approval.     Our board of directors is empowered under our charter to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of our common stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue, to designate and issue from time to time one or more classes or series of preferred stock and to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock without shareholder approval. Our board of directors may determine the relative rights, preferences and privileges of any class or series of preferred stock issued. As a result, we may issue series or classes of preferred stock with preferences, dividends, powers and rights, voting or otherwise, senior to the rights of holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control transaction that might otherwise be in the best interests of our shareholders.

        Certain provisions in the partnership agreement for our operating partnership may delay or prevent unsolicited acquisitions of us.     Provisions in the partnership agreement for our operating partnership may delay or make more difficult unsolicited acquisitions of us or changes in our control. These provisions could discourage third parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited acquisition of us or change of our control, although some shareholders might consider such proposals, if made, desirable. These provisions include, among others:

28


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        Any potential change of control transaction may be further limited as a result of provisions of the partnership unit designation for the LTIP units, which require us to preserve the rights of LTIP unit holders and may restrict us from amending the partnership agreement for our operating partnership in a manner that would have an adverse effect on the rights of LTIP unit holders.

        Certain provisions of Maryland law could inhibit changes in control.     Certain provisions of the MGCL may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or impeding a change of control under circumstances that otherwise could provide our shareholders with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our common stock, including:

        We have elected to opt out of these provisions of the MGCL, in the case of the business combination provisions of the MGCL, by resolution of our board of directors, and in the case of the control share provisions of the MGCL, pursuant to a provision in our bylaws. However, only upon the approval of our shareholders, our board of directors may by resolution elect to repeal the foregoing opt-outs from the business combination provisions of the MGCL and we may, only upon the approval of our shareholders, by amendment to our bylaws, opt in to the control share provisions of the MGCL in the future.

        Additionally, Title 8, Subtitle 3 of the MGCL, permits our board of directors, without shareholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our charter or our bylaws, to implement takeover defenses, some of which (for example, a classified board) we do not currently have. These provisions may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making an acquisition proposal for our company or of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of our common stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-current market price.

        Our charter, bylaws, the partnership agreement for our operating partnership and Maryland law also contain other provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our shareholders. See "Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Our Board of Directors," "—Business Combinations," "—Control Share Acquisitions," "—Maryland Unsolicited Takeovers Act," "—Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business" and "Our Operating Partnership and the Partnership Agreement."

29


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        In connection with this offering, we are entering into employment agreements with Messrs. Butcher, Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone. These employment agreements provide that each executive may terminate his or her employment and, under certain conditions, receive severance based on two or three times (depending on the officer) the annual total of salary and bonus and immediate vesting of all outstanding equity-based awards. In the case of certain terminations, they would not be restricted from competing with us after their departure. See "Management—Employment Agreements" for further details about the terms of these employment agreements.

        The compensation committee of our board of directors is responsible for overseeing our compensation and employee benefit plans and practices, including our executive compensation plans and our incentive compensation and equity-based compensation plans. Our compensation committee has significant discretion in structuring compensation packages and may make compensation decisions based on any number of factors. As a result, compensation awards may not be tied to or correspond with improved financial results at our company or the share price of our common stock.

        In the past, we have reported our results to the investors in our predecessor business on a fund-by-fund basis. We have generally maintained separate systems and procedures for each fund, which makes it more difficult for us to evaluate and integrate their systems and procedures on a reliable company-wide basis. In addition, for certain funds we were not required to report our results on a GAAP basis. In connection with our operation as a public company, we will be required to report our operations on a consolidated basis under GAAP and, in some cases, on a property by property basis. We are in the process of implementing an internal audit function and modifying our company-wide systems and procedures in a number of areas to enable us to enhance our reporting on a consolidated basis under GAAP as we continue the process of integrating the financial reporting of our predecessor. If we fail to implement proper overall business controls, including as required to integrate our predecessor entities and support our growth, our results of operations could be harmed or we could fail to meet our reporting obligations.

        Our board of directors has overall authority to oversee our operations and determine our major corporate policies. This authority includes significant flexibility. For example, our board of directors can do the following:

30


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        Any of these actions could increase our operating expenses, impact our ability to make distributions or reduce the value of our assets without giving you, as a shareholder, the right to vote.

        Maryland law provides that a director or officer has no liability in that capacity if he or she performs his or her duties in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in our best interests and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. In addition, our charter eliminates our directors' and officers' liability to us and our shareholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action. Our bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law for liability actually incurred in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party, except to the extent that the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and was either committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services, or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. As a result, we and our shareholders may have more limited rights against our directors and officers than might otherwise exist under common law. In addition, we may be obligated to fund the defense costs incurred by our directors and officers.

General Real Estate Risks

        The investment returns available from equity investments in real estate depend on the amount of income earned and capital appreciation generated by the properties, as well as the expenses incurred in connection with the properties. If our properties do not generate income sufficient to meet operating expenses, including debt service and capital expenditures, then our ability to pay distributions to our shareholders could be adversely affected. In addition, there are significant expenditures associated with an investment in real estate (such as mortgage payments, real estate taxes and maintenance costs) that

31


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


generally do not decline when circumstances reduce the income from the property. Income from and the value of our properties may be adversely affected by:

        In addition, periods of economic slowdown or recession, rising interest rates or declining demand for real estate, or public perception that any of these events may occur, would result in a general decrease in rents or an increased occurrence of defaults under existing leases, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Future terrorist attacks may result in declining economic activity, which could reduce the demand for, and the value of, our properties. To the extent that future attacks impact our tenants, their businesses similarly could be adversely affected, including their ability to continue to honor their existing leases.

        For these and other reasons, we cannot assure you that we will be profitable or that we will realize growth in the value of our real estate properties.

        We compete with other owners, operators and developers of real estate, some of which own properties similar to ours in the same markets and submarkets in which our properties are located. If our competitors offer space at rental rates below current market rates or below the rental rates we currently charge our tenants, we may lose potential tenants, and we may be pressured to reduce our rental rates below those we currently charge in order to retain tenants when our tenants' leases expire. As a result, our financial condition, cash flows, cash available for distribution, trading price of our common stock and ability to satisfy our debt service obligations could be materially adversely affected.

32


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        Our results of operations, cash flows and the value of our common stock would be adversely affected if we are unable to lease, on economically favorable terms, a significant amount of space in our operating properties. As of December 31, 2010, leases with respect to 30.4% of our total annualized rent will expire on or before December 31, 2013. We cannot assure you expiring leases will be renewed or that our properties will be re-leased at base rental rates equal to or above the current average base rental rates. In addition, the number of vacant or partially vacant industrial properties in a market or submarket could adversely affect our ability to re-lease the space at attractive rental rates.

        A property may incur a vacancy either by the continued default of a tenant under its lease or the expiration of one of our leases. In addition, certain of the properties we acquire may have some level of vacancy at the time of closing. Certain of our properties may be specifically suited to the particular needs of a tenant. We may have difficulty obtaining a new tenant for any vacant space we have in our properties. If the vacancy continues for a long period of time, we may suffer reduced revenue resulting in less cash available to be distributed to shareholders. In addition, the resale value of a property could be diminished because the market value of a particular property will depend principally upon the value of the leases of such property.

        When a tenant at one of our properties does not renew its lease or otherwise vacates its space in one of our buildings, it is likely that, in order to attract one or more new tenants, we will be required to expend funds to construct new tenant improvements in the vacated space. Except with respect to our current reserves for capital expenditures, tenant improvements and leasing commissions, we cannot assure you that we will have adequate sources of funding available to us for such purposes in the future.

        If a tenant becomes bankrupt or insolvent, that could diminish the income we receive from that tenant's leases. Our tenants may experience downturns in their operating results due to adverse changes to their business or economic conditions, and those tenants that are highly leveraged may have a higher possibility of filing for bankruptcy or insolvency. We may not be able to evict a tenant solely because of its bankruptcy. On the other hand, a bankruptcy court might authorize the tenant to terminate its leases with us. If that happens, our claim against the bankrupt tenant for unpaid future rent would be an unsecured prepetition claim subject to statutory limitations, and therefore such amounts received in bankruptcy are likely to be substantially less than the remaining rent we otherwise were owed under the leases. In addition, any claim we have for unpaid past rent could be substantially less than the amount owed. If the lease for such a property is rejected in bankruptcy, our revenue would be reduced and could cause us to reduce distributions to shareholders.

33


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        Real estate investments are not as liquid as other types of investments, and this lack of liquidity may limit our ability to react promptly to changes in economic or other conditions. In addition, significant expenditures associated with real estate investments, such as mortgage payments, real estate taxes and maintenance costs, are generally not reduced when circumstances cause a reduction in income from the investments. In addition, we intend to comply with the safe harbor rules relating to the number of properties that can be disposed of in a year, the tax bases and the costs of improvements made to these properties, and other items that enable a REIT to avoid punitive taxation on the sale of assets. Thus, our ability at any time to sell assets or contribute assets to property funds or other entities in which we have an ownership interest may be restricted. This lack of liquidity may limit our ability to vary our portfolio promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions and, as a result, could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and our ability to pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock.

        We have acquired, and may continue to acquire, properties in markets that are new to us. When we acquire properties located in these markets, we may face risks associated with a lack of market knowledge or understanding of the local economy, forging new business relationships in the area and unfamiliarity with local government and permitting procedures.

        We attempt to ensure that all of our properties are adequately insured to cover casualty losses. However, there are certain losses, including losses from floods, earthquakes, acts of war, acts of terrorism or riots, that are not generally insured against or that are not generally fully insured against because it is not deemed economically feasible or prudent to do so. In addition, changes in the cost or availability of insurance could expose us to uninsured casualty losses. In the event that any of our properties incurs a casualty loss that is not fully covered by insurance, the value of our assets will be reduced by the amount of any such uninsured loss, and we could experience a significant loss of capital invested and potential revenue in these properties and could potentially remain obligated under any recourse debt associated with the property. Moreover, we, as the indirect general partner of our operating partnership, generally will be liable for all of our operating partnership's unsatisfied recourse obligations, including any obligations incurred by our operating partnership as the general partner of joint ventures. Any such losses could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock. In addition, we may have no source of funding to repair or reconstruct the damaged property, and we cannot assure you that any such sources of funding will be available to us for such purposes in the future. We evaluate our insurance coverage annually in light of current industry practice through an analysis prepared by outside consultants.

        As part of our formation transactions, we will assume existing liabilities of contributed operating companies and liabilities in connection with contributed properties, some of which may be unknown or unquantifiable at the time this offering is consummated. Unknown liabilities might include liabilities for cleanup or remediation of undisclosed environmental conditions beyond the scope of our environmental

34


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


insurance coverage, claims of tenants, vendors or other persons dealing with the entities prior to this offering, tax liabilities, and accrued but unpaid liabilities whether incurred in the ordinary course of business or otherwise. As part of our formation transactions, the owners of our predecessor business have only made limited representations and warranties to us regarding the entities, properties and assets that we will own following our formation transactions that survive for a period of one year and agreed to indemnify us and our operating partnership for breaches of such representations subject to specified deductibles and caps, as applicable. Because many liabilities, including tax liabilities, may not be identified within such period, we may have no recourse against any of the owners of our predecessor business for these liabilities.

        In addition, we may in the future acquire properties, or may have previously owned properties, subject to liabilities and without any recourse, or with only limited recourse, with respect to unknown liabilities. As a result, if a liability were asserted against us based on ownership of any of these entities or properties, then we might have to pay substantial sums to settle it, which could adversely affect our cash flows.

        Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the cost of removing or remediating hazardous or toxic substances on such property. Such laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. Even if more than one person may have been responsible for the contamination, each person covered by the environmental laws may be held responsible for all of the clean-up costs incurred. In addition, third parties may sue the owner or operator of a site for damages based on personal injury, natural resources or property damage or other costs, including investigation and clean-up costs, resulting from the environmental contamination. The presence of hazardous or toxic substances on one of our properties, or the failure to properly remediate a contaminated property, could give rise to a lien in favor of the government for costs it may incur to address the contamination, or otherwise adversely affect our ability to sell or lease the property or borrow using the property as collateral. Environmental laws also may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated. A property owner who violates environmental laws may be subject to sanctions which may be enforced by governmental agencies or, in certain circumstances, private parties. In connection with the acquisition and ownership of our properties, we may be exposed to such costs. The cost of defending against environmental claims, of compliance with environmental regulatory requirements or of remediating any contaminated property could materially adversely affect our business, assets or results of operations and, consequently, amounts available for distribution to our shareholders.

        Environmental laws in the United States also require that owners or operators of buildings containing asbestos properly manage and maintain the asbestos, adequately inform or train those who may come into contact with asbestos and undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, in the event that asbestos is disturbed during building renovation or demolition. These laws may impose fines and penalties on building owners or operators who fail to comply with these requirements and may allow third parties to seek recovery from owners or operators for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos. Some of our properties contain asbestos-containing building materials.

        We invest in properties historically used for industrial, manufacturing and commercial purposes. Some of these properties contain, or may have contained, underground storage tanks for the storage of petroleum products and other hazardous or toxic substances. All of these operations create a potential

35


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS



for the release of petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances. Some of our properties are adjacent to or near other properties that have contained or currently contain underground storage tanks used to store petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances. In addition, certain of our properties are on or are adjacent to or near other properties upon which others, including former owners or tenants of our properties, have engaged, or may in the future engage, in activities that may release petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances.

        From time to time, we may acquire properties, or interests in properties, with known adverse environmental conditions where we believe that the environmental liabilities associated with these conditions are quantifiable and that the acquisition will yield a superior risk-adjusted return. In such an instance, we underwrite the costs of environmental investigation, clean-up and monitoring into the cost. Further, in connection with property dispositions, we may agree to remain responsible for, and to bear the cost of, remediating or monitoring certain environmental conditions on the properties.

        Preliminary assessments of environmental conditions at a property that meet certain specifications are often referred to as "Phase I environmental site assessments" or "Phase I environmental assessments." They are intended to discover and evaluate information regarding the environmental condition of the surveyed property and surrounding properties. Phase I environmental assessments generally include an historical review, a public records review, an investigation of the surveyed site and surrounding properties, and preparation and issuance of a written report, but do not include soil sampling or subsurface investigations and typically do not include an asbestos survey. In connection with our secured corporate revolving credit facility and STAG GI's recent acquisition activity, 66.8% of the total rentable square feet of our portfolio have Phase I environmental site assessments that are less than 12 months old. Material environmental conditions, liabilities or compliance concerns may arise after the environmental assessment has been completed. Moreover, there can be no assurance that:

        Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (the "ADA"), places of public accommodation must meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Noncompliance could result in the imposition of fines by the federal government or the award of damages to private litigants. If we are required to make unanticipated expenditures to comply with the ADA, including removing access barriers, then our cash flows and the amounts available for distributions to our shareholders may be adversely affected. While we believe that our properties are currently in material compliance with these regulatory requirements, the requirements may change or new requirements may be imposed that could require significant unanticipated expenditures by us that will affect our cash flows and results of operations.

        We own one of our properties through a leasehold interest in the land underlying the building and we may acquire additional buildings in the future that are subject to similar ground leases. As lessee under a ground lease, we are exposed to the possibility of losing the property upon expiration, or an

36


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


earlier breach by us, of the ground lease, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, our ability to make distributions to our shareholders and the trading price of our common stock.

        In the future, our ground leases may contain certain provisions that may limit our ability to sell certain of our properties. In addition, in the future, in order to assign or transfer our rights and obligations under certain of our ground leases, we may be required to obtain the consent of the landlord which, in turn, could adversely impact the price realized from any such sale.

        We also own one property that benefits from payment in lieu of tax ("PILOT") programs and to facilitate such tax treatment our ownership in this property is structured as a leasehold interest with the relevant municipality serving as lessor. With respect to such arrangement, we have the right to purchase the fee interest in the property for a nominal purchase price, so the risk factors set forth above for traditional ground leases are mitigated by our ability to convert such leasehold interest to fee interest. In the event of such a conversion of our ownership interest, however, any preferential tax treatment offered by the PILOT program will be lost.

        We expect to hold the various real properties in which we invest until such time as we decide that a sale or other disposition is appropriate given our investment objectives. Our ability to dispose of properties on advantageous terms depends on factors beyond our control, including competition from other sellers and the availability of attractive financing for potential buyers of our properties. We cannot predict the various market conditions affecting real estate investments which will exist at any particular time in the future. Due to the uncertainty of market conditions which may affect the future disposition of our properties, we cannot assure you that we will be able to sell our properties at a profit in the future. Accordingly, the extent to which you will receive cash distributions and realize potential appreciation on our real estate investments will be dependent upon fluctuating market conditions.

        Furthermore, we may be required to expend funds to correct defects or to make improvements before a property can be sold. We cannot assure you that we will have funds available to correct such defects or to make such improvements.

        We may acquire properties through contracts that could restrict our ability to dispose of the property for a period of time. These "lock-out" provisions could affect our ability to turn our investments into cash and could affect cash available for distributions to you. Lock-out provisions could also impair our ability to take actions during the lock-out period that would otherwise be in the best interest of our shareholders and, therefore, may have an adverse impact on the value of our common stock relative to the value that would result if the lock-out provisions did not exist.

        If we decide to sell any of our properties, we presently intend to use our best efforts to sell them for cash. However, in some instances we may sell our properties by providing financing to purchasers. If we provide financing to purchasers, we will bear the risk that the purchaser may default, which could negatively impact our cash distributions to shareholders and result in litigation and related expenses.

37


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


Even in the absence of a purchaser default, the distribution of the proceeds of sales to our shareholders, or their reinvestment in other assets, will be delayed until the promissory notes or other property we may accept upon a sale are actually paid, sold, refinanced or otherwise disposed of.

Risks Related to Our Debt Financings

        Our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount or percentage of indebtedness that we may incur, and we are subject to risks normally associated with debt financing, including the risk that our cash flows will be insufficient to meet required payments of principal and interest. There can be no assurance that we will be able to refinance any maturing indebtedness, that such refinancing would be on terms as favorable as the terms of the maturing indebtedness or that we will be able to otherwise obtain funds by selling assets or raising equity to make required payments on maturing indebtedness.

        In particular, loans obtained to fund property acquisitions will generally be secured by first mortgages on such properties. If we are unable to make our debt service payments as required, a lender could foreclose on the property or properties securing its debt. This could cause us to lose part or all of our investment, which in turn could cause the value of our common stock and distributions payable to shareholders to be reduced. Certain of our existing and future indebtedness is and may be cross-collateralized and, consequently, a default on this indebtedness could cause us to lose part or all of our investment in multiple properties. See "Policies With Respect to Certain Activities—Financing Policies."

        As of December 31, 2010, we had total pro forma outstanding debt of approximately $172.9 million, and we expect that we will incur additional indebtedness in the future. Interest we pay reduces our cash available for distributions. We have entered into interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of increasing interest rates for our $72.0 million in variable rate debt. Since we have incurred and may continue to incur variable rate debt, increases in interest rates raise our interest costs, which reduces our cash flows and our ability to make distributions to you. If we are unable to refinance our indebtedness at maturity or meet our payment obligations, the amount of our distributable cash flows and our financial condition would be adversely affected, and we may lose the property securing such indebtedness. In addition, if we need to repay existing debt during periods of rising interest rates, we could be required to liquidate one or more of our investments in properties at times which may not permit realization of the maximum return on such investments.

        The terms of our mortgage loans require us to comply with loan-to-collateral-value ratios, debt service coverage ratios and, in the case of an event of default, limitations on the ability of our subsidiaries that are borrowers under our mortgage loans to make distributions to us or our other subsidiaries. We have executed a loan agreement with several financial institutions establishing a $100 million secured corporate revolving credit facility (subject to increase to $200 million under certain circumstances). The credit facility is being held in escrow and will be available upon the closing of this offering and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. In addition, in connection with our formation transactions, we will be assuming an existing secured acquisition credit facility from

38


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


STAG GI that currently has $33.6 million of borrowing capacity and a commitment letter for an additional $65 million secured acquisition credit facility. There is no assurance that we will be able to enter into a definitive agreement relating to the additional acquisition facility that we find acceptable, or at all. Any facility we obtain will likely include a number of additional customary financial and other covenants. Any of our existing loan covenants or future credit facility covenants may limit our flexibility in our operations and prevent us from making distributions to our shareholders, and breaches of these covenants could result in defaults under the instruments governing the applicable indebtedness even if we have satisfied our payment obligations.

        As of December 31, 2010, we had certain secured loans that are cross-collateralized by multiple properties. If we default on any of these loans we may then be required to repay such indebtedness, together with applicable prepayment charges, to avoid foreclosure on all cross-collateralized properties within the applicable pool. Moreover, any future corporate credit facility of ours may contain certain cross-default provisions which are triggered in the event that our other material indebtedness is in default. These cross-default provisions may require us to repay or restructure the facility in addition to any mortgage or other debt that is in default. If our properties were foreclosed upon, or if we are unable to refinance our indebtedness at maturity or meet our payment obligations, the amount of our distributable cash flows and our financial condition would be adversely affected.

        We are a holding company and conduct all of our operations through our operating partnership. We do not have, apart from our ownership of our operating partnership, any independent operations. As a result, we will rely on distributions from our operating partnership to pay any dividends we might declare on our common stock. We will also rely on distributions from our operating partnership to meet our debt service and other obligations, including our obligations to make distributions required to maintain our REIT status. The ability of subsidiaries of our operating partnership to make distributions to the operating partnership, and the ability of our operating partnership to make distributions to us in turn, will depend on their operating results and on the terms of any loans that encumber the properties owned by them. Such loans may contain lockbox arrangements, reserve requirements, financial covenants and other provisions that restrict the distribution of funds. In the event of a default under these loans, the defaulting subsidiary would be prohibited from distributing cash. For example, our subsidiaries are party to mortgage loans that prohibit, in the event of default, their distribution of any cash to a related party, including our operating partnership. As a result, a default under any of these loans by the borrower subsidiaries could cause us to have insufficient cash to make distributions on our common stock required to maintain our REIT status.

        Some of our financing arrangements require us to make a lump-sum or "balloon" payment at maturity. Our ability to make a balloon payment at maturity is uncertain and may depend upon our ability to obtain additional financing or our ability to sell the property. At the time the balloon payment is due, we may or may not be able to refinance the existing financing on terms as favorable as the original loan or sell the property at a price sufficient to make the balloon payment. The effect of a refinancing or sale could affect the rate of return to shareholders and the projected time of disposition of our assets. In addition, payments of principal and interest made to service our debts may leave us with insufficient cash to pay the distributions that we are required to pay to maintain our qualification as a REIT.

39


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        If mortgage debt is unavailable at reasonable rates, we may not be able to finance the purchase of properties. In addition, we run the risk of being unable to refinance mortgage debt when the loans come due or of being unable to refinance such debt on favorable terms. If interest rates are higher when we refinance such debt, our income could be reduced. We may be unable to refinance such debt at appropriate times, which may require us to sell properties on terms that are not advantageous to us or could result in the foreclosure of such properties. If any of these events occur, our cash flows would be reduced. This, in turn, would reduce cash available for distribution to you and may hinder our ability to raise more capital by issuing more stock or by borrowing more money.

        We use various derivative financial instruments to provide a level of protection against interest rate risks, but no hedging strategy can protect us completely. These instruments involve risks, such as the risk that the counterparties may fail to honor their obligations under these arrangements, that these arrangements may not be effective in reducing our exposure to interest rate changes and that a court could rule that such agreements are not legally enforceable. These instruments may also generate income that may not be treated as qualifying REIT income for purposes of the 75% or 95% REIT income tests. In addition, the nature and timing of hedging transactions may influence the effectiveness of our hedging strategies. Poorly designed strategies or improperly executed transactions could actually increase our risk and losses. Moreover, hedging strategies involve transaction and other costs. We cannot assure you that our hedging strategy and the derivatives that we use will adequately offset the risk of interest rate volatility or that our hedging transactions will not result in losses that may reduce the overall return on your investment.

Risks Related to this Offering

        The purchase price per share of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus reflects the result of negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. The purchase price may not accurately reflect the future value of our company, and the offering price may not be realized upon any subsequent disposition of the shares.

        In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by making offerings of debt or additional offerings of equity securities, including commercial paper, senior or subordinated notes and series of preferred stock or common stock. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and shares of preferred stock, if any, and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the holdings of our existing shareholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Preferred stock, if issued, could have a preference on liquidating distributions or a preference on dividend payments or both that could limit our ability to make a dividend distribution to the holders of

40


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their stock holdings in us.

        Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or upon exchange of common units or exercise of any options, or the perception that such sales might occur could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. The exchange of common units for common stock, the exercise of any stock options or the vesting of any restricted stock granted under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, the issuance of our common stock or common units in connection with property, portfolio or business acquisitions and other issuances of our common stock or common units could have an adverse effect on the market price of the shares of our common stock. Also, continuing investors that will hold 6,174,648 common units on a pro forma basis are parties to an agreement that provides for registration rights. The exercise of these registration rights could depress the price of our common stock. The existence of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance as restricted shares or upon exchange of options or common units may adversely affect the terms upon which we may be able to obtain additional capital through the sale of equity securities. In addition, future sales by us of our common stock may be dilutive to existing shareholders.

        Our executive officers and our directors and the owners of the management company, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI have entered into lock-up agreements that, subject to exceptions, prohibit them from selling, pledging, transferring or otherwise disposing of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock for a period of 12 months after the date of this prospectus. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their discretion, release all or any portion of the common stock subject to the lock-up agreements with our directors and officers and the owners of the management company, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI at any time without notice or shareholder approval. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived or terminated, up to approximately 6,448,867 shares of common stock, including securities convertible into our common stock, will be available for sale into the market, subject only to applicable securities rules and regulations and, in some cases, vesting requirements, which could reduce the market price for our common stock.

        Currently, there is no established trading market for our common stock. Our shares of common stock have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol "STIR." We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop after the offering or if one does develop, that it will be sustained.

        Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be volatile. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our common stock declines, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot assure you that the market price of our common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could

41


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS



affect our stock price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock include:

        In addition, the stock market has experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices of many companies in industries similar or related to ours and may have been unrelated to operating performances of these companies. These broad market fluctuations could reduce the market price of our common stock.

        As of December 31, 2010, the pro forma net tangible book value of the assets to be acquired by us in our formation transactions was approximately $           million, or $        per share of our common stock held by our continuing investors, assuming the exchange of common units for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. As a result, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after the consummation of our formation transactions and this offering will be less than the initial public offering price. The purchasers of our common stock offered hereby will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $          per share in the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock.

        One of the factors that will influence the price of our common stock will be the dividend yield on our common stock (as a percentage of the price of our common stock) relative to market interest rates. An increase in market interest rates may lead prospective purchasers of our common stock to expect a higher dividend yield and, if we are unable to pay such yield, the market price of our common stock could decrease.

        The market value of the equity securities of a REIT is based primarily upon the market's perception of the REIT's growth potential and its current and potential future cash distributions, whether from operations, sales or refinancings, and is secondarily based upon the real estate market value of the underlying assets. For that reason, our common stock may trade at prices that are higher or lower than our net asset value per share. To the extent we retain operating cash flow for investment purposes, working capital reserves or other purposes, these retained funds, while increasing the value of our underlying assets, may not correspondingly increase the market price of our common stock. Our failure to meet the market's expectations with regard to future earnings and cash distributions likely would adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

42


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        STAG Predecessor Group had historical net losses of $2.9 million, $5.6 million and $7.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. STAG Predecessor Group had historical accumulated deficits after effects of depreciation and amortization of $8.3 million and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. There can be no assurance that we will not continue to incur net losses in the future, which could adversely affect our ability to service our indebtedness and our ability to pay dividends or make distributions, any of which could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

        Following this offering, we will become subject to reporting and other obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), including the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Section 404 requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments. These reporting and other obligations will place significant demands on our management, administrative, operational, internal audit and accounting resources and will cause us to incur significant expenses. We may need to upgrade our systems or create new systems; implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures; expand our internal audit function; and hire additional accounting, internal audit and finance staff. If we are unable to accomplish these objectives in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with the financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies could be impaired. Any failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and stock price.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Risks

        Our qualification as a REIT will depend upon our ability to meet requirements regarding our organization and ownership, distributions of our income, the nature and diversification of our income and assets and other tests imposed by the Code. If we fail to qualify as a REIT for any taxable year after electing REIT status, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income at corporate rates. In addition, we would generally be disqualified from treatment as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year of losing our REIT status. Losing our REIT status would reduce our net earnings available for investment or distribution to shareholders because of the additional tax liability. In addition, dividends to shareholders would no longer qualify for the dividends-paid deduction and we would no longer be required to make distributions. If this occurs, we might be required to borrow funds or liquidate some investments in order to pay the applicable tax. For a discussion of the REIT qualification tests and other considerations relating to our election to be taxed as REIT, see "U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations."

        In the future, we may institute a dividend reinvestment plan, which would allow our shareholders to acquire additional shares of common stock by automatically reinvesting their cash dividends. If our shareholders participate in a dividend reinvestment plan, they will be deemed to have received, and for income tax purposes will be taxed on, the amount reinvested in shares of our common stock to the

43


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


extent the amount reinvested was not a tax-free return of capital. In addition, our shareholders will be treated for tax purposes as having received an additional distribution to the extent the shares are purchased at a discount to fair market value. As a result, unless a shareholder is a tax-exempt entity, it may have to use funds from other sources to pay its tax liability on the value of the shares of common stock received.

        Even if we qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may be subject to some U.S. federal, state and local taxes on our income or property. For example:

        We intend to make distributions to our shareholders to comply with the REIT requirements of the Code.

        From time to time, we may generate taxable income greater than our income for financial reporting purposes, or our taxable income may be greater than our cash flow available for distribution to shareholders (for example, where a borrower defers the payment of interest in cash pursuant to a contractual right or otherwise). If we do not have other funds available in these situations we could be required to borrow funds, sell investments at disadvantageous prices or find another alternative source of funds to make distributions sufficient to enable us to pay out enough of our taxable income to satisfy the REIT distribution requirement and to avoid corporate income tax and the 4% excise tax in a particular year. These alternatives could increase our costs or reduce the value of our equity. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our ability to operate solely on the basis of maximizing profits.

        To qualify as a REIT, we must satisfy certain tests on an ongoing basis concerning, among other things, the sources of our income, nature of our assets and the amounts we distribute to our shareholders. We may be required to make distributions to shareholders at times when it would be more advantageous to reinvest cash in our business or when we do not have funds readily available for

44


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


distribution. Compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our ability to operate solely on the basis of maximizing profits and the value of our shareholders' investment.

        We expect to purchase real properties and lease them back to the sellers of such properties. While we will use commercially reasonable efforts to structure any such sale-leaseback transaction such that the lease will be characterized as a "true lease" for tax purposes, thereby allowing us to be treated as the owner of the property for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we cannot assure you that the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") will not challenge such characterization. In the event that any such sale-leaseback transaction is challenged and recharacterized as a financing transaction or loan for U.S. federal income tax purposes, deductions for depreciation and cost recovery relating to such property would be disallowed. If a sale-leaseback transaction were so recharacterized, we might fail to satisfy the REIT qualification "asset tests" or "income tests" and, consequently, lose our REIT status effective with the year of recharacterization. Alternatively, the amount of our REIT taxable income could be recalculated which might also cause us to fail to meet the distribution requirement for a taxable year.

        We may be deemed to be, or make investments in entities that own or are themselves deemed to be, taxable mortgage pools. Similarly, certain of our securitizations or other borrowings could be considered to result in the creation of a taxable mortgage pool for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a REIT, provided that we own 100% of the equity interests in a taxable mortgage pool, we generally would not be adversely affected by the characterization of the securitization as a taxable mortgage pool. Certain categories of shareholders, however, such as foreign shareholders eligible for treaty or other benefits, shareholders with net operating losses, and certain tax-exempt shareholders that are subject to unrelated business income tax, could be subject to increased taxes on a portion of their dividend income from us that is attributable to the taxable mortgage pool. In addition, to the extent that our stock is owned by tax-exempt "disqualified organizations," such as certain government-related entities that are not subject to tax on unrelated business income, we will incur a corporate-level tax on a portion of our income from the taxable mortgage pool. In that case, we are authorized to reduce and intend to reduce the amount of our distributions to any disqualified organization whose stock ownership gave rise to the tax by the amount of such tax paid by us that is attributable to such shareholder's ownership. Moreover, we would be precluded from selling equity interests in these securitizations to outside investors, or selling any debt securities issued in connection with these securitizations that might be considered to be equity interests for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These limitations may prevent us from using certain techniques to maximize our returns from securitization transactions.

        The rules dealing with federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Department of the Treasury. Changes to the tax laws, with or without retroactive application, could adversely affect our shareholders or us. We cannot predict how changes in the tax laws might affect our shareholders or us. New legislation, Treasury Regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions could significantly and negatively affect our ability to qualify as a REIT or the federal income tax consequences of such qualification.

45


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        As a result of our formation transactions described above, the contributors expect to defer approximately $     million of taxable income and taxable gain. The contribution transactions are expected to be tax free, in whole or in part, to us, our operating partnership and the contributors. Our operating partnership will have a carryover tax basis in the assets of the limited liability companies acquired by us by contribution such that our basis will be the same as the basis immediately before our formation transactions, adjusted upward by the gain, if any, recognized by the contributors. As a result of the contributions, we will have substantial built-in taxable income in our assets immediately after our formation transactions.

        We intend to take the position that each of the contributions of the interests in the limited liability companies qualify as a tax-free transaction, in whole or in part, under the Code. To the extent any of these contributions does not so qualify, then the contribution would be treated as a taxable asset sale in which the contributors would be required to recognize taxable gain. If the contribution is treated as a taxable event, our adjusted tax basis in the assets of the limited liability companies is expected to equal the then fair market value of the consideration paid for such assets.

ERISA Risks

        Fiduciaries of employee benefit plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") should take into account their fiduciary responsibilities in connection with a decision to invest in our common stock. If such fiduciaries breach their responsibilities, including (among other things) the responsibility to act prudently, to diversify the plan's assets, and to follow plan documents and investment policies, they may be held liable for plan losses and may be subject to civil or criminal penalties and excise taxes. Similar consequences may result if a plan's investment in shares of our stock constitutes a so-called "prohibited transaction" under ERISA. Plans or arrangements that are not subject to ERISA, such as individual retirement accounts, may be subject to Section 4975 of the Code, which contains similar prohibited transaction rules.

        Although it is intended that our underlying assets and our operating partnership's underlying assets will not constitute "plan assets" of ERISA plans within the meaning of Department of Labor regulations and Section 3(42) of ERISA, there can be no assurance in this regard. If our assets or our operating partnership's assets constitute plan assets under ERISA, certain transactions in which we might normally engage could constitute prohibited transactions under ERISA or the Code. If our assets or our operating partnership's assets are plan assets, our managers may be fiduciaries under ERISA.

        Governmental employee benefit plans and certain church plans are exempt from ERISA, but these plans may be subject to federal, state or local laws that are similar to the ERISA laws and regulations discussed above.

46



Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        We make statements in this prospectus that are forward-looking statements, which are usually identified by the use of words such as "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "may," "plans," "projects," "seeks," "should," "will," and variations of such words or similar expressions. Our forward-looking statements reflect our current views about our plans, intentions, expectations, strategies and prospects, which are based on the information currently available to us and on assumptions we have made. Although we believe that our plans, intentions, expectations, strategies and prospects as reflected in or suggested by our forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that our plans, intentions, expectations, strategies or prospects will be attained or achieved and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Furthermore, actual results may differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements and may be affected by a variety of risks and factors including, without limitation:

47


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS


Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. New risks and uncertainties arise over time, and it is not possible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us. Except as required by law, we are not obligated to, and do not intend to, update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

        Market data and industry forecasts and projections used in this prospectus have been obtained from CBRE-EA or other independent industry sources. Forecasts, projections and other forward-looking information obtained from CBRE-EA or other sources are subject to similar qualifications and uncertainties as other forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

48


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $       million (or approximately $       million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full), in each case assuming a public offering price of $          per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full) and estimated organizational and offering expenses of approximately $4.7 million payable by us. We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for common units in our operating partnership.

        We expect our operating partnership will use the net proceeds as follows:

        If the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, we expect to use the additional $         million of net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions of real estate assets.

        The debt repayments described above are estimated based on principal and related accrued interest outstanding as of December 31, 2010. The actual amounts of the debt repayments will depend

49


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS



on the principal and related accrued interest outstanding at the time of payment and may be greater than or less than our estimates above.

        Pending application of cash proceeds, we intend to invest the net proceeds temporarily in interest-bearing, short-term investment-grade securities, money-market accounts or checking accounts, which are consistent with our intention to qualify for taxation as a REIT. Such investments may include, for example, government and government agency certificates, certificates of deposit, interest-bearing bank deposits and mortgage loan participations. These initial investments are expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from investments in our properties.

50


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION POLICY

        We intend to elect and qualify to be treated as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2011. U.S. federal income tax law generally requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding net capital gains. We will not be required to make distributions with respect to income derived from the activities conducted through STAG Industrial TRS, LLC (our "TRS") that is not distributed to us. Our TRS is the entity through which we will provide any third-party management and advisory services, potentially including management services provided to Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV, unless such services can be provided without jeopardizing our REIT status. To the extent our TRS's income is not distributed and is instead reinvested with the operations of our TRS, the value of our equity interest in our TRS will increase. The aggregate value of the securities that we hold in our TRS may not exceed 25% of the total value of our gross assets. In part because of restrictions applicable to us as a REIT, distributions from our TRS to us will not exceed 25% of our gross income with respect to any given taxable year.

        We are a newly formed company that has not commenced operations and, as a result, we have not paid distributions as of the date of this prospectus. To satisfy the requirements to qualify as a REIT and generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, we intend to make quarterly distributions of all or substantially all of our taxable income to holders of our common stock out of assets legally available therefor. We intend to pay a pro rata initial distribution with respect to the period commencing on the completion of this offering and ending at the last day of the then-current fiscal quarter, based on a distribution of $      per share for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would be $      per share, or an annual distribution rate of approximately    %, based on the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We estimate that this initial annual distribution rate will represent approximately      % of estimated cash available for distribution to our common shareholders for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011. Our intended initial annual distribution rate has been established based on our estimate of cash available for distribution for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011, which we have calculated based on adjustments to our pro forma net income for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010 (after giving effect to the offering and the formation transactions). This estimate was based on our pro forma operating results and does not take into account our growth strategy, nor does it take into account any unanticipated expenditures we may have to make or any debt we may have to incur. In estimating our cash available for distribution for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011, we have made certain assumptions as reflected in the table and footnotes below.

        Our estimate of cash available for distribution does not include the effect of any changes in our working capital. Our estimate also does not reflect the amount of cash estimated to be used for investing activities for acquisition and other activities, other than a reserve for recurring capital expenditures and current contractual tenant improvement or leasing commission costs to be incurred in the 12 months ending December 31, 2011 related to any new leases or lease renewals entered into as of February 16, 2011. It also does not reflect the amount of cash estimated to be used for financing activities, other than scheduled debt principal payments on mortgage and other indebtedness that will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. Any such investing and/or financing activities may have a material effect on our estimate of cash available for distribution. Because we have made the assumptions set forth above in estimating cash available for distribution, we do not intend this estimate to be a projection or forecast of our actual results of operations or our liquidity, and we have estimated cash available for distribution for the sole purpose of determining the amount of our initial annual distribution rate. Our estimate of cash available for distribution should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities (computed in accordance with GAAP). In addition,

51


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION POLICY



the methodology upon which we made the adjustments described below is not necessarily intended to be a basis for determining future dividends or other distributions.

        We intend to maintain our initial distribution rate for the 12-month period following completion of this offering unless our actual results of operations, economic conditions or other factors differ materially from the assumptions used in our estimate. Any future distributions we make will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our earnings and financial condition, maintenance of REIT qualification and the applicable provisions of the MGCL and such other factors as our board may determine in its sole discretion. We anticipate that our estimated cash available for distribution will exceed the annual distribution requirements applicable to REITs. However, under some circumstances, we may be required to pay distributions in excess of cash available for distribution in order to meet these distribution requirements and we may need to use the proceeds from future equity and debt offerings, sell assets or borrow funds to make distributions. We have no intention to use the net proceeds from this offering to make distributions nor do we intend to make distributions using shares of common stock. We cannot assure you that our distribution policy will not change in the future. Actual distributions may be significantly different from the expected distributions. For more information regarding risk factors that could materially adversely affect our earnings and financial condition, please see "Risk Factors."

        We anticipate that, at least initially, our distributions will exceed our then current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes due to non-cash expenses, primarily depreciation and amortization charges that we expect to incur. Therefore, a portion of these distributions may represent a return of capital for federal income tax purposes. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a taxable U.S. shareholder under current U.S. federal income tax law to the extent those distributions do not exceed the shareholder's adjusted tax basis in his or her common stock, but rather will reduce the adjusted basis of the common stock. Therefore, the gain (or loss) recognized on the sale of that common stock or upon our liquidation will be increased (or decreased) accordingly. To the extent those distributions exceed a taxable U.S. shareholder's adjusted tax basis in his or her common stock, they generally will be treated as a capital gain realized from the taxable disposition of those shares. We expect that      % of our estimated initial dividend will represent a return of capital for the tax period ending December 31, 2011. The percentage of our shareholder distributions that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits may vary substantially from year to year. For a more complete discussion of the tax treatment of distributions to holders of our common stock, see "U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations."

        The following table describes our pro forma net income before non-controlling interest for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the adjustments we have made thereto in order to estimate our initial cash available for distribution to the holders or our common stock for the year ending December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands, except per share data). The table reflects our condensed consolidated information, including common units in our operating partnership. Each common unit in

52


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION POLICY



our operating partnership may be redeemed for cash, or at our option, one share of our common stock, beginning 12 months after completion of this offering.

Pro forma net income before non-controlling interest for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010

  $ 2,348  
 

Add: Pro forma real estate depreciation and amortization

    26,295  
 

Add: Amortization of deferred financing costs

    367  
 

Less: Net effects of straight-line rents and amortization of acquired above/below market lease intangibles

    (538 )
 

Add: Non-cash compensation expense

    1,525  
 

Less: Gain on interest rate swaps

    (100 )
       

Pro forma cash flows provided by operations for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010

    29,897  
 

Add: Net increases in contractual rent income and related revenue (1)

    1,617  
 

Less: Net decreases in contractual rental and related revenue due to lease expirations, assuming no renewals (2)

    (3,159 )
       

Estimated cash flows provided by operations for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011

    28,355  
 

Less: Provision for tenant improvements and leasing commissions (3)

    (255 )
 

Less: Estimated annual provision for recurring capital expenditures (4)

    (293 )
       

Estimated cash flows used in investing activities for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011

    (548 )
 

Less: Scheduled debt principal payments (5)

    (3,093 )
       

Estimated cash flows used in financing activities for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011

    (3,093 )
       

Estimated cash available for distribution for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011

  $ 24,714  
       
 

Estimated cash available for distribution to non-controlling interests for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011

    8,143  
 

Estimated cash available for distribution to common shareholders for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011

    16,571  
       

Estimated cash available for distribution for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011

    24,714  
       
 

Estimated annual distribution to non-controlling interest for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011

       
 

Estimated annual distribution to common shareholders for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011

       
       

Estimated annual distribution for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011

  $    
       
 

Estimated distribution per common unit for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011 (6)

  $    
 

Estimated distribution per share for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011 (6)

  $    
 

Payout ratio based on estimated cash available for distribution to our holders of common stock/common units

      %

(1)
Represents net increases in contractual rent income and related revenue from new leases, renewals, contractual rent increases and lease termination fees, net of abatements, from existing leases that were not in effect for the year ended December 31, 2010 or that will go into effect during the year ending December 31, 2011, based on leases entered into as of February 16, 2011.

(2)
Represents net decreases in contractual rental and related revenue due to lease expirations assuming no new leases or lease renewals for leases that expired during the year ended December 31, 2010 or will expire during the year ending December 31, 2011, other than renewals of month-to-month leases, unless the new lease or lease renewal was executed and delivered on or before February 16, 2011.

(3)
Provision for tenant improvements and leasing commissions includes any current contractual tenant improvement or leasing commission costs to be paid or incurred in the year ending December 31, 2011 related to any new leases or lease renewals entered into as of February 16, 2011. During the 12 months ending December 31, 2011, we expect to have additional tenant improvement and leasing commission expenditures related to new and renewal leasing that occur after December 31, 2010. Any increases in such expenditures would be directly related to such new and renewal leasing in that such expenditures would be incurred when a new lease is signed or an expiring lease is renewed, and are not included herein because we have no contractual obligations at this time for such future leasing.

53


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION POLICY


(4)
Estimated annual provision for recurring capital expenditures is based on $0.03 per leasable square foot of such expenditures for our consolidated portfolio. This estimate is based on the 2010 recurring capital expenditures of our existing portfolio.

(5)
Represents all scheduled debt repayments for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011, including both amortization and other principal repayments, excluding debt that we intend to repay with net proceeds of this offering.

(6)
Estimated distribution per share for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011 is based on 13,000,000 shares outstanding, 274,219 LTIP units outstanding, and 122,500 shares of restricted common stock outstanding following the completion of this offering and estimated distribution per common unit for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011 is based on 6,174,648 common units outstanding following the completion of this offering.

        As reflected in the payout ratio shown in the table above, our estimated initial annual dividend of $        per share, or $       million in the aggregate, represents approximately        % (or a deficiency of $            ) of our estimated cash available for distribution of $       million for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011. However, the above table does not include any increases or decreases in revenues or costs associated with: (1) any rental and related revenue increases or decreases from changes in occupancy in our real estate portfolio subsequent to December 31, 2010; (2) rental and related revenue from renewals of expiring leases in our real estate portfolio that may be executed subsequent to December 31, 2010 without regard to tenant retention (the management company has achieved an average tenant retention rate of 71.9% since its first property acquisition in 2004); (3) rental and related revenue from acquisitions completed subsequent to the completion of this offering, not considered probable at the time of the offering, from our current acquisition pipeline and other acquisition opportunities; and (4) any offsetting costs associated with any increases in revenue, such as tenant improvements and leasing commissions. As a result, our actual payout ratio could be higher or lower than the payout ratio shown in the table above. In any case, assuming our operating cash flow does not increase, we will be required either to fund future distributions from cash balances, borrowings under our secured corporate revolving credit facility or to reduce such distributions.

        If the above table was calculated based on our average tenant retention rate of 71.9%, our payout ratio based on estimated cash available for distribution would be        % to our holders of common stock and common units.

54


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth:

        This table should be read in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and STAG Predecessor Group's historical audited financial statements and the unaudited pro forma financial information and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of December 31, 2010  
 
  STAG Predecessor
Group Historical
  Company
Pro Forma
Prior to this
Offering
  Company
Pro Forma (1) (2) (3)
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 
 

Debt

  $ 207,550   $ 404,479   $ 172,904  
 

Owners' equity (deficit)

    (8,336 )   88,975        
 

Shareholders' equity (deficit):

                   
   

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

             
   

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 0, 110 and 13,122,500 shares issued and outstanding on a historical, pro forma prior to this offering and pro forma basis, respectively

            131  
   

Additional paid-in capital

            218,433  
   

Non-controlling interest in our operating partnership

            107,410  
               
   

Total owners' and shareholders' equity (deficit)

    (8,336 )   88,975     325,974  
               

Total capitalization

  $ 199,214   $ 493,454   $ 498,878  
               

(1)
Assumes 13,000,000 shares will be sold in this offering at an initial public offering price of $        per share for net proceeds of approximately $         million after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated organizational and offering expenses of approximately $       million. See "Use of Proceeds."

(2)
Does not include the underwriters' option to purchase up to 1,950,000 additional shares of common stock.

(3)
The common stock outstanding as shown does not include common units in our operating partnership to be issued in connection with our formation transactions. The common stock outstanding as shown includes 122,500 shares of restricted common stock to be granted to certain employees under our equity incentive plan upon the completion of this offering. The common stock outstanding as shown does not include (1) 274,219 LTIP units to be granted to our executive officers and independent directors under our equity incentive plan or (2) 1,036,515 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plan. See "Management—Equity Incentive Plan."

55


Table of Contents

DILUTION

        Purchasers of our common stock offered in this prospectus will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of the net tangible book value of our common stock from the initial public offering price. As of December 31, 2010, we had a net tangible book value of approximately $         million, or $        per share of our common stock held by continuing investors, assuming the exchange of common units into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. After giving effect to the sale of the shares of our common stock offered hereby, including the use of proceeds as described under "Use of Proceeds," and our formation transactions, the deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated formation transaction and offering expenses, the pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2010 attributable to common shareholders, excluding the effects of the grant of LTIP units and including the shares of restricted common stock to our executive officers, directors and certain employees, would have been $         million, or $      per share of our common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $        per share to continuing investors and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $        per share from the assumed public offering price of $        per share of our common stock to new public investors. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering—Differences between the book value of the assets to be acquired in our formation transactions and the price paid for our common stock will result in an immediate and material dilution of the book value of our common stock." The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $    

Net tangible book value per share before our formation transactions and this offering (1)

  $    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to our formation transactions (2)

  $    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering (3)

  $    
       

Net increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to the formation transactions and this offering

  $    
       

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after our formation transactions and this offering (4)

  $    
       

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors (5)

  $    
       

(1)
Net tangible book value per share of our common stock before our formation transactions and this offering is determined by dividing net tangible book value based on December 31, 2010 net book value of the tangible assets (consisting of total assets less intangible assets, which are comprised of goodwill, deferred financing and leasing costs, acquired above-market leases and acquired in place lease value, net of liabilities to be assumed, excluding acquired below market leases and acquired above-market ground leases) of STAG Predecessor Group by the number of shares of our common stock issued to Fund III in exchange for STAG Predecessor Group, assuming the exchange of the common units issued to Fund III for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis.

(2)
Increase in the net tangible book value attributable to our formation transactions represents the difference between (a) the net tangible book value per share before our formation transactions and this offering and (b) the pro forma net tangible book value, excluding net offering proceeds, divided by the number of outstanding shares of common stock after our formation transactions, but before this offering, assuming the exchange of all outstanding common units for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis and excluding the restricted shares of common stock and LTIP units that we will issued upon completion of the offering.

(3)
The increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering is determined by subtracting (a) the sum of (i) the pro forma net tangible book value per share before our formation transactions and this offering (see note (1) above) and (ii) the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to our formation transactions (see note (2) above) from (b)(i) the pro forma net tangible book value per share after our formation transactions and this offering (see note (4) below) divided by (ii) the number of outstanding shares of common stock after our formation transactions and this offering, assuming the exchange of all outstanding common units for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis and excluding the restricted shares of common stock and LTIP units that we will issue upon completion of this offering.

56


Table of Contents

DILUTION


(4)
Based on pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $         million divided by the                shares of common stock to be outstanding after our formation transactions and this offering, assuming the exchange of all outstanding common units for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis and excluding the restricted shares of common stock and LTIP units that we will issue upon completion of this offering.

(5)
Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after our formation transactions and this offering from the initial public offering price paid by a new investor for a share of our common stock.

        The principal reduction in our pro forma net tangible book value in the table set forth above is not from goodwill but rather from net lease related assets and liabilities which are categorized by GAAP as intangibles. Our lease related intangible assets and liabilities primarily reflect the present value of the difference of in-place leasing rates and prevailing market rates as well as the avoided costs and lost revenue as if the buildings were vacant. If the above table was calculated without excluding lease related intangible assets and liabilities, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after our formation transactions and this offering would be $            and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors would be $            . In addition, the computations in the dilution table above do not reflect the fair value of the properties contributed by the STAG Predecessor Group as these assets are accounted for at carryover book basis.

57


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following table sets forth selected financial and operating data on (1) a pro forma basis for our company and (2) an historical basis for the STAG Predecessor Group. On a pro forma basis we will own 90 properties consisting of 57 properties owned by STAG Predecessor Group and 33 properties that constitute STAG Contribution Group. STAG Predecessor Group, which includes the entity that is considered our accounting acquirer, is part of our predecessor business and consists of the subsidiaries of Fund III that will be contributed to us by Fund III in our formation transactions. STAG Contribution Group consists of the properties owned by Fund IV and STAG GI that will be contributed to us in the formation transactions.

        In the selected financial and operating data, we have not presented historical financial information for STAG Industrial, Inc. because we have not had any corporate activity since our formation other than the issuance of shares of common stock in connection with the initial capitalization of our company and activity in connection with our formation transactions and this offering, and because we believe that a discussion of the results of STAG Industrial, Inc. would not be meaningful.

        We have not presented historical financial information for the management company as its results are not considered significant, and because we believe that a discussion of these results, (which primarily consist of acquisition and asset management fees from Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV and general and administrative costs) would not be meaningful.

        You should read the following summary financial and operating data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation," our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and related notes, the historical combined financial statements and related notes of STAG Predecessor Group, the historical combined statements of revenue and certain expenses and related notes of STAG Contribution Group, and the historical (combined) statements of revenue and certain expenses and related notes of the various properties listed in the Index to the Financial Statements.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data is presented as if this offering and our formation transactions had occurred on December 31, 2010, and the unaudited pro forma statement of operations and other data for the year ended December 31, 2010 is presented as if this offering and our formation transactions had occurred on January 1, 2010. The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial condition would have been as of December 31, 2010 or what our actual results of operations would have been assuming this offering and our formation transactions had been completed as of January 1, 2010, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position or results of operations.

        The selected historical combined balance sheet information as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the historical combined statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, have been derived from the combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accountants, whose report thereon is included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical cost balance sheet information as of December 31, 2008 and the historical combined statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2007 have been derived from audited combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group, which are not included in this prospectus. The summary historical combined balance sheet information as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the historical combined statement of operations for the period ended December 31, 2006 have been derived from the unaudited combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group, which are not included in this prospectus.

58


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION


        The audited historical financial statements of STAG Predecessor Group in this prospectus, and therefore the historical financial and operating data in the table below exclude the operating results and financial condition of the Option Properties, the entities that own the Option Properties and the management company.

 
  Company
Pro Forma
  STAG Predecessor Group
Historical
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Year Ended December 31,   Period Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2010   2010   2009   2008   2007 (1)   2006  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                     

Revenue

                                     

Rental income

  $ 52,511   $ 24,249   $ 25,658   $ 27,319   $ 11,162   $ 941  

Tenant recoveries and other income

    6,137     3,761     4,508     3,951     1,326      

Other

    1,252                      
                           

Total revenue

    59,900     28,010     30,166     31,270     12,488     941  
                           

Expenses

                                     

Property

    9,320     6,123     8,409     5,813     1,437     11  

General and administrative

    11,282     937     1,078     1,112     648     29  

Depreciation and amortization

    26,295     9,514     10,257     12,108     4,687     336  

Loss on impairment of assets

                3,728          
                           

Total expenses

    46,897     16,574     19,744     22,761     6,772     376  
                           

Other income (expense)

                                     

Interest income

    16     16     66     140     163     4  

Interest expense

    (10,771 )   (14,116 )   (14,328 )   (15,058 )   (7,861 )   (616 )

Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

    100     (282 )   (1,720 )   (1,275 )        
                           

Total other income (expense)

    (10,655 )   (14,382 )   (15,982 )   (16,193 )   (7,698 )   (612 )
                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,348   $ (2,946 ) $ (5,560 ) $ (7,684 ) $ (1,982 ) $ (47 )
                           

Balance Sheet Data (End of Period):

                                     

Rental property, before accumulated depreciation

    433,772     210,186     210,009     208,948     212,688     31,998  

Rental property, after accumulated depreciation

    414,511     190,925     195,383     200,268     210,294     31,808  

Total assets

    512,264     211,004     220,116     229,731     242,134     35,976  

Notes payable

    172,904     207,550     212,132     216,178     217,360     31,877  

Total liabilities

    186,290     219,340     221,637     223,171     220,548     32,305  

Owners'/shareholders' equity (deficit)

    325,974     (8,336 )   (1,521 )   6,560     21,586     3,671  

Other Data:

                                     

Cash flow provided by operating activities

        $ 9,334   $ 8,365   $ 8,431   $ 3,488   $ 273  

Cash flow used in investing activities

          (2,088 )   (2,040 )   (411 )   (203,669 )   (30,041 )

Cash flow (used in) provided by financing activities

          (8,451 )   (6,921 )   (8,524 )   204,581     35,315  

59


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION


 
  Company
Pro Forma
  STAG Predecessor Group
Historical
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Year Ended December 31,   Period Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2010   2010   2009   2008   2007 (1)   2006  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Net operating income (NOI) (unaudited) (2)

                                     

Rental income

  $ 52,511   $ 24,249   $ 25,658   $ 27,319   $ 11,162   $ 941  

Tenant recoveries

    6,137     3,761     4,508     3,951     1,326      

Other operating income

    1,252                      

Property expenses

    (9,320 )   (6,123 )   (8,409 )   (5,813 )   (1,437 )   (11 )
                           

Net operating income (NOI)

    50,580     21,887     21,757     25,457     11,051     930  
                           

Net income (loss)

   
2,348
   
(2,946

)
 
(5,560

)
 
(7,684

)
 
(1,982

)
 
(47

)

Interest income

    (16 )   (16 )   (66 )   (140 )   (163 )   (4 )

(Gain) loss on interest rate swaps

    (100 )   282     1,720     1,275          

Depreciation and amortization

    26,295     9,514     10,257     12,108     4,687     336  

Interest expense

    10,771     14,116     14,328     15,058     7,861     616  

General and administrative expenses

    11,282     937     1,078     1,112     648     29  

Loss on impairment

                3,728          
                           

Net operating income (NOI)

    50,580     21,887     21,757     25,457     11,051     930  

EBITDA (unaudited) (2)

                                     

Net income (loss)

    2,348     (2,946 )   (5,560 )   (7,684 )   (1,982 )   (47 )

Interest expense

    10,771     14,116     14,328     15,058     7,861     616  

Interest income

    (16 )   (16 )   (66 )   (140 )   (163 )   (4 )

Depreciation and amortization

    26,295     9,514     10,257     12,108     4,687     336  
                           

EBITDA

   
39,398
   
20,668
   
18,959
   
19,342
   
10,403
   
901
 
                           

Funds from operations (FFO) (unaudited) (2)

                                     

Net income (loss)

    2,348     (2,946 )   (5,560 )   (7,684 )   (1,982 )   (47 )

Depreciation and amortization

    26,295     9,514     10,257     12,108     4,687     336  
                           

Funds from operations (FFO)

    28,643     6,568     4,697     4,424     2,705     289  
                           

Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO) (unaudited) (2)

                                     

FFO

    28,643     6,568     4,697     4,424     2,705     289  

Impairment charges

                3,728          

Straight line rental revenue adjustment

    (1,956 )   (641 )   (817 )   (1,187 )   (415 )   (61 )

Deferred financing cost amortization

    367     118     466     522     160     30  

Above/below market lease amortization

    1,418     (34 )   284     (563 )   (7 )   (15 )

(Gain) loss on interest rate swaps

    (100 )   282     1,720     1,275          

Acquisition costs (3)

                         

Amortization of non-cash compensation

    1,525                      

Recurring capital expenditures

    (293 )   (279 )   (164 )   (118 )        

Lease renewal commissions and tenant improvements

    (156 )   (156 )   (20 )            
                           

Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO)

    29,448     5,858     6,166     8,081     2,443     243  
                           

(1)
We have prepared the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 by combining amounts for 2007 obtained by adding the audited operating results of each of the Antecedent for the period of January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007 and STAG Predecessor Group for the period of June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 (since the difference in basis between Antecedent and STAG Predecessor Group were not materially different and the entities were under common management). Although this combined presentation does not comply with GAAP, we believe that it provides a meaningful method of comparison.

(2)
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for more detailed explanations of NOI, EBITDA, FFO and AFFO, and reconciliations of NOI, EBITDA, FFO and AFFO to net income computed in accordance with GAAP.

(3)
Represents the costs associated with acquisitions that are expensed under GAAP.

60


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the risks described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following discussion with "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and the combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The following discussion and analysis is based on, and should be read in conjunction with, the audited financial statements and notes thereto as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008) of STAG Predecessor Group. We have not had any corporate activity since our formation, other than the issuance of 110 shares of our common stock in connection with our initial capitalization and activities in preparation for our formation transactions and this offering. Accordingly, we believe that a discussion of our results of operations would not be meaningful, and this discussion and analysis therefore only discusses the combined results of STAG Predecessor Group. For more information regarding these companies, see "Selected Financial Information." All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the financial statements.

Overview

        We are a newly formed, self-administered and self-managed full-service real estate company focused on the acquisition, ownership and management of single-tenant industrial properties throughout the United States. We will continue and grow the single-tenant industrial business conducted by our predecessor business. Mr. Butcher, the Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer and President, together with an affiliate of NED, a real estate development and management company, formed our predecessor business, which commenced active operations in 2004. Since inception, we have deployed more than $1.3 billion of capital, representing the acquisition of 219 properties totaling approximately 35.2 million rentable square feet in 143 individual transactions.

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our portfolio will consist of 90 properties in 26 states with approximately 13.7 million rentable square feet. Our properties consist of 43 warehouse/distribution properties, 26 manufacturing properties and 21 flex/office properties. As of December 31, 2010, our properties were 89.6% leased to 69 tenants, with no single tenant accounting for more than 5.5% of our total annualized rent and no single industry accounting for more than 14.8% of our total annualized rent.

        We intend to continue to target the acquisition of individual Class B, single-tenant industrial properties predominantly in secondary markets throughout the United States with purchase prices ranging from $5 million to $25 million. We believe that, due to observed market inefficiencies, our focus on these properties will allow us to generate returns for our shareholders that are attractive in light of the associated risks, when compared to other real estate portfolios.

        We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT under the Code for the year ending December 31, 2011, and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal taxes on our income to the extent we currently distribute our income to our shareholders and maintain our qualification as a REIT. We are structured as an UPREIT and will own substantially all of our assets and conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership.

        As a result of our formation transactions, our future financial condition and results of operations will differ significantly from, and will not be comparable with, the historical financial position and results of operations of STAG Predecessor Group, which will be only a part of our company after the consummation of our formation transactions. Please refer to our unaudited pro forma consolidated

61


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, which present on a pro forma basis the condition and results of our company as if our formation transactions and this offering and the application of the net proceeds thereof had all occurred on December 31, 2010 for the pro forma consolidated balance sheet and on January 1, 2010 for the pro forma consolidated statement of operations. The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position and results of operations would have been as of the date or for the periods indicated, nor does it propose to represent our future financial position or results of operations.

        Concurrently with this offering, we will complete our formation transactions, pursuant to which we will acquire, through a series of contribution transactions, direct or indirect interests in the management company and certain of the industrial properties owned by Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI.

        As a result of our formation transactions, we will acquire our property portfolio together with the other assets and operations of the management company. In consideration for the contributions, we will issue an aggregate of 6,174,648 common units with an aggregate value of $           million, assuming an offering price at the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, to the contributors of the management company, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. We will also repay with the proceeds of this offering approximately $231.6 million of debt and assume approximately $172.9 million in principal amount of mortgage debt secured by our properties, based on December 31, 2010 balances on a pro forma basis.

        Our management has determined that common control does not exist among the entities constituting our predecessor business; accordingly, our formation transactions will be accounted for as a business combination. Any interests in the entities contributed by Fund III are presented in the combined financial statements of STAG Predecessor Group, which includes the entity that is considered our accounting acquirer, at historical cost. The contribution of all interests other than those directly owned by STAG Predecessor Group will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and recorded at the estimated fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities corresponding to their ownership interests. The fair values of tangible assets acquired are determined on an as-if-vacant basis. The as-if-vacant fair value will be allocated to land, building, tenant improvements and the value of in-place leases based on our own market knowledge and published market data, including current rental rates, expected downtime to lease up vacant space, tenant improvement construction costs, leasing commissions and recent sales on a per square foot basis for comparable properties in our sub-markets. The estimated fair value of acquired in-place leases are the costs we would have incurred to lease the property to the occupancy level of the property at the date of acquisition. Such estimates include the fair value of leasing commissions and legal costs that would be incurred to lease this property to this occupancy level. Additionally, we evaluate the time period over which such occupancy level would be achieved and include an estimate of the net operating costs (primarily real estate taxes, insurance and utilities) incurred during the lease-up period, which generally ranges up to eight to 15 months. Above-market and below-market in-place lease values are recorded as an asset or liability based on the present value (using an interest rate which reflects the risks associated with the leases acquired) of the difference between the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to the in-place leases and our estimate of fair market lease rates for the corresponding in-place leases, measured over a period equal to the remaining non-cancelable term of the lease. The fair value of the debt assumed was determined using current market interest rates for comparable debt financings.

62


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        Upon consummation of our formation transactions and this offering, our operations will be carried on through our operating partnership, STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., which we formed on December 21, 2009. Our formation transactions were designed to:

        As a result, we expect to be a fully integrated, self-administered and self-managed real estate company with 26 employees providing substantial in-house expertise in asset management, property management, leasing, tenant improvement construction, acquisitions, repositioning, redevelopment, legal and financing.

Factors That May Influence Future Results of Operations

        We expect to continue our predecessor business' investment strategy of acquiring individual, Class B single-tenant industrial properties predominantly in secondary markets throughout the United States through third-party purchases and structured sale-leasebacks featuring high initial yields and strong current cash-on-cash returns. We believe that the systematic aggregation of such properties results in a diversified portfolio that will produce sustainable returns which are attractive in light of the associated risks. Future results of operations may be affected, either positively or negatively, by our ability to execute this strategy.

        We receive income primarily from rental revenue from our properties. The amount of rental revenue generated by the properties in our portfolio depends principally on our ability to maintain the occupancy rates of currently leased space and to lease currently available space and space available from lease terminations. As of December 31, 2010, properties owned by our predecessor business were approximately 89.6% leased. The amount of rental revenue generated by us also depends on our ability to maintain or increase rental rates at our properties. Future economic downturns or regional downturns affecting our submarkets that impair our ability to renew or re-lease space and the ability of our tenants to fulfill their lease commitments, as in the case of tenant bankruptcies, could adversely affect our ability to maintain or increase rental rates at our properties. Our pro forma rental income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $52.5 million. Approximately $1.3 million of this rental income was attributable to leases that have terminated or expired where we have not yet re-leased the space. If the space had been vacant for the entire year then the rental income for the year ended December 31, 2010, would have been reduced by $1.3 million in the aggregate. Our predecessor business since inception has experienced insolvency of three tenants. The write-off related to the three tenants was $1.1 million in the aggregate. In the future, we may experience additional tenant insolvencies and may be required to recognize additional write-offs.

63


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        Certain leases entered into by us contain tenant concessions. Any such rental concessions are accounted for on a straight line basis over the term of the lease.

        Our ability to re-lease space subject to expiring leases will impact our results of operations and is affected by economic and competitive conditions in our markets and by the desirability of our individual properties. As of December 31, 2010, in addition to approximately 1,434,217 rentable square feet of currently available space in our properties, leases representing approximately 4.8% of the rentable square footage of such portfolio are scheduled to expire prior to December 31, 2011. The leases scheduled to expire prior to December 31, 2011 represent approximately 6.7% of the total annualized rent for our portfolio.

        The properties in our portfolio are located in markets throughout the United States. Positive or negative changes in economic or other conditions, adverse weather conditions and natural disasters in these markets may affect our overall performance.

        Our rental expenses generally consist of utilities, real estate taxes, management fees, insurance and site repair and maintenance costs. For the majority of our tenants, our rental expenses are controlled, in part, by the triple net provisions in tenant leases. In our triple net leases, the tenant is responsible for all aspects of and costs related to the property and its operation during the lease term, including utilities, taxes, insurance and maintenance costs. However, we also have modified gross leases and gross leases in our property portofolio. The terms of those leases vary and on some occasions we may absorb property related expenses of our tenants. In our modified gross leases, we are responsible for some property related expenses during the lease term, but the cost of most of the expenses is passed through to the tenant for reimbursement to us. In our gross leases, we are responsible for all aspects of and costs related to the property and its operation during the lease term. Our overall performance will be impacted by the extent to which we are able to pass-through rental expenses to our tenants.

        Following this offering, we also will incur increased general and administrative expenses, including legal, accounting and other expenses related to corporate governance, public reporting and compliance with various provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We anticipate that our staffing levels will increase from 26 employees to between 27 and 30 employees during the next 12 to 24 months and, as a result, our general and administrative expenses will further increase.

        While our unaudited pro forma rental income is $52,511,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010, our total annualized rent (as defined on page ii of this prospectus) is $49,967,000, as of December 31, 2010. Our total annualized rent excludes $157,300 of contractual revenue from space ground-leased to two tenants that is included in our unaudited pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010. In addition, we note that our unaudited pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 included tenant recoveries in the amount of $6,137,000 and

64


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


property expenses in the amount of $9,320,000. Our unaudited pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 included, among other items, the following revenues and expenses:

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our discussion and analysis of the historical financial condition and results of operations of the STAG Predecessor Group are based upon its combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenue and expenses in the reporting period. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates and assumptions. We have provided a summary of significant accounting policies in note 2 to the combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have summarized below those accounting policies that require material subjective or complex judgments and that have the most significant impact on financial condition and results of operations. Management evaluates these estimates on an ongoing basis, based upon information currently available and on various assumptions that it believes are reasonable as of the date hereof. In addition, other companies in similar businesses may use different estimation policies and methodologies, which may impact the comparability of our or the STAG Predecessor Group's results of operations and financial condition to those of other companies.

        The following discussion of critical accounting policies uses "we" and "STAG Predecessor Group" interchangeably. Except where specifically stated to the contrary, we expect the critical accounting policies of STAG Industrial, Inc. to be substantially similar to those of the STAG Predecessor Group.

        Rental property is carried at cost. We review our properties on a periodic basis for impairment and provide a provision if impairments are identified. To determine if an impairment may exist, we review our properties and identify those that have had either an event of change or event of circumstances warranting further assessment of recoverability (such as a decrease in occupancy). If further assessment of recoverability is needed, we estimate the future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the property and its eventual disposition, on an individual property basis. If the sum of the expected future net cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the property on an individual property basis, we will recognize an impairment loss based upon the estimated fair value of such property as compared to its current carrying value.

        Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method based on the following useful lives:

Buildings   40 years
Building and land improvements   5 - 20 years
Tenant improvements   Shorter of useful life or terms of related lease

65


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        Expenditures for tenant improvements, leasehold improvements and leasing commissions are capitalized and amortized or depreciated over the shorter of their useful lives or the terms of each specific lease. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. Expenditures for improvements are capitalized.

        We account for all acquisitions in accordance with the guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") under FASB Accounting Standard Codification ("ASC"), ASC 805, Business Combinations , (formerly known as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 141(R)). The FASB issued ASC 805 to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness, and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a business combination and its effects. The statement is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We adopted ASC 805 on January 1, 2009 and the adoption did not have a material effect on the combined financial statements.

        Upon acquisition of a property, we allocate the purchase price of the property based upon the fair value of the assets acquired, which generally consist of land, buildings, tenant improvements and intangible assets including in-place leases, above market and below market leases and tenant relationships. We allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the tangible assets of an acquired property by valuing the property as if it were vacant. Acquired above and below market leases are valued based on the present value of the difference between prevailing market rates and the in-place rates measured over a period equal to the remaining term of the lease for above market leases and the initial term plus the term of any below market fixed rate renewal options for below market leases that are considered bargain renewal options. The above market lease values are amortized as a reduction of rental income over the remaining term of the respective leases, and the below market lease values are amortized as an increase to base rental income over the remaining initial terms plus the terms of any below market fixed rate renewal options that are considered bargain renewal options of the respective leases.

        We maintain an allowance for estimated losses that may result from the inability of tenants to make required payments. We regularly assess our ability to collect outstanding payments and in so doing must make estimates of the collectability of tenant accounts receivable. If a tenant fails to make contractual payments beyond any allowance, we may recognize bad debt expense in future periods equal to the amount of unpaid rent and deferred rent.

        Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, tenant accounts receivable, interest rate swaps, accounts payable, other accrued expenses and mortgage notes payable. The fair values of the cash and cash equivalents, tenant accounts receivable, accounts payable and other accrued expenses approximate their carrying or contract values.

        We calculate the fair value of mortgage notes payable by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings for loans with similar remaining maturities and similar loan-to-value ratios.

66


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        We account for interest rate swaps in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging , (formerly known as SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended by SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities) . On January 1, 2009, we adopted SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS 161), which changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The adoption of SFAS 161 (now included in ASC 815) did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

        We designate interest rate swaps as non-hedge instruments. Accordingly, we recognize the fair value of the interest rate swap as asset or liability on the combined balance sheets with the changes in fair value recognized in the combined statements of operations.

        We adopted the fair value measurement provisions as of January 1, 2008 for our interest rate swaps recorded at fair value. The new guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we applied the provisions of this standard to the valuation of our interest rate swaps, which are the only financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. Additional rents from expense reimbursements for insurance, real estate taxes and certain other expenses are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

        Certain tenants are obligated to make payments for insurance, real estate taxes and certain other expenses and these costs, which have been assumed by the tenants under the terms of their respective leases, are not reflected in our combined financial statements. To the extent any tenant responsible for these costs under their respective lease defaults on their lease or it is deemed probable that they will fail to pay for such costs, we would record a liability for such obligation. Recovery revenue related to leases whereby the tenant has assumed the cost for insurance, real estate taxes, and certain other expenses is not recognized in the combined financial statements.

        Rental revenue from month-to-month leases or leases with no scheduled rent increases or other adjustments is recognized on a monthly basis when earned.

        Lease termination fees are recognized as termination revenue when the related leases are canceled and we have no continuing obligation to provide services to such former tenants. STAG Predecessor Group has no lease termination revenue for the years presented.

        We recognize gains on sales of real estate pursuant to the provisions of ASC 360-20-15, Accounting for Sales of Real Estate (formerly known as SFAS No. 66). The specific timing of a sale is measured against various criteria in ASC 360-20-15 related to the terms of the transaction and any continuing involvement in the form of management or financial assistance associated with the property. If the sales

67


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



criteria are not met, we defer gain recognition and accounts for the continued operations of the property by applying the finance, installment or cost recovery methods, as appropriate, until the sales criteria are met.

Historical Results of Operations of STAG Predecessor Group

        The following table summarizes our historical results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
   
 
 
  %
Change
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008
  %
Change
 
 
  2010   2009  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue

                               

Rental income

  $ 24,249   $ 25,658     (5 )% $ 27,319     (6 )%

Tenant recoveries (1)

    3,761     4,508     (17 )%   3,951     14 %
                       

Total revenue

    28,010     30,166     (7 )%   31,270     (4 )%
                       

Expenses

                               
 

Property

    3,254     5,342     (39 )%   3,009     78 %
 

General and administrative

    337     478     (29 )%   502     (5 )%
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    2,869     3,067     (6 )%   2,804     9 %
 

Asset management fees

    600     600     0 %   610     (2 )%
 

Depreciation and amortization

    9,514     10,257     (7 )%   12,108     (15 )%
 

Loss on impairment of assets

                3,728     (100 )%
                       

Total expenses

    16,574     19,744     (16 )%   22,761     (13 )%
                       

Other income (expense)

                               
 

Interest income

    16     66     (76 )%   140     (53 )%
 

Interest expense

    (14,116 )   (14,328 )   (1 )%   (15,058 )   (5 )%
 

Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

    (282 )   (1,720 )   (84 )%   (1,275 )   35 %
                       

Total other income (expense)

    (14,382 )   (15,982 )   (10 )%   (16,193 )   (1 )%
                       

Net loss

  $ (2,946 ) $ (5,560 )   (47 )% $ (7,684 )   (28 )%
                       

(1)
Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred.

        Total revenue decreased by $2.2 million, or 7%, to $28.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $30.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. A detailed analysis of the increase follows.

        Rent.     Rental revenue decreased by $1.4 million, or 5%, to $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $25.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease is primarily attributable to terminated or expiring leases during the year ended December 31, 2010, offset by an increase in new leases and lease escalations.

        Tenant recoveries.     Tenant recoveries decreased by $747,600, or 17%, to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease is primarily attributable to fewer property expenses being recovered due to lower occupancy resulting from terminated or expiring leases that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2010.

68


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        Property.     Property expense, which consists of property operation and maintenance expenses and bad debt expense decreased by $2 million, or 39%, to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to $1.9 million in bad debt expense incurred during the year ended December 31, 2009. The bad debt expense resulted primarily from non-payment of rent and reimbursable expenses from three financially troubled tenants.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses decreased $141,000, or 29%, to $337,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $478,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to a lower amount of legal and accounting fees incurred.

        Real estate taxes and insurance.     Real estate taxes and insurance decreased by $198,000, or 6%, to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower insurance fees incurred.

        Asset management fees.     Asset management fees remained unchanged at $600,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        Depreciation and amortization.     Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $743,000, or 7%, to $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to accelerated amortization of lease intangibles recorded during the year ended December 31, 2009 in connection with certain lease terminations and early vacancies.

        Interest income.     Interest income decreased 76% to $16,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $66,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower cash balances.

        Interest expense.     Interest expense decreased $212,000, or 1%, to $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was attributable to a reduction in loan balances due to amortized principal payments.

        Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps.     Our loss on interest rate swaps decreased $1.4 million to $282,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to an increase in the forward rate of the underlying LIBOR-based floating rate debt.

        Total revenue decreased by $1.1 million, or 4%, to $30.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $31.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. A detailed analysis of the decrease follows.

        Rent.     Rent decreased by $1.7 million, or 6%, to $25.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The two primary components

69


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


of the decrease were lower occupancy levels and the write-off of above market lease intangible assets. Rental revenue decreased $923,000 due to lower occupancy during 2009. Rental revenue decreased $690,000 due to the write-off of above market lease intangible assets related to a lease termination.

        Tenant recoveries.     Tenant recoveries increased by $557,000, or 14%, to $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in tenant recoveries was primarily attributable to the amount of tenant specific billings related to real estate tax and insurance recoveries compared to the previous period. The increase was partially offset by a decrease in tenant recoveries attributable to lower occupancy rates.

        Property.     Property expense, which consists of property operation and maintenance expenses and bad debt expense, increased by $2.3 million, or 78%, to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.9 million in bad debt expense recorded in 2009. The increase in bad debt expense resulted from nonpayment of rent and reimbursable expenses from five financially troubled tenants. The increase in property expense was also attributable to approximately $250,000 of environmental remediation costs incurred in connection with our Daytona Beach, FL property.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses decreased $24,327, or 5%, to $478,141 for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $502,468 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to a reduction in legal fees incurred and a reduction in appraisal fees, partially offset by an increase in accounting fees.

        Real estate taxes and insurance.     Real estate taxes and insurance increased by $263,088, or 9%, to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to a payment made for real estate taxes on our St. Louis, MO property on behalf of a non-paying tenant. This increase was partially offset by lower real estate tax assessments at various other properties.

        Asset management fees.     Asset management fees decreased $9,883, or 2%, to $599,869 for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $609,752 for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        Depreciation and amortization.     Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $1.9 million, or 15%, to $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to accelerated amortization of lease intangibles related to lease terminations during the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was also attributable to a reduced asset base for depreciation purposes due to a 2008 asset impairment.

        Loss on impairment.     There were no impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The 2008 impairment charge was attributable to the impairment of our property located in Daytona Beach, Florida. The loss of occupancy, its continued vacancy and lower market rents indicated that the carrying amount of this property had been impaired.

        Interest income.     Interest income decreased $73,632, or 53%, to $66,852 for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $140,484 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily

70


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


attributable to declining bank deposit balances resulting from an increase in principal payments on debt during the year ended December 31, 2009.

        Interest expense.     Interest expense decreased $729,490, or 5%, to $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to a reduction in interest rates and loan balances due to amortized principal payments under amended loan agreements.

        Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps.     Our loss on interest rate swaps increased $445,720, or 35%, to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to larger underlying notional amounts under the swap agreements and an increase in the interest rate swap spread.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our short-term liquidity requirements consist primarily of funds to pay for operating expenses and other expenditures directly associated with our properties, including:

    interest expense and scheduled principal payments on outstanding indebtedness,

    general and administrative expenses, and

    capital expenditures for tenant improvements and leasing commissions.

In addition, we will require funds for future dividends expected to be paid to our common shareholders and unit holders in our operating partnership.

        We intend to satisfy our short-term liquidity requirements through our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operating activities, the proceeds of this offering and borrowings available under our secured corporate revolving credit facility.

        Our long-term liquidity needs consist primarily of funds necessary to pay for acquisitions, non-recurring capital expenditures and scheduled debt maturities. We intend to satisfy our long-term liquidity needs through cash flow from operations, long-term secured and unsecured borrowings, issuance of equity securities, or, in connection with acquisitions of additional properties, the issuance of common units of the operating partnership property dispositions and joint venture transactions.

        Following completion of this offering, our debt will be comprised of a $72.0 million loan maturing in 2012, a $92.4 million loan maturing in 2018 and an $8.5 million loan maturing in 2027. We have executed a commitment letter, subject to customary closing conditions, to extend the maturity date of our debt due in 2012 to October 2013.

        We have executed a loan agreement with several financial institutions establishing a $100 million secured corporate revolving credit facility (subject to increase to $200 million under certain circumstances). The credit facility is being held in escrow and will be available upon the closing of this offering and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. This facility will be used for property acquisitions, working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes. We currently do not intend to use this facility to repay our existing debt obligations upon maturity. The term of the credit facility is three years with a one year extension option, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The credit facility contains customary terms, covenants and other conditions for credit facilities of this type. See "—Secured Corporate Revolving Credit Facility" below.

71


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        In addition, in connection with our formation transactions, we will be assuming an existing secured acquisition credit facility from STAG GI that currently has $33.6 million of borrowing capacity and a commitment letter for an additional $65 million secured acquisition credit facility. There is no assurance that we will be able to enter into a definitive agreement relating to the additional acquisition facility that we find acceptable, or at all.

    Contractual Obligations

        STAG Predecessor Group.     The following table sets forth our principal obligations and commitments, including periodic interest payments related to the indebtedness, of STAG Predecessor Group as of December 31, 2010:

 
  Payments by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year (2)
  1-3 years (3)   3-5 years (4)   More than
5 years
 
 
   
   
  unaudited
   
   
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Principal payments (1)

  $ 207,550   $ 4,807   $ 202,743   $      

Interest payments—fixed rate debt

    8,830     8,151     679          

Interest payments—variable rate debt

    2,584     2,392     192          

Loan guaranty fee

    3,314     3,062     252          
                       

Total

  $ 222,278   $ 18,412   $ 203,866   $      
                       

(1)
The terms of the Anglo Master Loan (Fund III) agreement also stipulate that a capital improvement escrow be funded monthly in an amount equal to the difference between the payments required under a 25-year amortizing loan and a 20-year amortizing loan.

(2)
Period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011.

(3)
Period from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2014.

(4)
Period from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2016.

        On a Pro Forma Basis Before Paydowns.     The following table sets forth our principal obligations and commitments, including periodic interest payments related to the indebtedness outstanding as of December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, other than pro forma paydowns from the proceeds of this offering:

 
  Payments by Period  
 
  Total (6)   Less than
1 year (3)
  1-3 years (4)   3-5 years (5)   More than
5 years
 
 
   
   
  unaudited
   
   
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Principal payments (1)(2)

  $ 396,102   $ 93,580   $ 206,873   $ 3,163   $ 92,486  

Interest payments—fixed rate debt

    73,908     16,541     33,874     12,212     11,281  

Interest payments—variable rate debt

    2,801     2,425     376     0     0  

Obligations under ground leases

    5,281     0     558     0     4,723  
                       

Total

  $ 478,092   $ 112,546   $ 241,681   $ 15,375   $ 108,490  
                       

(1)
The terms of the Anglo Master Loan (Fund III) agreement also stipulate that a capital improvement escrow be funded monthly in an amount equal to the difference between the payments required under a 25-year amortizing loan and a 20-year amortizing loan.

72


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


(2)
Management company debt of $3.0 million has no stated maturity date and is not included in this table.

(3)
Period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011.

(4)
Period from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2014.

(5)
Period from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2016.

(6)
Does not include $5.4 million subordinate mortgage debt secured by certain of our properties and the option properties.

        On a Pro Forma Basis After Paydowns.     The following table sets forth our principal obligations and commitments, including periodic interest payments related to the indebtedness outstanding as of December 31, 2010, including pro forma paydowns from the proceeds of this offering:

 
  Payments by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year (3)
  1-3 years (4)   3-5 years (5)   More than
5 years
 
 
   
   
  unaudited
   
   
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Principal payments (1)(2)

  $ 172,904   $ 3,093   $ 74,162   $ 3,163   $ 92,486  

Interest payments—fixed rate debt

  $ 58,912   $ 10,022   $ 25,397   $ 12,212   $ 11,281  

Interest payments—variable rate debt

  $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0  

Obligations under ground leases

  $ 5,281   $ 0   $ 558   $ 0   $ 4,723  
                       

Total

  $ 237,097   $ 13,115   $ 100,117   $ 15,375   $ 108,490  
                       

(1)
The terms of the Anglo Master Loan (Fund III) agreement also stipulate that a capital improvement escrow be funded monthly in an amount equal to the difference between the payments required under a 25-year amortizing loan and a 20-year amortizing loan.

(2)
Principal payments in connection with the Anglo Master Loan (Fund III) agreement inherent in this table assume that those payments are pro-rated based on the amount of debt remaining after paydown.

(3)
Period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011.

(4)
Period from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2014.

(5)
Period from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2016.

        In addition to the contractual obligations set forth in the table above, we expect to enter into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers. These employment agreements provide for salary, discretionary bonus, incentive compensation and other benefits, all as more fully described under "Management—Employment Agreements."

    Consolidated Indebtedness to be Outstanding After this Offering and Giving Effect to the Financing Transactions

        As of December 31, 2010, we had, after pro forma paydowns, total outstanding debt of approximately $172.9 million. The weighted average annual interest rate on our consolidated indebtedness would have been 5.8% (after giving effect to our interest rate swaps). On a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2010, we had no long-term debt exposed to fluctuations in short-term interest rates.

73


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the indebtedness outstanding as of December 31, 2010 on a pro forma basis:

Loan
  Principal   Fixed/Floating   Rate   Maturity  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
   
 

Anglo Master Loan (Fund III) (1)

  $ 71,974   LIBOR + 3.00% (2)     5.17 %   1/31/2012 (3)

CIGNA Investment, Inc. (STAG GI)

    60,992   Fixed     6.50 %   2/1/2018  

CIGNA Investment, Inc. (STAG GI) (4)

    31,423   Fixed     5.75 %   2/1/2018  

CIBC, Inc. (STAG GI)

    8,515   Fixed     7.05 % (5)   8/1/2027  

Secured Corporate Revolving Credit Facility

             (6)     (6)     (7)           
                     
 

Total/Weighted Average

  $ 172,904         5.8 %      
                     

(1)
Secured by certain properties of Fund III. It is anticipated that $85.8 million of the total loan balance of $157.8 million will be paid down with offering proceeds resulting in a pro forma balance of $72.0 million.

(2)
Swapped for a fixed rate of 2.165% plus the 3.00% spread for an effective fixed rate of 5.165%. The swap expires at the stated maturity date of the loan.

(3)
We have executed a commitment letter, subject to customary closing conditions, to extend the maturity date of the Anglo Master Loan (Fund III) to October 2013.

(4)
We currently have $33.6 million of borrowing capacity under this secured acquisition credit facility.

(5)
Interest rate increases to the greater of 9.05% and the treasury rate as of August 1, 2012 plus 2% beginning in August 2012 and continues through maturity.

(6)
The credit facility bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus a margin determined in accordance with our leverage. See "—Secured Corporate Revolving Credit Facility."

(7)
The credit facility has a three-year term to maturity with an option to extend the maturity date for one additional year.

        Certain of our loan agreements contain financial covenants. Our Anglo Master Loan (Fund III) described above contains a loan-to-value requirement with respect to the collateral properties that is measured annually, a minimum debt service coverage ratio that is measured semi-annually, a minimum debt yield requirement, and a minimum guarantor net worth and liquidity requirement. We are currently in compliance with the financial covenants in our loan agreements. We have executed a commitment letter, subject to customary closing conditions, to extend the maturity of our Anglo Master Loan (Fund III) due in 2012 to October 2013.

        We have executed a loan agreement with several financial institutions establishing a $100 million secured corporate revolving credit facility (subject to increase to $200 million under certain circumstances). The credit facility is being held in escrow and will be available upon the closing of this offering and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. This facility will be used for property acquisitions, working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes. The credit facility contains customary terms, covenants and other conditions for credit facilities of this type. In addition, in connection with our formation transactions, we will be assuming an existing secured acquisition credit facility from STAG GI that currently has $33.6 million of borrowing capacity and a commitment letter for an additional $65 million secured acquisition credit facility. There is no assurance that we will be able to enter into a definitive agreement relating to the additional acquisition facility that we find acceptable, or at all.

74


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Secured Corporate Revolving Credit Facility

        In connection with this offering and the formation transactions, we have executed a loan agreement for a secured corporate revolving credit facility of up to $100 million with Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as lead arranger. The credit facility is being held in escrow and will be available upon the closing of this offering and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. The credit facility is secured, among other things, by mortgages granted by various indirect subsidiaries of our operating partnership. It is anticipated that, at the initial closing of the credit facility, there will be approximately 41 properties mortgaged as security for the credit facility, with a total property value of approximately $193 million, although the actual number and value of properties initially securing the credit facility will be dependent in part on the extent of paydowns from proceeds of this offering. The properties, which will initially be available to be mortgaged under the credit facility, will first need to be released from other secured facilities based on full or partial repayments of such other facilities. Such repayments are anticipated to be derived from this offering and certain other sources. Proceeds from the credit facility will be used for property acquisitions, working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes. The credit facility has a stated three-year term to maturity with an option to extend the maturity date for one additional year. Additionally, the credit facility has an accordian feature that allows us to request an increase in the total commitments of up to $100 million to $200 million.

        Availability under the credit facility shall be the lesser of (i) the aggregate commitment, (ii) prior to satisfaction of an appraisal condition with respect to the collateral pool, 40% of the value of the borrowing base properties, and following satisfaction of an appraisal condition with respect to the collateral pool, 55% of the value of the borrowing base properties, or (iii) prior to satisfaction of an appraisal condition with respect to the collateral pool, the amount that would result in a debt service coverage ratio for the borrowing base properties of not less than 2.0x based on a 30-year amortization period, and following satisfaction of an appraisal condition with respect to the collateral pool, the amount that would result in a debt service coverage ratio for the borrowing base properties of not less than 1.6x based on a 30-year amortization period, in each case calculated using an interest rate equal to the greatest of (i) the yield on a 10-year United States Treasury Note at such time as determined by the agent plus 3.00%, (ii) 7.50% and (iii) the weighted average interest rate(s) then in effect under the credit agreement. It is anticipated that approximately $             million of the credit facility will be available upon completion of this offering and our formation transactions.

        Interest and Fees:     The credit facility bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus a margin as determined in accordance with the following leverage-based pricing: (i) if our ratio of consolidated debt to total asset value is less than or equal to 40%, then the interest rate will be LIBOR plus 1.75%, (ii) if our ratio of consolidated debt to total asset value is greater than 40%, but less than or equal to 50%, then the interest rate will be LIBOR plus 2.00%, (iii) if our ratio of consolidated debt to total asset value is greater than 50%, but less than or equal to 55%, then the interest rate will be LIBOR plus 2.25%, (iv) if our ratio of consolidated debt to total asset value is greater than 55%, then the interest rate will be LIBOR plus 2.75%. Under certain circumstances, which we do not expect to apply, interest rates under the credit facility may be based on Eurodollar rates with spreads higher than the LIBOR spreads described above. In addition, if there are borrowings under letters of credit, certain other spreads will apply. We will also pay certain customary fees and expense reimbursements.

        Financial Covenants:     The credit facility includes the following financial covenants: (i) maximum leverage ratio of total liabilities to total asset value not exceeding 55% (provided that such percentage may be increased above 55% but not greater than 60% for 2 consecutive quarters not more than once

75


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



during the term of the credit facility), (ii) the ratio of consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the agreement) to consolidated fixed charges shall not be less than 2.0 to 1.0, provided that following satisfaction of the appraisal condition for the collateral pool such ratio shall be reduced to 1.75 to 1.0, (iii) maximum recourse indebtedness of no more than 15% of total assets, and (iv) tangible net worth of not less than 85% of tangible net worth at the closing of this offering plus 75% of future net equity proceeds along with other covenants which generally limit or restrict investments in unconsolidated joint ventures, mezzanine loans and mortgage receivables, unimproved land, and other investments which are not core to our operating partnership investment focus. In addition, the credit facility prohibits the direct and indirect subsidiaries of our operating partnership which own properties that are mortgaged to secure the credit facility from incurring indebtedness or guaranteeing debt, other than the credit facility itself.

        Events of Default:     The credit facility contains customary events of default, including but not limited to non-payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts, defaults in the compliance with the covenants contained in the documents evidencing the credit facility, cross-defaults to other material debt and bankruptcy or other insolvency events.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

        As of December 31, 2010, neither STAG Predecessor Group nor, on a pro forma basis, our company, had any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Interest Rate Risk

        ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (formerly known as SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended by SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities) , requires us to recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges must be adjusted to fair value and the changes in fair value must be reflected as income or expense. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings or recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of shareholders equity. The ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. Because our predecessor business did not previously prepare financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we did not designate the hedges at the time of inception and therefore, our existing investment in interest rate swaps does not qualify as an effective hedge, and as such, changes in the swaps' fair market value are being recorded in earnings.

        As of December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, we had approximately $72.0 million of mortgage debt subject to interest rate swaps with such interest rate swaps having an approximate $(1.5) million net fair value. As these interest rate swaps were entered into prior to us reporting on a GAAP basis, they are designated as non-hedge instruments. As of December 31, 2010, Fund IV had hedged $76.0 million of its variable rate mortgage debt through floating to fixed rate swaps. Such debt will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering. The related interest rate swaps, one with a notional amount of $45.0 million with terms to receive LIBOR and pay 1.98% and one with a notional amount of $31.0 million with terms to receive LIBOR and pay 1.67%, both with expiration dates of August 1, 2011, will be collateralized under our secured corporate revolving credit facility. Management intends to utilize such interest rate swaps to hedge future borrowings under its secured corporate revolving

76


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



credit facility. As of December 31, 2010, these interest rate swaps have a fair value of approximately $(0.8) million.

Cash Flows of the STAG Predecessor Group

        The following table summarizes the historical cash flows of STAG Predecessor Group for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2010   2009   2008  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cash provided by operating activities

  $ 9,334   $ 8,365   $ 8,431  

Cash used in investing activities

    (2,088 )   (2,040 )   (411 )

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (8,451 )   (6,921 )   (8,524 )

    Comparison of year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2009

        Net cash provided by operating activities.     Net cash provided by operating activities increased $969,000 to $9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to the net changes in current assets and liabilities, most notably an increase due to related parties attributable to the unpaid guarantee fees.

        Net cash used in investing activities.     Net cash used in investing activities increased $48,000 to $(2.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $(2.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The change is attributable to a increase in building improvements made during the year ended December 31, 2010.

        Net cash used in financing activities.     Net cash used in financing activities increased $1.5 million to $(8.5) million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $(6.9) million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in principal payments on mortgage loans, partially offset by a decrease in deferred financing fees.

77


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


    Comparison of year ended December 31, 2009 to year ended December 31, 2008

        Net cash provided by operating activities.     Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $66,000 to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in 2009 cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to net changes in current assets and liabilities.

        Net cash used in investing activities.     Net cash used in investing activities increased $1.6 million to $(2.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $(0.4) million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The change is attributable to an increase in building improvements made during 2008.

        Net cash used in financing activities.     Net cash used in financing activities decreased $1.6 million to $(6.9) million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $(8.5) million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to a decrease in distributions of $4.8 million and an increase in proceeds from other notes payable of $4.4 million. The decrease was offset by an increase in deferred financing costs of $0.4 million and an increase in principal payments on mortgage loans of $7.2 million.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

        In this prospectus, we disclose and discuss NOI, EBITDA, FFO and AFFO, all of which meet the definition of "non-GAAP financial measure" set forth in Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC.  As a result we are required to include in this prospectus a statement of why management believes that presentation of these measures provides useful information to investors.

        None of NOI, EBITDA, FFO or AFFO should be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with GAAP) as an indication of our performance, and we believe that to understand our performance further, NOI, EBITDA, FFO and AFFO should be compared with our reported net income or net loss and considered in addition to cash flows in accordance with GAAP, as presented in our consolidated financial statements.

Net Operating Income (NOI)

        We consider NOI to be an appropriate supplemental measure to net income because it helps both investors and management to understand the core operations of our properties. We define NOI as operating revenue (including rental income, tenant recoveries and other income, and other operating revenue) less property-level operating expenses (which includes management fees and general and

78


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



administrative expenses). NOI excludes depreciation and amortization, impairments, gain/loss on sale of real estate, interest expense and other non-operating items.

 
  Company
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Rental income

  $ 52,511  

Tenant recoveries

    6,137  

Other operating income

    1,252  
       
 

Total revenue

    59,900  
       

Property expenses

    (9,320 )
       

Net operating income

  $ 50,580  
       

        The following is a reconciliation from reported net income, the most direct comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, to NOI:

 
  Company
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Net income

  $ 2,348  

Interest income

    (16 )

Gain on interest rate swaps

    (100 )

Depreciation and amortization

    26,295  

Interest expense

    10,771  

General and administrative expenses

    11,282  
       

Net operating income

  $ 50,580  
       

Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA)

        We believe that EBITDA is helpful to investors as a supplemental measure of the operating performance of a real estate company because it is a direct measure of the actual operating results of our industrial properties. We also use this measure in ratios to compare our performance to that of our

79


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



industry peers. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma EBITDA for the period presented to net income:

 
  Company
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Net income

  $ 2,348  

Interest expense

    10,771  

Interest income

    (16 )

Depreciation and amortization

    26,295  
       

EBITDA

  $ 39,398  
       

Funds from Operations (FFO)

        We calculate FFO before non-controlling interest in accordance with the standards established by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts ("NAREIT"). FFO represents net income (loss) (computed in accordance with GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from sales of depreciable operating property, real estate related depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs) and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures.

        Management uses FFO as a supplemental performance measure because, in excluding real estate related depreciation and amortization and gains and losses from property dispositions, it provides a performance measure that, when compared year over year, captures trends in occupancy rates, rental rates and operating costs. We also believe that, as a widely recognized measure of the performance of REITs, FFO will be used by investors as a basis to compare our operating performance with that of other REITs.

        However, because FFO excludes depreciation and amortization and captures neither the changes in the value of our properties that result from use or market conditions nor the level of capital expenditures and leasing commissions necessary to maintain the operating performance of our properties, all of which have real economic effects and could materially impact our results from operations, the utility of FFO as a measure of our performance is limited. Other equity REITs may not calculate FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition as we do, and, accordingly, our FFO may not be comparable to such other REITs' FFO. FFO should not be used as a measure of our liquidity, and is not indicative of funds available for our cash needs, including our ability to pay dividends.

80


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma FFO before non-controlling interest for the period presented to net income, the nearest GAAP equivalent:

 
  Company
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Net income

  $ 2,348  

Depreciation and amortization

    26,295  
       

Funds from operations (FFO)

  $ 28,643  
       

Adjusted Funds from Operations (AFFO)

        In addition to presenting FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition, we also disclose AFFO, which is FFO after a specific and defined supplemental adjustment to:

    exclude the impact of impairment charges and/or any extraordinary, non-recurring cash expenditures,

    exclude significant non-cash items that were included in net income, and

    include significant cash items that were excluded from net income.

        Although our FFO as adjusted clearly differs from NAREIT's definition of FFO, we believe it provides a meaningful supplemental measure of our operating performance because we believe that, by excluding items noted above, management and investors are presented with an indicator of our operating performance that more closely achieves the objectives of the real estate industry in presenting FFO.

        As with FFO, our reported AFFO may not be comparable to other REITs' AFFO, should not be used as a measure of our liquidity, and is not indicative of our funds available for our cash needs, including our ability to pay dividends.

81


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma AFFO for the periods presented to FFO:

 
  Company
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Funds from operations (FFO)

  $ 28,643  

Impairment charges

     

Straight line rental revenue adjustment

    (1,956 )

Deferred financing cost amortization

    367  

Above/below market lease amortization

    1,418  

Gain on interest rate swaps

    (100 )

Acquisition costs

     

Recurring capital expenditures

    (293 )

Amortization of non-cash compensation

    1,525  

Lease renewal commissions and tenant improvements

    (156 )
       

Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO)

  $ 29,448  
       

Inflation

        The majority of our leases are either triple net or provide for tenant reimbursement for costs related to real estate taxes and operating expenses In addition, most of the leases provide for fixed rent increases. We believe that inflationary increases may be at least partially offset by the contractual rent increases and tenant payment of taxes and expenses described above. We do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our historical financial position or results of operations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

        Our future income, cash flows and fair values relevant to financial instruments are dependent upon prevailing market interest rates. Market risk refers to the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates. We use derivative financial instruments to manage, or hedge, interest rate risks related to our borrowings, primarily through interest rate swaps.

        An interest rate swap is a contractual agreement entered into by two counterparties under which each agrees to make periodic payments to the other for an agreed period of time based on a notional amount of principal. Under the most common form of interest rate swap, known from our perspective as a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap, a series of floating, or variable, rate payments on a notional amount of principal is exchanged for a series of fixed interest rate payments on such notional amount.

        As of December 31, 2010, we had total pro forma outstanding debt of approximately $172.9 million, and we expect that we will incur additional indebtedness in the future. Interest we pay reduces our cash available for distributions. Approximately $72.0 million of our pro forma outstanding debt as of December 31, 2010 bears interest at a variable rate, but this entire variable debt amount has been hedged through a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap whereby we swapped the variable rate interest on the hedged debt for a fixed rate of interest. The variable rate component of our pro forma

82


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



mortgage debt is LIBOR based. If LIBOR were to increase by 100 basis points, we do not expect there would be any significant effect on the interest expense on our pro forma variable rate debt.

        As of December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, approximately $172.9 million of our consolidated borrowings bore interest at fixed rates, as shown in the table below.

 
  2011   2012   2013   2014   2015   2016+   Total   Fair Value  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Secured Mortgage Notes Payable

                                                 

Fixed Rate

  $ 1,150   $ 1,353   $ 1,344   $ 1,434   $ 1,531   $ 94,118   $ 100,930   $ 100,930  

Average Interest Rate

    6.45 %   6.42 %   6.49 %   6.50 %   6.51 %       6.47 %    

Variable Rate (1)

  $ 1,943   $ 1,988   $ 68,043               $ 71,974   $ 71,974  
                                   

Total Debt

  $ 3,093   $ 3,341   $ 69,387   $ 1,434   $ 1,531   $ 94,118   $ 172,904   $ 172,904  
                                   

(1)
The contractual annual interest rate on this indebtedness is LIBOR plus 3.00% and has been swapped for a fixed rate of 2.165% plus the 3.00% spread, for an effective fixed interest rate of 5.165%.

        As of December 31, 2010, Fund IV had hedged $76.0 million of its variable rate mortgage debt through floating to fixed rate swaps. Such debt will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering. The related interest rate swaps, one with a notional amount of $45.0 million with terms to receive LIBOR and pay 1.98% and one with a notional amount of $31.0 million with terms to receive LIBOR and pay 1.67%, both with expiration dates of August 1, 2011, will be collateralized under our secured corporate revolving credit facility. Management intends to utilize such interest rate swaps to hedge future borrowings under its secured corporate revolving credit facility.

        As of December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, we were party to the interest rate swaps shown in the table below.

 
  Notional
Amount
  Fair Value at
December 31, 2010
  Fixed Pay
Rate
  Expiration
Date
 

Interest Rate Swaps

                         

Anglo Master Loan Swap

  $ 71,974   $ (1,495 )   2.165 %   January 31, 2012  

RBS/Citizens/Bank of America

  $ 45,000   $ (509 )   1.98 %   August 1, 2011  

RBS/Citizens/Bank of America

  $ 31,000   $ (286 )   1.67 %   August 1, 2011  
                   

Total/Weighted Average

  $ 147,974   $ (2,290 )   2.01 %      
                     

        The market values of the swaps depend heavily on the current market fixed rate, the corresponding term structures of variable rates and the expectation of changes in future variable rates. As expectations of future variable rates increase, the market values of the swaps increase. We will treat the swaps as non-hedge instruments and, accordingly, recognize the fair value of the swaps as assets or liabilities on our balance sheet, with the change in fair value recognized in our statements of operations.

        No assurance can be given that our predecessor business's hedging activities, or any future hedging activities by us, will have the desired beneficial effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

        Interest risk amounts are our management's estimates and were determined by considering the effect of hypothetical interest rates on our financial instruments. These analyses do not consider the effect of any change in overall economic activity that could occur in that environment. Further, in the event of a change of that magnitude, we may take actions to further mitigate our exposure to the change. However, due to the uncertainty of the specific actions that would be taken and their possible effects, these analyses assume no changes in our financial structure.

83


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW

         Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this Market Overview section is derived from market materials prepared by CBRE-EA as of February 11, 2011, and the projections and beliefs of CBRE-EA stated herein are as of that date.

         In this Market Overview section, we use technical phrases such as availability rate, capitalization rate, effective rent, net absorption and rent growth percentage. We define these phrases where they are first used. The phrases are industry terms, and we consider their definition and use in the disclosure below to be helpful and appropriate because of their prevalence in industry publications and frequent usage among those individuals and organizations that consider investing in real estate companies.

Market Opportunity

        The single-tenant industrial sector offers investors the opportunity to receive stable income from leases to a variety of firms across a broad spectrum of industrial sub-property types. As compared to multi-tenant and other classes of commercial property, single-tenant industrial buildings are more likely to provide their owners with less volatile cash flows after expenses, as single-tenant industrial buildings generally do not require the same degree of tenant and capital improvement expenditures on an ongoing basis.

        In recent years, the single-tenant industrial market has attracted a diverse set of buyers and sellers, from private funds, REITs and individual investors, similar to the multi-tenant industrial market. Despite a low level of investment sales recorded in 2009 and early 2010, over the past decade, single-tenant properties have consistently accounted for close to 20% of the total industrial investment sales volume tracked by Real Capital Analytics. As liquidity is gradually restored to the broader commercial real estate market, opportunities for conventional sale and sale-leaseback opportunities from owner-users are likely to increase.

        Due to the recent capital market dislocation on commercial real estate values, the single-tenant industrial market currently offers a favorable investment opportunity, as recent transactions indicate average sales prices have declined and capitalization rates have increased in recent quarters compared with prior years, according to Real Capital Analytics. Capitalization rates represent the ratio of a property's annual net operating income to its purchase price. Recent sales transactions indicate that opportunities exist to acquire select single-tenant industrial assets at a favorable cost basis compared with pre-distortion periods.

        Within the context of the broader real estate market, industrial property has exhibited a number of favorable investment characteristics. Based on the National Council of Real Estate Investment Fiduciaries ("NCREIF") Property Index, industrial property has generally outperformed commercial property as a whole on a total return basis over the long term by generating high and stable cash-flow yields. Furthermore, Class B industrial space and secondary markets offer a higher degree of stability in occupancies and rents, relative to Class A space and primary markets. At the same time, Class B property prices are regularly discounted significantly compared to Class A property prices, providing a compelling investment opportunity for Class B property.

        While current industrial market occupancy and rent conditions remain challenging, statistics compiled by CBRE-EA indicate market rents and occupancies are likely to improve in 2011.

Size of the Industrial Sector

        As of December 31, 2010, the overall U.S. industrial market consisted of approximately 257,000 buildings with 13.8 billion square feet of space. In terms of net rentable area ("NRA"), warehouse/distribution facilities constituted the majority (66.6%) of this space, followed by manufacturing (20.6%),

84


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



and flex/office (which includes research and development) (10.5%). Unclassified buildings (industrial facilities such as sewage treatment centers and airport hangars that are not amenable to private real estate investment) represent the remaining 2.3%.

 
  NRA
(square feet in millions)
  Number of Properties  

Warehouse/Distribution

    9,179     171,227  

Manufacturing

    2,846     41,596  

Flex/Office

    1,443     36,496  

Other

    323     8,049  
           

All Industrial

    13,791     257,368  
           

Source: CBRE-EA Industrial Peer Select, Spring 2011.

        According to data compiled by CoStar Group, Inc. for the 20 largest industrial markets in the United States, single-tenant industrial buildings are estimated to account for approximately 49% of total industrial NRA and 51% of total industrial properties.

Performance of the Industrial Sector

        According to the NCREIF Property Index, historically, the industrial sector has been among the top performing real estate sectors, exceeding the total returns for the NCREIF Property Index in aggregate by approximately one-third of a percentage point on a per-year average over the 20-year period ending with the fourth quarter of 2010. As with all other property types, total returns declined in the industrial sector between the fourth quarters of 2008 and 2009, as asset values retrenched sharply due to increased risk aversion, a lack of liquidity in the commercial real estate sector and overall economic conditions. Since that time period, asset values have begun to recover sharply, allowing the industrial sector to gain momentum by posting positive total returns during each quarter of 2010. Over the long run, the industrial market has a delivered risk-adjusted performance that exceeds the performance of the commercial real estate market as a whole.

        Among the factors that help differentiate the performance of the industrial sector are its comparatively low cost of operation and high, stable cash flow yields. Over the past 20 years, average cash flow yield for the industrial sector has outperformed comparable yields for the NCREIF Property Index in aggregate. In addition, the industrial sector exhibited some of the most stable cash flow yields (measured in terms of standard deviation) of all property types over a 25-year period. Distinct factors that account for the industrial sector's overall cash flow stability relative to other property types include the nature of industrial leases, which tend to be longer term than many other types of commercial property leases and often require tenants to pay utilities, taxes, insurance and maintenance costs, and the low capital and tenant improvement expenditure requirements compared with other property types.

85


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



Comparative Cash Flow Yields

Average Cash Flow Yield (%) (1)

CHART


(1)
Cash flow yields represent income returns reported in the NCREIF Property Index and the NCREIF Industrial Property Sub-Index, as described in more detail below.

Source: NCREIF, CBRE-EA calculations 2010Q4

        The industrial sector can be distinguished from other property sectors by more favorable volatility characteristics. A greater component of the return in the industrial sector comes from the income component of return rather than appreciation, where the majority of volatility is derived. CBRE-EA believes that the prospect for return in commercial real estate due to capital appreciation over the next few years will be somewhat limited by a stagnation in rent growth until 2012 and in occupancy, which will limit the near-term prospects for capital appreciation through growth in net operating income. Therefore, CBRE-EA believes that current investors are likely to be rewarded by targeting assets that provide a high cash flow component of the total return, such as those found in the industrial sector.

        The foregoing analysis is based on information contained in the NCREIF Property Index. NCREIF is an institutional real estate investment industry association that collects, processes, validates and disseminates investment and operating information reporting on the risk/return behavior of real estate assets owned or controlled by tax-exempt institutional investors. The NCREIF Property Index is a composite total rate of return measure of investment performance of a large pool of individual commercial real estate properties acquired in the private market for investment purposes only. All

86


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW


properties in the NCREIF Property Index have been acquired, at least in part, on behalf of tax-exempt institutional investors, mostly pension funds. The NCREIF Property Index generally measures the following three types of returns on a quarterly basis for each property that is included in the index:

    Income return, which measures percentage return attributable to the property's net operating income. Income return is measured as a percentage by, generally, dividing each property's net operating income for the quarter by the market value of the property at the beginning of the quarter, as adjusted to reflect the cost of capital improvements or partial sales occurring during the quarter and with simplifying assumptions made regarding the timing of the receipt of net operating income and any capital improvements or partial sales.

    Capital value return, which measures percentage return attributable to any increase or decrease in the market value of the property during the quarter. The capital value return also takes into account any capital improvements or partial sales during the quarter and makes simplifying assumptions made regarding the timing any capital improvements or partial sales and the receipt of net operating income.

    Total return, which combines income return and capital value return.

        The NCREIF Property Index is based on data that is submitted by NCREIF's members that are investment managers or institutional investors. The market value that is utilized in the index for each property is the market value for that property as reported by the applicable NCREIF member using standard commercial real estate appraisal methodology, and each property must be independently appraised a minimum of once every three years. In determining the NCREIF Property Index, each property's return is weighted by its market value. Within the NCREIF Property Index, the properties are categorized into four property types, Apartment, Industrial, Office and Retail, and data is available for each separate property type. The industrial sector returns described above were obtained from the NCREIF Industrial Property Sub-Index. The principal components of the NCREIF Industrial Property Sub-Index include single and multi-tenant warehouse, manufacturing and flex/office (which includes research and development) properties.

Industrial Property Fundamentals

        Below is a brief summary of availability, demand and supply conditions in the overall U.S. industrial market. Because the information presented is for primary and secondary markets in the United States, and not for secondary markets exclusively, the information may not reflect prevailing conditions in the markets on which we focus.

    Availability :   As of December 31, 2010, the average industrial space availability rate, or the percentage supply of space available for lease, across the 58 largest industrial markets where CBRE-EA compiles data was 14.3%. As of the fourth quarter of 2010, this rate marked the first quarterly decline in availability since the availability rate started increasing beginning in the fourth quarter of 2007. Between the third and fourth quarters of 2010, the industrial availability rate decreased by three-tenths of a percentage point. This rate is still the second highest availability rate since CBRE-EA began tracking data on the industrial market in 1989.

    Demand, net absorption :   Industrial net absorption, or the change over a period of time in the total amount of space occupied after taking into account changes in the supply of space, hit a record low in 2009 as almost 253 million square feet of space was vacated on a net basis. Early in 2010, the rate of decline slowed substantially, and by the third quarter of 2010, net absorption turned positive. For the entire year of 2010, a net 12.8 million square feet was absorbed.

87


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW


      According to CBRE-EA's outlook, growth in demand is expected to improve steadily in 2011, as a net 138 million square feet is expected to be absorbed.

    Supply :   Construction of industrial facilities plummeted in 2010 as a result of weak demand fundamentals and tightened lending conditions that made it very difficult to obtain financing. During the third quarter of 2010, a mere 1.7 million square feet of space was completed, the lowest quarterly completion rate on record. For the entire year of 2010, only 17.3 million square feet was completed, roughly one-tenth of the annual average completions registered during the preceding decade. Industrial construction was constrained as the most recent recession began, compared to construction before the 1990-1 and 2001 recessions. CBRE-EA believes that the low construction trend will help support rent growth as industrial market demand recovers. Industrial construction is expected to remain quite low in 2011 due to the amount of existing industrial space that was vacated during the recent recession.

    Rent :   With the sharp rise in availability, CBRE-EA's measure of gross effective industrial warehouse rent fell by an estimated 6.7% in 2010. This decline followed a 10.3% decline in 2009, which was the steepest annual decrease on record. CBRE-EA's warehouse rent index measures changes in effective rents on signed leases (net of free rent concessions) at the metropolitan area level. With high levels of availability and tepid demand, rents are expected to continue to drop slightly during the first half of 2011. However, a rebound in demand, combined with a dramatic decline in new supply, is expected to result in conditions favorable for rent appreciation by 2012.


Availability and Construction Trends

Completions and Net Absorption (millions of square feet)   Availability Rate

CHART


Source: CBRE-EA Industrial Outlook, Spring 2011.

88


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



Annual Warehouse/Distribution Rent Growth

Warehouse/Distribution Rent Growth (%) (1)

CHART


(1)
The warehouse/distribution rent growth percentage reflects the annual (year-over-year) percentage change in the CBRE-EA Warehouse Rent Index. This index measures gross effective warehouse rent (contract rent in dollars per square foot, net of free rent concessions) based on signed warehouse leases. The index is computed at the market level, then aggregated across the 57 primary industrial markets that CBRE-EA covers to form a summary national index.

Source: CBRE-EA Industrial Outlook, Spring 2011.

Historical Occupancy and Valuation Characteristics of Class B Warehouse/Distribution Market

        Over the recent past, the Class B warehouse/distribution market has demonstrated a relatively higher degree of stability in occupancy and rent levels compared with the market for newer, larger Class A space. Despite these stronger market fundamentals, Class B space is relatively consistently priced at a discount to Class A space.

        The Class A warehouse/distribution market was approximated by buildings that were constructed after 1997 and have a net rentable area of 350,000 square feet or greater. The Class B warehouse/distribution market was approximated by buildings that were constructed in 1997 or earlier or had a net rentable area of less than 350,000 square feet. The Class B market has witnessed lower average availability rates over the past 10 years and a much smaller increase in availability during the recent downturn.

89


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



Availability Rates for Warehouse/Distribution Centers by Class

Warehouse/Distribution Availability Rate (%)

CHART


Source: CBRE-EA Industrial Peer Select, Spring 2011.

        Meanwhile, average capitalization rates on Class B warehouse/distribution space have been higher than those in the Class A segment. CBRE-EA compiled average quarterly capitalization rates on closed transactions from Real Capital Analytics, using the same definitions as above for the Class A and Class B warehouse/distribution markets. Since 2003, the average capitalization rate for Class B warehouse/distribution properties has been approximately three-tenths of a percentage point higher than the average capitalization rate for Class A warehouse/distribution properties, which means that, on average, the purchase price for Class B warehouse/distribution properties generating a certain amount of annual net operating income has been lower than the purchase price for Class A warehouse/distribution properties generating the same amount of annual net operating income.

90


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



Class A and Class B Warehouse/Distribution Capitalization Rate Trends

Average Capitalization Rate %

GRAPHIC


Sources: Real Capital Analytics, CBRE-EA calculations

Performance and Liquidity of Secondary Industrial Markets

        Despite their relatively small size, secondary industrial markets have, on average, a remarkable amount of fundamental stability in rents and occupancies. Large industrial and distribution markets may offer a substantial amount of depth, which allows owners more options to re-tenant vacant space, a feature that has been attractive to a variety of investors. However, this favorable attribute of larger markets appears to be offset by a higher degree of volatility in occupancy and rent due to a higher tenant dependence on external trade and distribution flows, which tend to be more volatile than locally-generated demand, and a higher propensity for speculative construction in larger markets.

        To examine the fundamental performance of primary and secondary industrial markets, CBRE-EA examined historical annual changes in economic rent, which represents the product of the average market net asking rents and the occupancy rates. CBRE-EA created a "Primary" market aggregate economic rent index for the 29 largest industrial metropolitan areas, which each have a minimum market total of 193.3 million in net rentable square footage. This was compared to a "Secondary" market aggregate economic rent index, consisting of the remaining 29 of the 58 metropolitan markets (23.3 million to 193.2 million square feet). Over the period from 1990 through 2010, annual economic rent growth averaged a 1.13% increase per year in the Secondary markets, more than one-half of a percentage point higher than in the Primary markets. In addition, the standard deviation of Secondary market economic rent growth, a measure of volatility, was approximately 17% lower than the comparable measure for Primary markets. Over time, industrial properties in the Secondary markets, on average, have generated superior economic rent growth with slightly lower volatility than their Primary market counterparts.

91


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



Industrial Economic Rent Trends in Primary and Secondary Markets

Average Economic Rent (dollars per square foot) (1)

CHART


(1)
Economic rent represents the product of the average market net asking rents and the occupancy rates.

Source: CBRE-EA Industrial Outlook and calculations, Spring 2011

    Market Liquidity and Transaction Volumes

        Recent historical sales trends indicate that Secondary markets also offer a comparable amount of sales transaction liquidity to Primary markets. Active sales markets are important to investors who may wish to attract multiple bids when they attempt to exit or recapitalize their investments at different points in time.

        Indeed, during the recent active period of industrial property transactions, Primary and Secondary markets on average witnessed similar activity levels. CBRE-EA examined industrial property sales measured in square footage provided at the metropolitan area level by Real Capital Analytics over the 2004-2008 period. Over this period, the proportion of market inventory square footage that sold averaged close to 3.3% per annum, a figure that was nearly identical for Primary and Secondary market aggregations. Although the proportion of inventory that sold varied across metropolitan area markets, there appeared to be no distinction in transaction liquidity between Primary and Secondary markets as a whole.

Current Market for Investment Opportunities

        CBRE-EA believes that recent financial crisis and the dislocation in the capital markets has created a favorable environment for new investment, as industrial property prices are being discounted significantly on an absolute and relative basis.

92


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW


        According to NCREIF, appraisal-based industrial property asset values fell by more than 30.5% by the first quarter of 2010 from their late 2007 peak, before stabilizing with a 4.7% increase between the first and fourth quarters of 2010, reflecting a growing demand from investors for well-leased, high quality properties. The Moody's/REAL Commercial Property Price Index (CPPI), which measures price changes based on an index of repeat sales transactions, indicated that industrial property values declined by more than 37.4% from the fourth quarter of 2007 to the third quarter of 2009. During recent quarters, the downward trend in industrial property values has stabilized, according to the CPPI, as the most recent third quarter 2010 industrial index remained close to year-earlier levels. Nonetheless, the overall decline in capital values over the past two years, combined with previously aggressive lending practices, has resulted in an expanding pool of distressed industrial property, where owners are unable to fully re-finance their mortgage loan balances at maturity. Real Capital Analytics identified 1,334 industrial deals representing an estimated value of $9.5 billion that were listed "troubled" as of the fourth quarter of 2010, implying that the current owner faced financial difficulty or bankruptcy, or a loan refinance/default issue.

        Corresponding with the change in property values, average capitalization rates on all commercial property transactions, including those in the industrial sector, also rose sharply between late 2007 and late 2009, before falling over the course of 2010. The average capitalization rate on closed single-tenant industrial property sales during the third quarter of 2010, however, was more than one and one-half percentage points higher than the 2007 average lows, according to data compiled by Real Capital Analytics. Furthermore, the spreads between capitalization rates for single-tenant industrial properties and the 10-year U.S. Treasury rate were at some of their widest levels since early 2003.


Capitalization Rate Trends

Capitalization Rate and Yield (%) (1)

CHART


(1)
Capitalization rates represent the ratio of a property's annual net operating income to its purchase price.

Source: Real Capital Analytics and CBRE-EA calculations, 2010Q3

93


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW


        While a further decline in real estate rents and operating fundamentals over the short-term is likely to continue to keep capitalization rates at high levels, CBRE-EA believes that most of the capitalization rate re-setting has already taken place, in part due to a constrained debt market, and a much higher than usual risk premium that investors associate with investing in commercial real estate relative to other asset classes. CBRE-EA also believes that opportunities for acquiring high quality assets through foreclosure or directly from distressed sponsors will increase over the next several years, as a growing pipeline of maturing mortgage loans fail to fully refinance under an environment of stringent lender mortgage refinance guidelines and reduced industrial property values. CBRE-EA estimates that some $5.6 billion in industrial loans will mature through 2012 in the CMBS sector alone. As a result, the current market environment will continue to provide an opportunity for well-capitalized investors to acquire assets with strong cash flows at significantly discounted prices compared to levels witnessed just two years ago.

94


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

        STAG Industrial, Inc. is a newly formed, self-administered and self-managed full-service real estate company focused on the acquisition, ownership and management of single-tenant industrial properties throughout the United States. We will continue and grow the single-tenant industrial business conducted by our predecessor business. Mr. Butcher, the Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer and President, together with an affiliate of NED, a real estate development and management company, formed our predecessor business, which commenced active operations in 2004. Since inception, we have deployed more than $1.3 billion of capital, representing the acquisition of 219 properties totaling approximately 35.2 million rentable square feet in 143 individual transactions.

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our portfolio will consist of 90 properties in 26 states with approximately 13.7 million rentable square feet. Our 90 properties are 43 warehouse/distribution properties, 26 manufacturing properties and 21 flex/office properties. As of December 31, 2010, our properties were 89.6% leased to 69 tenants, with no single tenant accounting for more than 5.5% of our total annualized rent and no single industry accounting for more than 14.8% of our total annualized rent.

        We intend to continue to target the acquisition of individual Class B, single-tenant industrial properties predominantly in secondary markets throughout the United States with purchase prices ranging from $5 million to $25 million. We believe, due to observed market inefficiencies, our focus on owning and expanding a portfolio of such properties will, when compared to other real estate portfolios, generate returns for our shareholders that are attractive in light of the risks associated with these returns because:

For a description of what we consider to be Class A and Class B properties, see "—Our Properties" below.

        Reflecting the market inefficiencies we have observed, our target properties are generally leased to:

95


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


        We believe the market inefficiently prices our target properties because investors underestimate the probability of tenant retention beyond the primary lease term or overestimate the expected cost of tenant default. Further, we believe our relationships with a national network of commercial real estate brokers and our underwriting processes, utilizing our proprietary model, allow us to acquire properties at a discount to their intrinsic values, where intrinsic values are determined by the properties' future cash flows. Through the evaluation of more than 3,800 qualified transactions (that is, transactions that pass our initial screening) since 2004, we believe we have developed a unique approach to melding real estate and tenant-credit underwriting analyses, which allows us to identify assets that we believe are undervalued by the market. The significant volume of acquisition opportunities presented to us each year provides us with market intelligence that further supports our underwriting and due diligence processes.

        We were incorporated on July 21, 2010 under the laws of the State of Maryland. We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT under the Code for the year ending December 31, 2011, and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal taxes on our income to the extent we currently distribute our income to our shareholders and maintain our qualification as a REIT. We are structured as an UPREIT and will own substantially all of our assets and conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe that our investment strategy and operating model distinguish us from other owners, operators and acquirers of industrial real estate in a number of ways, including:

96


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


97


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


Our Strategies

        Our primary business objectives are to own and operate a balanced and diversified portfolio of single-tenant industrial properties that maximizes cash flows available for distribution to our shareholders, and to enhance shareholder value over time by achieving sustainable long-term growth in FFO per share through the following strategies.

        Our primary investment strategy is to acquire individual Class B, single-tenant industrial properties predominantly in secondary markets throughout the United States through third-party purchases and structured sale-leasebacks featuring high initial yields and strong ongoing cash-on-cash returns.

        We believe secondary markets tend to have less occupancy and rental rate volatility and less buyer competition compared with primary markets. As of December 31, 2010, our properties had an average annualized rent of $4.07 per rentable square foot of leased space.

        The performance of single-tenant properties tends to be binary in nature—either a tenant is paying rent or the owner is paying the entire carrying cost of the property. We believe that this binary nature frequently causes the market to inefficiently price our target assets. In an attempt to avoid this binary risk and paying the entire carrying cost of a vacant property, potential investors in single-tenant properties may turn to the application of rigid decision rules that would induce buyers of single-tenant

98


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


properties to avoid acquisitions where the tenant does not have an investment grade rating or where the remaining primary lease term is less than an arbitrary number such as 12 years. By adhering to such inflexible decision rules, other investors may miss attractive opportunities that we can identify and acquire.

        We further believe that our method of using and applying the results of our due diligence and our ability to understand and underwrite risk allows us to exploit this market inefficiency. Lastly, we believe that the systematic aggregation of individual properties will result in a diversified portfolio that mitigates the risk of any single property and will produce sustainable returns which are attractive in light of the associated risks. A diversified portfolio with low correlated risk—essentially a "virtual industrial park"—facilitates debt financing and mitigates individual property ownership risk.

        We will not employ a "top-down" market selection approach to identifying acquisitions but rather will evaluate potential acquisitions within the context of the market in which they are located. Each submarket has its own unique market characteristics that determine the timing and amount of cash flow that can reasonably be expected to be derived from the ownership of real estate asset in that market.

        External Growth through Acquisitions:     Our target acquisitions will be, predominantly in secondary markets across the United States, in the $5 million to $25 million range. Where appropriate potential returns present themselves, we also may acquire assets in primary markets. Other institutional industrial real estate buyers tend to concentrate their efforts on larger deal sizes in select primary markets. Therefore, the competition for our target assets is primarily local investors who are not likely to have ready access to debt or equity capital. In addition, our UPREIT structure may enable us to acquire industrial properties on a non-cash basis in a tax efficient manner. We will also continue to develop our large existing network of relationships with real estate and financial intermediaries. These individuals and companies give us access to significant deal flow—both those broadly marketed and those exposed through only limited marketing. These properties will be acquired primarily from third party owners of existing leased buildings and secondarily from owner-occupiers through sale-leaseback transactions. The market for third-party investment sales transactions is less competitive than the sale-leaseback market and therefore presents an opportunity to earn returns that we believe are attractive in light of the associated risks. We will continue to focus our acquisition activities on our core property types: warehouse/distribution facilities, manufacturing facilities, and flex/office facilities (light assembly and research and development). Because we believe flex/office properties typically have higher tenant improvement and re-leasing costs and less likelihood of tenant retention compared to our other core property types, we intend to focus more on warehouse/distribution facilities and manufacturing facilities and less on flex/office facilities. From time to time, if an attractive opportunity presents itself, we may consider portfolio acquisitions. As of February 10, 2011, we were evaluating approximately $450 million of specific potential acquisitions that we have identified as warranting further investment consideration after an initial review. We believe that a significant portion of the 13.8 billion square feet of industrial space in the United States falls within our target investment criteria and that there will be ample supply of suitable acquisition opportunities.

        Consistent with our growth strategy, STAG GI, LLC and GI Partners formed STAG GI, which has assembled a portfolio of 14 single-tenant industrial properties that will be contributed to our operating partnership upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, STAG GI will not pursue further acquisitions.

        As part of our formation transactions, upon approval of our independent directors, we will have the right to acquire any of the Option Properties individually for a period of up to three months after

99


Table of Contents

BUSINESS



notification that the property has stabilized, defined as 85% or greater occupancy pursuant to leases at least two years in remaining duration. See "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Services Agreements and Option Properties."

        Internal Growth through Asset Management:     Our asset management team will seek to maximize cash flows by maintaining high retention rates and leasing vacant space, managing operating expenses and maintaining our properties. We seek to accomplish these objectives by improving the overall performance and positioning of our assets by utilizing our tenant relationships and leasing expertise to maintain occupancy and increase rental rates. Our asset management team collaborates with our internal credit function to actively monitor the credit profile of each of our tenants on an ongoing basis. Additionally, we work with national and local brokerage companies to market and lease available properties on advantageous terms. During the period from March 3, 2004 to December 31, 2010, the management company achieved a lease renewal rate of 71.9%. As of December 31, 2010, our portfolio had approximately 1,434,217 square feet, or 10.4% of our total rentable square feet, available for lease.

        The principal "value-added" component of our asset management process is cost effective tenant retention. Our asset management team maintains an active dialogue with all tenants to identify lease extension opportunities, both at lease expiration dates and during the term of the lease in response to changing tenant requirements. In addition, our asset management team monitors its assets on an ongoing basis through engagement and supervision of local property managers and regular site visits and keeps current on local market conditions through discussions with brokers and principals and by tracking sales via various reporting services.

        Our asset management functions with respect to our properties include strategic planning and decision making, centralized leasing activities and management of third party leasing and property management companies. Our asset management/credit team oversees property management activities relating to our properties, which include controlling capital expenditures and expenses that are not reimbursable by tenants, making regular property inspections, overseeing rent collections and cost control and planning and budgeting activities. Tenant relations matters, including monitoring of tenant compliance with their property maintenance obligations and other lease provisions, are handled by in-house personnel for most of our properties and by third-party building managers for other properties under our management.

        Critical to our operating strategy is our active monitoring of each tenant's credit profile. On a continuing basis, our asset management/credit team monitors the financial data provided by our tenants, including quarterly, semi-annual, or annual financial information. We also have access to executive management teams to discuss historical performance and future expectations of our tenants. The credit monitoring process involves the review of key news developments, financial statement analysis, management discussions, and the exchange of information with the other asset management specialists.

        We also seek to maximize rental income by working to retain existing tenants and by actively marketing space for which tenant renewals are not obtained. We will take an active approach to managing our lease portfolio, typically preparing our renewal or releasing strategy 12 months prior to scheduled lease expiration dates and entering into discussions with tenants well in advance of such expiration dates. Further, we will seek to stagger lease termination dates so as to minimize the possibility of significant portions of the portfolio becoming vacant at the same time. We aim to increase the cash flow generated by our current properties in the portfolio and from the properties that we acquire in the future through rent increase provisions in our leases. In addition, we intend to work actively to maintain or improve occupancy levels by retaining existing tenants, thereby minimizing

100


Table of Contents

BUSINESS



"down time" and releasing costs, and improving the occupancy levels through the leasing of any vacant space.

        We believe that our market knowledge, systems and processes allow us to analyze efficiently the risks in an asset's ability to produce cash flow going forward. We blend fundamental real estate analysis with corporate credit analysis in our proprietary model to make a probabilistic assessment of cash flows that will be realized in future periods. For each asset, our analysis focuses on:

101


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


        We intend to preserve a flexible capital structure and to utilize primarily debt secured by pools of properties, structured such that in the case of default, the lender's remedies are generally limited to recovery on the collateral. Although we are not required to maintain any particular leverage ratio under our charter or bylaws, we intend to target a long-term average debt-to-EBITDA ratio of between 5.0x and 6.0x, although we may exceed these levels from time to time as we complete acquisitions.

        We have executed a loan agreement with several financial institutions establishing a $100 million secured corporate revolving credit facility (subject to increase to $200 million under certain circumstances). The credit facility is being held in escrow and will be available upon the closing of this offering and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. In addition, in connection with our formation transactions, we will be assuming an existing secured acquisition credit facility from STAG GI that currently has $33.6 million of borrowing capacity and a commitment letter for an additional $65 million secured acquisition credit facility. There is no assurance that we will be able to enter into a definitive agreement relating to the additional acquisition facility that we find acceptable, or at all. We expect to fund property acquisitions initially through a combination of cash available from offering proceeds, our credit facilities and traditional mortgage financing. Where possible, we also anticipate using common units issued by our operating partnership to acquire properties from existing owners seeking a tax-deferred transaction. We intend to meet our long-term liquidity needs through cash provided by operations and use of other financing methods as available from time to time including, but not limited to, secured and unsecured debt, perpetual and non-perpetual preferred stock, additional common equity issuances, letters of credit and other arrangements. In addition, we may invest in properties subject to existing mortgages or similar liens.

STAG GI Investments, LLC

        STAG GI, LLC and GI Partners formed STAG GI, which has assembled a portfolio of 14 single-tenant industrial properties that it will contribute to our operating partnership as part of our formation transactions. Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, STAG GI will contribute its 14 properties to our operating partnership in exchange for common units and will not pursue any further acquisitions. In addition, STAG GI has entered into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase of one 152,000-square foot industrial property and it also has executed two non-binding letters of intent for the purchase of two industrial properties with a combined 537,000 square feet, which represents an aggregate purchase price for all three properties of $30.5 million. STAG GI will assign the purchase and sale agreement and letters of intent to us at closing. We are in various stages of due diligence and underwriting as part of our evaluations of these three potential acquisitions, and each is subject to significant outstanding conditions. We can give no assurance that we will acquire any of the properties or, if we do, what the terms or timing of any such acquisition will be. Further, STAG GI will agree to a 12-month lock-up period on its common units. Upon expiration of the 12-month lock-up period, STAG GI will distribute such common units to the members of STAG GI and liquidate the venture. Under certain circumstances, GI Partners will have the right to nominate two members of our board of directors. See "Management—Board of Directors."

102


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


Our Properties

        In connection with our formation transactions and this offering, in exchange for an estimated total of 6,088,861 common units, we will acquire entities that own our 90 properties. Our target properties fit into three general categories:

        We target Class B properties, as compared to Class A properties. The distinction between Class A industrial and Class B industrial properties is subjective. However, we consider Class A and Class B industrial properties to be as follows:

Our definition of Class A and Class B may be different from those used by other companies.

        The following table provides information about the properties we will own upon consummation of our formation transactions. Except as otherwise noted in the footnotes, we will own fee simple interests in all of the properties.

Property Address
  City   Number of
Properties
  Asset Type   Year Built/Year
Renovated (1)
  Total Rentable
Square Feet
 

Delaware

                           

111 Pencader Drive

  Newark     1   Flex/Office     1991     28,653  

113 Pencader Drive

  Newark     1   Flex/Office     1991     24,012  

Florida

                           

530 Fentress Boulevard

  Daytona Beach     1   Manufacturing     1982/1985     142,857  

1301 North Palafox Street

  Pensacola     1   Flex/Office     1921/2005     30,620  

3100 West Fairfield Drive

  Pensacola     1   Flex/Office     1969/1994     7,409  

476 Southridge Industrial Drive

  Tavares     1   Manufacturing     1989/2003     148,298  

Georgia

                           

1707 Shorewood Drive

  LaGrange     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1980/1989     249,716 (4)

Idaho

                           

805 North Main Street

  Pocatello     1   Flex/Office     1960/1999     43,353  

103


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


Property Address
  City   Number of
Properties
  Asset Type   Year Built/Year
Renovated (1)
  Total Rentable
Square Feet
 

Indiana

                           

1515 East State Road 8

  Albion     8   Manufacturing     1966/1994     319,513  

2350 County Road 6

  Elkhart     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1977     150,715 (5)

53105 Marina Drive

  Elkhart     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1978/1983     18,000  

2600 College Avenue

  Goshen     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1978/2002     366,000  

Iowa

                           

102 Sergeant Square Drive

  Sergeant Bluff     1   Flex/Office     1980/1987     148,131  

Kansas

                           

One Fuller Way

  Great Bend     2   Warehouse/Distribution     1972/2002     572,114  

Kentucky

                           

300 Spencer Mattingly Lane

  Bardstown     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1996/1999     102,318  

1355 Lebanon Road

  Danville     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1971/1997     766,185  

Maine

                           

One Hatley Road

  Belfast     5   Flex/Office     1997/2000     318,979 (6)

19 Mollison Way

  Lewiston     1   Flex/Office     1995     60,000  

Maryland

                           

15 Loveton Circle

  Sparks     2   Flex/Office     1980/2003     34,800  

Massachusetts

                           

37 Hunt Road

  Amesbury     1   Flex/Office     2000     78,040  

219 Medford Street

  Malden     1   Manufacturing     1974/1980     46,129  

243 Medford Street

  Malden     1   Manufacturing     1975/1980     63,814  

Michigan

                           

50900 E. Russell Schmidt

  Chesterfield     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1969/2009     311,042  

50501 E. Russell Schmidt

  Chesterfield     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1971/2007     68,300  

50371 E. Russell Schmidt

  Chesterfield     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1972     49,612  

50271 E. Russell Schmidt

  Chesterfield     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1971     49,849  

2640 Northridge

  Grand Rapids     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1995     210,000  

900 Brooks Avenue

  Holland     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1969/2007     307,576 (7)

414 E. 40th Street

  Holland     1   Manufacturing     1970/1985     198,822  

Minnesota

                           

4750 County Road 13 NE

  Alexandria     1   Manufacturing     1991/2007     172,170  

19850 Diamond Lake Road

  Rogers     1   Warehouse/Distribution     2001     386,724  

Mississippi

                           

4795 I-55 North

  Jackson     1   Flex/Office     1968/2002     39,909  

1102 Chastain Drive

  Jackson     1   Flex/Office     1975/2007     11,600  

Missouri

                           

8950 & 8970 Pershall Road

  Hazelwood     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1966/1996     249,441  

3801 Lloyd King Drive

  O'Fallon     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1995/2009     77,000  

New Jersey

                           

251 Circle Drive North

  Piscataway     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1977/1982     228,000  

190 Strykers Road

  Lopatcong     1   Manufacturing     1984     87,500  

New York

                           

60 Industrial Parkway

  Cheektowaga     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1968/2004     121,760  

5786 Collett Road (2)

  Farmington     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1995     149,657  

104


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


Property Address
  City   Number of
Properties
  Asset Type   Year Built/Year
Renovated (1)
  Total Rentable
Square Feet
 

North Carolina

                           

1187 Telcom Drive

  Creedmor     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1975/2001     243,048  

165 American Way

  Jefferson     2   Manufacturing     1998/2005     103,577  

200 Woodside Drive

  Lexington     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1999/2002     201,800  

300 Forum Parkway

  Rural Hall     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1993     250,000  

3700 Display Drive

  Charlotte     1   Warehouse/Distribution     2001     465,323  

10701 Nations Ford Road

  Charlotte     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1975/1999     491,025  

1500 Prodelin Drive

  Newton     1   Warehouse/Distribution     2001     187,200  

313 Mooresville Blvd.

  Mooresville     1   Warehouse/Distribution     2009     300,000  

Ohio

                           

4401 Southern Blvd

  Boardman     1   Manufacturing     1958     95,000  

365 McClurg Road

  Boardman     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1958/1998     175,900  

1011 Glendale Milford Road

  Cincinnati     1   Flex/Office     1957/2003     114,532 (8)

818 Mulberry Street

  Canton     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1871/2005     448,000  

4646 Needmore Road

  Dayton     1   Flex/Office     1974/1998     113,000  

800 Pennsylvania Avenue

  Salem     1   Manufacturing     1968/1987     251,000  

5160 Greenwich Road

  Seville     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1962/2003     75,000 (9)

5180 Greenwich Road

  Seville     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1962/2003     270,000 (9)

9777 Mopar Drive

  Streetsboro     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1996     343,416  

7990 Bavaria Road

  Twinsburg     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1992     120,774  

1100 Performance Place

  Youngstown     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1996/2003     153,708  

Oregon

                           

4050 Fairview Industrial Drive (Building A)

  Salem     1   Manufacturing     1998     108,000  

4050 Fairview Industrial Drive (Building B)

  Salem     1   Manufacturing     2000     47,900  

Pennsylvania

                           

700 Waterfront Drive

  Pittsburgh     1   Flex/Office     1998     53,183  

405 Keystone Drive

  Warrendale     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1999     148,000  

South Dakota

                           

1400 Turbine Drive

  Rapid City     1   Flex/Office     1991/1996     137,000  

Tennessee

                           

538 Myatt Drive

  Madison     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1984     418,406  

90 Deer Xing Road

  Vonore     1   Warehouse/Distribution     2002     342,700  

Texas

                           

3311 Pinewood Drive

  Arlington     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1970/1985     94,132  

2550 N. Mays Street

  Round Rock     1   Manufacturing     1979/2007     79,180  

101 Apron Road (3)

  Waco     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1998     66,400  

Virginia

                           

6051 North Lee Highway

  Fairfield     1   Manufacturing     1997/2004     75,221  

2311 North Lee Highway

  Lexington     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1985     15,085  

105


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


Property Address
  City   Number of
Properties
  Asset Type   Year Built/Year
Renovated (1)
  Total Rentable
Square Feet
 

Wisconsin

                           

2111 S. Sandra Street

  Appleton     1   Manufacturing     1979/1990     145,519 (10)

605 Fourth Street

  Mayville     1   Manufacturing     1959/1988     339,179  

8900 N. 55 th  Street

  Milwaukee     2   Warehouse/Distribution     1973/2002     117,564  

200 West Capitol Drive

  Milwaukee     1   Manufacturing     1926/1947     270,000  

1615 Commerce Drive

  Sun Prairie     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1989/1993     427,000 (11)
                         

Total

        90               13,725,390  
                         

(1)
Renovation means a material upgrade, alteration or addition to a building or building systems resulting in increased marketability of the property.

(2)
Subject to ground lease under PILOT program.

(3)
Subject to ground lease.

(4)
Includes 38,026 rentable square feet of office space.

(5)
Includes 49,015 rentable square feet of office space.

(6)
Includes 25,236 rentable square feet of warehouse/distribution space.

(7)
Includes 24,576 rentable square feet of office space.

(8)
Includes 57,195 rentable square feet of warehouse/distribution space.

(9)
Ohio Wholesale's total rental payment allocated by building square footage.

(10)
Includes 14,754 rentable square feet of office space.

(11)
Includes 62,161 rentable square feet of office space.

    Property Diversification

        The following table sets forth information relating to diversification by property type in our portfolio based on total annualized rent as of December 31, 2010.

Property Type
  Total Number
of Properties
  Occupancy (1)   Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized
Rent per
Leased Square
Foot
  Total Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

Warehouse/Distribution

    43     89.3 %   9,788,490     71.3 % $ 3.42   $ 29,915     59.9 %

Flex/Office

    21     89.1 %   1,243,221     9.1 %   9.92     10,993     22.0 %

Manufacturing

    26     90.6 %   2,693,679     19.6 %   3.71     9,059     18.1 %
                               

Total/Weighted Average

    90     89.6 %   13,725,390     100 % $ 4.07   $ 49,967     100 %
                               

(1)
Calculated as the average occupancy weighted by each property's rentable square footage. A few properties have more than one tenant.

106


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


    Geographic Diversification

        The following table sets forth information relating to geographic diversification by state in our portfolio based on total annualized rent as of December 31, 2010.

State
  Total Number
of Properties
  Occupancy (1)   Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Total Annualized
Rent per
Leased Square
Foot
  Total Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

North Carolina

    9     100.0 %   2,241,973     16.3 % $ 3.85   $ 8,636     17.3 %

Ohio

    11     75.0 %   2,160,330     15.7 %   3.94     6,386     12.8 %

Wisconsin

    6     98.9 %   1,299,262     9.5 %   2.83     3,636     7.3 %

Michigan

    7     93.8 %   1,195,201     8.7 %   2.75     3,080     6.2 %

Maine

    6     100.0 %   378,979     2.8 %   7.33     2,778     5.6 %

Indiana

    11     89.9 %   854,228     6.2 %   3.44     2,645     5.3 %

Tennessee

    2     100.0 %   761,106     5.5 %   3.33     2,538     5.1 %

Minnesota

    2     100.0 %   558,894     4.1 %   4.25     2,374     4.8 %

Kentucky

    2     97.3 %   868,503     6.3 %   2.71     2,290     4.6 %

Florida

    4     56.6 %   329,184     2.4 %   9.91     1,846     3.7 %

New Jersey

    2     100.0 %   315,500     2.3 %   5.45     1,718     3.4 %

Massachusetts

    3     58.5 %   187,983     1.4 %   7.19     790     1.6 %

All Others

    25     81.5 %   2,574,247     18.8 %   5.36     11,250     22.3 %
                               

Total/Weighted Average

    90     89.6 %   13,725,390     100 % $ 4.07   $ 49,967     100 %
                               

(1)
Calculated as the average occupancy weighted by each property's rentable square footage. A few properties have more than one tenant.

107


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


    Industry Diversification

        The following table sets forth information relating to tenant diversification by industry in our portfolio based on total annualized rent as of December 31, 2010.

Industry
  Total Number
of Leases (1)
  Total Leased
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Leased
Square Feet
  Total Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

Containers & Packaging

    8     1,975,891     16.0 % $ 7,416     14.8 %

Business Services

    5     759,960     6.2 %   4,933     9.9 %

Personal Products

    6     1,734,489     14.1 %   4,788     9.6 %

Industrial Equipment, Components & Metals

    7     824,318     6.7 %   3,600     7.2 %

Aerospace & Defense

    6     665,930     5.4 %   3,562     7.1 %

Automotive

    5     1,059,280     8.6 %   3,539     7.1 %

Food & Beverages

    3     925,700     7.5 %   3,306     6.6 %

Technology

    6     678,850     5.5 %   3,157     6.3 %

Finance

    2     387,227     3.2 %   3,115     6.2 %

Retail

    2     918,025     7.5 %   3,022     6.0 %

Office Supplies

    4     1,254,836     10.2 %   2,999     6.0 %

Healthcare

    3     192,230     1.6 %   1,380     2.8 %

Government

    4     62,041     0.5 %   1,309     2.6 %

Air Freight & Logistics

    3     242,292     2.0 %   1,098     2.2 %

Education

    3     108,846     0.9 %   1,092     2.2 %

Other

    5     501,258     4.1 %   1,651     3.4 %
                       

Total/Weighted Average

    72     12,291,173     100 % $ 49,967     100 %
                       

(1)
A single lease may cover space in more than one building.

Tenants

        Our portfolio of properties has a stable and diversified tenant base. As of December 31, 2010, our properties were 89.6% leased to 69 tenants in a variety of industries, with no single tenant accounting for more than 5.5% and no single industry accounting for more than 14.8% of our total annualized rent. Our 10 largest tenants account for 33.5% of our annualized rent. We intend to continue to maintain a diversified mix of tenants to limit our exposure to any single tenant or industry.

108


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


        The following table sets forth information about the 10 largest tenants in our portfolio based on total annualized rent as of December 31, 2010.

Tenant
  Total Leased
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Leased
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized Rent
  Percentage of
Total Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

International Paper

    573,323     4.7 % $ 2,765     5.5 %

Bank of America

    318,979     2.6 %   2,233     4.5 %

Spencer Gifts

    491,025     4.0 %   1,890     3.8 %

Berry Plastics

    315,500     2.6 %   1,718     3.4 %

Stream International

    148,131     1.2 %   1,666     3.3 %

Archway Marketing Services

    386,724     3.1 %   1,623     3.2 %

ConAgra Foods

    342,700     2.8 %   1,388     2.8 %

Chrysler Group

    343,416     2.8 %   1,181     2.4 %

DuPont

    418,406     3.4 %   1,151     2.3 %

Cequent Performance Products

    366,000     3.0 %   1,138     2.3 %
                   

Total

    3,704,204     30.2 % $ 16,753     33.5 %
                   

Leases

        Triple net lease.     In our triple net leases, the tenant is responsible for all aspects of and costs related to the property and its operation during the lease term. The landlord may have responsibility under the lease to perform or pay for certain capital repairs or replacements to the roof, structure or certain building systems, such as heating and air conditioning and fire suppression. The tenant may have the right to terminate the lease or abate rent due to a major casualty or condemnation affecting a significant portion of the property or due to the landlord's failure to perform its obligations under the lease. As of December 31, 2010, there were 63 triple net leases in our property portfolio, or 93.7% of our total annualized rent.

        Modified gross lease.     In our modified gross leases, the landlord is responsible for some property related expenses during the lease term, but the cost of most of the expenses is passed through to the tenant for reimbursement to the landlord. The tenant may have the right to terminate the lease or abate rent due to a major casualty or condemnation affecting a significant portion of the property or due to the landlord's failure to perform its obligations under the lease. As of December 31, 2010, there were five modified gross leases in our property portfolio, or 3.8% of our total annualized rent.

        Gross lease.     In our gross leases, the landlord is responsible for all aspects of and costs related to the property and its operation during the lease term. The tenant may have the right to terminate the lease or abate rent due to a major casualty or condemnation affecting a significant portion of the property or due to the landlord's failure to perform its obligations under the lease. As of December 31, 2010, there were four gross leases in our property portfolio, or 2.5% of our total annualized rent.

        As of December 31, 2010, our weighted average in-place remaining lease term was approximately 5.8 years. In addition, during the period from March 3, 2004 to December 31, 2010, the management company has achieved an average tenant retention rate (with respect to 97 leases) of 71.9% based on expiring rental payments. The following table sets forth a summary schedule of lease expirations for leases in place as of December 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the 10 calendar years

109


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


beginning with 2011 and thereafter in our portfolio (dollars in thousands, except per square foot data). The information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and no early termination rights.

Year of Lease
Expiration
  Number of
Leases
Expiring
  Total
Rentable
Square
Feet
  Percentage of
Total Expiring
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized
Rent (1)
  Percentage
of Total
Annualized
Rent
  Total
Annualized
Rent per
Leased
Square Foot
  Total
Annualized
Rent at
Expiration
  Total
Annualized
Rent per
Leased
Square Foot
at Expiration
 

Available

          1,434,217     10.4 %                              
 

2011

    10     661,911     4.8 %   3,364     6.7 %   5.08     3,380     5.11  
 

2012

    13     1,515,134     11.0 %   6,331     12.7 %   4.18     6,460     4.26  
 

2013

    8     1,747,803     12.7 %   5,485     11.0 %   3.14     5,560     3.18  
 

2014

    9     1,698,275     12.4 %   7,006     14.0 %   4.13     7,124     4.19  
 

2015

    4     303,732     2.2 %   1,450     2.9 %   4.77     1,565     5.15  
 

2016

    7     1,192,774     8.7 %   5,436     10.9 %   4.56     6,028     5.05  
 

2017

    7     1,377,018     10.0 %   6,257     12.5 %   4.54     6,788     4.93  
 

2018

    1     318,979     2.3 %   2,233     4.5 %   7.00     2,654     8.32  
 

2019

    2     521,645     3.8 %   2,803     5.6 %   5.37     3,559     6.82  
 

2020

    1     53,183     0.4 %   420     0.8 %   7.90     513     9.65  

Thereafter

    10     2,900,719     21.3 %   9,182     18.4 %   3.17     10,277     3.54  
                                   

Total/Weighted Average

    72     13,725,390     100 % $ 49,967     100 % $ 4.07   $ 53,909   $ 4.39  
                                   

(1)
Total annualized rent does not include any gross-up for tenant reimbursements and we had no rent abatements in effect as of December 31, 2010.

Historical Tenant Improvements and Leasing Commissions

        The following table sets forth certain historical information regarding leasing related (revenue generating) tenant improvement and leasing commission costs for tenants at the properties in our portfolio through December 31, 2010 (dollars in thousands, except per square foot data).

 
  2010   Square
Feet
  2010
PSF (1)
  2009   Square
Feet
  2009
PSF (1)
  2008   Square
Feet
  2008
PSF (1)
 

Tenant Improvements

                                                       
 

New (2)

  $ 152     87,513   $ 1.74   $       $   $       $  
 

Renewal (3)

    26     580,407     0.04         477,542                  
                                       

Total Tenant Improvements

  $ 178     667,920   $ 0.27   $     477,542   $   $       $  

Leasing Commissions

                                                       
 

New

  $ 184     87,513   $ 2.10   $       $   $          
 

Renewal

    130     580,407     0.22     20     477,542     0.04              
                                       

Total Leasing Commissions

  $ 314     667,920   $ 0.47   $ 20     477,542   $ 0.04   $       $  
                                       

Total Tenant Improvements & Leasing Commissions

  $ 492     667,920   $ 0.74   $ 20     477,542   $ 0.04   $       $  
                                       

(1)
Tenant improvements and lease commission per square foot ("PSF") amount is calculated by dividing the aggregate costs by the aggregate square footage for all deals that were completed during that year.

(2)
New leases represent all leases other than renewal leases.

(3)
Renewal leases represent new leases entered into with existing tenants for the same premises. Previously leased month-to-month leases are not included in this calculation.

110


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


Historical Capital Expenditures

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding historical maintenance (non-revenue generating) capital expenditures at the properties in our portfolio that we are acquiring from Fund III and Fund IV through December 31, 2010 (dollars in thousands, except per square foot data). STAG GI has not had any capital expenditures to date on any of the properties it owns, none of which was acquired by STAG GI earlier than July 30, 2010.

 
  2010   Square
Feet
  2010
PSF (1)
  2009   Square
Feet
  2009
PSF (1)
  2008   Square
Feet
  2008
PSF (1)
 

Total Non-Recurring Capital Expenditures (2)

  $ 1,619     10,530,870   $ 0.15   $ 1,274     9,582,673   $ 0.13   $ 197     8,608,095   $ 0.02  

Total Recurring Capital Expenditures (3)

  $ 293     10,530,870   $ 0.03   $ 196     9,582,673   $ 0.02   $ 118     8,608,095   $ 0.01  
                                       

Total Non-Recurring & Recurring Capital Expenditures

  $ 1,912     10,530,870   $ 0.18   $ 1,470     9,582,673   $ 0.15   $ 315     8,608,095   $ 0.03  

(1)
Capital Expenditure PSF amount is calculated by dividing the aggregate costs by the aggregate square footage over the relevant time period including properties where no capital was incurred.

(2)
Non-recurring capital expenditures are long lived expenditures such as the replacement of roofs.

(3)
Recurring capital expenditures are shorter lived expenditures.

        To date, we have not purchased a property that requires development or significant renovation. From time to time, we may purchase a building that will require a near term roof replacement. We typically factor the cost of the roof replacement into the purchase price or hold reserves for the replacement. On an annual basis, we budget the projected costs of repairs and maintenance but, as the majority of our properties are single tenant assets, these costs are minimal.

Property Management Agreements

        Among the properties being contributed by Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, we manage 68 properties and the other 22 properties are managed by external property managers where the leases require an on-site manager, where the buildings are vacant or where there are multiple tenants under gross leases. While the fees paid under these property management agreements vary according to the number and size of the properties managed, generally all of these property management agreements contain one year terms, automatically renewed unless terminated with 30 days notice, provide for payment of set fees and reimbursement of certain costs, and allow termination without cause with 30 days notice.

Description of Certain Debt

        Immediately following the completion of our formation transactions and this offering, we expect our outstanding mortgage debt to be:

    a loan from Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited with an estimated outstanding balance of approximately $72.0 million and a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.00% per annum (rate swapped to fixed rate of 5.165%), secured by mortgages on certain properties formerly owned by Fund III, scheduled to mature on January 31, 2012 (we have executed a commitment letter, subject to customary closing conditions, to extend the maturity date to October 2013);

    a note under the loan from Connecticut General Life Insurance Company ("CIGNA") with an estimated outstanding balance of approximately $61.0 million and an interest rate of 6.50% per annum, secured by certain properties formerly owned by STAG GI, scheduled to mature on February 1, 2018;

111


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


    a note under the loan from CIGNA with an estimated outstanding balance of approximately $31.4 million and an interest rate of 5.75% per annum, secured by certain properties formerly owned by STAG GI, scheduled to mature on February 1, 2018 (which will have approximately $      in borrowing capacity remaining at our formation); and

    a note from CIBC, Inc. with an estimated outstanding balance of $8.5 million and an interest rate of 7.05% per annum, secured by a property formerly owned by STAG GI, scheduled to mature on August 1, 2027. The interest rate increases to the greater of 9.05% and the treasury rate as of August 1, 2012 plus 2% beginning in August 2012 and continues through maturity.

        These loan agreements are generally non-recourse and contain financial covenants. The Anglo Master Loan (Fund III) contains a loan-to-value requirement with respect to the collateral properties that is measured annually and a minimum debt service coverage ratio that is measured semi-annually. Our loan with CIGNA contains, at each loan advance, a loan-to-value requirement with respect to the collateral properties and a minimum debt service coverage ratio. We are currently in compliance with the financial covenants in our loan agreements.

        We have executed a commitment letter, subject to customary closing conditions, to extend the maturity date of the above Anglo Master Loan (Fund III) due in 2012 to October 2013. The pro forma debt yield on this instrument is          %.

        We have executed a loan agreement with several financial institutions establishing a $100 million secured corporate revolving credit facility (subject to increase to $200 million under certain circumstances). The credit facility is being held in escrow and will be available upon the closing of this offering and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. We intend to use this facility for property acquisitions, working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes. The credit facility contains customary terms, covenants and other conditions for credit facilities of this type.

        In addition, in connection with our formation transactions, we will be assuming an existing secured acquisition credit facility from STAG GI that currently has $33.6 million of borrowing capacity and a commitment letter for an additional $65 million secured acquisition credit facility. There is no assurance that we will be able to enter into a definitive agreement relating to the additional acquisition facility that we find acceptable, or at all.

        Upon completion of this offering and after the debt paydowns discussed under "Use of Proceeds," we expect to have approximately $2.2 million in cash and $        million credit facility capacity immediately available to us (with up to $      million available upon the satisfaction of certain lender conditions) to fund working capital and property acquisitions and to execute our business strategy.

Regulation

    General

        Our properties are subject to various laws, ordinances and regulations, including regulations relating to common areas and fire and safety requirements. We believe that we have the necessary permits and approvals to operate each of our properties.

    Americans with Disabilities Act

        Our properties must comply with Title III of the ADA to the extent that such properties are "public accommodations" as defined under the ADA. Under the ADA, all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. The ADA may require removal of structural barriers to access by persons with disabilities in certain public areas of our

112


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


properties where such removal is readily achievable. Although we believe that the properties in our portfolio in the aggregate substantially comply with present requirements of the ADA, and we have not received any notice for correction from any regulatory agency, we have not conducted a comprehensive audit or investigation of all of our properties to determine whether we are in compliance and therefore we may own properties that are not in compliance with the ADA.

        ADA compliance is dependent upon the tenant's specific use of the property, and as the use of a property changes or improvements to existing spaces are made, we will take steps to ensure compliance. Noncompliance with the ADA could result in additional costs to attain compliance, imposition of fined by the U.S. government or an award of damages or attorney's fees to private litigants. The obligation to make readily achievable accommodations is an ongoing one, and we will continue to assess our properties and to make alterations to achieve compliance as necessary.

    Environmental Matters

        The properties that we acquire will be subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws. Under these laws, courts and government agencies have the authority to require us, as owner of a contaminated property, to clean up the property, even if we did not know of or were not responsible for the contamination. These laws also apply to persons who owned a property at the time it became contaminated, and therefore it is possible we could incur these costs even after we sell some of the properties we acquire. In addition to the costs of cleanup, environmental contamination can affect the value of a property and, therefore, an owner's ability to borrow using the property as collateral or to sell the property. Under applicable environmental laws, courts and government agencies also have the authority to require that a person who sent waste to a waste disposal facility, such as a landfill or an incinerator, pay for the clean-up of that facility if it becomes contaminated and threatens human health or the environment. We invest in properties historically used for industrial, manufacturing and commercial purposes. Certain of our properties are on or are adjacent to or near other properties upon which others, including former owners or tenants of our properties have engaged, or may in the future engage, in activities that may generate or release petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances.

        Environmental laws in the United States also require that owners or operators of buildings containing asbestos properly manage and maintain the asbestos, adequately inform or train those who may come into contact with asbestos and undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, in the event that asbestos is disturbed during building renovation or demolition. These laws may impose fines and penalties on building owners or operators who fail to comply with these requirements and may allow third parties to seek recovery from owners or operators for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos. According to Phase I environmental assessments prepared at the time of acquisition, 12 of our properties are known to have asbestos containing materials. No immediate action was recommended to address these instances and, as a result, we do not currently plan to take any actions to address these instances. Additionally, 14 of our properties are suspected of having asbestos containing materials due to the age of the building and observed conditions. No immediate action was recommended to address these instances and, as a result, we do not currently plan to take any actions to address these instances. In the event of a building renovation or demolition, a comprehensive asbestos inspection would be performed to determine proper handling and disposal of any asbestos containing materials.

        Furthermore, various court decisions have established that third parties may recover damages for injury caused by property contamination. For instance, a person exposed to asbestos at one of our properties may seek to recover damages if he or she suffers injury from the asbestos. Lastly, some of

113


Table of Contents

BUSINESS



these environmental laws restrict the use of a property or place conditions on various activities. An example would be laws that require a business using chemicals to manage them carefully and to notify local officials that the chemicals are being used.

        We could be responsible for any of the costs discussed above. The costs to clean up a contaminated property, to defend against a claim, or to comply with environmental laws could be material and could adversely affect the funds available for distribution to our shareholders. All of our properties were subject to a Phase I or similar environmental assessment by independent environmental consultants at the time of acquisition. We generally expect to continue to obtain a Phase I or similar environmental assessment by independent environmental consultants on each property prior to acquiring it. However, these environmental assessments may not reveal all environmental costs that might have a material adverse effect on our business, assets, results of operations or liquidity and may not identify all potential environmental liabilities.

        In addition, we maintain a portfolio environmental insurance policy that provides coverage for potential environmental liabilities, subject to the policy's coverage conditions and limitations.

        In 2009, a former tenant in our property in Daytona Beach, Florida became insolvent and ceased operations. When the tenant ceased operations, the Florida Department of Environmental Protection sought to have the hazardous materials, solid wastes and used oil removed from the site and all of the process equipment decontaminated. Due to the insolvency of the former tenant, such tasks became the responsibility of our predecessor business. We contracted with qualified environmental remediation specialists to dispose of the hazardous materials and decontaminate and remove the process equipment. The project was monitored by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. In a letter dated February 25, 2010, the Florida Department of Environmental Protection stated that no hazardous waste, solid waste or used oil remained at the property, which closed the matter. Total remediation costs incurred were approximately $291,000, the majority of which has been paid by our environmental insurance.

        We can make no assurances that future laws, ordinances or regulations will not impose material environmental liabilities on us, or the current environmental condition of our properties will not be affected by tenants, the condition of land or operations in the vicinity of our properties (such as releases from underground storage tanks), or by third parties unrelated to us.

Insurance

        We carry comprehensive general liability, fire, extended coverage and rental loss insurance covering all of the properties in our portfolio under a blanket insurance policy. In addition, we maintain a portfolio environmental insurance policy that provides coverage for potential environmental liabilities, subject to the policy's coverage conditions and limitations. Generally, we do not carry insurance for certain losses, including, but not limited to, losses caused by floods, earthquakes, acts of war, acts of terrorism or riots. Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, we believe the policy specifications and insured limits will be appropriate and adequate given the relative risk of loss, the cost of the coverage and standard industry practice; however, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover all of our losses.

Competition

        In acquiring our target properties, we compete with other public industrial property sector REITs, single-tenant REITs, income oriented non-traded REITs, private real estate fund managers and local real estate investors and developers. The last named group, local real estate investors and developers,

114


Table of Contents

BUSINESS



historically has represented our dominant competition for deals but they typically do not have ready access to credit. We also face significant competition in leasing available properties to prospective tenants and in re-leasing space to existing tenants.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2010, our predecessor business employed 25 full-time employees. We believe that our relationships with our employees are good. None of the employees is represented by a labor union.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we are party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations if determined adversely to us.

Our Corporate Information

        Our principal executive offices are located at 99 High Street, 28th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. Our telephone number is (617) 574-4777. Our website is www.stagreit.com. The information found on, or otherwise accessible through, our website is not incorporated into, and does not form a part of, this prospectus or any other report or document we file with or furnish to the SEC.

115


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors, Executive Officers and Certain Other Officers

        Our board of directors shall consist of seven members, including a majority of directors who we believe are "independent" directors with independence being determined in accordance with the listing standards established by the NYSE. All members will serve annual terms. Upon the expiration of their terms at the annual meeting of the shareholders in May 2012, directors will be elected to serve a term of one year or until their successors are duly elected and qualify.

        The following sets forth certain information with respect to our directors, executive officers and certain other officers.

Name*
  Age   Positions

Benjamin S. Butcher

    57   Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board

Gregory W. Sullivan

    56   Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer

Stephen C. Mecke

    48   Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President

Kathryn Arnone

    61   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

David G. King

    43   Executive Vice President and Director of Real Estate Operations

Bradford F. Sweeney

    40   Senior Vice President of Acquisitions

Michael C. Chase

    38   Senior Vice President of Acquisitions

F. Alexander Fraser

    38   Director Nominee†

Jeffrey D. Furber

    52   Independent Director Nominee

Larry T. Guillemette

    55   Independent Director Nominee

Edward F. Lange, Jr. 

    51   Independent Director Nominee†

Francis X. Jacoby III

    49   Independent Director Nominee

Hans S. Weger

    47   Independent Director Nominee

*
The address of each director and officer listed is 99 High Street, 28th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

GI Partners nominee. We entered into a voting agreement with GI Partners. We agreed that GI Partners will have the right to select two members of our initial board of directors and that, subject to GI Partners maintaining a minimum ownership interest in our company, we will cause two persons selected by GI Partners to be nominated for election to our board of directors at each annual meeting of our shareholders. See "—Board of Directors."

         Benjamin S. Butcher will serve as our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board. Mr. Butcher has overseen growth of the management company over the last seven years serving as a member of the Board of Managers and Management Committees of STAG and its affiliates from 2003 to 2011. Since the management company's inception, Mr. Butcher and his team have managed the acquisition of 219 properties worth in excess of $1.3 billion. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Butcher was engaged as a private equity investor in real estate and technology. During that time, one of these investments, Apptus, Inc., an application services provider with a total capitalization of approximately $2.0 million, filed a petition under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in June 2001. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Butcher served as a Director at Credit Suisse First Boston, where he sourced and executed transactions for the Principal Transactions Group (real estate debt and equity). Prior to that, he served as a Director at Nomura Asset Capital from 1993 to 1997, where he focused on marketing and business development for its commercial mortgage-backed securities group. Mr. Butcher received his Bachelor of Arts degree from Bowdoin College and his Master of Business Administration degree from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth. In light of his extensive company-specific operational, finance and market experience, his leadership abilities, and his expertise in the acquisition, ownership and management of single-tenant industrial properties, we have determined that it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders for Mr. Butcher to serve as a director on the board of directors.

116


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


         Gregory W. Sullivan will serve as our Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer. Mr. Sullivan served on the Investment Committees and Boards of Managers of the management company from 2004 to 2011 and served as Executive Vice President for Corporate Development for NED from 2002 to 2011, where his role was to expand and diversify NED's real estate and non-real estate private equity activities. Prior to joining NED in 2002, Mr. Sullivan was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Trizec Hahn Corporation from 1994 to 2001, a public real estate company headquartered in Toronto. From 1987 to 1994, Mr. Sullivan served in various capacities at AEW Capital Management in Boston including overseeing investments for the company's real estate opportunity fund and heading the capital markets group. In addition, from 1982 to 1987, he served as a senior finance officer at M/A-COM, Inc., a Boston based telecommunications company and, from 1980 to 1982, he served as an investment banker at Smith Barney in New York. Mr. Sullivan received his Bachelor of Sciences degree from the University of Vermont and his Master of Business Administration degree from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

         Stephen C. Mecke will serve as our Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President. Mr. Mecke served as Chief Investment Officer for the management company from 2004 to 2011, where he was responsible for all asset acquisition and asset management activities. Prior to joining the management company, Mr. Mecke ran the acquisitions groups for M--P--A, a private real estate fund that represented a large east coast endowment fund, from June 2001 to November 2004 and Mr. Mecke also worked at Meditrust Corporation, a publicly traded real estate investment trust, as Vice President of Acquisitions and various other positions from June 1992 to December 2000. Mr. Mecke received his Bachelor of Arts degree from Hobart College and his Master of Business Administration degree from Northeastern University.

         Kathryn Arnone will serve as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Ms. Arnone served as General Counsel for the management company from 2006 to 2011, where she was responsible for all of the company's legal matters, including supervising real estate matters, property sales, corporate governance matters and employment issues. Prior to joining the management company, Ms. Arnone was Vice President and Assistant General Counsel at La Quinta Corporation, a lodging REIT where she specialized in acquisitions and sales matters, from January 2003 to February 2006. In addition, Ms. Arnone served first as Associate General Counsel and then as General Counsel—Healthcare Division at Meditrust Corporation, a healthcare REIT, from October 1997 to December 2002, where she supervised a portfolio of first mortgage loans and sale-leaseback leases. Prior to these positions, Ms. Arnone worked for several private law firms from 1988 to 1997. Ms. Arnone received her Bachelor of Arts degree from Smith College and her Juris Doctor degree from Harvard Law School.

         David G. King will serve as our Executive Vice President and Director of Real Estate Operations. Mr. King served as a Managing Director for the management company from 2005 to 2011, where he was responsible for portfolio management for the company. From 1997 to 2005, Mr. King worked for AMB Property Corporation, a publicly traded REIT, as Regional Management Officer where he had primary responsibility for leasing, management, development, acquisition sourcing and dispositions of the firm's industrial and office portfolios in the Mid-Atlantic region and in various other positions. Mr. King received his Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Vermont and his Master of Public Administration degree from Indiana University.

         Bradford F. Sweeney will serve as our Senior Vice President of Acquisitions. Mr. Sweeney served as Managing Director for the management company from 2004 to 2011, where he was responsible for managing an acquisition team in the sourcing, underwriting, negotiating and closing of deals with a territory of approximately half the country. Prior to joining the management company, Mr. Sweeney was employed at Fidelity Investments Real Estate Group from June 1995 to October 2004 in various

117


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT



capacities, most recently as an Investment Officer where he was responsible for sourcing, negotiating, underwriting and closing private equity and mezzanine debt investments in various real estate asset types. Mr. Sweeney received his Bachelor of Arts degree from Saint Michael's College and has earned the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.

         Michael C. Chase will serve as our Senior Vice President of Acquisitions. Mr. Chase served as Managing Director for the management company from 2003 to 2011, where he was responsible for managing an acquisition team in the sourcing, underwriting, negotiating and closing of deals with a territory of approximately half the country. Prior to joining the management company, Mr. Chase was the Vice President of Acquisitions at Paradigm Properties, where he was responsible for originating, underwriting, analyzing and closing new investments from March 1999 to June 2002. He also was a broker in the Boston office of Grubb & Ellis focusing primarily on investment sales from June 1996 to February 1999. Mr. Chase received his Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Vermont.

         F. Alexander Fraser will serve as a director upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. Mr. Fraser serves as a Director at GI Partners, LLC, a private equity firm focused on investments in asset-backed businesses and properties in North America and Western Europe. Prior to joining GI Partners, LLC in 2005, Mr. Fraser worked as a Vice President in the Real Estate Investment Banking Group at J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. in New York from 2004 to 2005, where he advised REITs, real estate operating companies and real estate opportunity funds on capital markets activities, merger and acquisition transactions and strategic initiatives. Mr. Fraser also worked as an investment banker and sell-side equity analyst for Thomas Weisel Partners, LLC. In addition, Mr. Fraser currently serves on the boards of STAG GI, FlatIron Crossing, Advoserv and Plum Healthcare and previously served on the boards of Telx Group and Sunset Gower Studio. Mr. Fraser holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Colgate University and a Masters of Business Administration from the University of Virginia. In light of his extensive investment banking, capital markets and real estate experience and his experience providing strategic advice to REITs, we have determined that it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders for Mr. Fraser to serve as a director on the board of directors.

         Jeffrey D. Furber will serve as an independent director upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. Mr. Furber serves as the Chief Executive Officer of AEW Capital Management, a real estate investment management company, and the Chairman of AEW Europe, where he has oversight responsibility for all of AEW's operating business units in the United States, Europe and Asia. Mr. Furber also chairs the firm's management committee, which is responsible for AEW's strategic direction and for managing the firm's resources, and is a member of the firm's investment committees and investment policy group. Prior to joining AEW in 1997, Mr. Furber served as Managing Director of Winthrop Financial Associates, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Apollo Advisors, and served as President of Winthrop Management. In these capacities, he was responsible for acquisitions, asset management and capital markets activity, including the sourcing of equity and mezzanine debt investments. Mr. Furber is a graduate of Dartmouth College and Harvard Business School. In light of his significant capital markets and industry experience, we have determined that it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders for Mr. Furber to serve as a director on the board of directors.

         Larry T. Guillemette will serve as an independent director upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. Mr. Guillemette has served as Chairman of the board of directors, Chief Executive Officer and President of Amtrol Inc., a multi-national pressure vessel manufacturer ("Amtrol"), since February 2006. Mr. Guillemette also served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Amtrol from 2000 to 2006 and as Executive Vice President of Marketing and Business Development from 1998 to 2000. To complete a financial restructuring (a debt-to-equity conversion) in connection with the maturity of debt incurred in 1996 to finance the acquisition of

118


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT



Amtrol by its sole stockholder, Amtrol filed a petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in December 2006 and emerged from Chapter 11 in June 2007. Prior to joining Amtrol, Mr. Guillemette served as Chief Executive Officer and President of Balcrank Products, Inc., a manufacturer of lubrication equipment for the automotive service market and other industrial product lines from 1991 to 1998. From 1990 to 1991, he served as Senior Vice President and Senior Financial Officer of The O'Connor Group, a real estate investment, management and development firm. Prior to that, from 1986 to 1990, Mr. Guillemette served as a Vice President for Hampton Partners/G.M. Cypres & Co., Inc., an investment banking partnership. Mr. Guillemette holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Dartmouth College and a Masters of Business Administration from the Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth. In light of his extensive leadership experience through his senior officer and director positions and his company accounting and real estate experience, we have determined that it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders for Mr. Guillemette to serve as a director on the board of directors.

         Francis X. Jacoby III will serve as an independent director upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. Mr. Jacoby is currently President of Kensington Investment Company, Inc., the wealth management office for a family that owns travel-related businesses and passenger ships and makes significant investments in real estate, private equity and venture capital. From May 2001 to June 2008, Mr. Jacoby served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for GID Investment Advisers LLC, a family wealth management office whose primary focus is developing, acquiring and managing apartment communities, suburban office properties and flex industrial business parks throughout the United States for its own account and for joint ventures with institutional investors. Prior to that, Mr. Jacoby served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Leggat McCall Properties, LLC from September 1995 to May 2001, where he was responsible for raising debt and equity capital to support the company's real estate development and acquisition activities. From July 1983 to September 1995, Mr. Jacoby held a variety of senior management positions in the acquisitions, asset management and finance departments of Winthrop Financial Associates, a real estate investment company which owned and managed multiple property types. Mr. Jacoby holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Dartmouth College and a Masters of Business Administration from Boston University. In light of his 25 years of investment and capital markets experience and his significant real estate investment experience, including structuring, negotiating and closing complex transactions, we have determined that it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders for Mr. Jacoby to serve as a director on the board of directors.

         Edward F. Lange, Jr. will serve as an independent director upon completion of our formation and this offering. From July 2000 to July 2010, Mr. Lange served as an executive officer of BRE Properties, Inc. (NYSE: BRE), a publicly-traded REIT focused on the development, acquisition and management of apartment communities, and served on the board of directors from July 2008 to July 2010. Mr. Lange served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of BRE from January 2007 to July 2010. In addition, Mr. Lange served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of BRE from July 2000 to April 2008, and during the period from November 2008 to September 2009. Prior to joining BRE, Mr. Lange served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Health Care REIT, Inc., an Ohio-based senior housing REIT, from 1996 to 2000. He also was a Senior Vice President of Finance and a member of the executive management team of the Mediplex Group, Inc. and affiliated companies from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Lange holds a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Connecticut and a Bachelor's degree in Urban Planning from the University of Massachusetts. In light of his public company experience with financial and operational issues from his service as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at two publicly-traded REITs, we have determined that it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders for Mr. Lange to serve as a director on the board of directors.

119


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


         Hans S. Weger will serve as an independent director upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. From August 1998 through January 2011, Mr. Weger served as Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer of LaSalle Hotel Properties (NYSE: LHO), a publicly-traded REIT focused on the acquisition, ownership, redevelopment and leasing of primarily upscale and luxury full-service hotels. In addition, Mr. Weger served as Secretary of LaSalle Hotel Properties from October 1999 through January 2011. Mr. Weger was responsible for all financial, accounting, human resources and information technology activities. Prior to joining LaSalle, Mr. Weger served as Vice President and Treasurer for La Quinta Inns, Inc. where he was responsible for all financing activities. From 1992 until 1997, Mr. Weger served in various management roles with Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. where he was responsible for strategic planning, mergers and acquisitions and project financing. Mr. Weger holds a Bachelor of Sciences degree in finance from the University of Southern Mississippi and a Masters in Business Administration from the University of Chicago. In light of his real estate and real estate financing knowledge and his public company financial reporting and operations experience as the Chief Financial Officer of a publicly-traded REIT, we have determined that it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders for Mr. Weger to serve as a director on the board of directors.

Board of Directors

        Our business is managed through the oversight and direction of our board of directors. A majority of our board of directors is "independent," as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the rules of the NYSE. Our independent directors are nominated by our nominating and corporate governance committee.

        Our board consists of seven directors, two of whom are affiliated with our company and five of whom are independent directors. The directors will keep informed about our business at meetings of our board and its committees and through supplemental reports and communications. Our independent directors will meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our directors who are affiliated with us or our personnel.

        GI Partners will have the right to select two members of our initial seven member board. In addition, we have agreed that we will cause two persons selected by GI Partners to be nominated for election to our board of directors at each annual meeting of our shareholders. One of the selected persons must qualify as an independent director under the NYSE rules for director independence and be able to serve on one of our compensation, audit, nominating and investment committees and will be required to serve as the chairperson of one of such committees. Our agreement will terminate within the first three years after this offering if GI Partners and certain of its affiliates fail to beneficially own at least 10% of our fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding immediately following their transfer of any interest in the common units received by STAG GI in our formation transactions (including shares of our common stock that we may issue upon redemption of such common units). In addition, our agreement will terminate after the first three years following this offering if GI Partners and certain of its affiliates fail to beneficially own at least 10% of our fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding, whether or not immediately following their transfer of common units or shares of common stock.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board has established an investment committee, an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, the principal functions of which are briefly described below. The audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee consist solely of independent directors. Matters put to a vote at any one of these

120


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT



four committees must be approved by a majority of the directors on the committee who are present at a meeting at which there is a quorum or by unanimous written consent of the directors on that committee.

    Investment Committee

        Our board of directors has established an investment committee, which is composed of four of our directors, at least three of whom must be independent directors. The members of our investment committee are Messrs. Butcher, Guillemette, Jacoby and Weger. Mr. Butcher chairs the committee. The investment committee's primary function is to review, evaluate and ultimately vote to approve all acquisitions or developments individually over $25 million and up to $100 million. Proposed acquisitions in excess of $100 million require approval by our board of directors. Our board of directors in its discretion may change the committee's dollar thresholds.

    Audit Committee

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee, which is composed of three of our independent directors. The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Guillemette, Jacoby and Weger. Mr. Weger chairs the committee and qualifies as an audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined by the SEC. The audit committee assists the board in overseeing:

    our accounting and financial reporting processes;

    the integrity and audits of our consolidated financial statements;

    our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

    the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors; and

    the performance of our independent auditors and any internal auditors.

        The audit committee is also responsible for engaging our independent public accountants, reviewing with our independent public accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by our independent public accountants, reviewing the independence of our independent public accountants, considering the range of audit and non-audit fees and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls.

    Compensation Committee

        Our board of directors has established a compensation committee, which is composed of three of our independent directors. The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Guillemette, Furber and Lange. Mr. Guillemette chairs the committee. The principal functions of the compensation committee are to:

    evaluate the performance and compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

    review and approve the compensation and benefits of our executive officers and members of our board of directors;

    administer our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as any other compensation, stock option, stock purchase, incentive or other benefit plans; and

    produce an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement after reviewing our compensation discussion and analysis.

121


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


    Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        Our board of directors has established a nominating and corporate governance committee, which is composed of three of our independent directors. The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Furber, Jacoby and Lange. Mr. Lange chairs the committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for seeking, considering and recommending to the full board of directors qualified candidates for election as directors and recommending a slate of nominees for election as directors at the annual meeting of shareholders. It also periodically prepares and submits to the board for adoption the committee's selection criteria for director nominees. It reviews and makes recommendations on matters involving general operation of the board and our corporate governance, and annually recommends to the board nominees for each committee of the board. In addition, the committee annually facilitates the assessment of the board of directors' performance as a whole and of the individual directors and reports thereon to the board.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        Our directors have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which applies to our employees, officers and directors when such individuals are acting for or on our behalf. Among other matters, our code of business conduct and ethics is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

    honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

    full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our SEC reports and other public communications;

    compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

    prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to appropriate persons identified in the code; and

    accountability for adherence to the code.

Any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for our executive officers or directors may be made only by our board of directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulations.

Board Compensation

        We will pay an annual fee of $35,000 to each of our non-management directors for services as a director. We will pay an additional annual fee of $15,000 to the chair of the audit committee, an additional annual fee of $10,000 to the chair of the compensation committee and an additional annual fee of $7,500 to the chair of any other committee of our board of directors. All members of our board of directors will be reimbursed for their costs and expenses in attending our board meetings. Fees to the directors may be paid, in our sole discretion, by issuance of shares of common stock, based on the value of such shares of common stock at the date of issuance, rather than in cash. In addition, upon completion of this offering, each of our non-management directors, other than Mr. Fraser, will receive an initial grant of 6,624 LTIP units. Any non-management director who joins our board of directors in the future will receive an initial grant of $125,000 worth of LTIP units upon attendance at his or her first board meeting. The LTIP units will vest over five years in equal installments on a quarterly basis beginning on June 30, 2011, subject to continued service as a director. If a director is also one of our officers, we will not pay any compensation for services rendered as a director. In addition, Mr. Fraser has declined receipt of any compensation for his service as a director.

122


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

        Our charter includes provisions permitted by Maryland law that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director.

        Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law. In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions in the MGCL. We also maintain director and officer liability insurance under which our directors and officers are insured, subject to the limits of the insurance policy, against certain losses arising from claims made against such directors and officers by reason of any acts or omissions covered under such policy in their respective capacities as directors or officers.

        For more detail on these provisions, please see "Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws."

        Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the proposed members of our compensation committee is or has been employed by us. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past three years has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of another entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. See "Management—Executive Officers and Directors."

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        We expect to pay base salaries and annual bonuses and make grants of awards under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan to certain of our officers, effective upon completion of the offering. Our board of directors and our compensation committee have not yet adopted compensation policies with respect to, among other things, setting base salaries, awarding bonuses or making future grants of equity awards to our executive officers. We anticipate that such determinations will be made by our compensation committee based on factors such as the desire to retain such officer's services over the long-term, aligning such officer's interest with those of our shareholders, incentivizing such officer over the near-, medium- and long-term, and rewarding such officer for exceptional performance. In addition, our compensation committee may determine to make awards to new executive officers to help attract them to our company.

        The initial awards under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan to be granted to our executive officers and other employees are designed to reward each individual's contribution to our formation and this offering, as well as provide an additional retention element for the recipient and to ensure that their interests are aligned with shareholders. We believe that it is in our best interests to have an element of retention in our compensation programs and that it is important for members of our management team and other key employees to have alignment with our shareholders. The amount of LTIP units each executive officer will receive was determined through negotiation of their employment agreements.

        We determined the size of the awards of restricted common stock and LTIP units using dollar values. The number of LTIP units and shares of restricted stock we disclose in this prospectus are based on the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. If the actual initial public

123


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT



offering price is less than or greater than the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the number of LTIP units and shares of restricted stock awarded will increase or decrease, respectively.

Executive Compensation

        We intend to enter into employment agreements with our named executive officers, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering. Because we were only recently organized, meaningful individual compensation information is not available for prior periods. The following table sets forth the annualized base salary and other compensation that would have been paid in 2011 to our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and the three other most highly compensated executive officers, whom we refer to collectively as our "named executive officers," had these employment agreements been in effect for all of 2011. We expect such employment agreements will provide for salary and other benefits, including severance upon a termination of employment under certain circumstances. See "—Employment Agreements."

        The anticipated 2011 compensation for each of our named executive officers listed in the table below was determined through negotiation of their individual employment agreements. We expect to disclose actual 2011 compensation for our named executive officers in 2012, to the extent required by applicable SEC disclosure rules.

Name
  Principal Position   Salary (1)   Bonus   Stock
Awards
  All Other
Compensation
  Total (2)  

Benjamin S. Butcher

  Chief Executive Officer,
President and Chairman
  $ 400,000     (3)   $          (4)   (5)   $    

Gregory W. Sullivan

 

Chief Financial Officer,
Executive Vice President
and Treasurer

   
280,000
   
(3)
   
        

(4)
 
(5)
       

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Chief Operating Officer
and Executive Vice
President

   
280,000
   
(3)
   
        

(4)
 
(5)
       

Kathryn Arnone

 

Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and
Secretary

   
260,000
   
(3)
   
        

(4)
 
(5)
       

David G. King

 

Executive Vice President
and Director of Real
Estate Operations

   
250,000
   
(3)
   
        

(4)
 
(5)
       

(1)
Salary amounts are annualized for the year ending December 31, 2011 based on employment agreements that we expect to enter into upon completion of this offering.

(2)
Amounts shown in this column do not include (i) the value of the LTIP unit grants (described below) that are expected to be granted to our named executive officers in connection with this offering or (ii) the value of the perquisites or other personal benefits our named executive officers will receive (described below).

(3)
Bonus amounts to be determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion.

(4)
Reflects grant of LTIP units under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we will grant 111,276, 30,468, 52,989, 26,495 and 19,871 LTIP units to each of Mr. Butcher, Mr. Sullivan, Mr. Mecke, Ms. Arnone, and Mr. King, respectively. All LTIP awards are expected to vest over five years in equal installments on a quarterly basis beginning on June 30, 2011, subject to continued service as an employee or director.

(5)
The named executive officers will receive certain perquisites or other personal benefits as set forth in their respective employment agreements. See "—Employment Agreements."

124


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


Employment Agreements

        We will enter into employment agreements, effective as of the consummation of this offering with each of our executive officers. We believe that the agreements will benefit us by helping to retain the executives and by requiring the executive officers to devote the necessary business attention and time to our affairs.

        Our executive officers will be granted LTIP units in the amounts stated below in connection with their entering into the employment agreements with us. They also will be eligible to receive additional awards of LTIP units and other equity awards, subject to the terms of our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (or other then effective incentive plan) and the applicable award agreement.

        The employment agreements provide for immediate vesting of all outstanding equity-based awards held by the executive officers upon a change in control of us. In addition, each of Messrs. Butcher, Mecke, Sullivan and King and Ms. Arnone will be subject to a non-competition provision for the 12-month period following any termination of employment other than a termination by us without "cause" or by the executive officer for "good reason." The employment agreements also provide for participation in any other employee benefit plans, insurance policies or contracts maintained by us relating to retirement, health, disability, vacation, auto and other related benefits.

        None of the employment agreements contains a Code Section 280G excise tax gross-up provision.

        The employment agreement with Mr. Butcher will be for a term of four years; provided, however, that the term is automatically extended at the end of each term for successive one-year periods unless, not less than 60 days prior to the termination of the then existing term, either party provides a notice of non-renewal to the other party. The employment agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of $400,000, and an annual bonus in an amount to be determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion. Mr. Butcher will be granted 111,276 LTIP units upon the consummation of this offering. The LTIP units will vest over five years in equal installments on a quarterly basis beginning on June 30, 2011, subject to continued service as an employee or director. In addition, Mr. Butcher will receive a monthly vehicle and parking allowance of $1,400.

        The employment agreement with Mr. Butcher provides that upon the termination of his employment either by us without "cause" or by the executive officer for "good reason," or in the event that following a change of control we or our successor gives him a notice of non-renewal within 12 months following the change of control, Mr. Butcher will be entitled to the following severance payments and benefits, subject to his execution of a general release in our favor:

125


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


        In addition, the employment agreement with Mr. Butcher provides that upon termination of his employment by his death or disability, Mr. Butcher will be entitled to receive his accrued and unpaid then-current annual base salary as of the date of his death or disability and the bonus (or deemed bonus noted above) pro-rated through the date of his death or disability.

        The employment agreements with Messrs. Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone will be for a term of three years; provided, however, that the terms are automatically extended at the end of each term for successive one-year periods unless, not less than 60 days prior to the termination of the then existing term, either party provides notice of non-renewal to the other party. In addition, Messrs. Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone will receive a monthly parking allowance of up to $500.

        The employment agreement with Mr. Sullivan provides for an initial annual base salary of $280,000 and an annual bonus in an amount to be determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion. Mr. Sullivan will be granted 30,468 LTIP units upon the consummation of this offering.

        The employment agreement with Mr. Mecke provides for an initial annual base salary of $280,000 and an annual bonus in an amount to be determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion. Mr. Mecke will be granted 52,989 LTIP units upon the consummation of this offering.

        The employment agreement with Ms. Arnone provides for an initial annual base salary of $260,000 and an annual bonus in an amount to be determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion. Ms. Arnone will be granted 26,495 LTIP units upon the consummation of this offering.

        The employment agreement with Mr. King provides for an initial annual base salary of $250,000 and an annual bonus in an amount to be determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion. Mr. King will be granted 19,871 LTIP units upon the consummation of this offering.

        The LTIP units granted to each of these executives under their employment agreements will vest over five years in equal installments on a quarterly basis beginning on June 30, 2011, subject to continued service as an employee.

        The employment agreements with Messrs. Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone provide that upon the termination of an executive officer's employment either by us without "cause" or by the executive officer for "good reason," or in the event that following a change of control we or our successor gives the executive officer a notice of non-renewal within 12 months following the change of control, the executive officer will be entitled under his or her employment agreement to the following severance payments and benefits, subject to the executive officer's execution of a general release in our favor:

126


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


        In addition, the employment agreements with Messrs. Sullivan, Mecke and Ms. Arnone provide that, upon termination of the officer's employment by the officer's death or disability, the officer will be entitled to receive his or her accrued and unpaid then-current annual base salary as of the date of his or her death or disability and the bonus (or deemed bonus noted above) pro-rated through the date of his or her death or disability.

Equity Incentive Plan

        On                        , 2011, we adopted, and our shareholders approved, the STAG Industrial, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, referred to in this prospectus as the equity incentive plan. The equity incentive plan provides for the issuance of equity-based awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock awards and other awards based on shares of our common stock, such as LTIP units in our operating partnership, that may be made by us directly to our executive officers, directors, employees and other individuals providing bona fide services to or for us.

        The equity incentive plan will be administered by our board of directors, which may delegate its authority to the compensation committee of our board of directors. The plan administrator will have the authority to make awards to the eligible participants referenced above, and to determine the eligible individuals who will receive awards, what form the awards will take, and the terms and conditions of the awards. Except as provided below with respect to equitable adjustments, the plan administrator may not reduce the exercise price of any stock option or stock appreciation right granted under the equity incentive plan or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles without first obtaining the consent of our shareholders.

        Subject to adjustments as provided below, the shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under the equity incentive plan, in the aggregate, shall not exceed 7.5% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock as of the later of the date of this offering or the last closing date of any shares of common stock sold solely to cover overallotments in connection with this offering (on a fully diluted basis (assuming, if applicable, the exercise of all outstanding options, the conversion of all warrants and convertible securities into shares of common stock and the exchange of all interests in our operating partnership that may be convertible into shares of common stock) including shares to be sold pursuant to the underwriters' exercise of their option to purchase up to an additional 1,950,000 shares of our common stock solely to cover overallotments, but excluding any shares of common stock issued or issuable under the equity incentive plan). If any award, or portion of an award, granted under the equity incentive plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable, is settled in cash or a determination that no bonus shall be paid has been made, the shares of common stock with respect to such award will again be available for award under the equity incentive plan. Upon the exercise of any award granted in tandem with any other award, the related award will be cancelled to the extent of the number of shares of common stock as to which the award is exercised and, notwithstanding the foregoing, that number of shares will no longer be available for award under the equity incentive plan.

        We expect to make certain awards in the form of LTIP units. LTIP units are a separate series of units of limited partnership interests in our operating partnership. LTIP units, which can be granted either as free-standing awards or in tandem with other awards under our equity incentive plan, will be valued by reference to the value of shares of our common stock, and will be subject to such conditions and restrictions as the compensation committee may determine, including continued employment or service, computation of financial metrics and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and

127


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT



objectives. If applicable conditions and/or restrictions are not attained, participants will forfeit their LTIP units. Unless otherwise provided, LTIP unit awards, whether vested or unvested, will entitle the participant to receive current distributions from our operating partnership equivalent to the dividends that would be payable with respect to the number of shares of our common stock underlying the LTIP unit award.

        LTIP units will be structured as "profits interests" for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we do not expect the grant, vesting or conversion of LTIP units to produce a tax deduction for us. As profits interests, LTIP units initially will not have full parity, on a per unit basis, with the operating partnership's common units with respect to liquidating distributions. Upon the occurrence of specified events, LTIP units can over time achieve full parity with common units and therefore accrete to an economic value for the participant equivalent to common units. If such parity is achieved, LTIP units may be converted, subject to the satisfaction of applicable vesting conditions, on a one-for-one basis into common units, which in turn are redeemable by the holder for shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis or for the cash value of such shares, at our election. However, there are circumstances under which LTIP units will not achieve parity with common units, and until such parity is reached, the value that a participant could realize for a given number of LTIP units will be less than the value of an equal number of shares of common stock and may be zero. Under our equity incentive plan, each LTIP unit awarded will be equivalent to an award of one share of common stock reserved under our equity incentive plan, thereby reducing the number of shares of common stock available for other equity awards on a one-for-one basis.

        In the event of a stock dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects shares of our common stock such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants under the equity incentive plan, then the plan administrator will make equitable changes or adjustments to:

        In addition, the plan administrator may determine that any equitable adjustment may be accomplished by making a payment to the award holder, in the form of cash or other property (including but not limited to shares of our common stock).

        Each stock option and stock appreciation right granted under the equity incentive plan will have a term of no longer than 10 years, and will have an exercise price that is no less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant of the award. Stock appreciation rights confer on the participant the right to receive cash, common stock or other property, as determined by the plan administrator, equal to the excess of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the stock appreciation right. The other terms of stock options and stock appreciation rights granted by us under the equity incentive plan will be determined by the plan administrator.

        The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each grant of restricted stock or restricted stock units under the equity incentive plan. Restricted stock units confer on the participant the right to receive cash, common stock or other property, as determined by the plan administrator, having a value equal to the number of shares of common stock that are subject to the award. The

128


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT



holders of awards of restricted stock or restricted stock units may be entitled to receive dividends or, in the case of restricted stock units, dividend equivalents, which may be payable immediately or on a deferred basis at a time determined by the plan administrator.

        The plan administrator may determine to make grants of our common stock that are not subject to any restrictions or a substantial risk of forfeiture or to grant other stock-based awards to eligible participants. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions at the time of grant.

        Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator and set forth in an individual award agreement, upon a change in control (as defined in the equity incentive plan), each outstanding award under the equity incentive plan will become immediately vested, exercisable and/or payable, unless provision is made in the transaction for the continuation or assumption of awards or for the substitution of equivalent awards in the surviving or successor entity or the parent thereof.

        No awards under the equity incentive plan may be granted on or after the tenth anniversary of the date on which it was adopted. Our board of directors may terminate, amend, modify or suspend the equity incentive plan at any time, subject to shareholder approval as required by law or stock exchange rules. The plan administrator may amend the terms of any outstanding award under the equity incentive plan at any time. No amendment or termination of the equity incentive plan or any outstanding award may adversely affect any of the rights of an award holder without the holder's consent.

        Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register the total number of shares of common stock (including shares of common stock underlying the LTIP units) that may be issued under our equity incentive plan, including the shares of restricted common stock to be granted to certain employees upon the completion of this offering.

Incentive Awards

        Upon the completion of this offering, we are granting an aggregate of (1) 241,099 LTIP units to our executive officers under our equity incentive plan, (2) 122,500 shares of restricted common stock to certain employees under our equity incentive plan, and (3) 33,120 LTIP units to our independent directors under our equity incentive plan.

        The LTIP units granted to our executive officers and independent directors will vest over five years in equal installments on a quarterly basis beginning on June 30, 2011, subject to continued service as an employee or director. Pursuant to the grant agreements, the LTIP units will become fully vested upon a termination of employment on account of death or disability or upon a change in control (as defined in the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan).

129


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Formation Transactions

        Certain of our directors and all of our executive officers and certain of their affiliates have direct or indirect interests in Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the management company. Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and certain owners of the management company have entered into contribution agreements with us and our operating partnership in connection with our formation transactions, pursuant to which our operating partnership will assume or pay off, with the proceeds of this offering, $392.3 million of indebtedness and Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company will receive 6,174,648 common units, representing approximately 31.5% of our common stock to be outstanding following the consummation of this offering on a fully diluted basis. See "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Benefits of our Formation Transactions and this Offering to Certain Parties" for a list of what individual directors and executive officers of our company will receive as a result of the contributions.

        Following the expiration of a 12-month lock-up period, limited partners in our operating partnership, including Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company, will have the right to cause our operating partnership to redeem any or all of their common units for cash equal to the then-current market value of one share of our common stock, or, at our election, for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis.

        Certain members of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, including certain of our officers, employees and directors have residual interests, or contingent profit interests, in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI and may receive portions of distributions from the assets of each of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI after return of capital and preferred returns to the equity investors in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. See "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Benefits of Our Formation Transactions and the Offering to Certain Parties."

        We will enter into services agreements with each of Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV and an option to purchase agreement with Fund III with respect to the Option Properties. See "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Formation Transactions—Services Agreements and Option Properties."

        As part of our formation transactions, with the proceeds of this offering, we will repay subordinate mortgage debt secured by the Option Properties and the number of common units to be issued to Fund III in our formation transactions will be reduced accordingly. See "Use of Proceeds."

        For more detailed information regarding the terms of our formation transactions, including the benefits to related parties, please refer to "Structure and Formation of Our Company."

Partnership Agreement

        Concurrently with the completion of our formation transactions and this offering, we will enter into the partnership agreement with the various entities and persons directly receiving common units in our formation transactions, including Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and certain of our directors and executive officers and certain of their related parties. As a result, such persons will become limited partners of our operating partnership. See "Our Operating Partnership and the Partnership Agreement."

Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements

        Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Butcher, will enter into an employment agreement with our company, which will have a term of four years. Messrs. Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone each will enter into an employment agreement with our company that will have a term of three years.

130


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS



However, the terms of each respective employment agreement will be automatically extended for successive one-year periods unless, not later than 60 days prior to the termination of the existing term, either party provides a notice of non-renewal to the other party. The employment agreements will also provide for an annual base salary, discretionary bonuses and eligibility for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to full-time employees. See "Management—Employment Agreements."

        Furthermore, upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our executive officers will receive the LTIP unit grants identified in the table below pursuant to our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. The LTIP unit grants are in addition to the interests in common units that our executive officers will receive in our formation transactions in connection with the contributions to us of our initial properties and the management company. The contribution consideration is described separately below under "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Benefits of Our Formation Transactions and this Offering to Certain Parties."

Name
  LTIP Units (1)  

Benjamin S. Butcher

    111,276  

Gregory W. Sullivan

    30,468  

Stephen C. Mecke

    52,989  

Kathryn Arnone

    26,495  

David G. King

    19,871  

(1)
LTIP Units vest over five years in equal installments on a quarterly basis beginning on June 30, 2011, subject to continued service as an employee or director.

        Any member of our board of directors who is also an employee of our company will not receive additional compensation for serving on our board of directors. We will pay an annual fee of $35,000 to each of our non-management directors for services as a director. We will pay an additional annual fee of $15,000 to the chair of the audit committee, an additional annual fee of $10,000 to the chair of the compensation committee and an additional annual fee of $7,500 to the chair of any other committee of our board of directors. All members of our board of directors will be reimbursed for their costs and expenses in attending our board meetings. In addition, upon completion of this offering, each of our non-management directors, other than Mr. Fraser, will receive an initial grant of 6,624 LTIP units. Any non-management director who joins our board of directors in the future will receive an initial grant of $125,000 worth of LTIP units upon attendance at his or her first board meeting. The LTIP units will vest over five years in equal installments on a quarterly basis beginning on June 30, 2011, subject to continued service as a director. See "Management—Board Compensation."

        Our charter includes provisions permitted by Maryland law that limit the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors, executive officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current and future directors and executive officers which will require us to indemnify such persons to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and to pay such persons' expenses in defending any civil or criminal proceedings related to their service on our behalf in advance of final disposition of such proceeding. See "Management—Limitation on Liabilities and Indemnification of Directors and Officers."

131


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS


Voting Agreement

        We, Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI, the GI Partners' member in STAG GI and the contributors of our management company have entered into a voting agreement. Pursuant to the voting agreement, the GI Partners' member in STAG GI will have the right to select two members of our initial seven member board. In addition, we have agreed that we will cause two persons selected by the GI Partners' member to be nominated for election to our board of directors at each annual meeting of our shareholders. Both of the persons must meet minimum standards described in the voting agreement, and one of the selected person must qualify as an independent director under the NYSE rules for director independence and be able to serve on one of our compensation, audit, nominating and investment committees and will be required to serve as the chairperson of one of such committees. The parties to the voting agreement have agreed, at each annual meeting of our shareholders, to vote all of their shares of common stock in favor of the election of the two nominees to our board of directors. The agreement will terminate within the first three years after this offering if GI Partners' member in STAG GI and certain of its affiliates fail to beneficially own at least 10% of our fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding immediately following their transfer of any interest in the common units received by STAG GI in our formation transactions (including shares of our common stock that we may issue upon redemption of such common units). In addition, the agreement will terminate after the first three years following this offering if GI Partners' member in STAG GI and certain of its affiliates fail to beneficially own at least 10% of our fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding, whether or not immediately following their transfer of common units or shares of common stock.

Registration Rights

        We have entered into a registration rights agreement with the various entities and persons receiving common units in our formation transactions. Under the registration rights agreement, subject to certain limitations, commencing not later than 12 months after the closing of this offering, we will file a shelf registration statement with the SEC, and thereafter use our best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective, covering the continuous resale of the shares of common stock issued or issuable in exchange for common units issued to Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company in our formation transactions. We may, at our option, prepare and file a registration statement registering the issuance by us to the holders of common units received in our formation transactions of shares of our common stock in lieu of our operating partnership's obligation to pay cash for such common units. We have also agreed to provide rights to holders of these common units to demand additional registration statement filings. We have agreed to pay substantially all of the expenses relating to a registration of such securities.

Relationship with New England Development, LLC

        An affiliate of NED provided the seed capital for STAG in 2003. As a result, NED and NED's former senior officer and our Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer, Mr. Sullivan, received ownership interests in STAG. In addition, another affiliate of NED and Mr. Sullivan own interests in SCP III. The NED members and Mr. Sullivan have entered into contribution agreements to transfer their respective interests in the management company to our operating partnership in exchange for common units.

        Mr. Sullivan has served on the board of managers of STAG continuously since its formation. Mr. Sullivan also serves on the board of managers or management committees of STAG Manager II, LLC (the entity that manages Fund II), STAG Manager III, LLC (the entity that manages Fund

132


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS



III), and STAG Manager IV, LLC (the entity that manages Fund IV). In addition, Mr. Sullivan served on the investment committee for Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV.

        Pursuant to the terms of its operating agreement, STAG is authorized to borrow up to $1.5 million on an unsecured line of credit from an affiliate of NED for operating expenses and deposit monies. This loan was originally drawn on May 15, 2007 and as of December 31, 2010, there was $1.0 million outstanding under the line of credit, which will be paid in full from the proceeds of this offering and terminated. While this prospectus does not include separate financial statements for the management company as its activities are not considered significant, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus reflect the $1.0 million repayment.

        In addition, as of December 31, 2010, there was an approximately $4.4 million loan outstanding from an affiliate of NED to the Fund III subsidiaries being contributed to us in our formation transactions. The loan was made on January 31, 2009 and the proceeds were used as part of a debt refinancing to pay down indebtedness on the Fund III properties being contributed to us. The loan will be repaid with proceeds from this offering.

        Affiliates of NED provided a guaranty for the bridge loan from Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited ("Anglo Bridge Loan (Fund III)") secured by the Fund III properties. Fund III and the NED affiliates entered into a loan guarantee agreement that paid the NED affiliate an annual fee of 9.0% of the outstanding balance of the bridge loan. As part of our formation transactions, the outstanding balance of $34.4 million as of December 31, 2010 on the Anglo Bridge Loan (Fund III) will be paid in full.

        Other than NED's ownership of common units received as a result of our formation transactions, NED will have no further interest in or control of our company. We will not have any ongoing borrowing relationship with NED.

133


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY

Background

        We have deployed more than $1.3 billion of capital representing the acquisition of 219 properties since 2004. These investments were made through four private equity real estate funds, Fund I, Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV, and one joint venture, STAG GI. We were formed to acquire the existing assets and operations of our predecessor business.

        All of the 24 properties owned by Fund I were sold in 2006. In 2007, 16 properties owned by Fund II were sold. Fund II will retain ownership of 86 properties and will continue to operate as a private, fully-invested fund but will not make any further property acquisitions. Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI will contribute our 90 properties to us in our formation transactions in exchange for common units. Fund III will retain ownership of the Option Properties. See "—Formation Transactions—Services Agreements and Option Properties."

        Our senior management team consists of Mr. Butcher, the Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer and President, Mr. Sullivan, our Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer, Mr. Mecke, our Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President, Ms. Arnone, our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, and Mr. King, our Executive Vice President and Director of Real Estate Operations. They have each led or helped manage private and public real estate companies and funds, including STAG, AMB Property Corp., Trizec Hahn Corporation, Meditrust Corporation and LaQuinta Corporation.

Formation Transactions

        We were incorporated on July 21, 2010 under the laws of the State of Maryland. As of immediately before the consummation of our formation transactions and this offering, Mr. Butcher, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, and Ms. Arnone, our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, are our shareholders and collectively hold 110 shares of our common stock that they purchased upon or shortly after our incorporation.

        STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., our operating partnership, was recently organized as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware. We will conduct substantially all of our operations and own substantially all of our assets through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries.

        We will sell 13,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering and 1,950,000 additional shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full. We will contribute the net proceeds from this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for common units. Our interest in our operating partnership will entitle us to share in cash distributions from, and in the profits and losses of, our operating partnership in proportion to our percentage ownership. As the general partner of our operating partnership, our wholly-owned subsidiary will generally have the exclusive power under the partnership agreement to manage and conduct the operating partnership's business, subject to certain limited approval and voting rights of the other limited partners described more fully below in "Our Operating Partnership and the Partnership Agreement." Our board of directors will manage the affairs of our company by directing the affairs of our operating partnership.

        Beginning on or after the date which is 12 months after the consummation of this offering, limited partners of our operating partnership have the right to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their common units for cash, based upon the fair market value of an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at the time of the redemption, or, at our election, shares of our common stock, subject to the ownership limits set forth in our charter and described under the section entitled "Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock." With each

134


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY



redemption of units, we will increase our percentage ownership interest in our operating partnership and our share of our operating partnership's cash distributions and profits and losses. See "Our Operating Partnership and the Partnership Agreement."

        Prior to or concurrent with the completion of this offering, we will engage in the following formation transactions, which are designed to consolidate the ownership of our property portfolio under our operating partnership and its subsidiaries, consolidate our acquisition and asset management businesses into a subsidiary of our operating partnership and enable us to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2011:

        Each contribution agreement and purchase and sale agreement referenced above is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement, including the completion of this offering. We will assume or succeed to all of each contributor's or seller's rights, obligations and responsibilities with respect to the entities contributed or sold.

135


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY


        We will not enter into any tax protection agreements in connection with our formation transactions. In addition, we have not obtained any third-party appraisals of the properties to be contributed to us in our formation transactions or fairness opinions in connection with our formation transactions. As a result, the consideration for these properties and other assets in our formation transactions may exceed their fair market value. Additionally, the contribution agreements and the purchase and sale agreement described above were not negotiated at arm's length, and the terms of those agreements may be more favorable to Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the owners of the management company than they would have been had they been negotiated by third parties.

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, we will enter into separate services agreements with Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV pursuant to which we will manage their operations and certain other properties, as set forth in greater detail below.

        Following completion of our formation transactions, Fund II will continue to operate as a private, fully-invested fund and will retain ownership of its 86 properties, with approximately 13.1 million rentable square feet. We will enter into a services agreement with Fund II on terms we believe to be customary, pursuant to which we will manage its properties in return for an annual asset management fee based on the equity investment in such assets, which will initially equal 0.94% of the equity investment and may increase up to 1.25% of the equity investment to the extent assets are sold and the total remaining equity investment is reduced. The services agreement will be terminable by either party on 30 days' written notice. We have no current plans to acquire any of the Fund II properties, but upon the approval of a majority of the disinterested directors, we would consider submitting a bid if Fund II were to offer any of its properties for sale. However, any sale to us would be an "affiliate sale" under Fund II's operating agreement and require that Fund II's third-party institutional investors approve the sale.

        Following completion of our formation transactions, Fund III will retain ownership of the Option Properties, which consist of three properties with approximately 890,891 rentable square feet that are vacant and that are acquisition opportunities for us. Following completion of our formation transactions, we will enter into a services agreement with Fund III pursuant to which we will manage the Option Properties for an annual fee of $30,000 per property and provide the limited administrative services (including preparation of reports for the Fund III lender and investors, bookkeeping, tax and accounting services) Fund III will require until its liquidation for an annual fee of $20,000. Upon approval of our independent directors, we will have the right to acquire any of the Option Properties individually for a period of up to three months after notification that the property has stabilized, defined as 85% or greater occupancy pursuant to leases with at least two years in remaining duration. The sale price of each property will be based on the fair market value of the property as determined by a third-party appraisal. We have agreed to pay such sale price in cash and not assume any existing loan on any of the Option Properties. In addition, Fund III has agreed not to sell any of the Option Properties except (1) following our failure to exercise timely our option to purchase the property upon stabilization (in which case the property will become freely saleable), or (2) subject to a right of first refusal in our favor, pursuant to a "bona fide user sale transaction." A "bona fide user sale transaction" is a sale to a buyer, where the buyer or its affiliate intends to occupy the property (as compared to a buyer that intends to lease the property to a tenant unaffiliated with the buyer). If a bona fide user sale transaction results in proceeds, after out-of-pocket expenses of the sale, in excess of Fund III's undepreciated cost to acquire the property plus any subsequent capital invested in the property, then we will be entitled to 25% of such net excess proceeds. Our right to purchase the Option Properties will expire five years after the date of the closing of this offering.

136


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY


        In addition, we will enter into a services agreement with Fund IV pursuant to which we will provide the limited administrative services (including preparation of reports for the Fund IV investors, bookkeeping, tax and accounting services) Fund IV will require until its liquidation for an annual fee of $20,000. STAG GI will not require administrative services from us or our affiliates following completion of our formation transactions.

        Following completion of our formation transactions, Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI will make no additional property acquisitions, and our senior management team will devote substantially all of its business time to our business.

Consequences of Our Formation Transactions and this Offering

        The completion of our formation transactions and this offering will have the following consequences:

        The aggregate pro forma net tangible book value of the assets we will acquire in our formation transactions was approximately $         million as of December 31, 2010. In exchange for these assets, we will issue common units with an aggregate value of $        million. The initial public offering price does not necessarily bear any relationship to the book value or the fair market value of our assets.

137


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY


Our Structure

        The chart below reflects our organization immediately following completion of our formation transactions and this offering.

GRAPHIC


(1)
Upon completion of this offering, we will grant 122,500 shares of restricted common stock, or 0.9% of our outstanding common stock, pursuant to our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

(2)
Includes our executive officers' investments in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI and their residual interests in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. Solely for purposes of this chart, we calculated our executive officers' residual interests assuming Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI are liquidated on                    , 2011 at $          per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus and made certain other assumptions. We cannot estimate the actual timing of the liquidations of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI or the value of any distributions at the time of the liquidations. "See—Benefits to Related Parties—Formation Transactions" below.

(3)
Excludes common units in which a director or executive officer has no pecuniary interest but that are owned by entities that a director or executive officer may directly or indirectly control. Includes LTIP units, as if LTIP units were common units, that will be issued upon closing of this offering to our executive officers and independent directors pursuant to our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

(4)
Ownership is through Fund III, Fund IV and/or STAG GI.

138


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY


Benefits of Our Formation Transactions and this Offering to Certain Parties

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our executive officers directly or indirectly, through one or more affiliates, will receive material financial and other benefits.

        The consideration (other than salary, equity incentive and other employment-related benefits, which are described under "Management") to be issued or paid to members of our management team, including their controlled affiliates, in exchange for the contribution of the management company and our properties is described below:

 
   
  Common Units (2)  
Name (1)
  Transactions   Number   Value (3)  

Benjamin S. Butcher

  Fund III properties     42,161   $    

  Fund IV properties     33,580        

  STAG GI properties     1,866        

  Management company     31,999        
               

  Total:     109,606   $    

Gregory W. Sullivan

 

Fund III properties

   
95,189
 
$
 

  Fund IV properties     27,858        

  STAG GI properties     1,866        

  Management company     8,193        
               

  Total:     133,106   $    

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Fund III properties

   
16,760
 
$
 

  Fund IV properties     4,396        

  STAG GI properties     933        

  Management company     7,721        
               

  Total:     29,810   $    

Kathryn Arnone

 

Fund III properties

   
4,655
 
$
 

  Fund IV properties     6,237        

  STAG GI properties     373        

  Management company     1,544        
               

  Total:     12,809   $    

David G. King

 

Fund III properties

   
7,449
 
$
 

  Fund IV properties     2,645        

  STAG GI properties     373        

  Management company     4,632        
               

  Total:     15,099   $    

(1)
The amounts shown in the table reflect common units received by the individual directly or received by any entity, but if by an entity only to the extent of the individual's interest in the assets of the entity. Accordingly, the amounts shown in the table above do not reflect common units received by entities that may be controlled by the individual (except to the extent of the individual's interest in the assets of the entity).

(2)
Includes our executive officers' investments in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI and their residual interests in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. Solely for purposes of this table, we calculated our executive officers' residual interests assuming Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI are liquidated on                 , 2011 at $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus and made certain other assumptions. We cannot estimate the actual timing of the liquidations of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI or the value of any distributions at the time of the liqudations. See "—Benefits of Our Formation Transactions and this Offering to Certain Parties" below.

139


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY


(3)
Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, Fund III will receive 1,117,344 common units, Fund IV will receive 1,985,770 common units, STAG GI will receive 2,985,747 common units and the management company will receive 85,787 common units. The number of common units that Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the management company will receive in our formation transactions (an aggregate of 6,174,648 common units) is fixed and will not change based on the ultimate initial public offering price in this offering.

        After the expiration of the lock-up period, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI may distribute its common units to its members in accordance with the fund's operating agreement. In addition to their invested equity, certain members of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, including certain of our officers, employees and directors, have residual interests, or contingent profit interests, in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. As a result, they may receive distributions related to the residual interests if there are sufficient proceeds after return of capital and preferred returns to themselves and the other equity investors in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. In all cases where there is a residual distribution, the higher the share price of our common stock at the time a fund is liquidated, the greater the portion of the common units the fund will distribute to the holders of the residual interests.

        The number of common units being issued to each fund in our formation transactions is fixed so that residual interests will not, in any manner, require us to issue additional common units or shares of common stock or otherwise dilute investors in this offering. In addition, because the value of the residual interests depends on the value of our common stock, not on the value of certain properties or portfolios individually, such residual interests align the interests of the holders of residual interests with the interests of our company and shareholders.

        Distributions subject to the residual interests may consist of, among other items:

        With respect to Fund III, the residual interest in distributions from operations is the right to receive (1) 20% of all such distributions by Fund III after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to a 9% internal rate of return to the equity investors and (2) 40% of all such distributions by Fund III after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to an 22% internal rate of return to the equity investors. The residual interest in distributions other than from operations—for example, direct distributions of the common units received by Fund III in our formation transactions or distributions of proceeds from the redemption of the common units—is the right, subject to an interim residual interest, to receive (1) 20% of all such distributions by Fund III after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to a 9% internal rate of return to the equity investors and (2) 40% of all such distributions by Fund III after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to an 22% internal rate of return to the equity investors.

        With respect to Fund IV, the residual interest in distributions from operations is the right to receive (1) 20% of all such distributions by Fund IV after the equity investors have received such

140


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY



distributions in an aggregate amount equal to a 9% internal rate of return to the equity investors and (2) 40% of all such distributions by Fund IV after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to an 18% internal rate of return to the equity investors. The residual interest with respect to distributions other than from operations is the right to receive (1) 20% of all such distributions by Fund IV after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to a 9% internal rate of return to the equity investors and (2) 40% of all such distributions by Fund IV after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to an 18% internal rate of return to the equity investors.

        With respect to STAG GI, the residual interest in capital proceeds is the right to receive 20% of all such proceeds distributed by STAG GI after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to a 12% internal rate of return to the equity investors.

        While the timing of the STAG GI distribution is expected to occur 12 months after the date of this prospectus, we cannot estimate the value of any future distribution at the time made. In addition, we cannot estimate the timing of any future distributions by Fund III and Fund IV or the value of any future distributions at the time made. Accordingly, we also cannot estimate whether any of the residual interests will operate to provide any of our executive officers or their affiliates greater consideration than that disclosed in the table above or the extent to which the residual interests may so operate. Our executive officers, certain of their affiliates, certain of our employees and certain other investors in the management company and Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI have direct or indirect residual interests in amounts that vary by fund. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and President, Mr. Butcher, is a member of the management committees of the managers that will control the timing of any distributions made by Fund III and Fund IV.

        Under its operating agreement, Fund III is authorized to make loans to STAG for operating capital and other expenses up to $3.0 million. This loan was originally drawn on May 15, 2007 and as of December 31, 2010, the outstanding balance was approximately $3.0 million. This loan will be paid in full from proceeds from this offering and terminated.

Determination of Consideration Payable for Our Properties

        Our operating partnership will, directly or indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiaries, acquire the ownership of each of the properties in our portfolio in connection with the formation transactions. The consideration paid to each of the contributors in the formation transactions will be based upon the terms of the applicable contribution agreements negotiated among us and our operating partnership, on the one hand, and the various contributors, on the other hand. Under these agreements, each contributor will receive a fixed number of common units, subject to adjustment for pre-closing stock and unit splits or similar structural changes to our pre-closing share and unit capitalization. In all cases, the number of units will be subject to adjustment for closing prorations and changes in indebtedness encumbering the properties, among other things. The value of units issued will be equal to (1) the initial public offering price of our common stock, multiplied by (2) such number of units.

        The contributors in the formation transactions, including Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company, will receive 6,174,648 common units with an aggregate value of approximately $         million based on the midpoint of the range of prices shown on the cover of this prospectus. This value will increase or decrease if our common stock is priced above or below the mid-point of the range of prices shown on the cover page of this prospectus.

        The amount of common units that we will pay in exchange for our properties was determined based on several factors, including, but not limited to, a discounted cash flow analysis, a capitalization rate analysis, cost basis and an assessment of the fair market value of the properties. No single factor

141


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY



was given greater weight than any other in valuing the properties, and the values attributed to the properties do not necessarily bear any relationship to the book value for the applicable property. We have not obtained third-party property appraisals of the properties to be contributed to us in our formation transactions or fairness opinions in connection with our formation transactions. As a result, the consideration for these properties and other assets in our formation transactions may exceed their fair market value. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Operations—The fair market value of the consideration for the assets to be acquired by us in our formation transactions may exceed the assets' aggregate fair market value."

        The contributors in the formation transactions, including Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the owners of the management company, have agreed with the underwriters of this offering, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise transfer or encumber any shares of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of common stock (including common units) owned by them at the completion of this offering or thereafter acquired by them for a period of 12 months after the completion of this offering, without the prior consent of the underwriters.

        Following the expiration of the lock-up period, limited partners in our operating partnership, including Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company, will have the right to cause our operating partnership to redeem any or all of their common units for cash equal to the then-current market value of one share of our common stock, or, at our election, for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. In addition, following the expiration of the lock-up period, each of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI may distribute its common units to its members. If this occurs, the members of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI will have the right to cause our operating partnership to redeem any or all of their common units for cash equal to the then-current market value of one share of our common stock, or, at our election, for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis.

Determination of Offering Price

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was negotiated between the underwriters and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the underwriters considered the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete, our financial information, the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects, the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering, and the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of companies the underwriters deemed generally comparable. The initial public offering price does not necessarily bear any relationship to the book value of our assets or the assets to be acquired in our formation transactions, our financial condition or any other established criteria of value and may not be indicative of the market price for our common stock after this offering. We have not obtained any third-party appraisals of the properties and other assets to be contributed to us in our formation transactions or fairness opinions in connection with our formation transaction. As a result, the consideration for these properties and other assets in our formation transactions may exceed their fair market value. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Operations—The fair market value of the consideration for the assets to be acquired in our formation transactions may exceed the aggregate fair market value of such assets."

142


Table of Contents

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

        The following is a discussion of our investment policies and our policies with respect to certain other activities, including financing matters and conflicts of interest. These policies may be amended or revised from time to time at the discretion of our board of directors, without a vote of our shareholders. Any change to any of these policies by our board of directors, however, would be made only after a thorough review and analysis of that change, in light of then-existing business and other circumstances, and then only if, in the exercise of its business judgment, our board of directors believes that it is advisable to do so in our and our shareholders' best interests. We cannot assure you that our investment objectives will be attained.

Investments in Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate

        We plan to invest principally in single-tenant industrial properties in the United States. Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our portfolio will consist of 90 properties in 26 states with approximately 13.7 million rentable square feet. In addition, our executive officers will identify and negotiate future acquisition opportunities. For information concerning the investing experience of these individuals, please see the sections entitled "Business" and "Management."

        We intend to conduct substantially all of our investment activities through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Our primary business objective is to enhance shareholder value over time by achieving sustainable long-term FFO growth and generating attractive total returns to our shareholders.

        There are no limitations on the amount or percentage of our total assets that may be invested in any one property. Additionally, no limits have been set on the concentration of investments in any one location or facility type.

        Additional criteria with respect to our properties are described in "Business."

Investments in Mortgages, Structured Financings and Other Lending Policies

        We have no current intention of investing in loans secured by properties or making loans to persons other than in connection with the acquisition of mortgage loans through which we expect to achieve equity ownership of the underlying property in the near-term.

        However, if we decide to sell any of our properties, in some instances we may sell our properties by providing financing to purchasers. In these instances, we would secure this financing with first mortgages on the properties. If we provide financing to purchasers, we will bear the risks that the purchaser may default and the distribution of the proceeds of the sales to our shareholders will be delayed.

Investments in Securities of or Interests in Persons Primarily Engaged in Real Estate Activities and Other Issuers

        Generally speaking, we do not expect to engage in any significant investment activities with other entities, although we may consider joint venture investments with other investors. We may also invest in the securities of other issuers in connection with acquisitions of indirect interests in properties (normally general or limited partnership interests in special purpose partnerships owning properties). We may in the future acquire some, all or substantially all of the securities or assets of other REITs or similar entities where that investment would be consistent with our investment policies and the REIT qualification requirements. There are no limitations on the amount or percentage of our total assets that may be invested in any one issuer, other than those imposed by the gross income and asset tests that we must satisfy to qualify as a REIT. However, we do not anticipate investing in other issuers of

143


Table of Contents

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES



securities for the purpose of exercising control or acquiring any investments primarily for sale in the ordinary course of business or holding any investments with a view to making short-term profits from their sale. In any event, we do not intend that our investments in securities will require us to register as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and we intend to divest securities before any registration would be required.

        We do not intend to engage in trading, underwriting, agency distribution or sales of securities of other issuers.

Disposition Policy

        Although we have no current plans to dispose of any of the properties we acquire, we will consider doing so, subject to REIT qualification and prohibited transaction rules under the Code, if our management determines that a sale of a property would be in our interests based on the price being offered for the property, the operating performance of the property, the tax consequences of the sale and other factors and circumstances surrounding the proposed sale. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Operations."

Financing Policies

        We expect to fund property acquisitions initially through a combination of cash available from offering proceeds, our anticipated corporate credit facility and traditional mortgage financing. Where possible, we also anticipate using common units issued by our operating partnership to acquire properties from existing owners seeking a tax-deferred transaction. In addition, we may use a number of different sources to finance our acquisitions and operations, including cash provided by operations, secured and unsecured debt, issuance of debt securities, perpetual and non-perpetual preferred stock, additional common equity issuances, letters of credit or any combination of these sources, to the extent available to us, or other sources that may become available from time to time. We also may take advantage of joint venture or other partnering opportunities as such opportunities arise in order to acquire properties that would otherwise be unavailable to us. We may use the proceeds of our borrowings to acquire assets, to refinance existing debt or for general corporate purposes.

        We do not have a policy limiting the amount of debt that we may incur, although we intend to target a long-term average debt-to-EBITDA ratio of between 5.0x and 6.0x, although we may exceed these levels from time to time as we complete acquisitions. Our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount or percentage of indebtedness that we may incur. Our board of directors may from time to time modify our debt policy in light of then-current economic conditions, relative costs of debt and equity capital, market values of our properties, general conditions in the market for debt and equity securities, fluctuations in the market price of our common stock, growth and acquisition opportunities and other factors. Accordingly, our board of directors may increase our indebtedness beyond the policy limits described above. If these policies were changed, we could become more highly leveraged, resulting in an increased risk of default on our obligations and a related increase in debt service requirements that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

Equity Capital Policies

        Subject to applicable law and the requirements for listed companies on the NYSE, our board of directors has the authority, without further shareholder approval, to issue additional authorized shares of common stock and preferred stock or otherwise raise capital, including through the issuance of senior securities, in any manner and on the terms and for the consideration it deems appropriate,

144


Table of Contents

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES



including in exchange for property. Existing shareholders will have no preemptive right to additional shares issued in any offering, and any offering might cause a dilution of investment. We may in the future issue shares of common stock in connection with acquisitions. We also may issue common units in connection with acquisitions of property.

        Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise might be in their best interests. Additionally, shares of preferred stock could have distribution, voting, liquidation and other rights and preferences that are senior to those of our common stock. We also may issue preferred units of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership that could have distribution, liquidation and other rights and preferences that are senior to those of our common units and therefore structurally senior to those of our common stock.

        We may, under certain circumstances, purchase shares of common or preferred stock in the open market or in private transactions with our shareholders, if those purchases are approved by our board of directors. After the completion of our formation transactions, our board of directors has no present intention of causing us to repurchase any shares, and any action would only be taken in conformity with applicable federal and state laws and the applicable requirements for qualifying as a REIT.

        In the future, we may institute a dividend reinvestment plan, which would allow our shareholders to acquire additional shares of common stock by automatically reinvesting their cash dividends. Shares would be acquired pursuant to the plan at a price equal to the then prevailing market price, without payment of brokerage commissions or service charges. Shareholders who do not participate in the plan will continue to receive cash dividends as declared.

Conflict of Interest Policy

        Our current board of directors consists of Mr. Butcher and as a result, the transactions and agreements entered into in connection with our formation prior to this offering have not been approved by any independent directors. In addition, following completion of our formation transactions and this offering, conflicts of interest may exist between our directors and officers and our company as described below.

        The executive officers for each of the managers of Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI consist of a number of persons who serve as executive officers in similar positions in our company, specifically: Messrs. Butcher, Sullivan Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone. Also, Mr. Butcher, who is a member of our board of directors, also serves on the board of managers and/or management committees of the managers of Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV, and is a member of the board of directors of STAG GI. Our executive officers and certain of our directors may have conflicting duties because they have a duty to both us and to Fund II (which will retain ownership of its properties and continue as a private, fully-invested fund until liquidated), Fund III (which will retain ownership of the Option Properties), Fund IV and STAG GI. Upon completion of our formation transactions, all of these entities will be fully invested and, as a result, will not be making any additional investments in income properties. It is possible that the executive officers' and board members' fiduciary duty to Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, including, without limitation, their interests in Fund II and the Option Properties, will conflict with what will be in the best interests of our company.

        We did not conduct arm's-length negotiations with respect to the terms and structuring of our formation transactions, resulting in the principals of the management company having the ability to influence the type and level of benefits that they and our other affiliates will receive. We have not

145


Table of Contents

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES



obtained third-party appraisals of the properties to be contributed to us in our formation transactions or fairness opinions in connection with our formation transactions. As a result, the consideration for these properties to the prior investors, including certain of our executive officers, in our formation transactions may exceed their fair market value.

        Additional conflicts of interest could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and our operating partnership or any partner thereof on the other. Our directors and officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. At the same time, we, as the indirect general partner of our operating partnership, have duties to our operating partnership and to its limited partners in connection with the management of our operating partnership under Delaware law as modified by our operating partnership agreement. Our duties, as the indirect general partner of our operating partnership, may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to our company.

        We plan to adopt policies to reduce potential conflicts of interest. Generally, our policies will provide that any transaction involving us in which any of our directors, officers or employees has an interest must be approved by a vote of a majority of our disinterested directors. However, we cannot assure you that these policies will be successful in eliminating the influence of these conflicts. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure."

Reporting Policies

        Generally speaking, we intend to make available to our shareholders audited annual financial statements and annual reports. After this offering, we will become subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Pursuant to these requirements, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information, including audited financial statements, with the SEC.

146


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth certain information, upon completion of this offering, regarding the ownership of shares of our common stock by:

        In accordance with SEC rules, each listed person's beneficial ownership includes:

        We currently have outstanding 110 shares of common stock, which are owned by Mr. Butcher and Ms. Arnone. Upon completion of this offering, we will repurchase all 110 shares of common stock from Mr. Butcher and Ms. Arnone at their cost of $20.00 per share.

        Unless otherwise indicated, all shares are owned directly, and the indicated person has sole voting and investment power. Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table below, the business address of the shareholders listed below is the address of our principal executive office, 99 High Street, 28th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

Name
  Number of
Shares and/or
Common Units
Beneficially
Owned (1)(2)
  Percent of
All Shares (3)
  Percent of
All Shares and
Common Units (4)
 

STAG Investments III, LLC (5)

    1,117,344     7.8 %   5.7 %

STAG Investments IV, LLC (5)

    1,985,770     13.1 %   10.1 %

STAG GI Investments, LLC and GI Partners (6)

    2,985,747     18.5 %   15.3 %

New England Development, LLC (5) (10)

    3,127,693     19.2 %   16.0 %

Benjamin S. Butcher (5)(7)

    3,261,830     19.9 %   16.7 %

Gregory W. Sullivan (8) (11)

    38,661     *     *  

Stephen C. Mecke (8)

    52,989     *     *  

Kathryn Arnone (8)

    26,495     *     *  

David G. King (8)

    19,871     *     *  

F. Alexander Fraser

             

Jeffrey D. Furber (9)

    6,624     *     *  

Larry T. Guillemette (9)

    6,624     *     *  

Francis X. Jacoby III (9)

    6,624     *     *  

Edward F. Lange, Jr. (9)

    6,624     *     *  

Hans S. Weger (9)

    6,624     *     *  

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (11 persons)

    3,432,967     20.7 %   17.5 %

*
Represents less than 1.0%.

147


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS


(1)
As used herein, "voting power" is the power to vote or direct the voting of shares and "investment power" is the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares.

(2)
Ownership consists of common units and LTIP units to be issued upon the closing of this offering. Common units issued in our formations transactions may not be redeemed for cash, or at our election, common stock until the first anniversary of the closing of this offering. Upon achieving parity with the common units and becoming "redeemable" in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement of our operating partnership, such LTIP units may be redeemed for cash, or at our option, an equal number of shares of common stock.

(3)
Assumes 13,122,500 shares of common stock will be outstanding immediately upon the completion of this offering. In computing the percentage ownership of a person or group, we have assumed that the common units and LTIP units held by that person or the persons in the group have been redeemed for shares of common stock and that those shares are outstanding but that no common units or LTIP units held by other persons are redeemed for shares of common stock.

(4)
Assumes 19,571,367 shares of common stock will be outstanding immediately upon the completion of this offering on a fully-diluted basis, comprised of 13,122,500 shares of common stock, 6,174,648 common units and 274,219 LTIP units.

(5)
Amounts shown reflect the number of common units that, upon completion of this offering, will be owned by STAG Investments III, LLC and STAG Investments IV, LLC. These entities are managed by management committees of which the controlling members are Benjamin S. Butcher and delegates of affiliates of New England Development, LLC. As a result, Mr. Butcher and New England Development, LLC may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of common stock that may be received by STAG Investments III, LLC and STAG Investments IV, LLC upon exchange of their common units. Each of Mr. Butcher and New England Development, LLC disclaim any beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for New England Development, LLC is One Wells Avenue, Newton, Massachusetts 02459.

(6)
Amount shown reflects the number of common units that, upon completion of this offering, will be owned by STAG GI Investments, LLC. This entity is managed by a board of directors of which the controlling members are delegates of entities affiliated with GI Partners. As a result of the ability of these entities to select the controlling members of the board of directors of STAG GI Investments, LLC, GI Partners may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of common stock that may be received by STAG GI Investments, LLC upon exchange of its common units. GI Partners disclaims any beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. The address for GI Partners is 2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 210, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(7)
Includes 15,442 common units that, upon completion of this offering, will be owned by STAG III Employees, LLC, of which an affiliate of Mr. Butcher is the manager and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership. Mr. Butcher disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock that may be received by that entity upon exchange of its common units, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Also includes (a) 28,479 common units that, upon this offering, will be owned directly by Mr. Butcher, (b) 3,520 common units that, upon this offering, will be owned by affiliates of Mr. Butcher and (c) 111,276 LTIP units to be granted to Mr. Butcher, which will vest over five years in equal installments on a quarterly basis beginning on June 30, 2011, subject to continued service as an employee or director.

(8)
Represents 30,468, 52,989, 26,495 and 19,871 LTIP units to be granted to each of Mr. Sullivan, Mr. Mecke, Ms. Arnone and Mr. King, respectively, which will vest over five years in equal installments on a quarterly basis beginning on June 30, 2011, subject to continued service as an employee.

(9)
Represents 6,624 LTIP units to be granted to each initial independent director, which will vest over five years in equal installments on a quarterly basis beginning on June 30, 2011, subject to continued service as a director.

(10)
Includes 24,578 common units that, upon this offering, will be owned by affiliates of New England Development, LLC.

(11)
Includes 8,193 common units that, upon this offering, will be owned directly by Mr. Sullivan.

148


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK

         The following summary of the material terms of our shares of capital stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the MGCL, and to our charter and bylaws, copies of which are available from us upon request. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

General

        Our charter provides that we may issue 100 million shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 10 million shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Our board of directors, without any action by our shareholders, may amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of our common stock or the number of shares of our stock of any class or series. As of the closing of this offering, we expect 19,571,367 shares of our common stock will be outstanding on a fully diluted basis (21,521,367 if the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase up to 1,950,000 shares to cover overallotments, if any). No shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

Voting Rights of Common Stock

        Subject to the provisions of our charter restricting the transfer and ownership of shares of our stock and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of stock, each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors, and, except as provided with respect to any other class or series of shares of our stock, the holders of our common stock possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock, voting as a single class, may elect all of the directors then standing for election.

        Pursuant to our charter, we cannot dissolve, amend our charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of our assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business unless declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders holding at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

        Maryland law permits the merger of a 90% or more owned subsidiary with or into its parent without shareholder approval provided the charter of the successor is not amended other than in certain minor respects and the contract rights of any stock of the successor issued in the merger in exchange for stock of the other corporation are identical to the contract rights of the stock for which it is exchanged. Also, because Maryland law may not require the shareholders of a parent corporation to approve a merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a subsidiary entity, our subsidiaries may be able to merge or sell all or substantially all of their assets without a vote of our shareholders.

Dividends, Liquidation and Other Rights

        All shares of common stock sold in the offering contemplated by this prospectus will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends or other distributions if and when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of assets legally available for the payment of dividends or other distributions. They also are entitled to share ratably in our assets legally available for distribution to our shareholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, after payment of or adequate provision for all of our known debts and liabilities. These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of our stock and to the provisions of our charter regarding restrictions on transfer and ownership of our stock.

149


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK


        Holders of our common stock generally have no appraisal, preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund or redemption rights and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any of our securities. Subject to the restrictions on transfer of capital stock contained in our charter, all shares of common stock have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.

Preferred Stock and Power to Reclassify Shares of Our Stock

        Our charter authorizes our board of directors to reclassify any unissued shares of stock into any class or series of stock, including preferred stock, to classify any unissued shares of common stock or preferred stock or to reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of any series of preferred stock previously authorized by our board of directors. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series of preferred stock, our board of directors is required by Maryland law and our charter to fix, subject to our charter restrictions on transfer and ownership, the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series of preferred stock. Thus, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of common stock with terms and conditions, or preferred stock with priority over our existing common stock with respect to distributions and rights upon liquidation or with other terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for you or otherwise be in your best interest. As of the completion of the offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding and we have no present plans to issue any preferred stock.

Power to Increase and Issue Additional Shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock

        We believe that the power of our board of directors to amend our charter to increase the aggregate number of shares of our authorized stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series, to issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and thereafter to issue the classified or reclassified shares of stock provides us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs which might arise. The additional classes or series, as well as our common stock, are available for issuance without further action by our shareholders, unless shareholder action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which our securities may be listed.

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock

        Our charter provides that our board of directors may decide whether it is in the best interests of our company to obtain and maintain status as a REIT under the Code. In order to qualify as a REIT under the Code, our shares of stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, no more than 50% of the value of our outstanding shares of capital stock may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined by the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of any taxable year. Neither of these requirements would apply to our first short taxable year ending on December 31, 2011.

        To help us to qualify as a REIT, our charter, subject to certain exceptions, contains restrictions on the number of shares of our capital stock that a person may own. Our charter provides that generally no person may own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the attribution provisions of the Code, either more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding shares of capital stock, or more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more

150


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK



restrictive, of our outstanding common stock. The beneficial ownership and/or constructive ownership rules under the Code are complex and may cause shares of stock owned actually or constructively by a group of related individuals and/or entities to be owned constructively by one individual or entity.

        Our charter also prohibits any person from:

        Any person who acquires, attempts or intends to acquire beneficial or constructive ownership of shares of our capital stock that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership, and any person who would have owned shares of our stock that resulted in a transfer of shares to a charitable trust (as described below), will be required to give written notice immediately to us, or in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, to give at least 15 days' prior written notice to us, and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of such transfer on our status as a REIT. The foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to continue to qualify as a REIT.

        Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may exempt a person from the above ownership limits and any of the restrictions described above. However, the board of directors may not grant an exemption to any person unless the board of directors obtains such representations, covenants and undertakings as the board of directors may deem appropriate in order to determine that granting the exemption would not result in our losing our status as a REIT. As a condition of granting the exemption, our board of directors may require a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the board of directors in its sole discretion, in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT. In connection with our formation transactions, our board of directors has granted a waiver to STAG GI to own up to        % of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis.

        Our board of directors may increase or decrease the ownership limits so long as the change would not result in five or fewer persons beneficially owning more than 49.9% in value of our outstanding capital stock. Any decrease in the ownership limits shall not apply to any person whose percentage ownership of capital stock is in excess of the decreased ownership limits until such time as such person's percentage ownership of capital stock equals or falls below the decreased ownership limits.

        However, if any transfer of our shares of stock or other event occurs that, if effective, would result in any person beneficially or constructively owning shares of stock in excess, or in violation, of the above ownership or transfer limitations, known as a prohibited owner, then that number of shares of

151


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK



stock, the beneficial or constructive ownership of which otherwise would cause such person to violate the transfer or ownership limitations (rounded up to the nearest whole share), will be automatically transferred to a charitable trust for the exclusive benefit of a charitable beneficiary, and the prohibited owner will not acquire any rights in such shares. This automatic transfer will be considered effective as of the close of business on the business day before the violative transfer. If the transfer to the charitable trust would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of the above transfer or ownership limitations, then the transfer of that number of shares of stock that otherwise would cause any person to violate the above limitations will be null and void. Shares of stock held in the charitable trust will continue to constitute issued and outstanding shares of our stock. The prohibited owner will not benefit economically from ownership of any shares of stock held in the charitable trust, will have no rights to dividends or other distributions and will not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares of stock held in the charitable trust. The trustee of the charitable trust will be designated by us and must be unaffiliated with us or any prohibited owner and will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of stock held in the charitable trust, and these rights will be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the trust's charitable beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid before our discovery that shares of stock have been transferred to the trustee will be paid by the recipient of such dividend or distribution to the trustee upon demand, and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid will be paid when due to the trustee. Any dividend or distribution so paid to the trustee will be held in trust for the trust's charitable beneficiary. The prohibited owner will have no voting rights with respect to shares of stock held in the charitable trust, and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that such shares of stock have been transferred to the trustee, the trustee, in its sole discretion, will have the authority to:

However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee will not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote.

        Within 20 days of receiving notice from us that shares of stock have been transferred to the charitable trust, and unless we buy the shares first as described below, the trustee will sell the shares of stock held in the charitable trust to a person, designated by the trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations in our charter. Upon the sale, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the prohibited owner and to the charitable beneficiary. The prohibited owner will receive the lesser of:

        The trustee may reduce the amount payable to the prohibited owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. Any net sale proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the prohibited owner will be paid immediately to

152


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK


the charitable beneficiary. If, before our discovery that shares of stock have been transferred to the charitable trust, such shares are sold by a prohibited owner, then:

        In addition, shares of stock held in the charitable trust will be deemed to have been offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of:

        We may reduce the amount payable to the prohibited owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. We will pay the amount of such reduction to the trustee for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. We will have the right to accept the offer until the trustee has sold the shares of stock held in the charitable trust. Upon such a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the prohibited owner and any dividends or other distributions held by the trustee will be paid to the charitable beneficiary.

        All certificates representing shares of our capital stock will bear a legend referring to the restrictions described above.

        Every owner of more than 5% (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder) in value of the outstanding shares of our stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, must give written notice to us stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of each class and series of shares of our stock that the owner beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each such owner must also provide to us such additional information as we may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of the owner's beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with our ownership limitations. In addition, each of our shareholders, whether or not an owner of 5% or more of our capital stock, must upon demand provide to us such information as we may request, in good faith, in order to determine our status as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance and to ensure our compliance with the ownership restrictions in our charter.

        The ownership and transfer limitations in our charter could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of us that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or might otherwise be in the best interest of our shareholders.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

153


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

         The following summary of certain provisions of Maryland law and of our charter and bylaws does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to Maryland law and our charter and bylaws, copies of which are available from us upon request. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

Our Board of Directors

        Our charter and bylaws provide that the number of directors constituting our full board of directors will be not less than the minimum number required by Maryland law, and our bylaws provide that the number of directors constituting our full board of directors will not exceed 15 and may only be increased or decreased by a vote of a majority of our directors. Pursuant to Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL, our charter provides any and all vacancies on the board of directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors even if the remaining directors constitute less than a quorum. Any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. Our charter provides that a director may be removed only upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors. However, because of the board's exclusive power to fill vacant directorships, shareholders will be precluded from filling the vacancies created by any removal with their own nominees. Pursuant to our charter, each member of our board of directors is elected by our shareholders to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Holders of shares of our common stock will have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors. Consequently, at each annual meeting of shareholders, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock will be able to elect all of our directors. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

Amendment to the Charter and Bylaws

        Generally, our charter may be amended only if the amendment is declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. As permitted by the MGCL, our charter contains a provision permitting our directors, without any action by our shareholders, to amend the charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue. Our board of directors has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws and make new bylaws, except the following bylaw provisions, each of which may be amended only with the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on such an amendment by holders of outstanding shares of common stock:

        In addition, any amendment to the provisions governing amendments of the bylaw provisions above requires the approval of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of our common stock.

154


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS


No Shareholder Rights Plan

        We have no shareholder rights plan. We do not intend to adopt a shareholder rights plan unless our shareholders approve in advance the adoption of a plan or, if our board of directors adopts a plan for our company, we submit the shareholder rights plan to our shareholders for a ratification vote within 12 months of adoption, without which the plan will terminate.

Dissolution

        Our dissolution must be approved by a majority of our entire board of directors and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Business Combinations

        Maryland law prohibits "business combinations" between us and an interested shareholder or an affiliate of an interested shareholder for five years after the most recent date on which the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or transfer of equity securities, liquidation plan or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested shareholder as:

        A person is not an interested shareholder if our board of directors approves in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested shareholder. However, in approving a transaction, our board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by our board of directors.

        After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between us and an interested shareholder or an affiliate of an interested shareholder generally must be recommended by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

        These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if our common shareholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested shareholder for its stock.

        The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are approved or exempted by the board of directors before the time that the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder.

        Our board of directors has adopted a resolution opting out of the business combination provisions. Our bylaws provide that this resolution or any other resolution of our board of directors exempting any business combination from the business combination provisions of the MGCL may only be revoked,

155


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS



altered or amended, and our board of directors may only adopt any resolution inconsistent with any such resolution, with the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by holders of outstanding shares of our common stock. If this resolution is repealed, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

Control Share Acquisitions

        Maryland law provides that "control shares" of a Maryland corporation acquired in a "control share acquisition" have no voting rights, except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Shares owned by the acquiror or by officers or by directors who are our employees are excluded from the shares entitled to vote on the matter. "Control shares" are voting shares of stock that, if aggregated with all other shares of stock currently owned by the acquiring person, or in respect of which the acquiring person is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquiring person to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

        Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained shareholder approval. A "control share acquisition" means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions. A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel our board of directors to call a special meeting of shareholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, we may present the question at any shareholders meeting.

        If voting rights are not approved at the shareholders meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver the statement required by Maryland law, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, we may redeem any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved, for fair value. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquiror or of any meeting of shareholders at which the voting rights of the shares were considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a shareholders meeting and the acquiror becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other shareholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares for purposes of these appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiror in the control share acquisition. The control share acquisition statute does not apply to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if we are a party to the transaction, nor does it apply to acquisitions approved by or exempted by our charter or bylaws.

        Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all acquisitions by any person of our stock, and this provision of our bylaws may not be amended without the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by holders of outstanding shares of our common stock.

156


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS


Maryland Unsolicited Takeovers Act

        Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act, and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of five provisions:

        In our charter, we have elected that vacancies on the board be filled only by the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred. Through provisions in our charter and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, we:

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

        Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its shareholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:

        Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates directors' and officers' liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and do not generally affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

        Our charter also authorizes our company, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to obligate our company to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at the request of our company, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that individual may become subject or which that individual may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.

157


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS


        Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at the request of our company, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity, from and against any claim or liability to which that individual may become subject or which that individual may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our charter and bylaws also permit our company to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of our company in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

        Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

        However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis of that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation's receipt of:

        We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that will obligate us to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

        The indemnification agreements will provide that if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of such director's or executive officer's status as a director, officer or employee of our company, we must indemnify such director or executive

158


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS



officer for all expenses and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, unless it has been established that:

        The indemnification agreements will also provide that upon application of a director or executive officer of our company to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the court may order indemnification of such director or executive officer if:

        Notwithstanding, and without limiting, any other provisions of the indemnification agreements, if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of such director's or executive officer's status as a director, executive officer or employee of our company, and such director or executive officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such proceeding, we must indemnify such director or executive officer for all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter, including any claim, issue or matter in such a proceeding that is terminated by dismissal, with or without prejudice.

        In addition, the indemnification agreements will require us to advance reasonable expenses incurred by the indemnitee within 20 days of the receipt by us of a statement from the indemnitee requesting the advance, provided the statement evidences the expenses and is accompanied by:

        The indemnification agreements will also provide for procedures for the determination of entitlement to indemnification, including requiring such determination be made by independent counsel after a change of control of us.

159


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS


        In addition, to the maximum extent permitted by law, our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan provides the members of our board of directors with limited liability with respect to actions taken or decisions made in good faith relating to the plan and indemnification in connection with their activities under the plan.

        Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, executive officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Meetings of Shareholders

        Special meetings of shareholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, our president or, in the case of a shareholder requested special meeting, by our secretary upon the written request of the holders of common stock entitled to cast not less than a majority of all votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Only matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered and acted upon at such a meeting.

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

        Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders, nominations of individuals for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by shareholders may be made only:

        With respect to special meetings of shareholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors at a special meeting may be made only:

        Generally, in accordance with our bylaws, a shareholder seeking to nominate a director or bring other business before our annual meeting of shareholders must deliver a notice to our secretary not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day, nor earlier than the 150th day, prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the prior year's annual meeting of shareholders (for purposes of our 2011 annual meeting, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be delivered not earlier than the 150th day prior to the date of such annual meeting of shareholders and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting of shareholders or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting of shareholders is first made by us). For a shareholder seeking to nominate a candidate for our board of directors, the notice must describe various matters regarding the nominee, including name, address, occupation and number of shares held, and other specified matters. For a shareholder seeking to propose other business, the notice must include a description of the proposed business, the reasons for the proposal and other specified matters.

160


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

General

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have 13,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding (14,950,000 shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to an additional 1,950,000 shares), not including an aggregate of (1) 274,219 LTIP units to be granted to our executive officers and independent directors under our equity incentive plan and (2) 122,500 shares of restricted common stock to be granted to certain employees under our equity incentive plan. In addition, upon completion of this offering, 6,174,648 shares of common stock will be reserved for issuance upon the exchange of common units and 1,036,515 shares of common stock will be reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

        Of these shares, the 13,000,000 shares sold in this offering (14,950,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, subject to the limitations on ownership set forth in our charter, except for any shares purchased in this offering by our "affiliates," as that term is defined by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

        In general, Rule 144 provides that if (1) one year has elapsed since the date of acquisition of shares of common stock from us or any of our affiliates and (2) the holder is, and has not been, an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale, such holder may sell such shares of common stock in the public market under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information requirements or notice requirements under such rule. In general, Rule 144 also provides that if (1) six months have elapsed since the date of acquisition of shares of common stock from us or any of our affiliates, (2) we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days and (3) the holder is not, and has not been, an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale, such holder may sell such shares of common stock in the public market under Rule 144(b)(1) subject to satisfaction of Rule 144's public information requirements but without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice requirements under such rule.

        In addition, under Rule 144, if (1) one year (or, subject to us being a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least the preceding 90 days, six months) has elapsed since the date of acquisition of shares of common stock from us or any of our affiliates and (2) the holder is, or has been, an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale, such holder may sell such shares of common stock in the public market under Rule 144(b)(1) subject to satisfaction of Rule 144's volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information requirements and notice requirements.

Redemption/Exchange Rights

        In connection with our formation transactions, our operating partnership will issue an aggregate of common units to Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company (if the underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full). Beginning on or after the date which is one year after the consummation of this offering, limited partners of our operating partnership have the right to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their units for cash, or, at our election, shares of our common stock, based upon the fair market value of an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at the time of the redemption, subject to the ownership limits set forth in our charter and described under the section entitled "Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock." See "Our Operating Partnership and the Partnership Agreement."

161


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE


Registration Rights

        We have entered into a registration rights agreement with the various entities and persons receiving common units in our formation transactions. Under the registration rights agreement, subject to certain limitations, commencing not later than 12 months after the closing of this offering, we will file a shelf registration statement with the SEC, and thereafter use our best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective, covering the continuous resale of the shares of common stock issued or issuable in exchange for common units issued to Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company in our formation transactions. We may, at our option, prepare and file a registration statement registering the issuance by us to the holders of common units received in our formation transactions of shares of our common stock in lieu of our operating partnership's obligation to pay cash for such common units. We have also agreed to provide rights to holders of these common units to demand additional registration statement filings. We have agreed to pay substantially all of the expenses relating to a registration of such securities.

Grants Under Equity Incentive Plan

        We intend to adopt our equity incentive plan immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The equity incentive plan provides for the grant of incentive awards to our executive officers, directors, employees, and consultants. We intend to issue an aggregate of 274,219 LTIP units to our executive officers and independent directors and 122,500 shares of restricted common stock to certain of our employees upon completion of this offering, and intend to reserve an additional 1,036,515 shares of common stock for future issuance under the plan, subject to increase as described in "Management—Equity Incentive Plan"

        We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of common stock issuable under the equity incentive plan. Common stock covered by this registration statement, including any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or restricted stock, will be eligible for transfer or resale without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by affiliates.

Lock-Up Agreements

        In addition to the limits placed on the sale of our common stock by operation of Rule 144 and other provisions of the Securities Act, our executive officers and directors and the owners of the management company, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI have agreed with the underwriters of this offering, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise transfer or encumber any shares of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of common stock (including common units) owned by them at the completion of this offering or thereafter acquired by them for a period of 12 months after the completion of this offering, without the prior consent of the underwriters. See "Underwriting."

162


Table of Contents

OUR OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

        The following summary of material provisions of the partnership agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the partnership agreement and applicable provisions of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act ("DRULPA").

General

        Our operating partnership, STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., has been organized as a Delaware limited partnership. We are considered to be an UPREIT, in which all of our assets are owned in a limited partnership, our operating partnership, of which a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours is the sole general partner. For purposes of satisfying the asset and income tests for qualification as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, our proportionate share of the assets and income of our operating partnership will be deemed to be our assets and income. The purpose of our operating partnership includes the conduct of any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership formed under the DRULPA, except that the limited partnership agreement, or the partnership agreement, of our operating partnership requires the business of our operating partnership to be conducted in such a manner that will permit us to qualify as a REIT under U.S. federal tax laws.

        We will hold our assets and conduct our business through our operating partnership. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, we, as the owner of the sole general partner of our operating partnership, have full, exclusive and complete responsibility and discretion in the management and control of our operating partnership. Our operating partnership may admit additional limited partners in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement. The limited partners of our operating partnership have no authority in their capacity as limited partners to transact business for, or participate in the management activities or decisions of, our operating partnership except as required by applicable law. Consequently, we, by virtue of our position as the owner of the general partner, control the assets and business of our operating partnership. However, any amendment to the partnership agreement that would:

will require the consent of each limited partner adversely affected thereby or else shall be effective against only those limited partners who shall have consented thereto.

Operations

        The partnership agreement requires that our operating partnership be operated in a manner that will enable us to satisfy the requirements for being classified as a REIT for U.S. federal tax purposes, to avoid any U.S. federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code, and to ensure that our operating partnership will not be classified as a "publicly traded partnership" for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code.

        In addition to the administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by our operating partnership, it is anticipated that our operating partnership will pay all of our administrative costs and

163


Table of Contents

OUR OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT



expenses and our expenses will be treated as expenses of our operating partnership. Such expenses include:

Distributions

        The partnership agreement provides that our operating partnership shall distribute cash from operations (including net sale or refinancing proceeds, but excluding net proceeds from the sale of our operating partnership's property in connection with the liquidation of our operating partnership) on a quarterly (or, at the election of the general partner, more frequent) basis, in amounts determined by the general partner in its sole discretion, to the partners, to the extent that net income has been allocated to such partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests in our operating partnership and thereafter to the partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests. Upon liquidation of our operating partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of our operating partnership, including any partner loans, it is anticipated that any remaining assets of our operating partnership will be distributed to all partners with positive capital accounts in accordance with their respective positive capital account balances. If any partner has a deficit balance in its capital account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), such partner shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of our operating partnership with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the partnership or to any other person for any purpose whatsoever.

Partnership Allocations

        It is anticipated that income, gain and loss of our operating partnership for each fiscal year generally will be allocated among the partners in accordance with their respective interests in our operating partnership, subject to compliance with the provisions of the Code Sections 704(b) and 704(c) and U.S. Department of Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

Capital Contributions and Borrowings

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will contribute to our operating partnership the net proceeds of this offering as our initial capital contribution in exchange for limited partnership interests and, indirectly, the general partnership interest in our operating partnership. Under the partnership agreement, we are obligated to contribute the net proceeds of any subsequent offering of our common stock as additional capital to our operating partnership.

        The partnership agreement provides that if our operating partnership requires additional funds at any time in excess of funds available to our operating partnership from borrowing or capital contributions, we may borrow such funds from a financial institution or other lender and lend such funds to our operating partnership.

164


Table of Contents

OUR OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT


Issuance of Additional Limited Partnership Interests

        As the owner of the sole general partner of our operating partnership, we are authorized, without the consent of the limited partners, to cause our operating partnership to issue additional units to us, to limited partners or to other persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as we deem appropriate. If additional units are issued to us, then, unless the additional units are issued in connection with a contribution of property to our operating partnership, we must (1) issue additional shares of common stock and must contribute to our operating partnership the entire proceeds received by us from such issuance or (2) issue additional units to all partners in proportion to their respective interests in our operating partnership. Consideration for additional partnership interests may be cash or other property or assets. No person, including any partner or assignee, has preemptive, preferential or similar rights with respect to additional capital contributions to our operating partnership or the issuance or sale of any partnership interests therein.

        Our operating partnership may issue units of limited partnership interest that are common units, units of limited partnership interest that are preferred as to distributions and upon liquidation to our units of limited partnership interest and other types of units with such rights and obligations as may be established by the general partner from time to time.

Redemption Rights

        Pursuant to the partnership agreement, on or after the date that is one year from the date of issuance, the limited partners holding common units (other than us) have the right to cause our operating partnership to redeem their units for cash or, at the election of the general partner, our common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment, as provided in the partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a limited partner will not be entitled to exercise its redemption right to the extent the issuance of common stock to the redeeming limited partner would (1) be prohibited, as determined in our sole discretion, under our charter or (2) cause the acquisition of common stock by such redeeming limited partner to be "integrated" with any other distribution of common stock for purposes of complying with the Securities Act.

No Removal of the General Partner

        Our wholly-owned subsidiary may not be removed as general partner by the partners with or without cause.

Withdrawal of General Partner; Transfer of General Partner's Interests

        We cannot cause the general partner to withdraw from our operating partnership or transfer or assign its interest in our operating partnership unless:

165


Table of Contents

OUR OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT


Restrictions on Transfer by Limited Partners

        The partnership agreement provides that each limited partner, and each transferee of partnership interests or assignee pursuant to a permitted transfer, has the right to transfer all or any portion of its partnership interest to any person, subject to the provisions of the partnership agreement. No limited partner shall have the right to substitute a transferee as a limited partner in its place. A transferee of the interest of a limited partner may be admitted as a substituted limited partner only with the consent of the general partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion.

Term

        Our operating partnership shall continue until terminated as provided in the partnership agreement or by operation of law.

Tax Matters

        Pursuant to the partnership agreement, the general partner is the tax matters partner of our operating partnership and, as such, has authority to handle tax audits and to make tax elections under the Code on behalf of our operating partnership.

166


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our common stock. The law firm of DLA Piper LLP (US) has acted as our tax counsel and reviewed this summary. For purposes of this section under the heading "U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations," references to "STAG," "we," "our" and "us" mean only STAG Industrial, Inc. and not its subsidiaries or other lower-tier entities, except as otherwise indicated. This summary is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department, rulings and other administrative pronouncements issued by the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect, and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below. We have not sought and do not currently expect to seek an advance ruling from the IRS regarding any matter discussed in this prospectus. The summary is also based upon the assumption that we will operate STAG Industrial, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliated entities in accordance with their applicable organizational documents. This summary is for general information only and does not purport to discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular investor in light of its investment or tax circumstances or to investors subject to special tax rules, such as:

and, except to the extent discussed below:

        This summary assumes that investors will hold their common stock as a capital asset, which generally means as property held for investment.

        The U.S. federal income tax treatment of holders of our common stock depends in some instances on determinations of fact and interpretations of complex provisions of U.S. federal income tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be available. In addition, the tax consequences to any particular shareholder of holding our common stock will depend on the shareholder's particular tax circumstances. For example, a shareholder that is a partnership or trust that has issued an equity interest to certain types of tax-exempt organizations may be subject to a special entity-level tax if we make distributions attributable to "excess inclusion income." See "—Taxation of STAG REIT—Taxable Mortgage Pools and Excess Inclusion Income." A similar tax may be payable by persons who hold our stock as nominees on behalf of tax-exempt organizations. You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, and local and foreign income and other tax consequences to you in

167


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



light of your particular investment or tax circumstances of acquiring, holding, exchanging, or otherwise disposing of our common stock.

Taxation of STAG REIT

        We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2011. We believe that we have been organized and operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT.

        The law firm of DLA Piper LLP (US) is acting as our tax counsel in connection with this offering. In connection with this offering, DLA Piper LLP (US) will render an opinion that we have been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and that our present and proposed organization, ownership and method of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT beginning with our taxable year ending December 31, 2011. It must be emphasized that the opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) will be based on various assumptions relating to our organization and operation and conditioned upon fact-based representations and covenants made by our management regarding our organization, assets, and income, and the future conduct of our business operations. While we intend to operate so that we qualify as a REIT, given the highly complex nature of the rules governing REITs, the ongoing importance of factual determinations, and the possibility of future changes in our circumstances, no assurance can be given by DLA Piper LLP (US) or by us that we will qualify as a REIT for any particular year. The opinion will be expressed as of the date issued and will not cover subsequent periods. Counsel has no obligation to advise us or our shareholders of any subsequent change in the matters stated, represented or assumed, or of any subsequent change in the applicable law. You should be aware that opinions of counsel are not binding on the IRS, and no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions set forth in such opinions.

        Qualification and taxation as a REIT depends on our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual operating results, distribution levels, and diversity of stock and asset ownership, various qualification requirements imposed upon REITs by the Code, the compliance with which will not be reviewed by DLA Piper LLP (US). Our ability to qualify as a REIT also requires that we satisfy certain asset tests, some of which depend upon the fair market values of assets that we own directly or indirectly. Such values may not be susceptible to a precise determination. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the actual results of our operations for any taxable year will satisfy such requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.

Taxation of REITs in General

        As indicated above, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depends upon our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, various qualification requirements imposed upon REITs by the Code. The material qualification requirements are summarized below under "—Requirements for Qualification—General." While we intend to operate so that we qualify as a REIT, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge our qualification, or that we will be able to operate in accordance with the REIT requirements in the future. See "—Failure to Qualify."

        Provided that we qualify as a REIT, generally we will be entitled to a deduction for dividends that we pay and therefore will not be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on our taxable income that is currently distributed to our shareholders. This treatment substantially eliminates the "double taxation" at the corporate and shareholder levels that generally results from investment in a corporation. In general, the income that we generate and distribute currently is taxed only at the shareholder level upon distribution to our shareholders.

168


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


        For tax years through 2012, most domestic shareholders that are individuals, trusts or estates are taxed on regular corporate dividends at a maximum rate of 15% (the same as long-term capital gains). With limited exceptions, however, dividends from us or from other entities that are taxed as REITs are generally not eligible for this rate and will continue to be taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income. See "—Taxation of Shareholders—Taxation of Taxable Domestic Shareholders—Distributions."

        Any net operating losses and other tax attributes of ours generally do not pass through to our shareholders, subject to special rules for certain items such as the capital gains that we recognize. See "—Taxation of Shareholders."

        If we qualify as a REIT, we will nonetheless be subject to U.S. federal tax in the following circumstances:

169


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


        In addition, we and our subsidiaries may be subject to a variety of taxes, including payroll taxes and state and local and foreign income, property and other taxes on our assets and operations. We could also be subject to tax in situations and on transactions not presently contemplated.

Requirements for Qualification—General

        The Code defines a REIT as a corporation, trust or association:

        The Code provides that conditions (1) through (4) must be met during the entire taxable year, and that condition (5) must be met during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Conditions (5) and (6) need not be met during a corporation's initial tax year as a REIT. In our case, we intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2011. Our charter provides restrictions

170


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


regarding the ownership and transfer of our shares, which are intended to assist us in satisfying the share ownership requirements described in conditions (5) and (6) above.

        To monitor compliance with the share ownership requirements, we generally are required to maintain records regarding the actual ownership of our shares. To do so, we must demand written statements each year from the record holders of significant percentages of our stock pursuant to which the record holders must disclose the actual owners of the shares (i.e., the persons required to include our distributions in their gross income). We must maintain a list of those persons failing or refusing to comply with this demand as part of our records. We could be subject to monetary penalties if we fail to comply with these record-keeping requirements. If you fail or refuse to comply with the demands, you will be required by U.S. Department of Treasury regulations to submit a statement with your tax return disclosing your actual ownership of our shares and other information.

        In addition, a corporation generally may not elect to become a REIT unless its taxable year is the calendar year. We have adopted December 31 as our taxable year-end, and thereby satisfy this requirement.

        The Code provides relief from violations of the REIT gross income requirements, as described below under "—Income Tests," in cases where a violation is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, and other requirements are met, including the payment of a penalty tax that is based upon the magnitude of the violation. In addition, certain provisions of the Code extend similar relief in the case of certain violations of the REIT asset requirements and other REIT requirements, again provided that the violation is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, and other conditions are met, including the payment of a penalty tax. If we fail to satisfy any of the various REIT requirements, there can be no assurance that these relief provisions would be available to enable us to maintain our qualification as a REIT, and, if such relief provisions are available, the amount of any resultant penalty tax could be substantial.

Subsidiary Entities

        Ownership of partnership interests.     If we are a partner in an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Department of Treasury regulations provide that we are deemed to own our proportionate share of the partnership's assets, and to earn our proportionate share of the partnership's income, for purposes of the asset and gross income tests applicable to REITs. Our proportionate share of a partnership's assets and income is based on our capital interest in the partnership (except that for purposes of the 10% value test, our proportionate share of the partnership's assets is based on our proportionate interest in the equity and certain debt securities issued by the partnership). In addition, the assets and gross income of the partnership are deemed to retain the same character in our hands. Thus, our proportionate share of the assets and items of income of any of our subsidiary partnerships will be treated as our assets and items of income for purposes of applying the REIT requirements. For any period of time that we own 100% of our Operating Partnership, all of the Operating Partnership's assets and income will be deemed to be ours for federal income tax purposes.

        Disregarded subsidiaries.     If we own a corporate subsidiary that is a "qualified REIT subsidiary," that subsidiary is generally disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and all of the subsidiary's assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit are treated as our assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit, including for purposes of the gross income and asset tests applicable to REITs. A qualified REIT subsidiary is any corporation, other than a TRS (as described below), that is directly or indirectly (through other disregarded entities) wholly owned by a REIT. Other entities that are wholly owned by us, including single member, domestic limited liability

171


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



companies that have not elected to be taxed as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are also generally disregarded as separate entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including for purposes of the REIT income and asset tests. Disregarded subsidiaries, along with any partnerships in which we hold an equity interest, are sometimes referred to herein as "pass-through subsidiaries."

        In the event that a disregarded subsidiary of ours ceases to be wholly owned—for example, if any equity interest in the subsidiary is acquired by a person other than us or another disregarded subsidiary of ours—the subsidiary's separate existence would no longer be disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Instead, the subsidiary would have multiple owners and would be treated as either a partnership or a taxable corporation. Such an event could, depending on the circumstances, adversely affect our ability to satisfy the various asset and gross income requirements applicable to REITs, including the requirement that REITs generally may not own, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the securities of another corporation.

        Taxable corporate subsidiaries.     In the future we may jointly elect with any of our subsidiary corporations, whether or not wholly owned, to treat such subsidiary corporations as taxable REIT subsidiaries, or TRSs. We generally may not own more than 10% of the securities of a taxable corporation, as measured by voting power or value, unless we and such corporation elect to treat such corporation as a TRS. The separate existence of a TRS or other taxable corporation is not ignored for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, a TRS or other taxable corporation generally would be subject to corporate income tax on its earnings, which may reduce the cash flow that we and our subsidiaries generate in the aggregate, and may reduce our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.

        We are not treated as holding the assets of a TRS or other taxable subsidiary corporation or as receiving any income that the subsidiary earns. Rather, the stock issued by a taxable subsidiary to us is an asset in our hands, and we treat the distributions paid to us from such taxable subsidiary, if any, as income, gain, or return of capital, as applicable. This treatment can affect our income and asset test calculations, as described below. Because we do not include the assets and income of TRSs or other taxable subsidiary corporations in determining our compliance with the REIT requirements, we may use such entities to undertake indirectly activities that the REIT rules might otherwise preclude us from doing directly or through pass-through subsidiaries. For example, we may use TRSs or other taxable subsidiary corporations to conduct activities that give rise to certain categories of income such as management fees or activities that would be treated in our hands as prohibited transactions.

Income Tests

        In order to qualify as a REIT, we must satisfy two gross income requirements on an annual basis. First, at least 75% of our gross income for each taxable year, excluding gross income from sales of inventory or dealer property in "prohibited transactions" and certain other forms of income, generally must be derived from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property, including interest income derived from mortgage loans secured by real property (including certain types of mortgage-backed securities), "rents from real property," distributions received from other REITs, and gains from the sale of real estate assets, as well as specified income from temporary investments. Second, at least 95% of our gross income in each taxable year, excluding gross income from prohibited transactions and certain hedging transactions, must be derived from some combination of such income from investments in real property (i.e., income that qualifies under the 75% income test described above), as well as other dividends, interest, and gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities, which need not have any relation to real property.

172


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


        Interest income constitutes qualifying mortgage interest for purposes of the 75% income test (as described above) to the extent that the obligation upon which such interest is paid is secured by a mortgage on real property. If we receive interest income with respect to a mortgage loan that is secured by both real property and other property, and the highest principal amount of the loan outstanding during a taxable year exceeds the fair market value of the real property on the date that we acquired or originated the mortgage loan, the interest income will be apportioned between the real property and the other collateral, and our income from the arrangement will qualify for purposes of the 75% income test only to the extent that the interest is allocable to the real property. Even if a loan is not secured by real property, or is undersecured, the income that it generates may nonetheless qualify for purposes of the 95% income test.

        To the extent that the terms of a loan provide for contingent interest that is based on the cash proceeds realized upon the sale of the property securing the loan (a "shared appreciation provision"), income attributable to the participation feature will be treated as gain from sale of the underlying property, which generally will be qualifying income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests provided that the real property is not held as inventory or dealer property or primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. To the extent that we derive interest income from a mortgage loan or income from the rental of real property (discussed below) where all or a portion of the amount of interest or rental income payable is contingent, such income generally will qualify for purposes of the gross income tests only if it is based upon the gross receipts or sales and not on the net income or profits of the borrower or lessee. This limitation does not apply, however, where the borrower or lessee leases substantially all of its interest in the property to tenants or subtenants to the extent that the rental income derived by the borrower or lessee, as the case may be, would qualify as rents from real property had we earned the income directly.

        Rents received by us will qualify as "rents from real property" in satisfying the gross income requirements described above only if several conditions are met. If rent is partly attributable to personal property leased in connection with a lease of real property, the portion of the rent that is attributable to the personal property will not qualify as "rents from real property" unless it constitutes 15% or less of the total rent received under the lease. In addition, the amount of rent generally must not be based in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. Amounts received as rent, however, generally will not be excluded from rents from real property solely by reason of being based on fixed percentages of gross receipts or sales. Moreover, for rents received to qualify as "rents from real property," we generally must not operate or manage the property or furnish or render services to the tenants of such property, other than through an "independent contractor" from which we derive no revenue and that meets certain other requirements or through a TRS. We are permitted, however, to perform services that are "usually or customarily rendered" in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and which are not otherwise considered rendered to the occupant of the property. In addition, we may directly or indirectly provide noncustomary services to tenants of our properties without disqualifying all of the rent from the property if the income from such services does not exceed 1% of the total gross income from the property. For purposes of this test, we are deemed to have received income from such non-customary services in an amount at least 150% of the direct cost of providing the services. Moreover, we are generally permitted to provide services to tenants or others through a TRS without disqualifying the rental income received from tenants for purposes of the income tests. Also, rental income will qualify as rents from real property only to the extent that we do not directly or constructively hold a 10% or greater interest, as measured by vote or value, in the lessee's equity.

        We may directly or indirectly receive distributions from TRSs or other corporations that are not REITs or qualified REIT subsidiaries. These distributions generally are treated as dividend income to

173


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



the extent of the earnings and profits of the distributing corporation. Such distributions will generally constitute qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test, but not for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Any distributions (other than return of capital distributions) that we receive from a REIT, however, will be qualifying income for purposes of both the 95% and 75% income tests.

        We may receive (either actual receipt or deemed receipt) amounts from certain affiliated entities in exchange for such entities' use of intellectual property rights, including the use of the STAG name. We do not expect such amounts to be significant, and, in any event, to negatively impact our compliance with REIT gross income tests.

        If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% or 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, we may still qualify as a REIT for such year if we are entitled to relief under applicable provisions of the Code. These relief provisions will be generally available if (1) our failure to meet these tests was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (2) following our identification of the failure to meet the 75% or 95% gross income test for any taxable year, we file a schedule with the IRS setting forth each item of our gross income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income test for such taxable year in accordance with U.S. Department of Treasury regulations. It is not possible to state whether we would be entitled to the benefit of these relief provisions in all circumstances. If these relief provisions are inapplicable to a particular set of circumstances, we will not qualify as a REIT. As discussed above under "—Taxation of REITs in General," even where these relief provisions apply, the Code imposes a tax based upon the amount by which we fail to satisfy the particular gross income test.

Asset Tests

        At the close of each calendar quarter, we must also satisfy four tests relating to the nature of our assets. First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must be represented by some combination of "real estate assets," cash, cash items, U.S. government securities, and, under some circumstances, stock or debt instruments purchased with new capital. For this purpose, real estate assets include interests in real property, such as land, buildings, leasehold interests in real property, stock of other corporations that qualify as REITs, and some kinds of mortgage-backed securities and mortgage loans. Assets that do not qualify for purposes of the 75% test are subject to the additional asset tests described below.

        Second, the value of any one issuer's securities that we own (other than a TRS or qualified REIT subsidiary) may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets.

        Third, we may not own more than 10% of any one issuer's outstanding securities, as measured by either voting power or value. The 10% asset tests do not apply to securities of TRSs and qualified REIT subsidiaries and the 10% asset test by value does not apply to "straight debt" having specified characteristics and to certain other securities described below. Solely for purposes of the 10% asset test by value, the determination of our interest in the assets of a partnership in which we own an interest will be based on our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership, excluding for this purpose certain securities described in the Code, as well as our equity interest in the partnership, if any.

        Fourth, the aggregate value of all securities of TRSs that we hold may not exceed 25% of the value of our total assets.

        Notwithstanding the general rule, as noted above, that for purposes of the REIT income and asset tests we are treated as owning our proportionate share of the underlying assets of a subsidiary partnership, if we hold indebtedness issued by a partnership, the indebtedness will be subject to, and may cause a violation of, the asset tests unless the indebtedness is a qualifying mortgage asset or other conditions are met. Similarly, although stock of another REIT is a qualifying asset for purposes of the

174


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



REIT asset tests, any non-mortgage debt that is issued by another REIT may not so qualify (such debt, however, will not be treated as a "security" for purposes of the 10% asset test by value, as explained below).

        Certain relief provisions are available to REITs to satisfy the asset requirements or to maintain REIT qualification notwithstanding certain violations of the asset and other requirements. One such provision allows a REIT which fails one or more of the asset requirements to nevertheless maintain its REIT qualification if (1) the REIT provides the IRS with a description of each asset causing the failure, (2) the failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, (3) the REIT pays a tax equal to the greater of (i) $50,000 per failure, and (ii) the product of the net income generated by the assets that caused the failure multiplied by the highest applicable corporate tax rate (currently 35%), and (4) the REIT either disposes of the assets causing the failure within six months after the last day of the quarter in which it identifies the failure, or otherwise satisfies the relevant asset tests within that time frame.

        In the case of de minimis violations of the 10% and 5% asset tests, a REIT may maintain its qualification despite a violation of such requirements if (1) the value of the assets causing the violation does not exceed the lesser of 1% of the REIT's total assets and $10,000,000, and (2) the REIT either disposes of the assets causing the failure within six months after the last day of the quarter in which it identifies the failure, or the relevant tests are otherwise satisfied within that time frame.

        Certain securities will not cause a violation of the 10% asset test described above. Such securities include instruments that constitute "straight debt." A security does not qualify as "straight debt" where a REIT (or a controlled TRS of the REIT) owns other securities of the same issuer which do not qualify as straight debt, unless the value of those other securities constitute, in the aggregate, 1% or less of the total value of that issuer's outstanding securities. In addition to straight debt, the Code provides that certain other securities will not violate the 10% asset test. Such securities include (1) any loan made to an individual or an estate, (2) certain rental agreements pursuant to which one or more payments are to be made in subsequent years (other than agreements between a REIT and certain persons related to the REIT under attribution rules), (3) any obligation to pay rents from real property, (4) securities issued by governmental entities that are not dependent in whole or in part on the profits of (or payments made by) a non-governmental entity, (5) any security (including debt securities) issued by another REIT, and (6) any debt instrument issued by a partnership if the partnership's income is of a nature that it would satisfy the 75% gross income test described above under "—Income Tests." In applying the 10% asset test by value, a debt security issued by a partnership is not taken into account to the extent, if any, of the REIT's proportionate interest in the equity and certain debt securities issued by that partnership.

        Any interests that we hold in a REMIC will generally qualify as real estate assets and income derived from REMIC interests will generally be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the REIT income tests described above. If less than 95% of the assets of a REMIC are real estate assets, however, then only a proportionate part of our interest in the REMIC and income derived from the interest qualifies for purposes of the REIT asset and income tests. If we hold a "residual interest" in a REMIC from which we derive "excess inclusion income," we will be required to either distribute the excess inclusion income or pay tax on it (or a combination of the two), even though we may not receive the income in cash. To the extent that distributed excess inclusion income is allocable to a particular shareholder, the income (1) would not be allowed to be offset by any net operating losses otherwise available to the shareholder, (2) would be subject to tax as UBTI in the hands of most types of shareholders that are otherwise generally exempt from U.S. federal income tax, and (3) would result in the application of U.S. federal income tax withholding at the maximum rate (30%), without reduction

175


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



of any otherwise applicable income tax treaty, to the extent allocable to most types of foreign shareholders. Moreover, any excess inclusion income that we receive that is allocable to specified categories of tax-exempt investors which are not subject to unrelated business income tax, such as government entities, may be subject to corporate-level income tax in our hands, whether or not it is distributed. See "—Taxable Mortgage Pools and Excess Inclusion Income."

        We believe that our holdings of securities and other assets will comply with the foregoing REIT asset requirements, and we intend to monitor compliance on an ongoing basis. Certain mezzanine loans we make or acquire may qualify for the safe harbor of Revenue Procedure 2003-65 pursuant to which certain loans secured by a first priority security interest in ownership interests in a partnership or limited liability company will be treated as qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% real estate asset test and the 10% vote or value test. See "—Income Tests." We may make some mezzanine loans that do not qualify for that safe harbor, qualify as "straight debt" securities or qualify for one of the other exclusions from the definition of "securities" for purposes of the 10% value test. We intend to make such investments in such a manner as not to fail the asset tests described above.

        Some of our assets will consist of goodwill, including goodwill related to the contribution of the management company. We do not expect the value of any such goodwill to be significant, and, in any event, to negatively impact our compliance with the REIT asset tests.

        No independent appraisals will be obtained to support our conclusions as to the value of our total assets or the value of any particular security or securities. Moreover, values of some assets, may not be susceptible to a precise determination, and values are subject to change in the future. Furthermore, the proper classification of an instrument as debt or equity for federal income tax purposes may be uncertain in some circumstances, which could affect the application of the REIT asset requirements. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend that our interests in our subsidiaries or in the securities of other issuers will not cause a violation of the REIT asset tests.

        If we should fail to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a calendar quarter, such a failure would not cause us to lose our REIT qualification if we (1) satisfied the asset tests at the close of the preceding calendar quarter and (2) the discrepancy between the value of our assets and the asset requirements was not wholly or partly caused by an acquisition of non-qualifying assets, but instead arose from changes in the market value of our assets. If the condition described in (2) were not satisfied, we still could avoid disqualification by eliminating any discrepancy within 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which it arose or by making use of relief provisions described below.

Annual Distribution Requirements

        In order to qualify as a REIT, we are required to distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends, to our shareholders in an amount at least equal to:

        We generally must make these distributions in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the following taxable year if declared before we timely file our tax return for the year and if paid with or before the first regular dividend payment after such declaration. In order for dividends to provide a tax

176


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



deduction for us, the distributions must not be "preferential dividends." A distribution is not a preferential dividend if the distribution is (1) pro rata among all outstanding shares of stock within a particular class, and (2) in accordance with the preferences among different classes of stock as set forth in our organizational documents.

        To the extent that we distribute at least 90%, but less than 100%, of our "REIT taxable income," as adjusted, we will be subject to tax at ordinary corporate tax rates on the retained portion. We may elect to retain, rather than distribute, our net long-term capital gains and pay tax on such gains. In this case, we could elect for our shareholders to include their proportionate shares of such undistributed long-term capital gains in income, and to receive a corresponding credit for their share of the tax that we paid. Our shareholders would then increase their adjusted basis of their stock by the difference between (1) the amounts of capital gain distributions that we designated and that they include in their taxable income, and (2) the tax that we paid on their behalf with respect to that income.

        To the extent that we have available net operating losses carried forward from prior REIT tax years, such losses may reduce the amount of distributions that we must make in order to comply with the REIT distribution requirements. Such losses, however, will generally not affect the character, in the hands of our shareholders, of any distributions that are actually made as ordinary dividends or capital gains. See "—Taxation of Shareholders—Taxation of Taxable Domestic Shareholders—Distributions."

        If we should fail to distribute during a calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for such year, (2) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for such year, and (3) any undistributed taxable income from prior periods, we would be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over the sum of (i) the amounts actually distributed, and (ii) the amounts of income for the taxable year we retained and on which we have paid corporate income tax.

        It is possible that, from time to time, we may not have sufficient cash to meet the distribution requirements due to timing differences between (1) our actual receipt of cash, including receipt of distributions from our subsidiaries, and (2) our inclusion of items in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Other potential sources of non-cash taxable income include:

        In the event that such timing differences occur, in order to meet the distribution requirements, it might be necessary for us to arrange for short-term, or possibly long-term, borrowings, or to pay distributions in the form of taxable in-kind distributions of stock or other property.

        We may be able to rectify a failure to pay sufficient dividends for any year by paying "deficiency dividends" to shareholders in a later year. These deficiency dividends may be included in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year, but an interest charge would be imposed upon us for the delay in distribution.

177


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


Failure to Qualify

        If we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification other than the gross income or asset tests, we could avoid disqualification if our failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect and we pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure. Relief provisions are available for failures of the gross income tests and asset tests, as described above in "—Income Tests" and "—Asset Tests."

        If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year, and the relief provisions described above do not apply, we would be subject to tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We cannot deduct dividends to shareholders in any year in which we are not a REIT, nor would we be required to make distributions in such a year. In this situation, to the extent of current and accumulated earnings and profits, distributions to domestic shareholders that are individuals, trusts and estates will generally be taxable at capital gains rates (through 2012). In addition, subject to the limitations of the Code, corporate distributees may be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Unless we are entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we would also be disqualified from re-electing to be taxed as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we lost qualification. It is not possible to state whether, in all circumstances, we would be entitled to this statutory relief.

Sale-Leaseback Transactions

        A significant portion of our investments is expected to be in the form of sale-leaseback transactions. We intend to treat these transactions as true leases for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, depending on the terms of any specific transaction, the IRS might take the position that the transaction is not a true lease but is more properly treated in some other manner. If such recharacterization were successful, we would not be entitled to claim the depreciation deductions available to an owner of the property. In addition, the recharacterization of one or more of these transactions might cause us to fail to satisfy the asset tests or the income tests described above and such failure could result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. Alternatively, the amount or timing of income inclusion or the loss of depreciation deductions resulting from the recharacterization might cause us to fail to meet the distribution requirement described above for one or more taxable years absent the availability of the deficiency dividend procedure or might result in a larger portion of our dividends being treated as ordinary income to our shareholders.

Prohibited Transactions

        Net income that we derive from a prohibited transaction is subject to a 100% tax. The term "prohibited transaction" generally includes a sale or other disposition of property (other than foreclosure property, as discussed below) that is held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business. We intend to conduct our operations so that no asset that we own (or are treated as owning) will be treated as, or as having been, held for sale to customers, and that a sale of any such asset will not be treated as having been in the ordinary course of our business. Whether property is held "primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business" depends on the particular facts and circumstances. No assurance can be given that any property that we sell will not be treated as property held for sale to customers, or that we can comply with certain safe-harbor provisions of the Code that would prevent such treatment. The 100% tax does not apply to gains from the sale of property that is held through a TRS or other taxable corporation, although such income will potentially be subject to tax in the hands of the corporation at regular corporate rates.

178


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


Foreclosure Property

        Foreclosure property is real property and any personal property incident to such real property (1) that we acquire as the result of having bid on the property at foreclosure, or having otherwise reduced the property to ownership or possession by agreement or process of law, after a default (or upon imminent default) on a lease of the property or a mortgage loan held by us and secured by the property, (2) for which we acquired the related loan or lease at a time when default was not imminent or anticipated, and (3) with respect to which we made a proper election to treat the property as foreclosure property. We generally will be subject to tax at the maximum corporate rate (currently 35%) on any net income from foreclosure property, including any gain from the disposition of the foreclosure property, other than income that would otherwise be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Any gain from the sale of property for which a foreclosure property election has been made will not be subject to the 100% tax on gains from prohibited transactions described above, even if the property would otherwise constitute inventory or dealer property. To the extent that we receive any income from foreclosure property that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test, we intend to make an election to treat the related property as foreclosure property.

Derivatives and Hedging Transactions

        We and our subsidiaries may enter into hedging transactions with respect to interest rate exposure on one or more of our assets or liabilities. Hedging transactions could take a variety of forms, including the use of derivative instruments such as interest rate swaps, interest rate cap agreements, options, futures contracts, forward rate agreements or similar financial instruments. Except to the extent provided by U.S. Department of Treasury regulations, any income from a hedging transaction we entered into (1) in the normal course of our business primarily to manage risk of interest rate, inflation and/or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made, or ordinary obligations incurred or to be incurred, to acquire or carry real estate assets, which is clearly identified as specified in U.S. Department of Treasury regulations before the closing of the day on which it was acquired, originated, or entered into, including gain from the sale or disposition of such a transaction, and (2) primarily to manage risk of currency fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain that would be qualifying income under the 75% or 95% income tests which is clearly identified as such before the closing of the day on which it was acquired, originated, or entered into, will not constitute gross income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests. To the extent that we enter into other types of hedging transactions, the income from those transactions is likely to be treated as non-qualifying income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests. We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our qualification as a REIT. We may conduct some or all of our hedging activities through our TRS or other corporate entity, the income from which may be subject to U.S. federal income tax, rather than by participating in the arrangements directly or through pass-through subsidiaries. No assurance can be given, however, that our hedging activities will not give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of either or both of the REIT gross income tests, or that our hedging activities will not adversely affect our ability to satisfy the REIT qualification requirements.

Taxable Mortgage Pools and Excess Inclusion Income

        An entity, or a portion of an entity, may be classified as a taxable mortgage pool ("TMP") under the Code if:

179


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


        Under applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations, if less than 80% of the assets of an entity (or a portion of an entity) consist of debt obligations, these debt obligations are considered not to comprise "substantially all" of its assets, and therefore the entity would not be treated as a TMP. Our financing and securitization arrangements may give rise to TMPs with the consequences as described below.

        Where an entity, or a portion of an entity, is classified as a TMP, it is generally treated as a taxable corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the case of a REIT, or a portion of a REIT, or a disregarded subsidiary of a REIT, that is a TMP, however, special rules apply. The TMP is not treated as a corporation that is subject to corporate income tax, and the TMP classification does not directly affect the tax qualification of the REIT. Rather, the consequences of the TMP classification would, in general, except as described below, be limited to the shareholders of the REIT.

        A portion of the REIT's income from the TMP, which might be noncash accrued income, could be treated as excess inclusion income. Under IRS guidance, the REIT's excess inclusion income, including any excess inclusion income from a residual interest in a REMIC, must be allocated among its shareholders in proportion to dividends paid. We are required to notify our shareholders of the amount of "excess inclusion income" allocated to them. A shareholder's share of our excess inclusion income:

        See "—Taxation of Shareholders." To the extent that excess inclusion income is allocated from a TMP to a tax-exempt shareholder of a REIT that is not subject to unrelated business income tax (such as a government entity), the REIT will be subject to tax on this income at the highest applicable corporate tax rate (currently 35%). The manner in which excess inclusion income is calculated, or would be allocated to shareholders, including allocations among shares of different classes of stock, remains unclear under current law. As required by IRS guidance, we intend to make such determinations using a reasonable method. Tax-exempt investors, foreign investors and taxpayers with net operating losses should carefully consider the tax consequences described above, and are urged to consult their tax advisors.

        If a subsidiary partnership of ours that we do not wholly own, directly or through one or more disregarded entities, were a TMP, the foregoing rules would not apply. Rather, the partnership that is a TMP would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes and potentially could be subject to corporate income tax or withholding tax. In addition, this characterization would alter our income and asset test calculations and could adversely affect our compliance with those requirements. Although we do not expect to own any TMPs, we intend to monitor our ownership of any entities

180


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



which may be a TMP (including whether a TRS election might be made in respect of any such TMP) to ensure that they will not adversely affect our qualification as a REIT.

Taxation of Shareholders

        Definitions.     In this section, the phrase "domestic shareholder" means a holder of our common stock that for federal income tax purposes is:

        If a partnership, including for this purpose any entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. An investor that is a partnership and the partners in such partnership should consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        Distributions.     So long as we qualify as a REIT, the distributions that we make to our taxable domestic shareholders out of current or accumulated earnings and profits that we do not designate as capital gain distributions will generally be taken into account by shareholders as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporations. With limited exceptions, our dividends are not eligible for taxation at the preferential income tax rates (i.e., the 15% maximum federal rate through 2012) for qualified dividends received by domestic shareholders that are individuals, trusts and estates from taxable C corporations. Such shareholders, however, are taxed at the preferential rates on dividends designated by and received from REITs to the extent that the dividends are attributable to:

        Distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends will generally be taxed to our shareholders as long-term capital gains, to the extent that such distributions do not exceed our actual net capital gain for the taxable year, without regard to the period for which the shareholder that receives such distribution has held its stock. We may elect to retain and pay taxes on some or all of our net long-term capital gains, in which case provisions of the Code will treat our shareholders as having

181


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


received, solely for tax purposes, our undistributed capital gains, and the shareholders will receive a corresponding credit for taxes that we paid on such undistributed capital gains. See "—Taxation of STAG REIT—Annual Distribution Requirements." Corporate shareholders may be required to treat up to 20% of some capital gain distributions as ordinary income. Long-term capital gains are generally taxable at maximum federal rates of 15% (through 2012) in the case of shareholders that are individuals, trusts and estates, and 35% in the case of shareholders that are corporations. Capital gains attributable to the sale of depreciable real property held for more than 12 months are subject to a 25% maximum federal income tax rate for taxpayers who are taxed as individuals, to the extent of previously claimed depreciation deductions.

        Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will generally represent a return of capital and will not be taxable to a shareholder to the extent that the amount of such distributions do not exceed the adjusted basis of the shareholder's shares in respect of which the distributions were made. Rather, the distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of the shareholder's shares. To the extent that such distributions exceed the adjusted basis of a shareholder's shares, the shareholder generally must include such distributions in income as long-term capital gain, or short-term capital gain if the shares have been held for one year or less. In addition, any distribution that we declare in October, November or December of any year and that is payable to a shareholder of record on a specified date in any such month will be treated as both paid by us and received by the shareholder on December 31 of such year, provided that we actually pay the distribution during January of the following calendar year.

        To the extent that we have available net operating losses and capital losses carried forward from prior tax years, such losses may reduce the amount of distributions that we must make in order to comply with the REIT distribution requirements. See "—Taxation of STAG REIT—Annual Distribution Requirements." Such losses, however, are not passed through to shareholders and do not offset income of shareholders from other sources, nor would such losses affect the character of any distributions that we make, which are generally subject to tax in the hands of shareholders to the extent that we have current or accumulated earnings and profits.

        Dispositions of our stock.     In general, capital gains recognized by individuals, trusts and estates upon the sale or disposition of our stock will be subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 15% (through 2012) if the stock is held for more than one year, and will be taxed at ordinary income rates (of up to 35% through 2012) if the stock is held for one year or less. Gains recognized by shareholders that are corporations are subject to U.S. federal income tax at a maximum rate of 35%, whether or not such gains are classified as long-term capital gains. Capital losses recognized by a shareholder upon the disposition of our stock that was held for more than one year at the time of disposition will be considered long-term capital losses, and are generally available only to offset capital gain income of the shareholder but not ordinary income (except in the case of individuals, who may offset up to $3,000 of ordinary income each year). In addition, any loss upon a sale or exchange of shares of our stock by a shareholder who has held the shares for six months or less, after applying holding period rules, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of distributions that we make that are required to be treated by the shareholder as long-term capital gain.

        If an investor recognizes a loss upon a subsequent disposition of our stock or other securities in an amount that exceeds a prescribed threshold, it is possible that the provisions of U.S. Department of Treasury regulations involving "reportable transactions" could apply, with a resulting requirement to separately disclose the loss-generating transaction to the IRS. These regulations, though directed towards "tax shelters," are broadly written and apply to transactions that may not typically be considered tax shelters. The Code imposes significant penalties for failure to comply with these

182


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



requirements. You should consult your tax advisor concerning any possible disclosure obligation with respect to the receipt or disposition of our stock or securities or transactions that we might undertake directly or indirectly. Moreover, you should be aware that we and other participants in the transactions in which we are involved (including their advisors) might be subject to disclosure or other requirements pursuant to these regulations.

        Passive activity losses and investment interest limitations.     Distributions that we make and gain arising from the sale or exchange by a domestic shareholder of our stock will not be treated as passive activity income. As a result, shareholders will not be able to apply any "passive losses" against income or gain relating to our stock. If we make dividends to non-corporate domestic shareholders, the dividends will be treated as investment income for purposes of computing the investment interest limitation. However, net capital gain from the disposition of our stock (or distributions treated as such), capital gain dividends and dividends taxed at net capital gains rates generally will be excluded from investment income except to the extent the domestic shareholder elects to treat such amounts as ordinary income for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        Tax rates.     The maximum tax rate for non-corporate taxpayers for (1) capital gains, including certain "capital gain dividends," has generally been reduced to 15% (although depending on the characteristics of the assets which produced these gains and on designations which we may make, certain capital gain dividends may be taxed at a 25% rate) and (2) "qualified dividend income" has generally been reduced to 15%. In general, dividends payable by REITs are not eligible for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income, except to the extent that certain holding requirements have been met and the REIT's dividends are attributable to dividends received from taxable corporations (such as its TRSs) or to income that was subject to tax at the corporate/REIT level (for example, if it distributed taxable income that it retained and paid tax on in the prior taxable year) or are properly designated by the REIT as "capital gain dividends." The currently applicable provisions of the United States federal income tax laws relating to the 15% tax rate are currently scheduled to "sunset" or revert to the provisions of prior law effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, at which time the 15% capital gains tax rate will be increased to 20% and the rate applicable to dividends will be increased to the tax rate then applicable to ordinary income. United States holders that are corporations may, however, be required to treat up to 20% of some capital gain dividends as ordinary income.

        On March 30, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, which requires certain domestic shareholders who are individuals, estates or trusts to pay an additional 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends on and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of stock for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. Domestic shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our stock applicable to certain non-U.S. holders. A "non-U.S. holder" is any person other than:

183


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


        If a partnership, including for this purpose any entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. An investor that is a partnership and the partners in such partnership should consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        The following discussion is based on current law, and is for general information only. It addresses only selected, and not all, aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation.

        Ordinary dividends.     The portion of distributions received by non-U.S. holders that (1) is payable out of our earnings and profits, (2) is not attributable to our capital gains and (3) is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder, will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30%, unless reduced or eliminated by treaty. We generally plan to withhold U.S. income tax at the rate of 30% on the gross amount of any such distribution paid to a non-U.S. holder unless either:

Reduced treaty rates and other exemptions are not available to the extent that income is attributable to excess inclusion income allocable to the non-U.S. holder. Accordingly, we will withhold at a rate of 30% on any portion of a distribution that is paid to a non-U.S. holder and attributable to that holder's share of our excess inclusion income. See "—Taxation of STAG REIT—Taxable Mortgage Pools and Excess Inclusion Income." As required by IRS guidance, we intend to notify our shareholders if a portion of a distribution paid by us is attributable to excess inclusion income.

        Subject to the discussion below, in general, non-U.S. holders will not be considered to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business solely as a result of their ownership of our stock. In cases where the dividend income from a non-U.S. holder's investment in our stock is, or is treated as, effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a U.S. trade or business, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated rates, in the same manner as domestic shareholders are taxed with respect to such distributions. Such income must generally be reported on a U.S. income tax return filed by or on behalf of the non-U.S. holder. The income may also be subject to the 30% branch profits tax in the case of a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation.

        Non-dividend distributions.     Unless our stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (a "USRPI"), distributions that we make that are not out of our earnings and profits will not be subject to U.S. income tax. If we cannot determine at the time a distribution is made whether or not the distribution will exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distribution will be subject to withholding at the rate applicable to ordinary dividends. The non-U.S. holder may seek a refund from the IRS of

184


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



any amounts withheld if it is subsequently determined that the distribution was, in fact, in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. If our stock constitutes a USRPI, as described below, distributions that we make in excess of the sum of (1) the shareholder's proportionate share of our earnings and profits, plus (2) the shareholder's basis in its stock, will be taxed under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 ("FIRPTA"), at the rate of tax, including any applicable capital gains rates, that would apply to a domestic shareholder of the same type (e.g., an individual or a corporation, as the case may be), and the collection of the tax will be enforced by a refundable withholding at a rate of 10% of the amount by which the distribution exceeds the shareholder's share of our earnings and profits.

        Capital gain distributions.     Under FIRPTA, a distribution that we make to a non-U.S. holder, to the extent attributable to gains from dispositions of USRPIs that we held directly or through pass-through subsidiaries, or "USRPI capital gains," will, except as described below, be considered effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder and will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. individuals or corporations, without regard to whether we designate the distribution as a capital gain distribution. See above under "—Taxation of Foreign Shareholders—Ordinary Dividends," for a discussion of the consequences of income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. In addition, we will be required to withhold tax equal to 35% of the amount of distributions to the extent the distributions constitute USRPI capital gains. Distributions subject to FIRPTA may also be subject to a 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation. A distribution is not a USRPI capital gain if we held an interest in the underlying asset solely as a creditor. Capital gain distributions received by a non-U.S. holder that are attributable to dispositions of our assets other than USRPIs are not subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, unless (1) the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's U.S. trade or business and, if certain treaties apply, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder, in which case the non-U.S. holder would be subject to the same treatment as U.S. holders with respect to such gain, or (2) the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and has a "tax home" in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. holder will incur a 30% tax on his or her capital gains.

        A capital gain distribution that would otherwise have been treated as a USRPI capital gain will not be so treated or be subject to FIRPTA, and generally will not be treated as income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, and instead will be treated in the same manner as an ordinary dividend, if (1) the capital gain distribution is received with respect to a class of stock that is regularly traded on an established securities market located in the United States, and (2) the recipient non-U.S. holder does not own more than 5% of that class of stock at any time during the year ending on the date on which the capital gain distribution is received. Our shares of common stock have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol "STIR."

        Dispositions of our stock.     Unless our stock constitutes a USRPI, a sale of our stock by a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. taxation under FIRPTA. Our stock could be treated as a USRPI if 50% or more of our assets at any time during a prescribed testing period consist of interests in real property located within the United States, excluding, for this purpose, interests in real property solely in a capacity as a creditor we expect to meet this 50% test.

        Even if the foregoing 50% test is met, however, our stock nonetheless will not constitute a USRPI if we are a "domestically-controlled qualified investment entity." A domestically-controlled qualified investment entity includes a REIT, less than 50% of value of which is held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. holders at all times during a specified testing period. We believe that we will be a

185


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



domestically-controlled qualified investment entity, and that a sale of our stock should not be subject to taxation under FIRPTA.

        In the event that we are not a domestically-controlled qualified investment entity, but our stock is "regularly traded," as defined by applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations, on an established securities market, a non-U.S. holder's sale of our common stock nonetheless would not be subject to tax under FIRPTA as a sale of a USRPI, provided that the selling non-U.S. holder held 5% or less of our outstanding common stock at all times during a specified testing period.

        If gain on the sale of our stock were subject to taxation under FIRPTA, the non-U.S. holder would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return and would be subject to the same treatment as a U.S. shareholder with respect to such gain, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of non-resident alien individuals, and the purchaser of the stock could be required to withhold 10% of the purchase price and remit such amount to the IRS.

        Wash sales.     In general, special wash sale rules apply if a shareholder owning more than 5% of our common stock avoids a taxable distribution of gain recognized from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests by selling our common stock before the ex-dividend date of the distribution and then, within a designated period, enters into an option or contract to acquire shares of the same or a substantially identical class of our common stock. If a wash sale occurs, then the seller/repurchaser will be treated as having gain recognized from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests in the same amount as if the avoided distribution had actually been received. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors on the special wash sale rules that apply to non-U.S. holders.

        Estate tax.     If our stock is owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) of the United States at the time of such individual's death, the stock will be includable in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise, and may therefore be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

        New legislation relating to foreign accounts.     On March 18, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, which may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to "foreign financial institutions" and certain other non-U.S. entities. Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to United States shareholders who own the shares through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries and certain non-United States shareholders. The legislation generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (2) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial United States owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the United States Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertakes to identify accounts held by certain United States persons or United States-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. The legislation applies to payments made after December 31, 2012. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

186


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


        Tax-exempt entities, including qualified employee pension and profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts, generally are exempt from U.S. federal income taxation. However, they may be subject to taxation on their UBTI. While some investments in real estate may generate UBTI, the IRS has ruled that dividend distributions from a REIT to a tax-exempt employee pension trust do not automatically constitute UBTI. Based on that ruling, and provided that (1) a tax-exempt shareholder has not held our stock as "debt financed property" within the meaning of the Code (e.g., where the acquisition or holding of the property is financed through a borrowing by the tax-exempt shareholder), and (2) our stock is not otherwise used in an unrelated trade or business, distributions that we make and income from the sale of our stock generally should not give rise to UBTI to a tax-exempt shareholder.

        To the extent, however, that we are (or a part of us, or a disregarded subsidiary of ours is) deemed to be a TMP, or if we hold residual interests in a REMIC, a portion of the distributions paid to a tax-exempt shareholder that is allocable to excess inclusion income may be treated as UBTI. We do not anticipate that our investments will generate excess inclusion income, but there can be no assurance on this regard. If excess inclusion income is allocable to some categories of tax-exempt shareholders that are not subject to UBTI, such as governmental investors, we will be subject to corporate level tax on such income. As required by IRS guidance, we intend to notify our shareholders if a portion of a distribution paid by us is attributable to excess inclusion income.

        Tax-exempt shareholders that are social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts, and qualified group legal services plans exempt from U.S. federal income taxation under Sections 501(c)(7), (c)(9), (c)(17) and (c)(20) of the Code are subject to different UBTI rules, which generally require such shareholders to characterize distributions that we make as UBTI.

        In certain circumstances, a pension trust that owns more than 10% of our stock by value could be required to treat a percentage of its distributions as UBTI, if we are a "pension-held REIT." We will not be a pension-held REIT unless either (1) one pension trust owns more than 25% of the value of our stock, or (2) a group of pension trusts, each individually holding more than 10% of the value of our stock, collectively owns more than 50% of the value of our stock. Certain restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock should generally prevent a tax-exempt entity from owning more than 10% of the value of our stock and should generally prevent us from becoming a "pension-held REIT."

        Tax-exempt shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the federal, state, local and foreign income and other tax consequences of owning our stock.

Other Tax Consequences

        Tax aspects of our investments in our operating partnership.     The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to our direct or indirect investment in our operating partnership and any subsidiary partnerships or limited liability companies we form or acquire each individually referred to as a "Partnership" and, collectively, as "Partnerships." The following discussion does not address state or local tax laws or any U.S. federal tax laws other than income tax laws.

        Classification as partnerships.     We are required to include in our income our distributive share of each Partnership's income and to deduct our distributive share of each Partnership's losses but only if

187


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



such Partnership is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a partnership (or an entity that is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes if the entity has only one owner or member), rather than as a corporation or an association taxable as a corporation.

        An organization with at least two owners or members will be classified as a partnership, rather than as a corporation, for federal income tax purposes if it:

        Under the check-the-box regulations, an unincorporated domestic business entity with at least two owners or members may elect to be classified either as an association taxable as a corporation or as a partnership. If such an entity does not make an election, it generally will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We intend that each Partnership will be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or else as a disregarded entity where there are not at least two separate beneficial owners).

        A publicly traded partnership is a partnership whose interests are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market (or a substantial equivalent). A publicly traded partnership is generally treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, but will not be so treated if at least 90% of the partnership's annual gross income consisted of specified passive income, including real property rents (which includes rents that would be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, with certain modifications that make it easier for the rents to qualify for the 90% passive income exception), gains from the sale or other disposition of real property, interest, and dividends. The exception described in the preceding sentence is referred to herein as the 90% passive income exception.

        Certain U.S. Department of Treasury regulations, referred to herein as PTP regulations, provide limited safe harbors from treatment as a publicly traded partnership. If any partnership in which we own an interest does not qualify for any safe harbor and is treated as a publicly traded partnership, we believe that such partnership would have sufficient qualifying income to satisfy the 90% passive income exception and, therefore, would not be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        We have not requested, and do not intend to request, a ruling from the IRS that the Partnerships will be classified as partnerships (or disregarded entities, if the entity has only one owner or member) for federal income tax purposes. If for any reason a Partnership were taxable as a corporation, rather than as a partnership, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may not be able to qualify as a REIT, unless we qualify for certain relief provisions. In addition, any change in a Partnership's status for tax purposes to a corporation might be treated as a taxable event, in which case we might incur tax liability without any related cash distribution. Further, items of income and deduction of such Partnership would not pass through to its partners, and its partners would be treated as shareholders for tax purposes. Consequently, such Partnership would be required to pay income tax at corporate rates on its net income, and distributions to its partners would constitute dividends that would not be deductible in computing such Partnership's taxable income.

        Partners, not the partnerships, subject to tax.     A partnership is not a taxable entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We will therefore take into account our allocable share of each Partnership's income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits for each taxable year of the Partnership ending with or within our taxable year, even if we receive no distribution from the Partnership for that year or a distribution less than our share of taxable income. Similarly, even if we receive a distribution, it may

188


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



not be taxable if the distribution does not exceed our adjusted tax basis in our interest in the Partnership.

        Partnership allocations.     Although a partnership agreement generally will determine the allocation of income and losses among partners, allocations will be disregarded for tax purposes if they do not comply with the provisions of the U.S. federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations. If an allocation is not recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the item subject to the allocation will be reallocated in accordance with the partners' interests in the partnership, which will be determined by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances relating to the economic arrangement of the partners with respect to such item.

        Tax allocations with respect to contributed properties.     Income, gain, loss, and deduction attributable to (1) appreciated or depreciated property that is contributed to a partnership in exchange for an interest in the partnership (including in our formation transactions) or (2) property revalued on the books of a partnership must be allocated in a manner such that the contributing partner is charged with, or benefits from, respectively, the unrealized gain or unrealized loss associated with the property at the time of the contribution. The amount of such unrealized gain or unrealized loss, referred to as "built-in gain" or "built-in loss," is generally equal to the difference between the fair market value of the contributed or revalued property at the time of contribution or revaluation and the adjusted tax basis of such property at that time, referred to as a book-tax difference. Such allocations are solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes and do not affect the book capital accounts or other economic or legal arrangements among the partners. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued regulations requiring partnerships to use a "reasonable method" for allocating items with respect to which there is a book-tax difference and outlining several reasonable allocation methods.

        Under certain available methods, the carryover basis of contributed properties in the hands of our operating partnership (1) would cause us to be allocated lower amounts of depreciation deductions for tax purposes than would be allocated to us if all contributed properties were to have a tax basis equal to their fair market value at the time of the contribution and (2) in the event of a sale of such properties, could cause us to be allocated taxable gain in excess of the economic or book gain allocated to us as a result of such sale, with a corresponding benefit to the contributing partners. An allocation described in (2) above might cause us to recognize taxable income in excess of cash proceeds in the event of a sale or other disposition of property, which might adversely affect our ability to comply with the REIT distribution requirements and may result in a greater portion of our distributions being taxed as dividends.

        Basis in partnership interest.     Our adjusted tax basis in any partnership interest we own generally will be:

        Loss allocated to us in excess of our basis in a partnership interest will not be taken into account until we again have basis sufficient to absorb the loss. A reduction of our share of partnership indebtedness will be treated as a constructive cash distribution to us, and will reduce our adjusted tax

189


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



basis. Distributions, including constructive distributions, in excess of the basis of our partnership interest will constitute taxable income to us. Such distributions and constructive distributions normally will be characterized as long-term capital gain if we held the partnership interest for more than one year.

        Sale of a partnership's property.     Generally, any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of property held for more than one year will be long-term capital gain, except for any portion of the gain treated as depreciation or cost recovery recapture. Any gain or loss recognized by a Partnership on the disposition of contributed or revalued properties will be allocated first to the partners who contributed the properties or who were partners at the time of revaluation, to the extent of their built-in gain or loss on those properties for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The partners' built-in gain or loss on contributed or revalued properties is the difference between the partners' proportionate share of the book value of those properties and the partners' tax basis allocable to those properties at the time of the contribution or revaluation. Any remaining gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of contributed or revalued properties, and any gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of other properties, will generally be allocated among the partners in accordance with their percentage interests in the Partnership.

        Our share of any Partnership gain from the sale of inventory or other property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of the Partnership's trade or business will be treated as income from a prohibited transaction subject to a 100% tax. Income from a prohibited transaction may have an adverse effect on our ability to satisfy the gross income tests for REIT status. We do not presently intend to acquire or hold, or to allow any Partnership to acquire or hold, any property that is likely to be treated as inventory or property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our, or the Partnership's, trade or business.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        We will report to our domestic shareholders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year and the amount of any tax withheld. Under the backup withholding rules, a domestic shareholder may be subject to backup withholding with respect to dividends paid unless the holder is a corporation or comes within other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact or provides a taxpayer identification number or social security number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A domestic shareholder that does not provide his or her correct taxpayer identification number or social security number may also be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of a capital gain distribution to any domestic shareholder who fails to certify its non-foreign status.

        We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. shareholder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. shareholder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. A non-U.S. shareholder may be subject to backup withholding unless applicable certification requirements are met.

        Payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the U.S. is subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalties of perjury that it is a non-U.S. shareholder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person) or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment of the

190


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



proceeds of a sale of our common stock conducted through certain U.S. related financial intermediaries is subject to information reporting (but not backup withholding) unless the financial intermediary has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. shareholder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against such holder's U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

Legislative or Other Actions Affecting REITs

        The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department. Changes to the federal tax laws and interpretations thereof could adversely affect an investment in our stock.

State, Local and Foreign Taxes

        We and our subsidiaries and shareholders may be subject to state, local or foreign taxation in various jurisdictions including those in which we or they transact business, own property or reside. We may own real property assets located in numerous jurisdictions, and may be required to file tax returns in some or all of those jurisdictions. Our state, local or foreign tax treatment and that of our shareholders may not conform to the federal income tax treatment discussed above. We may own foreign real estate assets and pay foreign property taxes, and dispositions of foreign property or operations involving, or investments in, foreign real estate assets may give rise to foreign income or other tax liability in amounts that could be substantial. Any foreign taxes that we incur do not pass through to shareholders as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the application and effect of state, local and foreign income and other tax laws on an investment in our stock.

191


Table of Contents

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

General

        ERISA imposes certain requirements on employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, including entities such as collective investment funds and separate accounts whose underlying assets include the assets of such plans (collectively, "ERISA Plans"), and on those persons who are fiduciaries with respect to ERISA Plans. Investments by ERISA Plans are subject to ERISA's general fiduciary requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and diversification. In addition, ERISA requires the fiduciary of an ERISA Plan to maintain the indicia of ownership of the ERISA Plan's assets within the jurisdiction of the United States district courts, unless an exception applies. The prudence of a particular investment must be determined by the responsible fiduciary of an ERISA Plan by taking into account the ERISA Plan's particular circumstances and all of the facts and circumstances of the investment including, but not limited to, the matters discussed above under "Risk Factors," the nature of our business, the length of our operating history and the fact that in the future there may be no market in which such fiduciary will be able to sell or otherwise dispose of shares of our common stock.

        Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan (as well as those plans that are not subject to ERISA but which are subject to Section 4975 of the Code, such as individual retirement accounts (together with ERISA Plans, "Plans")) and certain persons (referred to as "parties in interest" or "disqualified persons") having certain relationships to such Plans, unless a statutory or administrative exemption is applicable to the transaction. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to non-deductible excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code, and the transaction might have to be rescinded.

        Governmental plans and certain church plans, while not subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA or the provisions of Section 4975 of the Code, may nevertheless be subject to local, state or other federal laws that are substantially similar to the foregoing provisions of ERISA and the Code. Fiduciaries of any such plans should consult with their counsel before purchasing our common stock.

The Plan Assets Regulation

        The United States Department of Labor has issued a regulation, 29 CFR Section 2510.3-101 (as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, the "Plan Assets Regulation"), describing what constitutes the assets of a Plan with respect to the Plan's investment in an entity for purposes of certain provisions of ERISA, including the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Title I of ERISA, and Section 4975 of the Code. Under the Plan Assets Regulation, if a Plan invests in an "equity interest" of an entity that is neither a "publicly offered security" nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act, the Plan's assets include both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the entity's underlying assets, unless it is established that the entity is an "operating company" or that "benefit plan investors" hold less than 25% of each class of equity interests in the entity. Our common stock would constitute an "equity interest" for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation.

Publicly Offered Security

        Under the Plan Assets Regulation, a "publicly offered security" is a security that is:

192


Table of Contents

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS


        Whether a security is considered "freely transferable" depends on the facts and circumstances of each case. Under the Plan Assets Regulation, if the security is part of an offering in which the minimum investment is $10,000 or less, then any restriction on or prohibition against any transfer or assignment of the security for the purposes of preventing a termination or reclassification of the entity for federal or state tax purposes will not ordinarily prevent the security from being considered freely transferable. Additionally, limitations or restrictions on the transfer or assignment of a security which are created or imposed by persons other than the issuer of the security or persons acting for or on behalf of the issuer will ordinarily not prevent the security from being considered freely transferable.

        A class of securities is considered "widely held" if it is a class of securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another. A security will not fail to be "widely held" because the number of independent investors falls below 100 subsequent to the initial public offering as a result of events beyond the issuer's control.

        The shares of our common stock offered in this prospectus should meet the criteria of the publicly offered securities exception to the look-through rule, based upon the following analysis.

        First, although the Department of Labor and the courts have provided little guidance on this requirement, we believe the common stock should be considered to be freely transferable, as the minimum investment will be less than $10,000 and the only restrictions upon its transfer are those generally permitted under the Plan Assets Regulation, i.e., those required under federal tax laws to maintain our status as a REIT, resale restrictions under applicable federal securities laws with respect to securities not purchased pursuant to this prospectus and those owned by our officers, directors and other affiliates, and lock-up restrictions imposed on certain shareholders in connection with our formation transactions.

        Second, we expect (although we cannot confirm) that our common stock will be held by 100 or more investors, and we expect that at least 100 or more of these investors will be independent of us and of one another.

        Third, the shares of our common stock will be part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the common stock will be timely registered under the Exchange Act.

The 25% Limit

        Under the Plan Assets Regulation, and assuming no other exemption applies, an entity's assets would be deemed to include "plan assets" subject to ERISA on any date if, immediately after the most recent acquisition of any equity interest in the entity, 25% or more of the value of any class of equity interests in the entity is held by "benefit plan investors" (the "25% Limit"). For purposes of this determination, the value of equity interests held by a person (other than a benefit plan investor) that has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the entity or that provides investment

193


Table of Contents

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS



advice for a fee with respect to such assets (or any affiliate of such a person) is disregarded. The term "benefit plan investor" is defined in the Plan Assets Regulation as:

        Thus, while our assets would not be considered to be "plan assets" for purposes of ERISA if the 25% Limit were not exceeded, no assurance can be given that the 25% Limit will not be exceeded at all times.

Operating Companies

        Under the Plan Assets Regulation, an entity is an "operating company" if it is primarily engaged, directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries, in the production or sale of a product or service other than the investment of capital. In addition, the Plan Assets Regulation provides that the term operating company includes an entity qualifying as a real estate operating company ("REOC") or a venture capital operating company ("VCOC"). An entity is a REOC if:

        The "initial valuation date" is the date on which an entity first makes an investment that is not a short-term investment of funds pending long-term commitment. An entity's "annual valuation period" is a pre-established period not exceeding 90 days in duration, which begins no later than the anniversary of the entity's initial valuation date. Certain examples in the Plan Assets Regulation clarify that the management and development activities of an entity looking to qualify as a REOC may be carried out by independent contractors (including, in the case of a partnership, affiliates of the general partners) under the supervision of the entity. An entity will qualify as a VCOC if:

        The Plan Assets Regulation defines the term "venture capital investments" as investments in an operating company (other than a VCOC) with respect to which the investor obtains management rights. We have not endeavored to determine whether we will satisfy the REOC or VCOC exceptions.

Our Status Under ERISA

        We believe that our assets should not constitute "plan assets" for purposes of ERISA, based on the publicly offered security exception in the Plan Assets Regulation. We further believe that our

194


Table of Contents

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS



operating partnership's assets should not constitute "plan assets" for purposes of ERISA, based on the 25% Limit in the Plan Assets Regulation. However, no assurance can be given that this will be the case.

        If for any reason our assets or our operating partnership's assets are deemed to constitute "plan assets" under ERISA, certain of the transactions in which we might normally engage could constitute a non-exempt "prohibited transaction" under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. In such circumstances, we, in our sole discretion, may void or undo any such prohibited transaction. In addition, if our assets or our operating partnership's assets are deemed to be "plan assets," our management may be considered to be fiduciaries under ERISA.

        A fiduciary of an ERISA plan or other plan that proposes to cause such entity to purchase shares of our common stock should consult with its counsel regarding the applicability of the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code to such an investment, and to confirm that such investment will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction or any other violation of ERISA.

        The sale of shares of our common stock to a Plan is in no respect a representation by us or any other person associated with the offering of shares of our common stock that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by Plans generally or any particular Plan, or that such an investment is appropriate for Plans generally or any particular Plan.

195


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

        Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and UBS Securities LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

                       Underwriter
 
Number of
Shares
 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                      Incorporated

       

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

       

UBS Securities LLC

       
       

                      Total

       
       

        Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the purchase agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreement may be terminated.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

        The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

        The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

        The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 
  Per Share   Without
Option
  With
Option
 

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discount

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

        The expenses of the offering, including the filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters in connection with the FINRA filings, but not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $4.7 million and are payable by us.

196


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING


Overallotment Option

        We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to 1,950,000 additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.

Reserved Shares

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to             shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. Only reserved shares purchased by our directors and officers will be subject to the lock-up provisions described below. The number of shares of our common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares of our common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

        We, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for a period of 180 days in the case of our company and 12 months in the case of our executive officers, directors and other existing securityholders after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and UBS Securities LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

        This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall

197


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING



continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

New York Stock Exchange Listing

        Our shares of common stock have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol "STIR." In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

        Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

        An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

        The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

        Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' overallotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in

198


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING



the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

        The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

        Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

        In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, an underwriter may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers. An underwriter may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet web sites maintained by one or more underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter's web site is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

        Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. As of December 31, 2010, we had mortgage debt outstanding with an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and another lender totaling approximately $86.6 million, all of which is expected to be repaid with proceeds of this offering. Because Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated's affiliate has a 50% interest in this mortgage debt to be repaid, more than 5% of the net proceeds of this offering may be used to repay amounts owed to the affiliate. As of December 31, 2010, we had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $76.0 million with an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated was a tenant in five of our properties and represented 4.4% of our total annualized rent.

199


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING


Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State") an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus (the "Shares") may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by STAG Industrial, Inc. or any Manager of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

        Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offer of shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

200


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING


        In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are "qualified investors" (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the "Order") and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

        This document as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus (the "Shares") does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Articles 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The Shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the Shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The Shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the Shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the Issuer from time to time. This document as well as any other material relating to the Shares is personal and confidential and does not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the Issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

        This offering memorandum relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA"). This offering memorandum is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this offering memorandum nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the offering memorandum. The shares to which this offering memorandum relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this offering memorandum you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor

201


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING



may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA. Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, then securities, debentures and units of securities and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the securities under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

        The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese Person" shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

        No prospectus, disclosure document, offering material or advertisement in relation to the common shares has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission or the Australian Stock Exchange Limited. Accordingly, a person may not (a) make, offer or invite applications for the issue, sale or purchase of common shares within, to or from Australia (including an offer or invitation which is received by a person in Australia) or (b) distribute or publish this prospectus or any other prospectus, disclosure document, offering material or advertisement relating to the common shares in Australia, unless (i) the minimum aggregate consideration payable by each offeree is the U.S. dollar equivalent of at least A$500,000 (disregarding moneys lent by the offeror or its associates) or the offer otherwise does not require disclosure to investors in accordance with Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (CWLTH) of Australia; and (ii) such action complies with all applicable laws and regulations.

202


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for us by DLA Piper LLP (US). In addition, the description of federal income tax consequences contained in the section of the prospectus entitled "U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations" is based on the opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US). Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Goodwin Procter LLP.

EXPERTS

        The combined financial statements of STAG Predecessor Group as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 and financial statement schedule as of December 31, 2010, the combined statements of revenue and certain expenses of STAG Contribution Group for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the periods from January 1, 2008 to July 27, 2008 and July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008, the consolidated balance sheet of STAG Industrial, Inc. as of December 31, 2010, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Newton Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to May 13, 2010, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Charlotte Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to September 16, 2010, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Goshen Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to August 12, 2010, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the O'Fallon Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to July 29, 2010, the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Piscataway and Lopatcong Properties for the period from January 1, 2010 to December 9, 2010, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Charlotte II Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to September 29, 2010, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Madison Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 11, 2010, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Streetsboro Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 27, 2010, the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Rogers and Vonore Properties for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 25, 2010, the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Salem Properties for the period from January 1, 2010 to November 3, 2010, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Walker Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 14, 2010, and the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Mooresville Property for the year ended December 31, 2010, all included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

        The CBRE-EA market information was prepared for us by CBRE-EA. Information relating to the industrial markets set forth in "Prospectus Summary—Market Overview" and "Market Overview" is derived from the CBRE-EA market materials and is included in reliance on CBRE-EA's authority as an expert on such matters.

203


Table of Contents

EXPERTS



WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-11, including exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information about the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0300. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement may be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, are also available to you, free of charge, on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.

        As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file periodic reports, proxy statements and will make available to our shareholders annual reports containing audited financial information for each year and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.

204


Table of Contents


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

   
 

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2010

  F-4
 

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2010

  F-5
 

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-6

Consolidated Historical Financial Statements:

   
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-13
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2010

  F-14
 

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet

  F-15

STAG PREDECESSOR GROUP

   
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-17
 

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009

  F-18
 

Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-19
 

Combined Statements of Changes in Owners' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-20
 

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-21
 

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

  F-22
 

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation as of December 31, 2010

  F-35

STAG CONTRIBUTION GROUP

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-37
 

Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the periods from July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and January 1, 2008 to July 27, 2008

  F-38
 

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-39

NEWTON PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-44
 

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the period from January 1, 2010 to May 13,  2010

  F-45
 

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-46

CHARLOTTE PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-48
 

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the period from January 1, 2010 to September 16, 2010

  F-49
 

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-50

GOSHEN PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-52
 

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the period from January 1, 2010 to August 12, 2010

  F-53
 

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-54

O'FALLON PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-56
 

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the period from January 1, 2010 to July 29,  2010

  F-57
 

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-58

F-1


Table of Contents

PISCATAWAY & LOPATCONG PROPERTIES

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-60
 

Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the period from January 1, 2010 to December 9, 2010

  F-61
 

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-62

CHARLOTTE II PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-64
 

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the period from January 1, 2010 to September 29, 2010

  F-65
 

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-66

MADISON PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-68
 

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 11, 2010

  F-69
 

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-70

STREETSBORO PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-72
 

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 27, 2010

  F-73
 

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-74

ROGERS AND VONORE PROPERTIES

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-76
 

Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 25, 2010

  F-77
 

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-78

SALEM PROPERTIES

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-80
 

Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the period from January 1, 2010 to November 3, 2010

  F-81
 

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-82

WALKER PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-84
 

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 14, 2010

  F-85
 

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-86

MOORESVILLE PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-88
 

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010

  F-89
 

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-90

F-2


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

        The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of STAG Industrial, Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, the "Company") as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 are derived from the financial statements of: (1) STAG Predecessor Group, which consists of the properties being contributed by STAG Investments III, LLC, which includes the entity that is considered our accounting acquirer, (2) STAG Contribution Group, which consists of properties being contributed by STAG Investments IV, LLC and STAG GI Investments, LLC, and (3) the management company. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 gives effect to the Company's initial public offering and the related formation transactions, including STAG GI's acquisition of its properties and its incurrence of associated indebtedness, as if these events had occurred on December 31, 2010. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 gives effect to the Company's initial public offering and the related formation transactions as if these events had occurred on January 1, 2010. The pro forma adjustments give effect to the following:

        The Company's pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented for informational purposes only and should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The adjustments to the Company's pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are based on available information and assumptions that the Company considers reasonable. The Company's pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements do not purport to (1) represent the Company's financial position that would have actually occurred had this offering, the formation transactions or the financing transactions occurred on December 31, 2010, (2) represent the results of the Company's operations that would have actually occurred had this offering, the formation transactions, the financing transactions occurred on January 1, 2010, or (3) project the Company's financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period, as applicable. The pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements include adjustments relating to acquisitions only when it is probable that the Company will acquire the properties.

F-3


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 
  STAG
Industrial, Inc.
  STAG
Predecessor
Group
  STAG
Contribution
Group
  The
Management
Company
  Formation
Adjustments
  Company
Pro forma
Prior to
Offering
  Offering
Adjustments
  Company
Pro forma
 
 
  B
  C
  D
  E
   
   
   
   
 

Assets

                                                 

Rental property

                                                 
 

Land

      $ 25,086   $ 30,736   $     $        —   $ 55,822   $   $ 55,822  
 

Building and improvements

        185,100     192,782     68         377,950         377,950  
                                   
 

Less: accumulated depreciation

        (19,261 )               (19,261 )       (19,261 )
                                   
   

Total rental property

        190,925     223,518     68         414,511         414,511  

Cash and cash equivalents

    2     1,567         74         (301 )(A)   237,780     2,206  

                                (F)   (226,181 )    

                                (F)   (1,052 )    

                                (G)   (1,782 )    

                                (H)   (5,394 )    

                                (I)   (2 )    

                                (J)   (628 )    

                                  (K)   (234 )    

                            (L)(1,944)                

Restricted cash and escrows

        2,571     2,041             4,612 (K)   234     4,846  

Rents receivable, net

        3,725     280             4,005         4,005  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

        458     707     86         1,251         1,251  

Deferred financing costs, net

        118                 118 (M)   (76 )   1,019  

                                  (F)   977        

Leasing commissions, net

   
   
133
   
   
   
   
133
   
   
133
 

Deferred leasing intangibles, net

        11,507     66,935             78,442         78,442  

Goodwill

                5,238         5,238         5,238  

Due from related parties

                945     (N)(332)     613         613  
                                   

Total assets

    2   $ 211,004   $ 293,481   $ 6,411     $  (2,276 ) $ 508,622   $ 3,642   $ 512,264  
                                   

Liabilities and equity

                                                 

Mortgage notes payable

      $ 203,166   $ 187,517         $         —   $ 390,683 (F) $ (217,779 ) $ 172,904  

                            (H)5,394     5,394 (H)   (5,394 )      

Notes payable—related party

        4,384         2,983         7,367 (F)   (7,367 )    

Line of credit

                1,035         1,035 (F)   (1,035 )    

Accounts payable and other liabilities

        2,680     1,034     498         4,212         4,212  

Interest rate swaps

        3,277     795             4,072 (G)   (1,782 )   2,290  

Tenant security deposits

        623     261             884         884  

Prepaid rent

        581     1,269             1,850         1,850  

Deferred leasing intangibles

        976     3,003             3,979         3,979  

Due to related party

        3,653     172     179     (N)(332)     171         171  

                            (O)(3,501)                    
                                   
 

Total liabilities

        219,340     194,051     4,695     1,561     419,647     (233,357 )   186,290  
                                   

Owners'/shareholders' equity (deficit)

    2     (8,336 )   99,430     1,716         88,975 (A)   237,780     218,564  

                                  (F)   (75 )    

                            (H)(5,394)                    

                                  (I)   (2 )    

                                (J)   (628 )    

                            (L)(1,944)                    

                                  (M)   (76 )    

                            (O)3,501                  

                                  (P)   (107,410 )      

Non-controlling interest in operating partnership

                            (P)   107,410     107,410  
                                   
 

Total owners'/shareholders' equity (deficit)

    2     (8,336 )   99,430     1,716     (3,837)     88,975     236,999     325,974  
                                   

Total liabilities and equity

    2   $ 211,004   $ 293,481   $ 6,411     $  (2,276 ) $ 508,622   $ 3,642   $ 512,264  
                                   

See accompanying notes to pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  STAG
Predecessor
Group
  STAG
Contribution
Group
  The
Management
Company
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
  Company
Pro Forma
 
 
  BB
  CC
  DD
   
   
 

Revenue

                               
   

Rental income

  $ 24,249   $ 28,262   $   $   $ 52,511  
   

Tenant recoveries

    3,761     2,376             6,137  
   

Other

            1,252         1,252  
                       
     

Total revenue

    28,010     30,638     1,252         59,900  
                       

Expenses

                               
 

Property

    6,123     3,197             9,320  
 

General and administrative

    937         3,843   (EE)   6,502     11,282  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    9,514     16,758     23         26,295  
                       
     

Total expenses

    16,574     19,955     3,866     6,502     46,897  
                       

Other income (expense)

                               
 

Interest income

    16                 16  
 

Interest expense

    (14,116 )   (9,618 )   (403) (FF)   10,987     (10,771 )

                  (GG)   (826 )      

                  (HH)   3,205        
 

Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

    (282 )   229       (II)   153     100  
                       
 

Total other income (expense)

    (14,382 )   (9,389 )   (403 )   13,519     (10,655 )
                       
 

Net income (loss) before non-controlling interest

    (2,946 )   1,294     (3,017 )   7,017     2,348  
                       
 

Non-controlling interest in operating partnership

              (JJ)   774     774  
                       
 

Net income (loss) allocable to the Company

  $ (2,946 ) $ 1,294   $ (3,017 ) $ 6,243   $ 1,574  
                       
 

Pro forma earnings per share basic allocable to the Company

                      (KK) $ 0.12  
 

Pro forma weighted average outstanding shares basic

                            12,831,443  
 

Pro forma earnings per share diluted allocable to the Company

                      (KK) $ 0.12  
 

Pro forma weighted average outstanding shares diluted

                            12,953,943  

See accompanying notes to pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars in thousands)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        STAG Industrial, Inc. (the "Company") is a newly formed, full service real estate company, primarily focused on the acquisition, ownership, operation and management of single-tenant industrial properties located throughout the United States. Concurrent with this offering, the Company will complete the formation transactions, pursuant to which it will acquire, through a series of contribution transactions, STAG Predecessor Group, STAG Contribution Group, and the management company. Upon completion of the formation transactions and this offering, the Company's properties will consist of 90 industrial real estate properties, which the Company collectively refers to as its properties.

        The Company was formed as a Maryland corporation on July 21, 2010 to continue and grow the single-tenant business conducted by the predecessor business. STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, LP, the Company's operating partnership, was formed as a Delaware limited partnership on December 21, 2009. STAG Industrial GP LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary that the Company formed as a Delaware limited liability company, owns the general partnership interest in the operating partnership.

        The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-11 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to an initial public offering of shares of common stock (not including shares included in the underwriters' over-allotment option) or $260.0 million of equity at $            per share. Upon completion of the offering and the formation transactions, the Company expects its operations to be carried on through its operating partnership. At such time, the Company, as a limited partner of, and as sole shareholder of the general partner of, the operating partnership, will own, directly or indirectly, 67.3% of the operating partnership and will have control of the operating partnership, as determined under the consolidation rules of generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, the Company will consolidate the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the operating partnership.

        Management has determined that common control does not exist among the STAG Predecessor Group, which includes the entity that is considered our accounting acquirer, STAG Contribution Group, and the management company; accordingly, the formation transactions will be accounted for as a business combination. The entities combined in STAG Predecessor Group are under common control with the accounting acquirer, and as a result the acquisition of these entities is accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. Any interests contributed by STAG Investments III, LLC are presented in the consolidated financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group at historical cost. The contribution of all interests other than those directly owned by STAG Investments III, LLC will be accounted for as a business combination under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations , and recorded at the estimated fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities corresponding to their ownership interests. The fair values of tangible assets acquired are determined on an "as-if-vacant" basis. The "as-if-vacant" fair value is allocated to land, building and tenant improvements based on relevant information obtained in connection with the acquisition of these interests. The estimated fair value of acquired in-place leases are the costs the Company would have incurred to lease the property to the occupancy level of the property at the date of acquisition. Such estimates include the fair value of leasing commissions and legal costs that would be incurred to lease the property to this occupancy level. Additionally, the Company evaluates the time period over which such occupancy level would be achieved and includes an estimate of the net operating costs (primarily real estate taxes, insurance and utilities) incurred during the lease-up period. Above-market and below-market in-place lease values are recorded as an asset or liability based on the

F-6


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION (Continued)


present value (using an interest rate which reflects the risks associated with the leases acquired) of the difference between the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to the in-place leases and the Company's estimate of fair market lease rates for the corresponding in-place leases, measured over a period equal to the remaining non-cancelable term of the lease. Goodwill is recorded based on the difference between the consideration paid and the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill related to the contribution of the management company is attributable to the acquisition of an in-place workforce. The fair value of the debt assumed in the formation transactions was determined using current market interest rates for comparable debt financings.

2. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(A)
To reflect sale of                        shares of common stock for $            per share in this offering:

Gross proceeds from offering

  $ 260,000  

Less:

       

Underwriters' discount and commissions and other offering costs

    (22,220 )
       

Net proceeds from offering

  $ 237,780  
       
(B)
Represents the consolidated balance sheet of STAG Industrial, Inc. as of December 31, 2010. STAG Industrial, Inc. was incorporated on July 21, 2010 and has had no activity since its inception other than the issuance of 110 shares of common stock for $20 per share that was initially funded with cash.

(C)
Represents the historical combined balance sheet of STAG Predecessor Group, which includes the entity that is considered our accounting acquirer, as of December 31, 2010. The acquisition of STAG Predecessor Group, is recorded at historical cost (see Note 1 to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements).

(D)
Through a contribution transaction, the Company will acquire the STAG Contribution Group which consists of properties being contributed by STAG Investments IV, LLC and STAG GI Investments, LLC, which are under common management. Also included within the properties being contributed to the Company is a probable acquisition of STAG GI Investments, LLC. STAG Investments IV, LLC and STAG GI Investments, LLC will receive as consideration common units. The net acquisition price of $99,430 reflects 4,971,517 of common units being issued to STAG Investment IV, LLC and STAG GI Investments, LLC multiplied by $            , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The acquisition of all interests in STAG Contribution Group from all prior investors will be accounted for as an acquisition under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations , and recorded at the estimated fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The following pro forma adjustments are necessary to reflect the allocation of purchase price. The allocation of purchase

F-7


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (Continued)

    price is based on the Company's best estimates and is subject to change based on the final determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired.

   

Land

  $ 30,736  
   

Building and improvements

    192,782  
       
     

Total rental property

    223,518  
       

Restricted cash and escrows

    2,041  

Rents receivable, net

    280  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    707  

Deferred financing costs, net

     
   

Above market leases

    14,998  
   

Leases in-place

    32,305  
   

Leasing commissions, net

    6,877  
   

Tenant relationships

    12,755  
       
     

Total deferred leasing intangibles, net

    66,935  
       
 

Assets acquired

    293,481  
       

Mortgage notes payable, net

    187,517  

Accounts payable and other liabilities

    1,034  

Interest rate swaps

    795  

Tenant security deposits

    261  

Prepaid rent

    1,269  

Deferred leasing intangibles

    3,003  

Due to related party

    172  
       
 

Liabilities assumed

    194,051  
       
 

Net acquisition price

  $ 99,430  
       
(E)
Through a contribution transaction, the Company will acquire the management company. The prior owners will receive, as consideration, operating partnership units. The net acquisition price of $1,716 reflects 85,787 common units being issued to the management company multiplied by $            , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The acquisition of all interests in the management company will be accounted for as an acquisition under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations , and recorded at the estimated fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The following pro forma adjustments are necessary to reflect the initial allocation of purchase price. The allocation of

F-8


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (Continued)

    purchase price is based on the Company's preliminary estimates and is subject to change based on the final determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired.

Cash

  $ 74  

Buildings and improvements

    68  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    86  

Goodwill

    5,238  

Due from related parties

    945  
       
 

Assets acquired

    6,411  
       

Related party debt

    2,983  

Line of credit

    1,035  

Other liabilities

    498  

Due to related party

    179  
       
 

Liabilities assumed

    4,695  
       

Net acquisition price

  $ 1,716  
       
(F)
Reflects the (1) use of offering proceeds totaling $226,181 for the retirement of $217,779 of mortgage debt and $8,402 of related party debt, which related party debt is owed to affiliates of the Company and (2) $1,052 in expenditures associated with the retirement of indebtedness, the attainment of lender consents on existing indebtedness (including financing fees, related legal fees, and contingent waiver fees), fees associated with the secured corporate credit facility, and fees associated with the extension of our debt due in 2012. $977 of these expenditures are accounted as deferred financing fees on the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(G)
Reflects the termination of a portion of an interest rate swap due to the retirement of mortgage debt as referred to in Note F above.

(H)
Reflects the assumption and repayment of the principal amount of mortgage debt secured by certain of the Company's properties and the Option Properties. The number of operating partnership units to be issued to STAG Investments III, LLC in the Company's formation transactions will be reduced accordingly.

(I)
Represents the redemption of the 110 STAG Industrial, Inc. common shares outstanding.

(J)
Reflects an estimate of transaction costs including transfer taxes.

(K)
Represents the posting of escrows for our mortgage debt.

(L)
Represents the adjustment needed to reflect the undistributed working capital due to the prior investors of STAG Predecessor Group, STAG Contribution Group, and the management company.

(M)
Represents the write off of the deferred financing costs associated with the retirement of mortgage debt and other related party debt as referred to in Note F above.

(N)
Reflects the elimination of certain balance sheet intercompany transactions between STAG Predecessor Group, STAG Contribution Group, and the management company.

(O)
Reflects the elimination of the accrued guarantee fees, due to a related party, associated with the mortgage notes payable of STAG Predecessor Group, which will be retained by Fund III.

(P)
Represents the reclassification of capital accounts to reflect the capital accounts of the Company and the recording of the non-controlling interest in the operating partnership. The non-controlling interest in the operating partnership represents $107,410 of the total $325,974 in equity.

F-9


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

3. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

        In connection with the completion of the offering and the other formation transactions, the Company expects to recognize expenditures associated with the retirement of certain indebtedness and attaining of lender consents on existing indebtedness (including financing fees, related legal fees and contingent waiver fees of $25, which have not been included in the pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations as these expenditures are nonrecurring and are a direct result of the formation transactions).


        The adjustments to the pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 are as follows:

(AA)
Represents the consolidated statement of operations of STAG Industrial, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2010. STAG Industrial, Inc. has had no activity since its inception other than the issuance of 110 shares of common stock for $20 per share that was initially funded with cash.

(BB)
Represents the historical combined statement of operations of STAG Predecessor Group. As discussed in Note 1, revenue and expenses to be recognized by the Company related to STAG Predecessor Group's contributed interests are based on the historical cost basis of the related assets.

(CC)
To reflect the results of operations from the contribution of STAG Contribution Group, which includes the current and probable acquisitions of STAG GI Investments, LLC, that will occur upon the formation transactions as discussed in Note D above. The table below illustrates the adjustments to revenue and expenses for STAG Contribution Group. Adjustments to revenue represent the impact of the amortization of the net amount of above- and below-market rents and change in straight-line rent recognition as a result of purchase accounting adjustments. Adjustments to depreciation and amortization represent the additional depreciation expense and amortization of intangibles as a result of these purchase accounting adjustments. Depreciation and amortization amounts were determined in accordance with the Company's policies and are based on management's evaluation of the estimated useful lives of the properties and intangibles. The amounts allocated to building are depreciated over 40 years. The amounts allocated to lease intangibles are generally amortized over the remaining life of the related leases. Interest expense represents the interest expense of the assumed debt at the current negotiated rates.

F-10


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

3. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

STAG Contribution Group

 
  For the Year Ended December 31, 2010  
 
  Certain Revenue and Expenses    
   
 
 
   
  Pro
Forma
STAG
Contribution
Group
 
 
  Historical
STAG
Contribution
Group
  Historical (2)
Newton
  Historical (3)
O'Fallon
  Historical (4)
Goshen
  Historical (5)
Charlotte
  Historical (6)
Piscataway
and Lopatcong
  Historical (7)
Streetsboro
  Historical (8)
Charlotte II
  Historical (9)
Salem
  Historical (10)
Rogers and Vonore
  Historical (11)
Madison
  Historical (12)
Walker
  Historical (13)
Mooresville
  Adjustments (1)  

Rental income

  $ 16,446     247   $ 314   $ 695   $ 1,526   $ 1,613   $ 970   $ 1,635   $ 710   $ 2,414   $ 903   $ 560   $ 1,080   $ (851 ) $ 28,262  

Tenant recoveries

    1,533     2         144     143             256     134             164             2,376  
                                                               
 

Total revenue

  $ 17,979     249   $ 314   $ 839   $ 1,669   $ 1,613   $ 970   $ 1,891   $ 844   $ 2,414   $ 903   $ 724   $ 1,080   $ (851 ) $ 30,638  
                                                               

Property

  $ 2,295     2   $ 4   $ 144   $ 196               $ 256   $ 136               $ 164         $   $ 3,197  

Depreciation and amortization

                                                                              16,758     16,758  

Interest expense

                                                                              9,618     9,618  

Gain on interest rate swaps

                                                                                  (229 )   (229 )
                                                               
 

Total expense

  $ 2,295     2   $ 4   $ 144   $ 196   $   $   $ 256   $ 136   $   $   $ 164   $   $ 26,147   $ 29,344  
                                                               
(1)
The adjustments relate to above/below market lease amortization, straight-line rent adjustments, adding depreciation and amortization, adding interest expense for the related debt and the historical loss from the interest rate swaps.

(2)
On May 14, 2010, the Newton Property was acquired by STAG Investments IV, LLC.

(3)
On July 30, 2010, the O'Fallon Property was acquired by STAG GI Investments, LLC.

(4)
On August 13, 2010, the Goshen Property was acquired by STAG GI Investments, LLC.

(5)
On September 17, 2010, the Charlotte Property was acquired by STAG GI Investments, LLC.

(6)
On September 30, 2010, the Charlotte II Property was acquired by STAG GI Investments, LLC.

(7)
On October 28, 2010, the Streetsboro Property was acquired by STAG GI Investments, LLC.

(8)
On December 10, 2010, the Piscataway and Lopatcong Properties were acquired by STAG GI Investments, LLC.

(9)
On November 4, 2010, the Salem Properties were acquired by STAG GI Investments, LLC.

(10)
On October 26, 2010, the Rogers and Vonore Properties were acquired by STAG GI Investments, LLC.

(11)
On October 12, 2010, the Madison Property was acquired by STAG GI Investments, LLC.

(12)
On October 15, 2010, the Walker Property was acquired by STAG GI Investments, LLC.

(13)
The acquisition of this Property is deemed probable by STAG GI Investments, LLC.

(DD)
To reflect estimates of revenue and expenses of the management company that will occur upon the formation transactions as discussed in Note E above as follows:

Annual third party management fee revenue of $1,252 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to be earned by the Company from certain contracts to manage industrial properties of Fund II and certain properties that will continue to be owned by Fund III, and administrative service agreements with Fund III and Fund IV.

General and administrative expenses of $3,843 for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Interest expense of $403 for the year ended December 31, 2010 on a related party loan, which is to an affiliate of the Company.

(EE)
The Company expects to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of becoming a public company, including but not limited to incremental salaries, board of directors' fees and expenses, directors' and officers' insurance, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance costs, and incremental audit and tax fees. The Company estimates that these costs could result in

F-11


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

3. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

    incremental general and administrative expenses of approximately $6,502 for the year ended December 31, 2010.

(FF)
To reflect the change in interest expense as a result of the retirement of mortgage and other related party debt, which is due to an affiliate of the Company. The Company expects to pay off $226,181 of debt upon the consummation of the formation transactions.

(GG)
Represents the unused fee for the secured corporate credit facility, fees associated with the extension of our debt due in 2012 and the amortization of deferred financing costs as discussed in Note F above.

(HH)
To reflect the add back of historical amortization of deferred financing fees and the add back of guarantee fees due to a related party, due to the paydown of mortgage notes payable of STAG Predecessor Group.

(II)
To reflect the add back of the historical loss on interest rate swaps due to the paydown of STAG Predecessor Group mortgage notes payable.

(JJ)
Represents the net income attributable to the non-controlling interest in the operating partnership.

(KK)
Pro forma earnings per share—basic and diluted are calculated by dividing pro forma consolidated net income allocable to the Company's shareholders by the number of shares of common stock issued in this offering and the formation transactions.

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2010
 

Numerator

       

Income from continuing operations

  $ 1,574  
       

Denominator

       
 

Shares issued in the offering, net of unvested restricted shares and units

    13,000,000  
   

Impact from offering proceeds not used for acquisitions or debt repayment(l)

    (168,557 )
       

Denominator for basic earnings per share

    12,831,443  
       

Denominator for diluted earnings per share(2)

    12,953,943  
       

Earnings per share data:

       
 

Basic—continuing operations

  $ 0.12  
       
 

Diluted—continuing operations

  $ 0.12  
       

(1)
The denominator in computing pro forma earnings per share should include only those common shares whose proceeds are being reflected in pro forma adjustments in the balance sheet and income statement, such as proceeds used for acquisitions, debt repayments, and offering costs. The total amount of proceeds used for general purposes is approximately $2.5 million.

(2)
Reflects the additional unvested LTIP units and shares of restricted common stock of 396,719 issued to officers, directors and employees.

F-12


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of STAG Industrial, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2010. This consolidated balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of STAG Industrial, Inc. at December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-13


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2010

 
  December 31, 2010  

Assets

       
 

Cash

  $ 2,200  
       
   

Total assets

  $ 2,200  
       

Shareholders' equity

       
 

Common stock—$0.01 per value; 100,000,000 shares authorized and 110 shares issued and outstanding

  $ 1  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    2,199  
       
   

Total shareholders' equity

  $ 2,200  
       

See accompanying notes to the consolidated balance sheet.

F-14


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet

1. Organization and Description of Business

        STAG Industrial, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in Maryland on July 21, 2010. The Company has not had any corporate activity since its formation. The Company is the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. (the "Operating Partnership") which was formed on December 21, 2009. STAG Industrial GP, LLC. (the "GP"), which was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on December 21, 2009 is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership. The Company's predecessor business is engaged in the business of acquiring, owning, leasing and managing of real estate, consisting primarily of industrial properties located throughout the United States.

        The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-11 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to a proposed initial public offering (the "Offering") of common stock. As discussed below, the Company intends to operate as a real estate investment trust ("REIT"). Concurrent with the Offering of the common stock of the Company, which is expected to be completed in 2010, the Company, the Operating Partnership, together with the partners and shareholders of the affiliated partnerships and corporations of STAG Capital Partners and other parties which hold direct or indirect interests in the properties (collectively, the "Participants"), will engage in certain formation transactions (the "Formation Transactions"). The Participants will elect to take either stock in the Company, limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership and/or cash pursuant to the Formation Transactions. The Formation Transactions are designed to (i) continue the operations of STAG Predecessor Group, (ii) enable the Company to raise the necessary capital to acquire interests in certain other properties, repay mortgage debt relating thereto and pay other indebtedness, (iii) fund costs, capital expenditures and working capital, (iv) provide a vehicle for future acquisitions, (v) enable the Company to comply with requirements under the federal income tax laws and regulations relating to real estate investment trusts, and (vi) preserve tax advantages for certain Participants.

        The operations of the Company will be carried on primarily through the Operating Partnership. The Company is the sole shareholder of the GP which in turn is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership. It is the intent of the Company to elect the status of and qualify as a REIT under Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Company after the completion of the Formation Transactions will be fully integrated, self-administered, and self-managed.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying consolidated balance sheet are presented on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and includes the accounts of the Company, the Operating Partnership and the GP. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Income Taxes

        As a REIT, the Company will be permitted to deduct dividends paid to its shareholders, eliminating the federal taxation of income represented by such distributions at the Company level, provided certain requirements are met. REITs are subject to a number of organizational and operational requirements. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, the Company

F-15


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


will be subject to federal income tax (including any applicable alternative minimum tax) on its taxable income at regular corporate tax rates.

Offering Costs

        In connection with the Offering, affiliates have or will incur legal, accounting, and related costs, which will be reimbursed by the Company upon the consummation of the Offering. Such costs will be deducted from the gross proceeds of the Offering. Offering costs have not been accrued because the Company does not have an obligation to reimburse its affiliates for such costs until the closing of the Offering. As of December 31, 2010, the Company's affiliates had incurred costs in connection with the Offering of approximately $4.7 million.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated balance sheets and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. Shareholders Equity

        From the date of inception, the Company has issued 110 common shares for $2,200 in two separate transactions with related parties. The Company has authorized the issuance of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock at $0.01 par value per share. There are currently no preferred shares issued or outstanding.

4. Subsequent Events

        STAG Industrial, Inc. has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011 and noted no additional items requiring adjustment to the consolidated balance sheet or additional disclosure.

F-16


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the STAG Predecessor Group as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related combined statements of operations, changes in owners' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. In addition, our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index. These financial statements and the related schedule are the responsibility of the STAG Predecessor Group's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the combined financial statements and financial statement schedule referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the STAG Predecessor Group at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the combined results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-17


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Combined Balance Sheets

(dollars in thousands)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2010   2009  

Assets

             

Rental Property

             
 

Land

  $ 25,086   $ 25,086  
 

Buildings

    173,456     173,456  
 

Tenant improvements

    8,197     9,440  
 

Building improvements

    3,447     2,027  
 

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (19,261 )   (14,626 )
           
   

Total rental property

    190,925     195,383  

Cash and cash equivalents

   
1,567
   
2,772
 

Restricted cash

    2,571     1,983  

Tenant accounts receivable, net

    3,725     3,580  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    458     585  

Deferred financing fees, net

    118     235  

Leasing commissions, net

    133     32  

Deferred leasing intangibles, net

    11,507     15,518  

Due from related parties

        28  
           
   

Total assets

  $ 211,004   $ 220,116  
           

Liabilities and Owners' Equity

             

Liabilities:

             

Mortgage notes payable

  $ 203,166   $ 207,748  

Notes payable to related party

    4,384     4,384  

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    2,680     2,352  

Interest rate swaps

    3,277     2,995  

Tenant security deposits

    623     1,294  

Prepaid rent

    581     770  

Deferred leasing intangibles, net

    976     1,497  

Due to related parties

    3,653     597  
           
   

Total liabilities

    219,340     221,637  
           

Owners' deficit

    (8,336 )   (1,521 )
           
   

Total liabilities and owners' equity

  $ 211,004   $ 220,116  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-18


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Combined Statements of Operations

(dollars in thousands)

 
  STAG Predecessor Group  
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  

Revenue

                   
 

Rental income

  $ 24,249   $ 25,658   $ 27,319  
 

Tenant recoveries

    3,761     4,508     3,951  
               
   

Total revenue

    28,010     30,166     31,270  
               

Expenses

                   
 

Property

    3,254     5,342     3,009  
 

General and administrative

    337     478     502  
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    2,869     3,067     2,804  
 

Asset management fees

    600     600     610  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    9,514     10,257     12,108  
 

Loss on impairment of assets

            3,728  
               
   

Total expenses

    16,574     19,744     22,761  
               

Other income (expense)

                   
 

Interest income

    16     66     140  
 

Interest expense

    (14,116 )   (14,328 )   (15,058 )
 

Loss on interest rate swaps

    (282 )   (1,720 )   (1,275 )
               
   

Total other income (expenses)

    (14,382 )   (15,982 )   (16,193 )
               

Net loss

  $ (2,946 ) $ (5,560 ) $ (7,684 )
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-19


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Combined Statements of Changes in Owners' Equity

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Total  

Balance December 31, 2007

    21,586  
 

Distributions

    (7,342 )
 

Net loss

    (7,684 )
       

Balance December 31, 2008

    6,560  
 

Distributions

    (2,521 )
 

Net loss

    (5,560 )
       

Balance December 31, 2009

    (1,521 )
 

Distributions

    (3,869 )
 

Net loss

    (2,946 )
       

Balance December 31, 2010

  $ (8,336 )
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-20


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in thousands)

 
  STAG Predecessor Group  
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  

Cash flow from operating activities

                   

Net loss

  $ (2,946 ) $ (5,560 ) $ (7,684 )
               

Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   
 

Depreciation and amortization

    9,599     10,708     12,619  
 

Intangible amortization in rental income

    (34 )   284     (563 )
 

Tenant straight line receivable, net

    (641 )   (818 )   (1,187 )
 

Loss on impairment of assets

            3,728  
 

Loss on interest rate swaps

    282     1,720     1,275  
 

Change in assets and liabilities:

                   
   

Tenant accounts receivable, net

    496     812     (413 )
   

Leasing commissions, net

    (101 )   (5 )   11  
   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    127     (112 )   527  
   

Due from related parties

    28     (17 )   (11 )
   

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    328     338     54  
   

Tenant security deposits

    (671 )   (9 )   87  
   

Due to related parties

    3,056     425     33  
   

Prepaid rent

    (189 )   599     (45 )
               
   

Total adjustments

    12,280     13,925     16,115  
               
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    9,334     8,365     8,431  
               

Cash flow from investing activities:

                   
 

Additions of land, buildings and improvements

    (1,500 )   (1,293 )   (386 )
 

Proceeds from sale of land

        50      
 

Restricted cash—escrow

    (588 )   (797 )   (25 )
               
 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,088 )   (2,040 )   (411 )
               

Cash flow from financing activities:

                   
 

Proceeds from notes payable to related parties

        4,384      
 

Repayment or mortgage notes payable

    (4,582 )   (8,430 )   (1,182 )
 

Payments of deferred financing fees

        (354 )    
 

Distributions

    (3,869 )   (2,521 )   (7,342 )
               
 

Net cash used in financing activities

    (8,451 )   (6,921 )   (8,524 )
               

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (1,205 )   (596 )   (504 )

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year

    2,772     3,368     3,872  
               

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year

  $ 1,567   $ 2,772   $ 3,368  
               

Supplemental cash flow information

                   
 

Cash paid for interest

    10,965     13,487     14,535  
 

Write-off of fully depreciated tenant improvements

    1,323     184     396  
               
 

Write-off of accumulated depreciation

    1,112     33     22  
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-21


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in thousands)

1. Organization and Description of Business

        STAG Predecessor Group (the "predecessor" for accounting purposes), is not a legal entity, but a collection of 45 real estate entities and holdings of STAG Investments III, LLC. STAG Predecessor Group is engaged in the business of owning, leasing and operating real estate consisting primarily of industrial properties located throughout the United States. STAG Predecessor Group generates the majority of its revenue by entering into long-term, triple-net leases with local, regional, and national companies.

        STAG Predecessor Group is the predecessor of STAG Industrial, Inc. (the "Company"). Concurrent with an initial public offering (the "Offering") of the common stock of the Company, which is expected to be completed in 2010, the Company and a newly formed majority owned limited partnership, STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. (the "Operating Partnership"), together with the partners and shareholders of the affiliated partnerships and corporations of the Company and other parties which hold direct or indirect interests in the properties (collectively, the "Participants"), will engage in certain formation transactions (the "Formation Transactions"). The Participants will elect to take either stock in the Company, or limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership pursuant to the Formation Transactions. The Formation Transactions are designed to (i) continue the operations of STAG Predecessor Group, (ii) enable the Company to raise the necessary capital to acquire interests in certain other properties, repay mortgage debt relating thereto and pay other indebtedness, (iii) fund costs, capital expenditures and working capital, (iv) provide a vehicle for future acquisitions, (v) enable the Company to comply with requirements under the federal income tax laws and regulations relating to real estate investment trusts, and (vi) preserve tax advantages for certain Participants.

        The operations of the Company will be carried on primarily through the Operating Partnership. It is the intent of the Company to elect the status of and qualify as a REIT under the Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, will be the sole general partner in the Operating Partnership. The Company after the completion of the Formation Transactions will be fully integrated, self-administered and self-managed.

        The properties included as part of STAG Predecessor Group were acquired in the following quarters: eleven properties during the three months ended December 31, 2006; one property during the three months ended March 31, 2007; thirteen properties during the three months ended June 30, 2007; thirteen properties during the three months ended September 30, 2007; and nineteen properties during the three months ended December 31, 2007.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying combined financial statements have been presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the combination of entities. These financial statements are presented on a "carve-out" or combined basis, for all periods prior to our carve-out and comprise the combined historical financial statements of the transferred collection of real estate entities and holdings.

F-22


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Estimates

        The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Rental Property and Depreciation

        Rental property is carried at cost. The properties are reviewed on a periodic basis for impairment and a provision is provided for if impairments are identified. To determine if an impairment may exist, STAG Predecessor Group reviews its properties and identifies those that have had either an event of change or event of circumstances warranting further assessment of recoverability (such as a decrease in occupancy). If further assessment of recoverability is needed, STAG Predecessor Group estimates the future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the property and its eventual disposition, on an individual property basis. If the sum of the expected future net cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the property on an individual property basis, STAG Predecessor Group will recognize an impairment loss based upon the estimated fair value of such property as compared to its current carrying value. For properties considered held for sale, STAG Predecessor Group ceases depreciating the properties and values the properties at the lower of depreciated cost or fair value, less costs to dispose. If circumstances arise that were previously considered unlikely, and, as a result, STAG Predecessor Group decided not to sell a property previously classified as held for sale, STAG Predecessor Group will reclassify such property as held and used. Such property is measured at the lower of its carrying amount (adjusted for any depreciation and amortization expense that would have been recognized had the property been continuously classified as held and used) or fair value at the date of the subsequent decision not to sell. STAG Predecessor Group classifies properties as held for sale when all criteria within the Financial Accounting Standards Board's (the "FASB") Accounting Standard Codification ("ASC") 360 Property, Plant and Equipment ("ASC 360") (formerly known as Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets ) are met.

        Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method based on the following useful lives:

Buildings   40 years
Building and land improvements   5-20 years
Tenant improvements   Shorter of useful life or terms of related lease

        Expenditures for tenant improvements, leasehold improvements and leasing commissions are capitalized and amortized or depreciated over the shorter of their useful lives or the terms of each specific lease. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. Expenditures for improvements are capitalized.

        STAG Predecessor Group accounts for all acquisitions in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations , (formerly known as SFAS No. 141(R)). The FASB issued ASC 805 to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness, and comparability of the information that a reporting entity

F-23


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


provides in its financial reports about a business combination and its effects. The statement is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. STAG Predecessor Group adopted ASC 805 on January 1, 2009 and the adoption did not have a material effect on the combined financial statements.

        Upon acquisition of a property, STAG Predecessor Group allocates the purchase price of the property based upon the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, which generally consist of land, buildings, tenant improvements and intangible assets including in-place leases, above market and below market leases and tenant relationships. STAG Predecessor Group allocates the purchase price to the fair value of the tangible assets of an acquired property by valuing the property as if it were vacant. Acquired above and below market leases are valued based on the present value of the difference between prevailing market rates and the in-place rates measured over a period equal to the remaining term of the lease for above market leases and the initial term plus the term of any below market fixed rate renewal options for below market leases that are considered bargain renewal options. The above market lease values are amortized as a reduction of rental income over the remaining term of the respective leases, and the below market lease values are amortized as an increase to rental income over the remaining initial terms plus the terms of any below market fixed rate renewal options that are considered bargain renewal options of the respective leases.

        The purchase price is further allocated to in-place lease values and tenant relationships based on STAG Predecessor Group's evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant's lease and its overall relationship with the respective tenant. The value of in-place lease intangibles and tenant relationships, which are included as components of deferred leasing intangibles are amortized over the remaining lease term (and expected renewal periods of the respective lease for tenant relationships) as adjustments to depreciation and amortization expense. If a tenant terminates its lease early, the unamortized portion of leasing commissions, above and below market leases, the in-place lease value and tenant relationships are immediately written off.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less. STAG Predecessor Group maintains cash and cash equivalents in United States banking institutions that may exceed amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. While STAG Predecessor Group monitors the cash balances in its operating accounts, these cash balances could be impacted if the underlying financial institutions fail or are subject to other adverse conditions in the financial markets. To date, STAG Predecessor Group has experienced no loss or lack of access to cash in its operating accounts.

Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash includes security deposits and cash held in escrow for real estate taxes and capital improvements as required in various mortgage loan agreements.

F-24


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Tenant Accounts Receivable, net

        STAG Predecessor Group maintains an allowance for estimated losses that may result from the inability of tenants to make required payments. If a tenant fails to make contractual payments beyond any allowance, STAG Predecessor Group may recognize bad debt expense in future periods equal to the amount of unpaid rent and deferred rental income. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, STAG Predecessor Group had an allowance for doubtful accounts of $198 and $1,920, respectively.

        STAG Predecessor Group accrues rental revenue earned but not yet receivable in accordance with GAAP. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, STAG Predecessor Group had accrued rental revenue of $3,310 and $2,515, respectively, which is reflected in tenant accounts receivable, net on the accompanying balance sheets. STAG Predecessor Group maintains an allowance for estimated losses that may result from those revenues. If a tenant fails to make contractual payments beyond any allowance, STAG Predecessor Group may recognize bad debt expense in future periods equal to the amount of unpaid rent and accrued rental revenue. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, STAG Predecessor Group had an allowance on accrued rental revenue of $250 and $96, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, STAG Predecessor Group had a total of approximately $2,162 and $2,490, respectively, of total lease security available on existing letters of credit; and $623 and $1,294, respectively, of security available in security deposits.

Deferred Financing Fees

        Costs incurred in obtaining mortgage notes payable are capitalized. The deferred financing fees are amortized to interest expense over the life of the respective loans. Any unamortized amounts upon early repayment of mortgage notes payable are written off in the period of repayment. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, amortization of deferred finance charges included in interest expense was $117, $466, and $522, respectively. Fully amortized deferred charges are removed from the books upon maturity of the underlying debt.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, tenant accounts receivable, interest rate swaps, accounts payable, other accrued expenses and mortgage notes payable. The fair values of the cash and cash equivalents, tenant accounts receivable, accounts payable and other accrued expenses approximate their carrying or contract values. See Note 4 for the fair values of the mortgage notes payable. See Note 5 for the fair value of interest rate swaps. The carrying value of notes payable to related parties approximates fair value.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

        STAG Predecessor Group entered into interest rate swaps to hedge against interest rate risk on its variable rate loan with Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited ("Anglo Irish Bank"). The interest rate swaps are contracts to fix, for a period of time, the LIBOR component of the loan and allow for net settlement. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, STAG Predecessor Group was party to separate interest rate swaps with notional amounts of $157,815 each year.

F-25


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        STAG Predecessor Group accounts for its interest rate swaps in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging , (formerly known as SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended by SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities) . On January 1, 2009, STAG Predecessor Group adopted SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS 161), which changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The adoption of SFAS 161 (now included in ASC 815) did not have a material impact on STAG Predecessor Group's results of operations or financial condition.

        STAG Predecessor Group has designated the interest rate swaps as non-hedge instruments for accounting purposes. Accordingly, STAG Predecessor Group recognizes the fair value of the interest rate swap as asset or liability on the combined balance sheets with the changes in fair value recognized in the combined statements of operations.

        By using interest rate swaps, STAG Predecessor Group exposes itself to market and credit risk. Market risk is the risk of an adverse effect on the value of a financial instrument that results from a change in interest rates. Credit risk is the risk of failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the contract. STAG Predecessor Group minimizes the credit risk in interest rate swaps by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties whose credit rating is higher than Bbb. STAG Predecessor Group's exposure to credit risk at any point is generally limited to amounts recorded as assets or liabilities on the combined balance sheets.

Revenue and Gain Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease when collectability is reasonably assured in accordance with GAAP. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. Additional rents from expense reimbursements for insurance, real estate taxes and certain other expenses are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

        Certain tenants are obligated to make payments for insurance, real estate taxes and certain other expenses and these costs, which have been assumed by the tenants under the terms of their respective leases, are not reflected in STAG Predecessor Group's combined financial statements. To the extent any tenant responsible for these costs under their respective lease defaults on their lease or it is deemed probable that they will fail to pay for such costs, we would record a liability for such obligation. The Company estimates that real estate taxes which are the responsibility of all such tenants were approximately $1,826 and $1,868 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. STAG Predecessor Group does not recognize recovery revenue related to leases whereby the tenant has assumed the cost for real estate taxes, insurance, and certain other expenses.

        Rental revenue from month-to-month leases or leases with no scheduled rent increases or other adjustments is recognized on a monthly basis when earned.

        Lease termination fees are recognized on a straight line basis over the revised lease term as termination revenue when the tenants provide notification of their intent to terminate their lease, STAG Predecessor Group has no continuing obligation to provide services to such former tenants and

F-26


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


STAG Predecessor Group believes amounts are collectible. STAG Predecessor Group has no lease termination revenue for the periods presented.

Segment Reporting

        STAG Predecessor Group manages its operations on a consolidated, single segment basis for purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions and accordingly, has only one reporting segment.

Income Taxes

        STAG Predecessor Group represents a combination of entities that are limited liability companies. Generally, absent an election to the contrary, an LLC is treated as a partnership or a disregarded entity under applicable federal and state income tax rules. Therefore, the allocated share of net income or loss from the limited liability companies is reportable in the income tax returns of the respective member or members. Accordingly, no income tax provision is included in the accompanying combined financial statements.

        STAG Predecessor Group adopted the authoritative guidance on accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions (ASC 740, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes", (formerly FIN 48, "Uncertain Tax Positions")) on January 1, 2009, which required STAG Predecessor Group to determine whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the financial statements is reduced by the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority. STAG Predecessor Group has determined that there was no effect on the financial statements from its adoption of this authoritative guidance.

F-27


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

3. Deferred Leasing Intangibles

        Deferred leasing intangibles included in total assets consist of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2010   2009  

In-place leases

  $ 11,594   $ 13,217  

Lease: Accumulated amortization

    (6,363 )   (6,096 )
           
 

In-place leases, net

    5,231     7,121  
           

Above market leases

    2,705     3,568  

Less: Accumulated amortization

    (1,354 )   (1,730 )
           
 

Above market leases, net

    1,351     1,838  
           

Tenant relationships

    3,285     3,908  

Less: Accumulated amortization

    (1,454 )   (1,258 )
           
 

Tenant relationships, net

    1,831     2,650  
           

Lease commission

    5,492     5,939  

Less: Accumulated amortization

    (2,398 )   (2,030 )
           
 

Lease commission, net

    3,094     3,909  
           
 

Total deferred leasing intangibles, net

  $ 11,507   $ 15,518  
           

        Deferred leasing intangibles included in our total liabilities consist of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2010   2009  

Below market leases

  $ 2,656   $ 2,880  

Less: Accumulated amortization

    (1,680 )   (1,383 )
           
 

Total deferred leasing intangibles, net

  $ 976   $ 1,497  
           

        The decrease in total deferred lease intangibles, net relates to tenant lease expirations and lease terminations. It is STAG Predecessor Group's policy to write off the deferred lease intangibles when a lease expires or a tenant's lease is terminated in the period which the expirations or termination occurred.

        Amortization expense related to in-place leases, lease commissions and tenant relationships of deferred leasing intangibles was $3,524, $4,126 and $5,427 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Rental income increased (decreased) by $34, ($284), and $563 related to net amortization of above (below) market leases for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

F-28


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

3. Deferred Leasing Intangibles (Continued)

        Amortization related to deferred leasing intangibles over the next five years is as follows:

 
  Estimated Net Amortization
of In-Place Leases and
Tenant Relationships
  Net Decrease (Increase) to Rental
Revenue Related to Above and
Below Market Leases
 

2011

  $ 2,302   $ 38  

2012

    1,795     108  

2013

    1,246     118  

2014

    911     14  

2015

    743     (14 )

4. Mortgage Notes Payable

        Payments on mortgage notes are generally due in monthly installments of principal amortization and interest. A summary of mortgage notes payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 follows:

Loan
  Principal
outstanding as of
December 31,
2010
  Principal
outstanding as of
December 31,
2009
  Maturity  

Anglo Irish Variable Amount

  $ 10,954   $ 14,745     Jan-31-2012  

Anglo Irish Fixed Amount

    157,815     157,815     Jan-31-2012  

Anglo Irish Bridge Loan

    34,397     35,188     Jan-31-2012  
                 

  $ 203,166   $ 207,748        
                 

        STAG Predecessor Group is party to a master loan agreement with Anglo Irish Bank. The agreement had an original maturity date of August 10, 2009. According to the original loan agreement, all loans under the loan agreement were interest only through the maturity date, at which time all unpaid principal and interest was scheduled to be due. The borrowing rate was variable and calculated based on the applicable LIBOR rate plus 1.75%.

        In January 2009 the terms of the master loan agreement were amended. The current terms stipulate that interest and principal payments are to be made monthly based on a 25-year amortization schedule. The loan also requires a capital improvement escrow to be funded monthly in an amount equal to the difference between the payments required under the 25-year amortizing loan and a 20-year amortizing loan. Additionally, a $4,384 principal payment was made on the loan prior to commencing monthly principal payments. The maturity date was extended to January 31, 2012. Notwithstanding the interest rate swap transactions discussed below, the borrowing rate is variable and calculated based on the applicable LIBOR rate plus 3.00%. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the outstanding balance under this loan agreement was $168,769 and $172,560, respectively. The LIBOR rate as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was 0.26% and 0.24%, respectively.

        On May 1, 2008 STAG Predecessor Group entered into an $87,678 notional amount interest rate swap transaction with Anglo Irish Bank. STAG Predecessor Group swapped $87,678 of the outstanding debt under the loan agreement to a fixed rate of 3.055%. The swap terminated on August 11, 2009.

F-29


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

4. Mortgage Notes Payable (Continued)

        On February 5, 2009 STAG Predecessor Group entered into a forward swap agreement with Anglo Irish Bank. The terms of this agreement stipulated that on August 11, 2009, $157,815 of the outstanding debt under this loan agreement converted to a fixed rate of 2.165% plus the loan spread of 3.00% (5.165%). The swap terminates on January 31, 2012.

        STAG Predecessor Group is also party to a bridge loan agreement with Anglo Irish Bank. The loan agreement had an original maturity date of December 31, 2007. The original terms stipulated that the loan was interest only through the maturity date, at which time all unpaid principal and interest was to be due. The borrowing rate was variable and calculated based on the applicable Libor rate plus 3.00%.

        In January 2009 the terms of the bridge loan agreement were amended. The current terms stipulate that interest and principal payments are to be made monthly based on a 25-year amortization schedule. The loan also requires a capital improvement escrow to be funded monthly in an amount equal to the difference between the payments required under the 25-year amortizing loan and a 20-year amortizing loan. The maturity date of the bridge loan was extended to January 31, 2012. The current borrowing rate is variable and calculated based on the applicable LIBOR rate plus 4.25%. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009 the outstanding balance under this loan agreement was $34,397 and $35,188, respectively.

        The master loan and bridge loan are both collateralized by the specific properties financed under the loans and a first priority collateral assignment of the specific leases and rents. The bridge loan is also subject to a collective, joint and several repayment guaranty by two individual related parties of STAG Predecessor Group. These loans are subject to certain financial covenants. STAG Predecessor Group was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. Management continuously monitors the STAG Predecessor Group's current and anticipated compliance with the covenants. While STAG Predecessor Group currently believes it will remain in compliance with its covenants, in the event of a continued slow-down or continued crisis in the credit markets, the STAG Predecessor Group may not be able to remain in compliance with such covenants. In these events, if the lender would not provide a waiver, it would result in an event of default.

        Annual principal payments due under mortgage notes over the next 5 years are as follows:

2011

  $ 4,807  

2012

    198,359  

2013

     

2014

     

2015

     
       
 

Total

  $ 203,166  
       

        For purposes of financial reporting disclosures, STAG Predecessor Group calculates the fair value of mortgage notes payable. The fair values of STAG Predecessor Group's mortgage notes payable were determined by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings for loans with similar remaining maturities and similar loan-to-value ratios. The following table presents the aggregate carrying value of STAG Predecessor

F-30


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

4. Mortgage Notes Payable (Continued)


Group's mortgage notes payable and STAG Predecessor Group's corresponding estimate of fair value as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

December 31, 2010   December 31, 2009  
Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
 
$ 203,166   $ 200,866   $ 207,748   $ 203,998  

5. Use of Derivative Financial Instruments

        STAG Predecessor Group's use of derivative instruments is limited to the utilization of interest rate agreements to manage interest rate risk exposures and not for speculative purposes. The principal objective of such arrangements is to minimize the risks and/or costs associated with STAG Predecessor Group's operating and financial structure, as well as to hedge specific transactions.

        A summary of the fair values of interest rate swaps outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 
  Notional Amount   Fair Value
December 31,
2010
  Fair Value
December 31,
2009
 

Anglo Master Loan Swap

  $ 157,815   $ (3,277 ) $ (2,995 )

        STAG Predecessor Group adopted the fair value measurement provisions as of January 1, 2008 for its interest rate swaps recorded at fair value. The new guidance establishes a three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, STAG Predecessor Group applied the provisions of this standard to the valuation of its interest rate swaps, which are the only financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

        During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, STAG Predecessor Group recognized losses relating to the change in fair market value of its interest rate swaps of $282, $1,720 and $1,275, respectively.

F-31


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

5. Use of Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The following sets forth STAG Predecessor Group's financial instruments that are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 
   
  Fair Market Measurements as of December 31, 2010 Using:  
 
  December 31,
2010
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Liabilities:

                         

Interest Rate Swap

  $ 3,277       $ 3,277      

 
   
  Fair Market Measurements as of
December 31, 2009 Using:
 
 
  December 31,
2009
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Liabilities:

                         

Interest Rate Swap

  $ 2,995       $ 2,995      

6. Minimum Future Rental Revenue

        STAG Predecessor Group leases space to tenants primarily under non-cancelable operating leases, which generally contain provisions for a base rent plus reimbursement for certain operating expenses.

        Future minimum base rentals on non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2010, are as follows:

2011

  $ 21,447  

2012

    18,510  

2013

    14,160  

2014

    11,030  

2015

    9,633  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of deferred rent receivables and above/below-market lease intangibles. Some leases are subject to termination options. In general, these leases provide for termination payments should the termination options be exercised. The above table is prepared assuming such options are not exercised.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

        STAG Predecessor Group is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance subject to deductible requirements. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on STAG Predecessor Group's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-32


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

8. Concentrations of Credit Risk

        Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of tenants related to STAG Predecessor Group's investments or rental operations are engaged in similar business activities, are located in the same geographic region, or have similar economic features that would cause their inability to meet contractual obligations, including those to STAG Predecessor Group, to be similarly affected. STAG Predecessor Group regularly monitors its tenant base to assess potential concentrations of credit risk. Management believes the current credit risk portfolio is reasonably well diversified and does not contain any unusual concentration of credit risk. No tenant accounted for 5% or more of STAG Predecessor Group's rents during 2010, 2009, 2008. Recent developments in the general economy and the global credit markets have had a significant adverse effect on companies in numerous industries. STAG Predecessor Group has tenants concentrated in various industries that may be experiencing adverse effects from the current economic conditions and STAG Predecessor Group could be adversely affected if such tenants go into default on their leases.

9. Impairment Charges

        STAG Predecessor Group adopted the fair value measurement provisions as of January 1, 2008 for the impairment of long-lived assets recorded at fair value. In connection with the periodic review of the carrying values of STAG Predecessor Group's properties, STAG Predecessor Group determined during the year ended December 31, 2008 that an impairment loss in the amount of $3,728 should be recorded for STAG Predecessor Group's property located in Daytona Beach, Florida. The determination that an impairment loss should be recorded was made as a result of a tenant default and subsequent vacancy.

        The following table presents information about STAG Predecessor Group's impairment charge and fair market value of the asset which was measured in accordance with GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2008. The table indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques STAG Predecessor Group utilized to determine fair value. Fair value was determined by estimating the future cash flows from the property discounted to the present value using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved in those cash flows.

 
   
  Fairy Value Measurements as of
December 31, 2008 Using
   
 
 
  December 31,
2008
  Quoted
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Impairment
Charge
 

Daytona Beach, FL property

  $ 1,883   $   $   $ 1,883   $ (3,728 )

10. Related-Party Transactions

        On January 31, 2009, STAG Predecessor Group entered into a $4,384 loan agreement with NED Credit, Inc. (a related party). The note has an original maturity date of January 31, 2012 and is interest only through the maturity date, at which time all unpaid principal and interest due. The borrowing rate is variable and calculated based on the applicable LIBOR rate plus 12.50%. In the event of default, all outstanding amounts shall bear interest at the applicable LIBOR rate plus 16.50%. The loan is classified as notes payable to related party on the combined balance sheets. STAG Predecessor Group expensed $569 and $521 in interest expense related to this note payable for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, STAG Predecessor

F-33


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

10. Related-Party Transactions (Continued)


Group had $331 and $375, respectively, in accrued and unpaid interest expense which has been included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities on the combined balance sheets.

        On June 6, 2007, STAG Predecessor Group entered into a loan guarantee agreement with an affiliate of NED Credit Inc. (related party). The loan guarantee is for the Anglo Irish Bank bridge loan dated August 11, 2006 and amended on June 6, 2007. STAG Predecessor Group agreed to pay the guarantor an annual fee for the guarantor's provision of the guaranty in an amount equal to nine per cent (9.0%) per annum of the outstanding balance of the bridge loan. STAG Predecessor Group expensed $3,129, $3,241 and $3,389 in such guarantee fees for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, STAG Predecessor Group had $3,501 and $425, respectively, in accrued and unpaid bridge loan guarantee fees included in due to related parties on the combined balance sheets.

        STAG Predecessor Group is obligated to pay asset management fees to STAG Capital Partners, LLC and STAG Capital Partners III, LLC (collectively the "Manager") in consideration of the Manager's agreement that it shall provide reasonable and customary advisory and asset management services to STAG Predecessor Group. The management fee is payable quarterly in arrears on the first business day of each succeeding calendar quarter. Each quarterly installment of the management fee is equal to 1 / 4 of one-quarter of one percent (0.0625%) of the aggregate acquisition costs of all investments of STAG Predecessor Group, with the acquisition costs of investments made or sold during such quarter calculated on a weighted average basis according to the point during the quarter when such investments were made or sold.

        STAG Predecessor Group expensed $600, $600 and $610 in such asset management fees for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, STAG Predecessor Group had $151 and, $172, respectively, in accrued and unpaid asset management fees, which have been included in amounts due to related parties on the combined balance sheets.

        STAG Predecessor Group is obligated to reimburse certain expenses related to STAG Predecessor Group's operations incurred by the Manager (or its designated Affiliate). STAG Predecessor Group expensed $12, $82 and $86 in legal costs incurred by the Manager for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        STAG Predecessor Group was required to pay acquisition service fees to the Manager upon the acquisition of properties, in an amount of 1% of the Gross Acquisition Price of such property (as defined in the Operating Agreement). No acquisitions were made in 2010, 2009 or 2008.

11. Subsequent Events

        STAG Predecessor Group has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011, the date the financial statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the financial statements or additional disclosure.

F-34


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation as of December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

SCHEDULE III

REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

 
   
   
   
   
  Costs
Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition
and Valuation
Provision
  Gross Amount Carried at
Close of Period 12/31/10
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Initial Cost    
   
 
 
   
   
  Building and
Improvements
   
   
  Accumulated
Depreciation
12/31/10
  Year
Acquired
 
Building Address
  City/State   Encumbrances   Building   Land   Land   Total  

1515 East State Road 8

  Albion, IN     9,118     8,245     1,065         8,245     1,065     9,310     813     2006  

37 Hunt Road

  Amesbury, MA     5,126     3,523     1,022         3,523     1,022     4,545     286     2007  

2111 N. Sandra Street

  Appleton, WI     4,509     3,916     495     333     4,249     495     4,744     464     2007  

3311 Pinewood Drive

  Arlington, TX     2,820     2,455     413         2,455     413     2,868     242     2007  

365 McClurg Road

  Boardman, OH     3,840     3,482     282     596     4,078     282     4,360     304     2007  

8401 Southern Blvd

  Boardman, OH     2,026     1,980     192         1,980     192     2,172     157     2007  

818 Mulberry Street

  Canton, OH     5,871     5,078     586     85     5,163     586     5,749     501     2007  

50501/50371/50271/50900 E. Russell Schmidt

  Chesterfield, MI     9,588     8,073     1,449     604     8,677     1,449     10,126     1,082     2007  

1011 Glendale Milford Road

  Cincinnati, OH     5,222     5,172     384     31     5,203     384     5,587     485     2007  

4646 Needmore Road

  Dayton, OH     4,056     3,650     391         3,650     391     4,041     596     2007  

530 Fentress Boulevard

  Daytona Beach, FL     5,920     875     1,237     42     917     1,237     2,154     221     2007  

53105 Marina Drive/23590 CR6

  Elkhart, IN     4,080     3,777     447     161     3,938     447     4,385     343     2007  

6051/2311 North Lee Highway

  Fairfield, VA/Lexington, VA     3,284     2,719     354     177     2,896     354     3,250     276     2007  

5786 Collett Road

  Farmington, NY     5,489     5,342     410         5,342     410     5,752     488     2007  

One Fuller Way

  Great Bend, KS     7,987     7,222     1,065         7,222     1,065     8,287     689     2007  

900 Brooks Avenue

  Holland, MI     5,833     5,235     489     497     5,732     489     6,221     579     2007  

414 E. 40th Street

  Holland, MI     4,417     4,046     497         4,046     497     4,543     434     2007  

1102 Chastain Drive/4795 I-55 North

  Jackson, MS     4,754     4,068     968     565     4,633     968     5,601     372     2007  

165 American Way

  Jefferson, NC     2,960     2,875     119         2,875     119     2,994     257     2007  

19 Mollison Way

  Lewiston, ME     5,232     5,515     173     238     5,753     173     5,926     581     2007  

243/219 Medford Street

  Malden, MA     7,425     6,778     873         6,778     873     7,651     622     2007  

800 Pennsylvania Avenue

  Salem, OH     7,332     6,849     858         6,849     858     7,707     614     2006  

605 Fourth Street

  Mayville, WI     4,718     4,118     547         4,118     547     4,665     371     2007  

8900 N. 55th Street

  Milwaukee, WI     4,495     4,090     456         4,090     456     4,546     352     2007  

200 West Capitol Drive

  Milwaukee, WI     6,046     5,283     1,048     5     5,288     1,048     6,336     635     2007  

111/113 Pencader Drive

  Newark, DE     4,700     3,957     527     137     4,094     527     4,621     421     2007  

3100 West Fairfield Drive

  Pensacola, FL     230     206     42     83     289     42     331     24     2007  

1301 North Palafox Street

  Pensacola, FL     5,164     4,705     282     61     4,766     282     5,048     413     2007  

805 North Main Street

  Pocatello, ID     3,673     3,472     399         3,472     399     3,871     404     2007  

1400 Turbine Drive

  Rapid City, SD     13,669     11,957     2,306         11,957     2,306     14,263     1,624     2007  

2550 N. Mays Street

  Round Rock, TX     3,763     3,399     394     76     3,475     394     3,869     426     2007  

102 Sergeant Square Drive

  Sergeant Bluff, IA     12,792     11,675     736     24     11,699     736     12,435     1,480     2007  

15 Loveton Circle

  Sparks, MD     4,205     3,577     790         3,577     790     4,367     386     2007  

8950 & 8970 Pershall Road

  Hazelwood, MO     7,394     5,436     1,960         5,436     1,960     7,396     487     2006  

F-35


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation as of December 31, 2010 (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

 
   
   
   
   
  Costs
Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition
and Valuation
Provision
  Gross Amount Carried at
Close of Period 12/31/10
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Initial Cost    
   
 
 
   
   
  Building and
Improvements
   
   
  Accumulated
Depreciation
12/31/10
  Year
Acquired
 
Building Address
  City/State   Encumbrances   Building   Land   Land   Total  

476 Southridge Industrial Drive

  Tavares, FL     6,761     6,339     722         6,339     722     7,061     754     2006  

7990 Bavaria Road

  Twinsburg, OH     6,912     6,497     590         6,497     590     7,087     521     2007  

300 Spencer Mattingly Lane

  Bardstown, KY     2,733     2,399     379         2,399     379     2,778     230     2007  

1100 Performance Place

  Youngstown, OH     3,406     3,400     139         3,400     139     3,539     327     2007  
                                             

Total

        207,550     181,385     25,086     3,715     185,100     25,086     210,186     19,261        
                                             

Reconciliation of Real Estate Investments

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 210,009   $ 208,948   $ 212,688  
 

Additions during period

                   
   

Other acquisitions

             
   

Improvements, etc. 

    1,500     1,295     384  
   

Other additions

             
 

Deductions during period

                   
   

Cost of real estate sold

        (50 )    
   

Write-off of tenant improvements

    (1,323 )   (184 )   (396 )
   

Asset Impairments

            (3,728 )
               

Balance at close of period

  $ 210,186   $ 210,009   $ 208,948  

        The unaudited aggregate cost of real estate properties for federal tax purposes as of December 31, 2010 was $227,119.

Reconciliation of Accumulated Depreciation

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 14,626   $ 8,680   $ 2,395  
 

Additions during period

                   
   

Depreciation and amortization expense

    5,747     5,979     6,307  
   

Other additions

             
 

Reductions during period

                   
   

Disposals

    (1,112 )   (33 )   (22 )
   

Other reductions

             
               

Balance at close of period

  $ 19,261   $ 14,626   $ 8,680  

F-36


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying combined statements of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statements") of the STAG Contribution Group for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the periods from July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and January 1, 2008 to July 27, 2008. These Statements are the responsibility of the management of the STAG Contribution Group. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these Statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statements were prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the STAG Contribution Group's combined revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the STAG Contribution Group for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the periods from July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and January 1, 2008 to July 27, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-37


Table of Contents


STAG Contribution Group

Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Ownership I   Ownership II  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
  July 28 -
December 31,
2008
  January 1,
2008 - July 27,
2008
 

Revenue

                         
 

Rental income

  $ 16,446   $ 12,608   $ 4,240   $ 3,502  
 

Tenant recoveries

    1,533     1,754     803     674  
                   
   

Total revenue

  $ 17,979   $ 14,362   $ 5,043   $ 4,176  

Certain expenses

                         
 

Cost of rental operations

    1,077     927     553     530  
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    1,218     1,036     420     349  
                   
 

Certain expenses

    2,295     1,963     973     879  
                   

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 15,684   $ 12,399   $ 4,070   $ 3,297  
                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the combined statements of revenue and certain expenses.

F-38


Table of Contents


STAG Contribution Group

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

1. Organization

        STAG Contribution Group (the "Properties"), which is not a legal entity, but rather a combination of certain real estate entities and operations as described below, is engaged in the business of owning and operating real estate consisting primarily of industrial properties located throughout the United States. The accompanying combined statements of revenue and certain expenses ("Statements") relates to the operations of the Properties which consist of 32 industrial buildings located in 16 states.

        The Properties are owned by STAG Investments IV, LLC (the "Fund") and STAG GI Investments, LLC ("GI") and will be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The acquisition of the Properties is expected to occur upon the consummation of the proposed initial public offering.

        Since these Properties are being acquired from related parties as part of the initial public offering, these statements have been prepared for the period of ownership by the related parties, which in certain cases is less than three years but not less than one year. The Properties are being combined as they are all under common management for all periods being presented.

        Certain properties owned by the Fund and being contributed were initially purchased by a related party and affiliate of the Fund and were subsequently contributed to the Fund. Accordingly, the Statements are presented for two periods, labeled Ownership I and Ownership II. The two periods have been separated by a vertical line on the face of the Statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different historical-cost bases of accounting. The accounting policies followed during the Ownership I period in the preparation of the Statements are consistent with those of the Ownership II period and are further described below. The Ownership II period began on December 20, 2007 and ended with the contribution of properties to the Fund on July 28, 2008.

        The remaining properties owned by the Fund and GI being contributed are recorded from the date of acquisition by the respective entity and are included within the Ownership I section.

        The properties included as part of STAG Contribution Group were acquired in the following quarters: five properties in the three months ended December 31, 2007; three properties in the three months ended March 31, 2008; one property in the three months ended June 30, 2008; three properties in the three months ended September 30, 2008; five properties in the three months ended December 31, 2008; one property in the three months ended March 31, 2009; one property in the three months ended June 30, 2010; and four properties in the three months ended September 30, 2010; and nine properties in the three months ended December 31, 2010.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statements relate to the Properties and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is not representative of the actual results of operations of the Properties for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the periods from July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008

F-39


Table of Contents


STAG Contribution Group

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

and January 1, 2008 to July 27, 2008, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Properties:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Acquisition fees incurred or paid to STAG Capital Partners III, LLC in 2010 and 2009

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Properties.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the leases are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment increased revenue by approximately $599, $474, $141 and $58 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the period from July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and the period from January 1, 2008 to July 27, 2008, respectively. Tenant recoveries represent additional rents from expense reimbursements for insurance, real estate taxes, and certain other expenses are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

        Certain tenants make payments for insurance, real estate taxes and certain other expenses and these costs, which have been assumed by the tenants under the terms of their respective leases, are not reflected in the Properties' financial statements. In instances whereby the tenant has assumed the cost for insurance, real estate taxes, and certain other expenses, no recovery revenue has been reflected in the Statements.

        Rental revenue from month-to-month leases or leases with no scheduled rent increases or other adjustments is recognized on a monthly basis when earned.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Properties are leased to tenants primarily under non-cancelable operating leases which vary in length.

F-40


Table of Contents


STAG Contribution Group

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

3. Description of Leasing Arrangements (Continued)

        Future minimum base rentals on non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2010, are as follows:

2011

  $ 25,697  

2012

    25,289  

2013

    23,047  

2014

    21,568  

2015

    18,018  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of deferred rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles. Some leases are subject to termination options. In general, these leases provide for termination payments should the termination options be exercised. The above table is prepared assuming such options are not exercised.

        Certain leases provide for payments that represent reimbursements for related expenses incurred under existing ground leases.

        One tenant, Bank of America, N.A., represented 15% and 19% of the total base rental income revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The building occupied by this tenant was purchased on November 25, 2008. Bank of America N.A.'s financial information is publicly available.

        On October 18, 2010 an agreement was reached with that tenant to terminate its lease agreement. In accordance with the terms of the termination agreement, the tenant was required to pay a $479 lease termination fee. The payment was received on October 28, 2010 and is classified as rental income. The terminated lease was originally set to expire on December 31, 2011. A new lease for the space has been executed with an unaffiliated tenant.

4. Ground Lease Commitments

        Certain properties are subject to non-cancelable operating ground lease agreements. The ground leases provide for monthly minimum rent and future rent increases. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the period from July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and the period from January 1, 2008 to July 27, 2008, the Properties expensed ground lease payments under these operating leases in the amount of $114, $114, $47, and $38, respectively.

        The following is a schedule of minimum ground lease payments due over the next five years as of December 31, 2010:

2011

  $ 114  

2012

    114  

2013

    115  

2014

    115  

2015

    115  

F-41


Table of Contents


STAG Contribution Group

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

5. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Properties are subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Properties revenue and certain operating expenses.

6. Acquisitions

        On May 14, 2010 the Fund acquired a 100% occupied single tenant industrial property in Newton, NC. A statement of revenue and certain expenses for this property for the period January 1, 2010 to May 13, 2010, prepared in accordance with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        On July 30, 2010, GI acquired a 100% occupied single tenant industrial property in O'Fallon, MO. A statement of revenue and certain expenses for this property for the period January 1, 2010 to July 29, 2010, prepared in accordance with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        On August 13, 2010, GI acquired a 100% occupied single tenant industrial property in Goshen, IN. A statement of revenue and certain expenses for this property for the period January 1, 2010 to August 12, 2010, prepared in accordance with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        On September 17, 2010, GI acquired a 100% occupied single tenant industrial property in Charlotte, NC. A statement of revenue and certain expenses for this property for the period January 1, 2010 to September 16, 2010, prepared in accordance with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        On September 30, 2010, GI acquired a 100% occupied single tenant industrial property in Charlotte, NC. A statement of revenue and certain expenses for this property for the period January 1, 2010 to September 29, 2010, prepared in accordance with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        On October 12, 2010, GI acquired the Madison Property, a single tenant industrial property located in Madison, TN. A statement of revenue and certain expenses for this property for the period January 1, 2010 to October 11, 2010, prepared in accordance with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        On October 15, 2010, GI acquired the Walker Property, a single tenant industrial property located in Walker, MI. A statement of revenue and certain expenses for this property for the period January 1, 2010 to October 14, 2010, prepared in accordance with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        On October 26, 2010, GI acquired the Rogers and Vonore Properties, a single tenant industrial property located in Rogers, MN and a single tenant industrial property located in Vonore, TN. A combined statement of revenue and certain expenses for these properties for the period January 1, 2010 to October 25, 2010, prepared in accordance with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

F-42


Table of Contents


STAG Contribution Group

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

6. Acquisitions (Continued)

        On October 28, 2010, GI acquired the Streetsboro Property, a single tenant industrial property located in Streetsboro, OH. A statement of revenue and certain expenses for this property for the period January 1, 2010 to October 27, 2010, prepared in accordance with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        On November 4, 2010, GI acquired the Salem Properties, two industrial buildings located in Salem, OR. One of the buildings is occupied by a single tenant and the other building is occupied by two tenants. A combined statement of revenue and certain expenses for these properties for the period January 1, 2010 to November 3, 2010, prepared in accordance with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        On December 10, 2010, GI acquired the Piscataway and Lopatcong Properties, one manufacturing building located in Lopatcong, NJ and one industrial building located in Piscataway, NJ. Both of the buildings are occupied by the same tenant. A combined statement of revenue and certain expenses for these properties for the period January 1, 2010 to December 9, 2010, prepared in accordance with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

7. Subsequent Events

        STAG Contribution Group has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011, the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no additional items requiring adjustment to the Statements or additional disclosure.

F-43


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Newton Property (the "Property") for the period from January 1, 2010 to May 13, 2010. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to May 13, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-44


Table of Contents


Newton Property
Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Period from
January 1, 2010 to
May 13,
2010
 

Revenue

       
 

Rental income

  $ 247  
 

Tenant recoveries

    2  
       
 

Total revenue

    249  

Certain expenses

       
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    2  
       
 

Certain expenses

    2  
       

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 247  
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statement of revenue and certain expenses.

F-45


Table of Contents


Newton Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Newton Property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Newton, NC. The accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses ("Statement") relates to the operations of the Property.

        Prior to May 14, 2010, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On May 14, 2010, the Property was acquired by STAG IV Newton, LLC ("STAG IV") and is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The operating results of this property from May 14, 2010 to December 31, 2010 are included in STAG Contribution Group.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statement relates to the Property and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment increased revenue by approximately $1 for the period from January 1, 2010 to May 13, 2010. Tenant recoveries represent additional rents from expense reimbursements for insurance are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

        The tenant makes payments for certain other expenses and these costs, which have been assumed by the tenant under the terms of their respective lease, are not reflected in the Statement.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-46


Table of Contents


Newton Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of December 31, 2016.

        Future minimum base rentals on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2010, are as follows:

2011

  $ 662  

2012

    662  

2013

    662  

2014

    662  

2015

    662  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below -market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011, the date which the Statement was available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statement or additional disclosure.

F-47


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Charlotte Property (the "Property") for the period from January 1, 2010 to September 16, 2010. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to September 16, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-48


Table of Contents


Charlotte Property
Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Period from
January 1, 2010 to
September 16,
2010
 

Revenue

       
 

Rental revenue

  $ 1,526  
 

Tenant recoveries

    143  
       
   

Total revenue

    1,669  

Certain expenses

       
 

Property

    88  
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    108  
       
 

Certain expenses

    196  
       

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 1,473  
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statement of revenue and certain expenses.

F-49


Table of Contents


Charlotte Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Charlotte Property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Charlotte, NC. The accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses ("Statement") relates to the operations of the Property.

        Prior to September 17, 2010, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On September 17, 2010, the Property was acquired by STAG GI Charlotte, LLC ("GI") and is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The operating results of this property from September 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010 are combined within STAG Contribution Group as they were under common management for this period.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statement relates to the Property and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment increased revenue by approximately $182 for the period from January 1, 2010 to September 16, 2010. Tenant recoveries representing additional rents from expense reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance and other expenditures are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-50


Table of Contents


Charlotte Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of April 30, 2019.

        Future minimum base rentals on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2010, are as follows:

2011

  $ 1,890  

2012

    2,004  

2013

    2,102  

2014

    2,165  

2015

    2,230  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011, the date which the Statement was available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statement or additional disclosure.

F-51


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Goshen Property (the "Property") for the period from January 1, 2010 to August 12, 2010. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to August 12, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-52


Table of Contents


Goshen Property
Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Period from
January 1, 2010 to
August 12,
2010
 

Revenue

       
 

Rental revenue

  $ 695  
 

Tenant recoveries

    144  
       
   

Total revenue

    839  

Certain expenses

       
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    144  
       
 

Certain expenses

    144  
       

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 695  
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statement of revenue and certain expenses.

F-53


Table of Contents


Goshen Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Goshen Property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Goshen, IN. The accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses ("Statement") relates to the operations of the Property.

        Prior to August 13, 2010, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On August 13, 2010, the Property was acquired by STAG GI Goshen, LLC ("GI") and is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The operating results of this property from August 13, 2010 to December 31, 2010 are combined within STAG Contribution Group as they were under common management for this period.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statement relates to the Property and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. Tenant recoveries representing additional rents from expense reimbursements for real estate taxes and insurance are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-54


Table of Contents


Goshen Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of June 30, 2022.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2010, are as follows:

2011

  $ 1,138  

2012

    1,138  

2013

    1,138  

2014

    1,138  

2015

    1,138  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011 the date which the Statement was available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statement or additional disclosure.

F-55


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the O'Fallon Property (the "Property") for the period from January 1, 2010 to July 29, 2010. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to July 29, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-56


Table of Contents


O'Fallon Property
Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Period from
January 1, 2010
to July 29, 2010
 

Revenue

       
 

Rental revenue

  $ 314  
 

Tenant recoveries

     
       
   

Total revenue

    314  

Certain expenses

       
 

Property

    4  
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

     
       
 

Certain expenses

    4  
       

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 310  
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statement of revenue and certain expenses.

F-57


Table of Contents


O'Fallon Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The O'Fallon property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in O'Fallon, MO. The accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses ("Statement") relates to the operations of the Property.

        Prior to July 30, 2010, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On July 30, 2010, the Property was acquired by STAG GI O'Fallon, LLC ("GI") and is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The operating results of this property from July 30, 2010 to December 31, 2010 are combined within STAG Contribution Group as they were under common management for this period.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statement relates to the Property and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the leases are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment increased revenue by approximately $22 for the period from January 1, 2010 to July 29, 2010. Tenant recoveries represent additional rents from expense reimbursements for insurance and real estate taxes are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

        The tenant makes payments for certain other expenses and these costs, which have been assumed by the tenant under the terms of their respective lease, are not reflected in the Statement.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-58


Table of Contents


O'Fallon Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of May 31, 2016.

        Future minimum base rentals on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2010, are as follows:

2011

  $ 523  

2012

    539  

2013

    552  

2014

    562  

2015

    562  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011 the date which the Statement was available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statement or additional disclosure.

F-59


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying combined statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Piscataway and Lopatcong Properties (the "Properties") for the period from January 1, 2010 to December 9, 2010. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Properties' revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Properties for the period from January 1, 2010 to December 9, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-60


Table of Contents


Piscataway & Lopatcong Properties
Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Period from
January 1, 2010 to
December 9, 2010
 

Revenue

       
 

Rental revenue

  $ 1,613  
       
   

Total revenue

    1,613  

Certain expenses

       
 

Certain expenses

     
       

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 1,613  
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses.

F-61


Table of Contents


Piscataway & Lopatcong Properties

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Piscataway & Lopatcong Properties (the "Properties"), are single tenant industrial properties located in Piscataway, NJ and Lopatcong, NJ. The accompanying combined statement of revenue and certain expenses ("Statement") relates to the operations of the Properties.

        Prior to December 10, 2010, the Properties were owned by an unaffiliated third party and were under common management. Therefore their results are being presented on a combined basis in the Statement. On December 10, 2010, the Properties were acquired by STAG GI New Jersey, LLC ("GI") and are intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The operating results of these properties from December 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 are combined within STAG Contribution Group as they were under common management for this period.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statement has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Properties, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Properties:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Properties.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The tenant makes payments for certain expenses and costs, which have been assumed by the tenant under the terms of their respective lease, and are not reflected in the Statement.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-62


Table of Contents


Piscataway & Lopatcong Properties

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Properties are leased to two tenants under non-cancelable operating leases which have an expiration date of May 30, 2017.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2010, are as follows:

2011

  $ 1,718  

2012

    1,718  

2013

    1,718  

2014

    1,718  

2015

    1,718  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Properties are subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Properties' revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011 the date which the Statement was available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statement or additional disclosure.

F-63


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Charlotte II Property (the "Property") for the period from January 1, 2010 to September 29, 2010. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to September 29, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-64


Table of Contents


Charlotte II Property

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Period from
January 1,
2010 to
September 29,
2010
 

Revenue

       
 

Rental revenue

  $ 1,635  
 

Tenant recoveries

    256  
       
 

Total revenue

    1,891  

Certain expenses

       
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    176  
 

Property

    80  
       
 

Certain expenses

    256  
       

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 1,635  
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statement of revenue and certain expenses.

F-65


Table of Contents


Charlotte II Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Charlotte II Property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Charlotte, NC. The accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses ("Statement") relates to the operations of the Property.

        Prior to September 30, 2010, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On September 30, 2010, the Property was acquired by STAG GI Charlotte II, LLC ("GI") and is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The operating results of this property from September 30, 2010 to December 31, 2010 are combined within STAG Contribution Group as they were under common management for this period.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statement relates to the Property and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment decreased revenue by approximately $42 for the period from January 1, 2010 to September 29, 2010. Tenant recoveries representing additional rents from expense reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance and other expenses are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-66


Table of Contents


Charlotte II Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of March 31, 2017.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2010, are as follows:

2011

  $ 2,290  

2012

    2,342  

2013

    2,395  

2014

    2,449  

2015

    2,504  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011 the date which the Statement was available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statement or additional disclosure.

F-67


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Madison Property (the "Property") for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 11, 2010. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 11, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-68


Table of Contents


Madison Property
Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Period from
January 1,
2010 to
October 11,
2010
 

Revenue

       
 

Rental revenue

  $ 903  
       
 

Total revenue

    903  
 

Certain expenses

       
   

Certain expenses

     
       

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 903  
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statement of revenue and certain expenses.

F-69


Table of Contents


Madison Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Madison Property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Madison, TN. The accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses ("Statement") relates to the operations of the Property.

        Prior to October 12, 2010 the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. The Property was acquired by STAG GI Madison, LLC ("GI") on October 12, 2010 and is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The operating results of this property from October 12, 2010 to December 31, 2010 are combined within STAG Contribution Group as they were under common management for this period.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
       Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statement relates to the Property and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment increased revenue by approximately $24 for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 11, 2010.

        The tenant makes payments for certain expenses and costs, which have been assumed by the tenant under the terms of their respective lease, and are not reflected in the Statement.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-70


Table of Contents


Madison Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of December 22, 2014.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next four years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2010, are as follows:

2011

  $ 1,151  

2012

    1,172  

2013

    1,173  

2014

    1,184  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011 the date which the Statement was available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statement or additional disclosure.

F-71


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Streetsboro Property (the "Property") for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 27, 2010. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 27, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-72


Table of Contents


Streetsboro Property
Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Period from
January 1, 2010 to
October 27, 2010
 

Revenue

       
 

Rental revenue

  $ 970  
       
 

Total revenue

    970  

Certain expenses

       
 

Property

     
       
 

Certain expenses

     
       

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 970  
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statement of revenue and certain expenses.

F-73


Table of Contents


Streetsboro Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(Dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Streetsboro Property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Streetsboro, OH. The accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses ("Statement") relates to the operations of the Property.

        Prior to October 28, 2010, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On October 28, 2010, the Property was acquired by STAG GI Streetsboro, LLC ("GI") and is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The operating results of this property from October 28, 2010 to December 31, 2010 are combined within STAG Contribution Group as they were under common management for this period.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statement relates to the Property and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment decreased revenue by approximately $2 for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 27, 2010.

        The tenant makes payments for certain expenses and costs, which have been assumed by the tenant under the terms of their respective lease, and are not reflected in the Statement.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-74


Table of Contents


Streetsboro Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of December 31, 2014.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next four years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2010, are as follows:

2011

  $ 1,199  

2012

    1,216  

2013

    1,236  

2014

    1,253  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011 the date which the Statement was available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statement or additional disclosure.

F-75


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying combined statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Rogers and Vonore Properties (the "Properties") for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 25, 2010. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Properties' revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Properties for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 25, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-76


Table of Contents


Rogers & Vonore Properties
Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Period from
January 1, 2010 to
October 25, 2010
 

Revenue

       
 

Rental revenue

  $ 2,414  
       
 

Total revenue

    2,414  

Certain expenses

       
 

Certain expenses

     
       

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 2,414  
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses.

F-77


Table of Contents


Rogers & Vonore Properties

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Rogers and Vonore Properties (the "Properties"), are single tenant industrial properties located in Rogers, MN and Vonore, TN, respectively. The accompanying combined statement of revenue and certain expenses ("Statement") relates to the operations of the Properties.

        Prior to October 26, 2010, the Properties were owned by an unaffiliated third party and were under common management. Therefore, their results are being presented on a combined basis in the Statement. On October 26, 2010, the Properties were acquired by STAG GI Rogers, LLC ("GI1") and STAG GI Vonore, LLC ("GI2") and are intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The operating results of these properties from October 26, 2010 to December 31, 2010 are combined within STAG Contribution Group as they were under common management for this period.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statement relates to the Properties and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is not representative of the actual results of operations of the Properties, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Properties:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Properties.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment decreased revenue by approximately $44 for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 25, 2010. The tenant makes payments for certain expenses and costs, which have been assumed by the tenant under the terms of their respective lease, and are not reflected in the Statement.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-78


Table of Contents


Rogers & Vonore Properties

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Properties are leased to two tenants under non-cancelable operating leases which have expiration dates of June 30, 2014 and October 14, 2016, respectively.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2010, are as follows:

2011

  $ 3,050  

2012

    3,336  

2013

    3,426  

2014

    2,642  

2015

    1,858  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Properties are subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Properties' revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011, the date which the Statement was available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statement or additional disclosure.

F-79


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying combined statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Salem Properties (the "Properties") for the period from January 1, 2010 to November 3, 2010. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Properties' revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Properties for the period from January 1, 2010 to November 3, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-80


Table of Contents


Salem Properties

Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Period from
January 1, 2010 to
November 3, 2010
 

Revenue

       
 

Rental revenue

  $ 710  
 

Tenant recoveries

    134  
       
 

Total revenue

    844  

Certain expenses

       
 

Property

    13  
 

Real estate taxes

    123  
       
 

Certain expenses

    136  
       

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 708  
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses.

F-81


Table of Contents


Salem Properties

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Salem Properties (the "Properties") are two industrial properties located in Salem, OR. The accompanying combined statement of revenue and certain expenses ("Statement") relates to the operations of the Properties.

        Prior to November 4, 2010, the Properties were owned by an unaffiliated third party and were under common management. Therefore, their results are being presented on a combined basis in the Statement. On November 4, 2010, the Properties were acquired by STAG GI Salem, LLC ("GI") and are intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The operating results of these properties from November 4, 2010 to December 31, 2010 are combined within STAG Contribution Group as they were under common management for this period.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statement relates to the Properties and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is not representative of the actual results of operations of the Properties, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Properties:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Properties.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment increased revenue by approximately $22 for the period from January 1, 2010 to November 3, 2010. Tenant recoveries representing additional rents from expense reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-82


Table of Contents


Salem Properties

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Properties are leased to three tenants under non-cancelable operating leases which have expiration dates of March 31, 2012, February 28, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next four years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2010, are as follows:

2011

  $ 846  

2012

    736  

2013

    710  

2014

    583  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Properties are subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Properties' revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011 the date which the Statement was available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statement or additional disclosure.

F-83


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Walker Property (the "Property") for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 14, 2010. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 14, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-84


Table of Contents


Walker Property

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Period from
January 1, 2010 to
October 14, 2010
 

Revenue

       
 

Rental revenue

  $ 560  
 

Tenant recoveries

    164  
       
 

Total revenue

    724  

Certain expenses

       
 

Property

    61  
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    103  
       
 

Certain expenses

    164  
       

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 560  
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statement of revenue and certain expenses.

F-85


Table of Contents


Walker Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Walker Property(the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Walker, MI. The accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses ("Statement") relates to the operations of the Property.

        Prior to October 15, 2010, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On October 15, 2010, the Property was acquired by STAG GI Walker, LLC ("GI") and is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The operating results of this property from October 15, 2010 to December 31, 2010 are combined within STAG Contribution Group as they were under common management for this period.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statement relates to the Property and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment decreased revenue by approximately $43 for the period from January 1, 2010 to October 14, 2010. Tenant recoveries representing additional rents from expense reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-86


Table of Contents


Walker Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of August 31, 2017.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2010, are as follows:

2011

  $ 704  

2012

    704  

2013

    704  

2014

    704  

2015

    704  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011 the date which the Statement was available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statement or additional disclosure.

F-87


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Mooresville Property (the "Property") for the year ended December 31, 2010. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 15, 2011

F-88


Table of Contents


Mooresville Property

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Revenue

       
 

Rental revenue

  $ 1,080  
       
   

Total revenue

    1,080  

Certain expenses

       
 

Certain expenses

     
       

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 1,080  
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statement of revenue and certain expenses.

F-89


Table of Contents


Mooresville Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Mooresville Property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial properties located in Mooresville, NC. The accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses ("Statement") relates to the operations of the Property.

        For the year presented in the Statement the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. The Property is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statement has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The tenant makes payments for certain expenses and costs, which have been assumed by the tenant under the terms of their respective lease, and are not reflected in the Statement.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the year to prepare the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of May 31, 2021.

F-90


Table of Contents


Mooresville Property

Notes to Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements (Continued)

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on the non-cancelable operating lease at December 31, 2010 are as follows:

2011

  $ 1,080  

2012

    1,080  

2013

    1,080  

2014

    1,080  

2015

    1,080  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through February 15, 2011, the date which the Statement was available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statement or additional disclosure.

F-91


Table of Contents

        Until            , 2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

13,000,000 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock


P R O S P E C T U S


BofA Merrill Lynch

J.P. Morgan

UBS Investment Bank

                                                 , 2011


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 31.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table shows the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts, to be paid by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered hereby. All amounts except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA fee are estimated.

SEC registration fee

  $ 21,390  

FINRA filing fee

    30,500  

NYSE fee

    *  

Legal fees and expenses (including Blue Sky fees)

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Printing and engraving expenses

    *  

Transfer agent fees and expenses

    *  

Miscellaneous

    *  
       
 

Total

  $ *  
       

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 32.   Sales to Special Parties.

        See response to Item 33 below.

Item 33.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        On July 21, 2010, we issued 100 shares of common stock to Benjamin S. Butcher in exchange for $2,000 in cash as its initial capitalization. On July 26, 2010, we issued 10 shares of common stock to Kathryn Arnone in exchange for $200 in cash. We will repurchase these shares at cost upon completion of this offering. Such issuances were exempt from the requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.

        In connection with the formation transactions, 6,109,794 common units of limited partnership in our operating partnership with an aggregate value of $       million, assuming a price per share or unit at the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement, will be issued to certain persons transferring interests in our historical predecessor companies to us in consideration of such transfer. All such persons had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with us. All of such persons are "accredited investors" as defined under Regulation D of the Securities Act. Each such person is a holder of an interest in our predecessor business and we have dealt with such persons throughout the tenure of such person's ownership of interests in our predecessor business. The issuance of such units will be effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act in which no general solicitation was undertaken. All such persons were provided with and had access to information about the issuer of these securities including business objectives and historical property and financial information.

        Upon the completion of this offering, we are granting an aggregate of 274,219 LTIP units that will be issued to our executive officers and directors under our equity incentive plan. All such persons had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with us. The issuance of such LTIP units will be effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in which no general solicitation was undertaken. All such persons were provided with and had access to information about the issuer of these securities including business objectives and historical property and financial information.

II-1


Table of Contents


Item 34.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its shareholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:

    actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or

    active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action.

        Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates directors' and officers' liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and do not generally affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

        Our charter also authorizes our company, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to obligate our company to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at the request of our company, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that individual may become subject or which that individual may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.

        Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at the request of our company, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity, from and against any claim or liability to which that individual may become subject or which that individual may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our charter and bylaws also permit our company to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of our company in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

        Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

    the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

    the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

        However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis of that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and

II-2


Table of Contents

then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation's receipt of:

    a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

    a written undertaking by him or her on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

        We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that will obligate us to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

        The indemnification agreements will provide that if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of such director's or executive officer's status as a director, officer or employee of our company, we must indemnify such director or executive officer for all expenses and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, unless it has been established that:

    the act or omission of the director or executive officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

    the director or executive officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or other services; or

    with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the director or executive officer had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

        The indemnification agreements will also provide that upon application of a director or executive officer of our company to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the court may order indemnification of such director or executive officer if:

    the court determines the director or executive officer is entitled to indemnification under the applicable section of the MGCL, in which case the director or executive officer shall be entitled to recover from us the expenses of securing such indemnification; or

    the court determines that such director or executive officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the director or executive officer has met the standards of conduct set forth in the applicable section of the MGCL or has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper benefit under the applicable section of the MGCL; provided, however, that our indemnification obligations to such director or executive officer will be limited to the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with any proceeding by or in the right of our company or in which the executive officer or director shall have been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under the applicable section of the MGCL.

        Notwithstanding, and without limiting, any other provisions of the indemnification agreements, if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of such director's or executive officer's status as a director, executive officer or employee of our company, and such director or executive officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such proceeding, we must indemnify such director or executive officer for all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter, including any claim, issue or matter in such a proceeding that is terminated by dismissal, with or without prejudice.

II-3


Table of Contents

        In addition, the indemnification agreements will require us to advance reasonable expenses incurred by the indemnitee within 20 days of the receipt by us of a statement from the indemnitee requesting the advance, provided the statement evidences the expenses and is accompanied by:

    a written affirmation of the indemnitee's good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification; and

    a written undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnitee to repay the portion of any expenses advanced to the indemnitee relating to claims, issues or matters in a proceeding if it is ultimately established that the standard of conduct was not met.

        The indemnification agreements will also provide for procedures for the determination of entitlement to indemnification, including requiring such determination be made by independent counsel after a change of control of us.

        In addition to the maximum extent permitted by law, our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan provides the members of our board of directors with limited liability with respect to actions taken or decisions made in good faith relating to the plan and indemnification in connection with their activities under the plan.

        Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, executive officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 35.    Treatment of Proceeds From Stock Being Registered.

        None of the proceeds will be credited to an account other than the appropriate capital share account.

Item 36.    Financial Statements and Exhibits.

        (a)   Financial Statements. See page F-1 for an index to the financial statements included in this registration statement.

        (b)   Exhibit. The following is a complete list of exhibits filed as part of the registration statement, which are incorporated herein:

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1   Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of STAG Industrial, Inc.**
  3.2   Form of Bylaws of STAG Industrial, Inc.**
  4.1   Form of Common Stock Certificate of STAG Industrial, Inc.**
  5.1   Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) relating to the legality of the securities being registered (including consent of such firm)*
  8.1   Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) regarding tax matters (including consent of such firm)*
  10.1   Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.**
  10.2   2011 Equity Incentive Plan**
  10.3   Form of LTIP Unit Agreement**
  10.4   Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. Butcher
  10.5   Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. Sullivan

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.6   Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. Mecke
  10.7   Form of Employment Agreement with Ms. Arnone
  10.8   Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. King
  10.9   Form of Indemnification Agreement between STAG Industrial, Inc. and its directors and officers
  10.10   Form of Registration Rights Agreement**
  10.11   Form of Voting Agreement**
  10.12   Form of Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., and STAG Investments III, LLC*
  10.13   Form of Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., and STAG Investments IV, LLC*
  10.14   Form of Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., Net Lease Aggregation Funds, LLC, Innovative Promotions LLC, Gregory W. Sullivan and Roseview Capital Partners LLC*
  10.15   Form of Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., BSB STAG III, LLC, STAG III Employees, LLC, Benjamin S. Butcher, NED STAG III Residual LLC, Gregory W. Sullivan and Roseview Capital Partners LLC*
  10.16   Form of Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. and STAG GI Investments, LLC*
  10.17   Purchase Option Agreement by STAG Investments III, LLC in favor of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.**
  10.18   Loan Agreement dated as of August 11, 2006 by and among affiliates of STAG Investments III, LLC, Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited and certain other lenders party thereto, as amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Third Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated December 20, 2007, as amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Second Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Fourth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated February 12, 2008, as amended by that certain Third Modification to Senior Loan Agreement, Eight Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement and Agreement to Release Properties dated July 28, 2008, as further amended by that certain Fourth Modification to Senior Loan Agreement dated as of January 31, 2009**
  10.19   Master Loan Agreement, dated as of July 9, 2010, by and among STAG GI Investments Holdings, LLC and Connecticut General Life Insurance Company**
  10.20   Form of Services Agreement between STAG Industrial Management, LLC and STAG Manager II, LLC**
  10.21   Form of Services Agreement between STAG Industrial Management, LLC and STAG Manager III, LLC**
  10.22   Form of Services Agreement between STAG Industrial Management, LLC and STAG Manager IV, LLC**
  10.23   Form of Fifth Modification to Senior Loan Agreement by and among affiliates of STAG Investments III, LLC and Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited*

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.24   Form of Credit Agreement by and among STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., STAG Industrial, Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto and Banc of America Securities LLC as lead arranger
  21.1   Subsidiaries of STAG Industrial, Inc.**
  23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.2   Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)*
  23.3   Consent of CB Richard Ellis—Econometric Advisors
  99.1   Consent of F. Alexander Fraser**
  99.2   Consent of Jeffrey D. Furber**
  99.3   Consent of Larry T. Guillemette**
  99.4   Consent of Francis X. Jacoby III**
  99.5   Consent of Edward F. Lange, Jr.**
  99.6   Consent of Hans S. Weger**

*
To be filed by amendment

**
Previously filed.

Item 37.   Undertakings

        (a)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        (b)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (c)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

      (i)
      For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

      (ii)
      For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Boston, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 16th day of February, 2011.

    STAG Industrial, Inc.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ BENJAMIN S. BUTCHER

    Name:   Benjamin S. Butcher
    Title:   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ BENJAMIN S. BUTCHER

Name: Benjamin S. Butcher
  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President   February 16, 2011

/s/ GREGORY W. SULLIVAN

Name: Gregory W. Sullivan

 

Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer (principal financial and accounting officer)

 

February 16, 2011

Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*

3.1

 

Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of STAG Industrial, Inc.**

3.2

 

Form of Bylaws of STAG Industrial, Inc.**

4.1

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate of STAG Industrial, Inc.**

5.1

 

Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) relating to the legality of the securities being registered (including consent of such firm)*

8.1

 

Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) regarding tax matters (including consent of such firm)*

10.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.**

10.2

 

2011 Equity Incentive Plan**

10.3

 

Form of LTIP Unit Agreement**

10.4

 

Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. Butcher

10.5

 

Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. Sullivan

10.6

 

Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. Mecke

10.7

 

Form of Employment Agreement with Ms. Arnone

10.8

 

Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. King

10.9

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between STAG Industrial, Inc. and its directors and officers

10.10

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement**

10.11

 

Form of Voting Agreement**

10.12

 

Form of Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., and STAG Investments III, LLC*

10.13

 

Form of Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., and STAG Investments IV, LLC*

10.14

 

Form of Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., Net Lease Aggregation Funds, LLC, Innovative Promotions LLC, Gregory W. Sullivan and Roseview Capital Partners LLC*

10.15

 

Form of Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., BSB STAG III, LLC, STAG III Employees, LLC, Benjamin S. Butcher, NED STAG III Residual LLC, Gregory W. Sullivan and Roseview Capital Partners LLC*

10.16

 

Form of Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. and STAG GI Investments, LLC*

10.17

 

Purchase Option Agreement by STAG Investments III, LLC in favor of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.**

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
10.18   Loan Agreement dated as of August 11, 2006 by and among affiliates of STAG Investments III, LLC, Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited and certain other lenders party thereto, as amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Third Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated December 20, 2007, as amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Second Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Fourth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated February 12, 2008, as amended by that certain Third Modification to Senior Loan Agreement, Eight Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement and Agreement to Release Properties dated July 28, 2008, as further amended by that certain Fourth Modification to Senior Loan Agreement dated as of January 31, 2009**

10.19

 

Master Loan Agreement, dated as of July 9, 2010, by and among STAG GI Investments Holdings, LLC and Connecticut General Life Insurance Company**

10.20

 

Form of Services Agreement between STAG Industrial Management, LLC and STAG Manager II, LLC**

10.21

 

Form of Services Agreement between STAG Industrial Management, LLC and STAG Manager III, LLC**

10.22

 

Form of Services Agreement between STAG Industrial Management LLC and STAG Manager, LLC**

10.23

 

Form of Fifth Modification to Senior Loan Agreement by and among affiliates of STAG Investments III, LLC and Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited*

10.24

 

Form of Credit Agreement by and among STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., STAG Industrial, Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and Smith Incorporated as lead arranger

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of STAG Industrial, Inc.**

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

23.2

 

Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)*

23.3

 

Consent of CB Richard Ellis—Econometric Advisors

99.1

 

Consent of F. Alexander Fraser**

99.2

 

Consent of Jeffrey D. Furber**

99.3

 

Consent of Larry T. Guillemette**

99.4

 

Consent of Francis X. Jacoby III**

99.5

 

Consent of Edward F. Lange, Jr.**

99.6

 

Consent of Hans S. Weger**

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.



Exhibit 10.4

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made effective as of March         , 2011 (“ Effective Date ”), by and among STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC. , a Maryland corporation (“ Company ”), STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P. (“ Partnership ”), a Delaware limited partnership, and BENJAMIN S. BUTCHER (“ Executive ”) to reaffirm and amend the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment.

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.             Employment .  Employer (as defined below) hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

2.             Duties .

 

2.1           Position .  Executive is employed on a full-time basis as Chief Executive Officer and President, shall report directly to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), and shall have the duties and responsibilities commensurate with such positions as shall be reasonably and in good faith determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, including such duties and responsibilities with respect to the Company, the Partnership and/or a subsidiary of either (collectively, “ Employer ”).

 

2.2           Duties .  Executive shall: (i) abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances, and (ii) except for vacation and illness periods, devote substantially all of his business time, energy, skill and efforts to the performance of his duties hereunder in a manner that will faithfully and diligently further the business interests of the Employer; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may (w) make and manage personal business investments of his choice, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8 hereof, (x) serve as a director or in any other capacity of any business enterprise, including an enterprise whose activities may involve or relate to the Employer’s Business (as defined in Section 8), provided that such service is expressly approved in advance by the Board of Directors, (y) serve in any capacity with any civic, educational, religious or charitable organization, or any governmental entity or trade association, and (z) serve as director, officer or any other capacity in which Executive is currently serving with respect to STAG Investments II, LLC, STAG Investments III, LLC, STAG Investments IV, LLC and STAG GI Investments, LLC (collectively, “ Funds ”); provided that all such other activities do not materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

3.             Term of Employment .  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until and including the four-year anniversary of the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated as herein provided (the “ Initial Term ”).  The Initial Term shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year periods (each an “ Extended Term ”) unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or any Extended Term.  As used herein, “ Term ” shall include the Initial Term and any Extended Term, but the Term shall end upon any lawful termination of Executive’s employment with Employer as herein provided.

 



 

4.             Compensation .

 

4.1           Base Salary .  As compensation for Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties as set forth herein and as hereafter determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors from time to time, Employer shall pay to Executive a base salary of $400,000 per year (“ Base Salary ”), payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of Employer, less all legally required or authorized payroll deductions and tax withholdings.  Base Salary shall be reviewed annually, and may be increased, at the sole discretion of the compensation committee of the Board of Directors, in light of the Executive’s performance and the Employer’s financial performance and other economic conditions and relevant factors determined by the compensation committee.

 

4.2           LTIP Units, Restricted Stock and Other Equity Awards .

 

(a)           In consideration of services to be performed by Executive for the Partnership in his capacity as a partner thereof, upon execution of this Agreement, the Employer shall cause to be granted to Executive at least 111,276 long-term incentive plan units (“ LTIP Units ”).  Such LTIP Units shall be evidenced by, and subject to, the LTIP Unit award agreement attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (“ LTIP Agreement ”) and the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (a copy of which has been delivered to Executive).  In addition, as part of the consideration for employment, Executive shall be eligible to receive additional awards of LTIP Units and other equity awards, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (or such subsequent equity plan as may be in place from time to time) and the applicable award agreement.

 

(b)           At any time after the execution of this Agreement, as part of the consideration for his employment as an officer of the Company, Executive shall be eligible to receive shares of common stock (“ Restricted Stock ”), in such number as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors deems appropriate, and such Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by, and subject to, a Restricted Stock award agreement in the form then currently in use by the Company (“ Restricted Stock Agreement ”).  Such awards of Restricted Stock and any other equity awards granted shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (or such subsequent equity plan as may be in place from time to time) and the applicable award agreement.

 

(c)           Any LTIP Units granted to the Executive during the term of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been granted to the Executive in consideration of services rendered or to be rendered in Executive’s capacity as a partner of the Partnership.

 

(d)           During the Term, the Company and the Partnership shall (and shall cause each subsidiary that is a component Employer to) allocate the services provided by Executive to each component Employer and compensate Executive from the respective component Employer on a basis proportionate to the services provided by Executive to each component Employer.  The parties confirm that Employer shall (and intends to) require that a sufficient amount of services be provided hereunder to the Partnership by Executive in his capacity as a partner of the Partnership to constitute full and adequate consideration for the issuance of LTIP Units to Executive and to the Company by Executive in his capacity as an officer of the Company to constitute full and adequate consideration for the issuance of Restricted Stock to Executive.

 

4.3           Bonus .   At the sole discretion of the Board of Director’s compensation committee, Executive may be paid a bonus  (“ Bonus ”) relating to each calendar year during the

 

2



 

Term, and such discretionary Bonus, if any, shall be paid on or before March 1st of the following year.

 

5.             Customary Fringe Benefits .  Executive shall be eligible for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to full-time employees of Employer, subject to the terms and conditions of Employer’s policies and benefit plan documents, as the same may be amended from time to time.  Employer reserves the right to change or eliminate the fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.  In addition, Executive shall receive an allowance for his automobile of up to $900.00 a month and an allowance for parking costs of $500.00 a month. Notwithstanding the standard vacation policy provisions or vacation accrual rates, Executive shall be entitled to vacation of four weeks per year.

 

6.             Business Expenses .  Executive shall be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of Employer.  To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted within one (1) month of being incurred with appropriate supporting documentation in accordance with Employer’s policies.  All such expenses shall be reimbursed within one (1) month of submission and, in any event, in the same fiscal year in which they were incurred or within one (1) month after the end of such year.

 

7.             Termination of Employment .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 7, either Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with Employer at any time, with or without Cause (as defined in Section 7.10), during the Term.  Any termination of Executive’s employment during the Term shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party (“ Notice of Termination ”).  The Notice of Termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination and a written statement of the reason(s) for the termination.  In the case of a Notice of Termination provided by Executive to Employer, such Notice of Termination shall not be effective for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice of Termination by Employer.  In the case of a Notice of Termination provided by Company to Executive, such Notice of Termination shall not be effective for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice of Termination by Executive; provided that Company may require Executive to leave the Company’s premises and refrain from any further business activities on behalf of the Company as of the date designated by Company in the Notice of Termination.  If Executive’s employment is terminated by either party, for any reason, during the Term, Employer shall pay to the Executive the accrued and unpaid Base Salary and accrued but unused vacation as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment.  Further, if Executive’s employment is terminated by either party, for any reason other than a termination by the Company for Cause, during the Term, Employer shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the product of (a) the Bonus (or deemed Bonus) referenced in Section 7.1(a)(ii) of this Agreement multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the beginning of the fiscal year in which the termination occurs and the date of termination and the denominator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, such payment to be made no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment and shall be subject to Executive’s execution of a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7 and its subsections, Employer shall have no further obligation to make or provide to Executive, and

 

3



 

Executive shall have no further right to receive or obtain from Employer, any payments or benefits in respect of the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer during the Term.

 

7.1           Severance Upon Involuntary Termination without Cause .  If Company terminates Executive’s employment with Employer without Cause (as defined in Section 7.10)  during the Term, such termination is not in connection with Executive’s Disability (as defined below), and such termination qualifies as a “Separation from Service” under Section 409A (as hereinafter defined), Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to three (3) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $200,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget and Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”)) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however , that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

4



 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the date that is the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment. Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.2           Severance Upon Resignation for Good Reason .   If Executive resigns from employment with Employer for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7.10) during the Term and such resignation qualifies as a “Separation from Service” under Section 409A, Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to three (3) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) an amount equal to the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $200,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under COBRA) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however, that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent

 

5



 

permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment. Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.3           Severance Upon Change of Control.   If during the last year of the Initial Term or during any Extended Term, a “Change of Control” (as defined in Section 7.10) occurs and the Company gives notice of non-renewal of this Agreement within twelve (12) months following such Change of Control, Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to three (3) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) an amount equal to the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $200,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under COBRA) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however, that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

6



 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment.  Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.4           Beneficial Excise Tax Treatment .  In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise would subject Executive to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such payment or benefit as an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code, Executive may elect, in his sole discretion, to reduce the amounts of any payments or benefits called for under this Agreement in order to avoid such characterization.  To aid Executive in making any election called for under this Section 7.4, upon the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to give rise to the application of this Section 7.4 (an Event ), Company shall promptly request a determination in writing by independent public accountants selected by Employer (the Accountants ).  Unless Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, the Accountants, within thirty (30) days after the date of the Event, shall determine and report to Company and Executive whether any reduction in payments or benefits at the election of Executive would produce a greater after-tax benefit to Executive and shall provide to Company and Executive a written report containing a sufficiently detailed quantitative substantiation of their analysis and presented in a manner that Executive can readily understand.  For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.  Company  and Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination.  The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants may reasonably charge in connection with their services contemplated by this Section 7.4.  Under no circumstances shall Executive be entitled to any tax reimbursement or tax gross-up payment by virtue of the occurrence of an Event or any additional payment or benefit under this Section 7.4.

 

7.5           Section 409A Compliance .   The parties intend for this Agreement either to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A or to be exempt from the application of Section 409A, and this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted accordingly.  If this Agreement either fails to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A or is not exempt from the application of Section 409A, then the parties hereby agree to amend or to clarify this Agreement in a timely

 

7



 

manner so that this Agreement either satisfies the requirements of Section 409A or is exempt from the application of Section 409A.

 

(a)           Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that Executive is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A), any Severance Payment, severance benefits or other amounts payable under this Agreement that would be subject to the special rule regarding payments to “specified employees” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (together, “ Specified Employee Payments ”) shall not be paid before the expiration of a period of six (6) months following the date of Executive’s termination of employment (or before the date of Executive’s death, if earlier).  The Specified Employee Payments to which Executive would otherwise have been entitled during the six-month period following the date of Executive’s termination of employment shall be accumulated and paid as soon as administratively practicable following the first date of the seventh month following the date of Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(b)           To ensure satisfaction of the requirements of Section 409A(b)(3) of the Code, assets shall not be set aside, reserved in a trust or other arrangement, or otherwise restricted for purposes of the payment of amounts payable under this Agreement.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable year; (ii) the reimbursement of eligible expenses or in-kind benefits shall be made promptly, subject to Company’s applicable policies, but in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit .

 

(d)           Employer hereby informs Executive that the federal, state, local, and/or foreign tax consequences (including without limitation those tax consequences implicated by Section 409A) of this Agreement are complex and subject to change.  Executive acknowledges and understands that Executive should consult with his or her own personal tax or financial advisor in connection with this Agreement and its tax consequences.  Executive understands and agrees that Employer has no obligation and no responsibility to provide Executive with any tax or other legal advice in connection with this Agreement and its tax consequences.  Executive agrees that Executive shall bear sole and exclusive responsibility for any and all adverse federal, state, local, and/or foreign tax consequences (including without limitation any and all tax liability under Section 409A) of this Agreement to Executive.

 

7.6           Effect of Death or Disability .   If Executive dies or his employment is terminated by Company upon his experiencing a Disability (as defined in Section 7.10) during the Term, Executive (or his estate) shall be entitled to payment of his accrued and unpaid Base Salary as of the date of Executive’s death or termination of employment by the Company upon his experiencing a Disability, a single cash lump-sum payment equal to the product of (a) the Bonus (or deemed Bonus) referenced in Section 7.1(a)(ii) of this Agreement multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the beginning of the fiscal year in which Executive’s death or termination of his employment occurs and the date of Executive’s death or termination of employment and the denominator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which Executive’s death or termination of employment occurs.  The payments described in the previous sentence shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings, including for wage garnishments, if applicable, to the extent required or permitted by law, and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following

 

8



 

the date of termination of Executive’s employment.  Payment under this Section 7.6 shall be made not more than once, if at all.

 

7.7           Employment Reference .   If Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause, or Executive resigns for Good Reason, or this Agreement is not renewed by Company pursuant to a Change of Control, Executive and Employer will negotiate in good faith to reach an agreement on a neutral statement for termination or resignation, to the extent necessary or appropriate.  This statement will include, at minimum and as applicable, positions held, date of hire, employment period and confirmation of salary history (if requested by Executive).

 

7.8           Ineligibility For Severance .  For avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Package under this Agreement, and none of Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 shall apply to Executive, if at any time during the Term, either (a) Executive voluntarily resigns or otherwise terminates employment with Employer other than for Good Reason, or (b) Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause.  Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.9           Taxes and Withholdings .   The Employer may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement, including any benefits or Severance Payment, such federal, state or local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to applicable law or regulations, which amounts shall be deemed to have been paid to Executive.

 

7.10         Definitions .

 

(a)           “ Cause ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term  of any of the following: (i) Executive’s indictment for, formal admission to (including a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to), or conviction of: a felony, a crime of moral turpitude, fraud and dishonesty, breach of trust or unethical business conduct, or any crime involving Employer, (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties which has materially damaged Employer’s financial position or reputation; (iii) willful or knowing unauthorized dissemination with the intent to cause harm by Executive of Confidential Employer Information; (iv) repeated failure by Executive to perform Executive’s duties that are reasonably and in good faith requested in writing by the Board of Directors or the member of the Board of Directors authorized by it  (the “ Delegator ”), and which are not substantially cured by Executive within thirty (30) days following receipt by Executive of such written request; (v) failure of Executive to perform any lawful and reasonable directive of the Delegator communicated to Executive in the form of a written request from the Delegator, which is consistent with the Employer Business, and which failure Executive does not begin to cure within ten (10) days following receipt by Executive of such written request or Executive has not substantially cured within forty-five (45) days following receipt by Executive of such written request, or (vi) material breach of this Agreement by Executive which breach has been communicated to Executive in the form of a written notice from a Delegator, which material breach Executive does not begin to cure within ten (10) days following receipt by Executive of such written notice or Executive has not substantially cured within forty-five (45) days following receipt by Executive of such written notice.

 

9


 

(b)                                  Disability ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment of Executive that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months and which either (i) renders Executive unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, with or without leave accommodation, for a period of not less than three (3) months; or (ii) results in Executive receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under any policy of long-term disability insurance that may be maintained by the Company for the benefit of its employees.

 

(c)                                   Change of Control ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of the date hereof.

 

(d)                                  Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of any of the following: (i) a material breach of this Agreement by Company which is not cured by Company within 30 days following Company’s receipt of written notice by Executive to Company describing such alleged breach; (ii) Executive’s Base Salary is materially reduced by Company; (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s title, duties and/or responsibilities, or the assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with Executive’s position; or (iv) a material change in the Company headquarters’ geographic location; provided, however, none of the occurrences described in (i) through (iv) hereof shall constitute Good Reason unless within ninety (90) days of any such occurrence Executive provides a Notice of Termination effective no more than 31 days after receipt by the Company and specifying the occurrence.

 

(e)                                   Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and all applicable regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

7.11                            Nonduplication of Benefits .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or in any other Employer benefit plan or compensatory arrangement to the contrary, but at all times subject to Section 7.4, (a) any payments due under Section 7.1, Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 shall be made not more than once, if at all, (b) payments may be due under Section 7.1, Section 7.2 or Section 7.3, but under no circumstances shall payments be made under all of or any combination of Section 7.1, Section 7.2 and Section 7.3, (c) no payments made under Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 this Agreement shall be considered compensation for purposes of any benefit plan or compensatory arrangement of Employer, and (d) Executive shall not be entitled to severance benefits from Employer other than as contemplated under this Agreement, unless such other severance benefits offset and reduce the benefits due under this Agreement on a dollar-for-dollar basis, but not below zero.

 

8.                                        No Competition and No Conflict of Interest .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2 of this Agreement or as set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement, during the Term, Executive must not (a) engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the essential business-related interests of the Employer where such conflict would materially and substantially disrupt operations, (b) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, stockholder, principal, agent, employee, consultant, or in any other relationship or capacity, engage in, or acquire any interest in any Person, corporation, partnership or other entity (other than Company or any entity directly or indirectly controlled by Company) engaged in the Employer Business, or (c) in any way other than on behalf of and as an employee of Employer, act as an officer, director, employee, consultant, shareholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise engaged in the Employer Business or any business in which Employer becomes actively engaged during the Term.  In addition, Executive agrees not to refer any tenant or potential tenant of Employer to competitors of Employer, without obtaining

 

10



 

Company’s prior written consent, during the Term.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s passive investment in, or passive ownership of, less than five percent (5%) of the capital stock or other equity interests of any business entity (including a business entity engaged in the Employer Business) shall not be treated as a breach of this Section 8.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Employer Business ” shall mean the acquisition, disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management or financing of single tenant industrial properties in the United States, and “ passive ” means no employment or involvement in management, operations or policy decisions of the business entity and excludes any service as a director (or equivalent), manager, officer, employee or consultant or as a general partner or managing member (or equivalent) of the business entity

 

9.                                        Confidentiality .  During the Term, Executive has been and will continue to be given access to a wide variety of information about the Employer, its affiliates and other related businesses that the Employer considers “ Confidential Employer Information .”  As a condition of continued employment, Executive agrees to abide by Employer’s business policies and directives on confidentiality and nondisclosure of Confidential Employer Information.  Confidential Employer Information shall mean all information applicable to the business of the Employer which confers or may confer a competitive advantage upon the Employer over one who does not possess the information; and has commercial value in the business of the Employer or any other business in which the Employer engages or is preparing to engage during Executive’s employment with Employer.  Confidential Employer Information includes, but is not limited to, information regarding the Employer’s business plans and strategies; contracts and proposals (including leases and proposed leases); artwork, designs, drawings and specifications for development and redevelopment projects; tenants and prospective tenants; suppliers and other business partners and Employer’s business arrangements and strategies with respect to them; current and future marketing or advertising campaigns; software programs; codes, underwriting models, credit analyses, formulae or techniques; rent rolls; financial information; personnel information; and all ideas, plans, processes or information related to the current, future and proposed projects or other business of the Employer that has not been disclosed to the public by an authorized representative of the Employer, acting within the scope of his or her authority, whether or not such information would be enforceable as a trade secret of the Employer or enjoined or restrained by a court or arbitrator as constituting unfair competition.  Confidential Employer Information also includes confidential information of any third party who may disclose such information to the Employer or Executive in the course of the Employer’s business.

 

9.1                                  Nondisclosure .  Executive acknowledges that Confidential Employer Information constitutes valuable, special and unique assets of the Employer’s business and that the unauthorized disclosure of such information to competitors of the Employer, or to the general public, will be highly detrimental to the Employer.  Executive therefore agrees to hold Confidential Employer Information in strictest confidence.  Except as shall occur as and to the extent that Executive performs his duties to Employer, Executive agrees not to disclose or allow to be disclosed to any individual or entity, other than those individuals or entities authorized by the Company, any Confidential Employer Information that Executive has or may acquire during Executive’s employment by Employer (whether or not developed or compiled by Executive and whether or not Executive has been authorized to have access to such Confidential Employer Information).

 

9.2                                  Continuing Obligation .  Executive agrees that the agreement not to disclose Confidential Employer Information will be effective during Executive’s employment and continue even after Executive is no longer employed by Employer.  Any obligation not to

 

11



 

disclose any portion of any Confidential Employer Information will continue indefinitely unless such information (a) has become public knowledge through no fault of Executive; or (b) has been developed independently without any reference to any information obtained during Executive’s employment with Employer; or (c) must be disclosed in response to a valid order by a court or government agency or is otherwise required by law.

 

9.3                                  Return of Employer Property .  On termination of employment with Employer for whatever reason, or at the request of the Employer before termination, Executive agrees to promptly deliver to Employer all records, files, computer disks, memoranda, documents, lists and other information regarding or containing any Confidential Employer Information, including all copies, reproductions, summaries or excerpts thereof, then in Executive’s possession or control, whether prepared by Executive or others.  Executive also agrees to promptly return, on termination or the Employer’s request, any and all Employer property issued to Executive, including but not limited to computers, cellular phones, keys and credits cards.  Executive further agrees that should Executive discover any Employer property or Confidential Employer Information in Executive’s possession after the return of such property has been requested, Executive agrees to return it promptly to Employer without retaining copies, summaries or excerpts of any kind.

 

9.4                                  No Violation of Rights of Third Parties .  Executive warrants that the performance of all the terms of this Agreement does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment with Employer.  Executive agrees not to disclose to Employer, or induce Employer to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employers or others.  Executive warrants that Executive is not a party to any other agreement that will interfere with Executive’s full compliance with this Agreement.  Executive further agrees not to enter into any agreement, whether written or oral, in conflict with the provisions of this Agreement while such provisions remain effective.

 

10.                                  Interference with Business Relations .

 

10.1                            Interference with Sellers, Tenants, Brokers and Other Business Partners .  Executive acknowledges that Employer’s seller information, tenant base, broker network, pipeline, leasing and acquisitions/sales strategies and its other business arrangements have been developed through substantial effort and expense, and its nonpublic business information regarding these matters is confidential and constitutes trade secrets.  In addition, because of Executive’s position, Executive understands that Employer will be particularly vulnerable to significant harm from Executive’s use of such information for purposes other than to further Employer’s business interests.  Accordingly, Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment with Employer, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage Employer’s relationship with any of the sellers, tenants, brokers or other business partners of Employer with whom Executive has had contact, or conducted business, during the Term of Employment by contacting them for the purpose of inducing or encouraging any of them to divert or take away business from Employer.

 

10.2                            Interference with Employer’s Employees .  Executive acknowledges that the services provided by Employer’s employees are unique and special, and that Employer’s employees possess trade secrets and Confidential Employer Information that is protected against misappropriation and unauthorized use.  As such, Executive agrees that during, and for a period of twelve (12) months after, Executive’s employment with Employer, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere

 

12



 

with, impair, disrupt or damage Employer’s business by contacting any Employer employees for the purpose of inducing or encouraging them to discontinue their employment with Employer.

 

10.3                            Negative Information .  During the Term and thereafter, Executive shall not disclose confidential or negative non-public information regarding, or take any action materially detrimental to the reputation of Employer or its directors, officers, employees, investors, shareholders or advisors and any affiliates of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Employer Affiliates ”);  provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 10.3 shall affect any legal obligation of Executive to respond to mandatory governmental inquiries concerning the Employer Affiliates or to act in accordance with, or to establish, his rights under this Agreement.  Employer likewise agrees that no one acting with the actual authority of Employer shall disclose negative non-public information regarding, or take any action materially detrimental to the reputation of, Executive;  provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 10.3 shall affect any legal obligation of the Employer Affiliates to respond to mandatory governmental inquiries concerning Executive or to act in accordance with, or to establish, the rights of the Employer Affiliates under this Agreement.

 

10.4                                           Post-Termination Noncompetition . For a period of twelve (12) months following Executive’s employment with the Employer, Executive will not engage in Competitive Activities (as hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, this Section 10.4 shall terminate and be null and void in the event that the Employer terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns from employment with Employer for Good Reason.   The term “ Competitive Activities, ” for purposes of this Section 10.4, shall mean the taking of any of the following actions by Executive: (a) Executive’s direct or indirect participation (for his own account or jointly with others) in the management of, or as an employee, board member, partner, manager, member, joint venturer, representative or other agent of, or advisor or consultant to, any other business operation if a material portion (either in comparison to the size of Employer’s Business or, if smaller, to such business operation’s business) of such operation is engaging in the Employer Business or any business in which Employer has been actively engaged at the time of the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer (a “ Competitive Operation ”); (b) Executive’s investment in, or ownership of, the capital stock or other equity interests in any business entity that is a Competitive Operation; or (c) Executive’s lending of funds for the purpose of establishing or operating any Competitive Operation, or otherwise giving advice to any Competitive Operation, or lending or allowing his name or reputation to be used by any Competitive Operation or otherwise allowing his skill, knowledge or experience to be so used. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s passive investment in, or passive ownership of, up to five percent (5%) of the capital stock or other equity interests of any business entity (including a business entity engaged in the Employer Business) shall not be treated as a breach of this Section 10.4.  For purposes of this Section 10.4, “ Employer Business ” and “ passive ” have the meanings set forth in Section 8 above and “ material portion ” shall mean that either (i) the total assets engaged in a Competitive Operation exceeds 20% of such business operation’s total assets or (ii) the total assets engaged in a Competitive Operation of such business operation equals or exceeds 20% of the Employer’s Business.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the activities described on Exhibit B attached hereto shall not be deemed to be Competitive Activities.  This Section 10.4 governs the period of time following Executive’s employment with Employer, and Section 8 above governs during the Term.

 

13



 

11.                                  Injunctive Relief .  Executive acknowledges that Executive’s breach of the covenants contained in Sections 8 through 10 of this Agreement inclusive (collectively “ Covenants ”) would cause irreparable injury and continuing harm to Employer for which there will be no adequate remedy at law, and agrees that Employer shall be entitled to temporary and preliminary injunctive relief upon a showing of a likelihood of such a breach, and shall be entitled to permanent injunctive relief upon establishing such a breach, to the fullest extent allowed by Massachusetts law, without the necessity of proving irreparable harm or actual damages or of posting any bond or other security.

 

12.                                  Agreement to Arbitrate .

 

12.1                            Mandatory Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance, termination or breach of this Agreement, will be settled by final and binding arbitration by a single arbitrator to be held in Boston, Massachusetts, in accordance with the American Arbitration Association national rules for resolution of employment disputes then in effect, except as provided herein.  The arbitrator selected shall have the authority to grant any party all remedies otherwise available by law, including injunctions, but shall not have the power to grant any remedy that would not be available in a state or federal court.  The arbitrator shall have the authority to hear and rule on dispositive motions (such as motions for summary adjudication or summary judgment).  The arbitrator shall have the powers granted by Massachusetts law and the rules of the American Arbitration Association which conducts the arbitration, except as modified or limited herein.  In aid of arbitration, either party may seek temporary and/or preliminary injunctive relief in the Business Litigation Session of the Suffolk County Massachusetts Superior Court (or in a regular session of that court if the case is not accepted into the Business Litigation Session) at any time before an arbitration demand has been filed and served, or before an arbitrator has been selected.

 

12.2                            Principles Governing Arbitration .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the rules of the American Arbitration Association, the arbitration shall provide (i) for written discovery and depositions as provided under Massachusetts law and (ii) for a written decision by the arbitrator that includes the essential findings and conclusions upon which the decision is based which shall be issued no later than thirty (30) days after a dispositive motion is heard and/or an arbitration hearing has completed.  Except in disputes where Executive asserts a claim otherwise under a state or federal statute prohibiting discrimination in employment (a “ Statutory Discrimination Claim ”), each side shall split equally the fees and administrative costs charged by the arbitrator and American Arbitration Association.  In disputes where Executive asserts a Statutory Discrimination Claim against Employer, Executive shall be required to pay the American Arbitration Association’s filing fee only to the extent such filing fee does not exceed the fee to file a complaint in state or federal court.  Employer shall pay the balance of the arbitrator’s fees and administrative costs.

 

12.3                            Rules Governing Arbitration .  Executive and Employer shall have the same amount of time to file any claim against any other party as such party would have if such a claim had been filed in state or federal court.   In conducting the arbitration, the arbitrator shall follow the rules of evidence of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (including but not limited to all applicable privileges), and the award of the arbitrator must follow Massachusetts and/or federal law, as applicable.

 

12.4                            Selection of Arbitrator .  The arbitrator shall be selected by the mutual agreement of the parties.  If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, the parties shall

 

14



 

alternately strike names from a list provided by the American Arbitration Association until only one name remains.

 

12.5                            Arbitrator Decision .  The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration.  The parties in the arbitration shall each pay their respective attorneys fees and one half of the costs or fees charged by the arbitrator and the American Arbitration Association.  In disputes where Executive asserts a Statutory Discrimination Claim, reasonable attorneys’ fees shall be awarded by the arbitrator based on the same standard as such fees would be awarded if the Statutory Discrimination Claim had been asserted in state or federal court.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction.

 

13.                                  General Provisions .

 

13.1                            Successors and Assigns .  The rights and obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Employer.  The Employer will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) or assignee to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Employer to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession or assignment had taken place.  Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executive’s rights or obligations under this Agreement without Employer’s written consent.

 

13.2                            Nonexclusivity of Rights .   Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Executive is not prevented from continuing or future participation in any Employer benefit, bonus, incentive or other plans, programs, policies or practices provided by Employer subject to the terms and conditions of such plans, programs, or practices.

 

13.3                            Waiver .  Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

 

13.4                            Attorneys’ Fees .  Each side will bear its own attorneys’ fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party, and the arbitrator awards such attorneys’ fees accordingly.

 

13.5                            Severability .  In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law.  If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

13.6                            Interpretation; Construction .  The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement.  This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing Employer, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms.  Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to

 

15



 

be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

13.7                            Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Except as and to the extent that Section  12 does not properly apply, each party consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in Suffolk County, Massachusetts in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

13.8                            Notices .   Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated:  (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt.  Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

 

13.9                            Survival .  The following provisions shall survive Executive’s employment with Employer to the extent reasonably necessary to fulfill the parties’ expectations in entering this Agreement:  Section 7 (“Termination of Employment”), Section 9 (“Confidentiality”), 10 (“Interference with Business Relations”) Section 11 (“Injunctive Relief”), Section 12 (“Agreement to Arbitrate”), Section 13 (“General Provisions”), and Section 14 (“Entire Agreement”).

 

14.                                  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the other agreements and documents governing the benefits described in this Agreement, constitute the entire agreement among the parties relating to this subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral.  This Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Board of Directors of the Company and Executive.  No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

 

THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN BELOW.

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Title

 

16



 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

STAG Industrial GP, LLC, its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

BENJAMIN S. BUTCHER

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

17



 

Exhibit A

 

LTIP Unit Award Agreement

 

18



 

Exhibit B

 

Exceptions to No Competition and No Conflict of Interest Obligations

 

1.                Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments II, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management and financing of the properties owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

2.                Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments III, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management and financing of the properties and, to the extent applicable, equity interests in the Partnership, owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

3.                Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments IV, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the ownership, financing and disposition of the equity interests in the Partnership owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

4.                Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG GI Investments, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the ownership, financing and disposition of the equity interests in the Partnership owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

5.                Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in any direct or indirect member of any Butcher Family real estate trusts and offices; provided that such trusts and offices do not engage in the Employer Business.

 

19




Exhibit 10.5

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made effective as of March         , 2011 (“ Effective Date ”), by and among STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC. , a Maryland corporation (“ Company ”), STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P. (“ Partnership ”), a Delaware limited partnership, and GREGORY W. SULLIVAN (“ Executive ”) to reaffirm and amend the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment.

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Employment .  Employer (as defined below) hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

2.                                        Duties .

 

2.1                                  Position .  Executive is employed on a full-time basis as Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer, shall report directly to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), and shall have the duties and responsibilities commensurate with such positions as shall be reasonably and in good faith determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, including such duties and responsibilities with respect to the Company, the Partnership and/or a subsidiary of either (collectively, “ Employer ”).

 

2.2                                  Duties .  Executive shall: (i) abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances, and (ii) except for vacation and illness periods, devote substantially all of his business time, energy, skill and efforts to the performance of his duties hereunder in a manner that will faithfully and diligently further the business interests of the Employer; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may (w) make and manage personal business investments of his choice, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8 hereof, (x) serve as a director or in any other capacity of any business enterprise, including an enterprise whose activities may involve or relate to the Employer’s Business (as defined in Section 8), provided that such service is expressly approved in advance by the Board of Directors, (y) serve in any capacity with any civic, educational, religious or charitable organization, or any governmental entity or trade association, and (z) serve as director, officer or any other capacity in which Executive is currently serving with respect to STAG Investments II, LLC, STAG Investments III, LLC, STAG Investments IV, LLC and STAG GI Investments, LLC (collectively, “ Funds ”); provided that all such other activities do not materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

3.                                        Term of Employment .  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until and including the three-year anniversary of the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated as herein provided (the “ Initial Term ”).  The Initial Term shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year periods (each an “ Extended Term ”) unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or any Extended Term.  As used herein, “ Term ” shall include the Initial Term and any Extended Term, but the Term shall end upon any lawful termination of Executive’s employment with Employer as herein provided.

 



 

4.                                        Compensation .

 

4.1                                  Base Salary .  As compensation for Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties as set forth herein and as hereafter determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors from time to time, Employer shall pay to Executive a base salary of $280,000 per year (“ Base Salary ”), payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of Employer, less all legally required or authorized payroll deductions and tax withholdings.  Base Salary shall be reviewed annually, and may be increased, at the sole discretion of the compensation committee of the Board of Directors, in light of the Executive’s performance and the Employer’s financial performance and other economic conditions and relevant factors determined by the compensation committee.

 

4.2                                  LTIP Units, Restricted Stock and Other Equity Awards .

 

(a)                                   In consideration of services to be performed by Executive for the Partnership in his capacity as a partner thereof, upon execution of this Agreement, the Employer shall cause to be granted to Executive at least 30,468 long-term incentive plan units (“ LTIP Units ”).  Such LTIP Units shall be evidenced by, and subject to, the LTIP Unit award agreement attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (“ LTIP Agreement ”) and the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (a copy of which has been delivered to Executive).  In addition, as part of the consideration for employment, Executive shall be eligible to receive additional awards of LTIP Units and other equity awards, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (or such subsequent equity plan as may be in place from time to time) and the applicable award agreement.

 

(b)                                  At any time after the execution of this Agreement, as part of the consideration for his employment as an officer of the Company, Executive shall be eligible to receive shares of common stock (“ Restricted Stock ”), in such number as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors deems appropriate, and such Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by, and subject to, a Restricted Stock award agreement in the form then currently in use by the Company (“ Restricted Stock Agreement ”).  Such awards of Restricted Stock and any other equity awards granted shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (or such subsequent equity plan as may be in place from time to time) and the applicable award agreement.

 

(c)                                   Any LTIP Units granted to the Executive during the term of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been granted to the Executive in consideration of services rendered or to be rendered in Executive’s capacity as a partner of the Partnership.

 

(d)                                  During the Term, the Company and the Partnership shall (and shall cause each subsidiary that is a component Employer to) allocate the services provided by Executive to each component Employer and compensate Executive from the respective component Employer on a basis proportionate to the services provided by Executive to each component Employer.  The parties confirm that Employer shall (and intends to) require that a sufficient amount of services be provided hereunder to the Partnership by Executive in his capacity as a partner of the Partnership to constitute full and adequate consideration for the issuance of LTIP Units to Executive and to the Company by Executive in his capacity as an officer of the Company to constitute full and adequate consideration for the issuance of Restricted Stock to Executive.

 

4.3                                  Bonus .   At the sole discretion of the Board of Director’s compensation committee, Executive may be paid a bonus  (“ Bonus ”) relating to each calendar year during the

 

2



 

Term, and such discretionary Bonus, if any, shall be paid on or before March 1st of the following year.

 

5.                                        Customary Fringe Benefits .  Executive shall be eligible for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to full-time employees of Employer, subject to the terms and conditions of Employer’s policies and benefit plan documents, as the same may be amended from time to time.  Employer reserves the right to change or eliminate the fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.  In addition, Executive shall receive an allowance for parking costs of up to $500.00 a month. Notwithstanding the standard vacation policy provisions or vacation accrual rates, Executive shall be entitled to vacation of four weeks per year.

 

6.                                        Business Expenses .  Executive shall be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of Employer.  To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted within one (1) month of being incurred with appropriate supporting documentation in accordance with Employer’s policies.  All such expenses shall be reimbursed within one (1) month of submission and, in any event, in the same fiscal year in which they were incurred or within one (1) month after the end of such year.

 

7.                                        Termination of Employment .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 7, either Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with Employer at any time, with or without Cause (as defined in Section 7.10), during the Term.  Any termination of Executive’s employment during the Term shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party (“ Notice of Termination ”).  The Notice of Termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination and a written statement of the reason(s) for the termination.  In the case of a Notice of Termination provided by Executive to Employer, such Notice of Termination shall not be effective for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice of Termination by Employer.  In the case of a Notice of Termination provided by Company to Executive, such Notice of Termination shall not be effective for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice of Termination by Executive; provided that Company may require Executive to leave the Company’s premises and refrain from any further business activities on behalf of the Company as of the date designated by Company in the Notice of Termination.  If Executive’s employment is terminated by either party, for any reason, during the Term, Employer shall pay to the Executive the accrued and unpaid Base Salary and accrued but unused vacation as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment.  Further, if Executive’s employment is terminated by either party, for any reason other than a termination by the Company for Cause or termination by Executive without Good Reason, during the Term, Employer shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the product of (a) the Bonus (or deemed Bonus) referenced in Section 7.1(a)(ii) of this Agreement multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the beginning of the fiscal year in which the termination occurs and the date of termination and the denominator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, such payment to be made no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment and shall be subject to Executive’s execution of a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7 and its subsections, Employer shall have no further obligation to make or provide to Executive, and Executive shall have no further right to receive or obtain from

 

3



 

Employer, any payments or benefits in respect of the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer during the Term.

 

7.1                                  Severance Upon Involuntary Termination without Cause .  If Company terminates Executive’s employment with Employer without Cause (as defined in Section 7.10)  during the Term, such termination is not in connection with Executive’s Disability (as defined below), and such termination qualifies as a “Separation from Service” under Section 409A (as hereinafter defined), Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $140,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget and Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”)) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however , that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

4



 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the date that is the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment. Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.2                                  Severance Upon Resignation for Good Reason .   If Executive resigns from employment with Employer for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7.10) during the Term and such resignation qualifies as a “Separation from Service” under Section 409A, Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) an amount equal to the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $140,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under COBRA) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however, that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent

 

5



 

permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment. Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.3                                  Severance Upon Change of Control.   If during the last year of the Initial Term or during any Extended Term, a “Change of Control” (as defined in Section 7.10) occurs and the Company gives notice of non-renewal of this Agreement within twelve (12) months following such Change of Control, Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) an amount equal to the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $140,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under COBRA) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however, that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

6



 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment.  Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.4                                  Beneficial Excise Tax Treatment .  In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise would subject Executive to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such payment or benefit as an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code, Executive may elect, in his sole discretion, to reduce the amounts of any payments or benefits called for under this Agreement in order to avoid such characterization.  To aid Executive in making any election called for under this Section 7.4, upon the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to give rise to the application of this Section 7.4 (an Event ), Company shall promptly request a determination in writing by independent public accountants selected by Employer (the Accountants ).  Unless Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, the Accountants, within thirty (30) days after the date of the Event, shall determine and report to Company and Executive whether any reduction in payments or benefits at the election of Executive would produce a greater after-tax benefit to Executive and shall provide to Company and Executive a written report containing a sufficiently detailed quantitative substantiation of their analysis and presented in a manner that Executive can readily understand.  For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.  Company  and Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination.  The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants may reasonably charge in connection with their services contemplated by this Section 7.4.  Under no circumstances shall Executive be entitled to any tax reimbursement or tax gross-up payment by virtue of the occurrence of an Event or any additional payment or benefit under this Section 7.4.

 

7.5                                  Section 409A Compliance .   The parties intend for this Agreement either to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A or to be exempt from the application of Section 409A, and this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted accordingly.  If this Agreement either fails to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A or is not exempt from the application of Section 409A, then the parties hereby agree to amend or to clarify this Agreement in a timely

 

7



 

manner so that this Agreement either satisfies the requirements of Section 409A or is exempt from the application of Section 409A.

 

(a)                                   Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that Executive is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A), any Severance Payment, severance benefits or other amounts payable under this Agreement that would be subject to the special rule regarding payments to “specified employees” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (together, “ Specified Employee Payments ”) shall not be paid before the expiration of a period of six (6) months following the date of Executive’s termination of employment (or before the date of Executive’s death, if earlier).  The Specified Employee Payments to which Executive would otherwise have been entitled during the six-month period following the date of Executive’s termination of employment shall be accumulated and paid as soon as administratively practicable following the first date of the seventh month following the date of Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(b)                                  To ensure satisfaction of the requirements of Section 409A(b)(3) of the Code, assets shall not be set aside, reserved in a trust or other arrangement, or otherwise restricted for purposes of the payment of amounts payable under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable year; (ii) the reimbursement of eligible expenses or in-kind benefits shall be made promptly, subject to Company’s applicable policies, but in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit .

 

(d)                                  Employer hereby informs Executive that the federal, state, local, and/or foreign tax consequences (including without limitation those tax consequences implicated by Section 409A) of this Agreement are complex and subject to change.  Executive acknowledges and understands that Executive should consult with his or her own personal tax or financial advisor in connection with this Agreement and its tax consequences.  Executive understands and agrees that Employer has no obligation and no responsibility to provide Executive with any tax or other legal advice in connection with this Agreement and its tax consequences.  Executive agrees that Executive shall bear sole and exclusive responsibility for any and all adverse federal, state, local, and/or foreign tax consequences (including without limitation any and all tax liability under Section 409A) of this Agreement to Executive.

 

7.6                                  Effect of Death or Disability .   If Executive dies or his employment is terminated by Company upon his experiencing a Disability (as defined in Section 7.10) during the Term, Executive (or his estate) shall be entitled to payment of his accrued and unpaid Base Salary as of the date of Executive’s death or termination of employment by the Company upon his experiencing a Disability, a single cash lump-sum payment equal to the product of (a) the Bonus (or deemed Bonus) referenced in Section 7.1(a)(ii) of this Agreement multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the beginning of the fiscal year in which Executive’s death or termination of his employment occurs and the date of Executive’s death or termination of employment and the denominator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which Executive’s death or termination of employment occurs.  The payments described in the previous sentence shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings, including for wage garnishments, if applicable, to the extent required or permitted by law, and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following

 

8



 

the date of termination of Executive’s employment.  Payment under this Section 7.6 shall be made not more than once, if at all.

 

7.7                                  Employment Reference .   If Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause, or Executive resigns for Good Reason, or this Agreement is not renewed by Company pursuant to a Change of Control, Executive and Employer will negotiate in good faith to reach an agreement on a neutral statement for termination or resignation, to the extent necessary or appropriate.  This statement will include, at minimum and as applicable, positions held, date of hire, employment period and confirmation of salary history (if requested by Executive).

 

7.8                                  Ineligibility For Severance .   For avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Package under this Agreement, and none of Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 shall apply to Executive, if at any time during the Term, either (a) Executive voluntarily resigns or otherwise terminates employment with Employer other than for Good Reason, or (b) Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause.  Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.9                                  Taxes and Withholdings .   The Employer may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement, including any benefits or Severance Payment, such federal, state or local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to applicable law or regulations, which amounts shall be deemed to have been paid to Executive.

 

7.10                            Definitions .

 

(a)                                   Cause ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term  of any of the following: (i) Executive’s indictment for, formal admission to (including a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to), or conviction of: a felony, a crime of moral turpitude, fraud and dishonesty, breach of trust or unethical business conduct, or any crime involving Employer, (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties which has materially damaged Employer’s financial position or reputation; (iii) willful or knowing unauthorized dissemination with the intent to cause harm by Executive of Confidential Employer Information; (iv) repeated failure by Executive to perform Executive’s duties that are reasonably and in good faith requested in writing by the Board of Directors or the member of the Board of Directors authorized by it  (the “ Delegator ”), and which are not substantially cured by Executive within thirty (30) days following receipt by Executive of such written request; (v) failure of Executive to perform any lawful and reasonable directive of the Delegator communicated to Executive in the form of a written request from the Delegator, which is consistent with the Employer Business, and which failure Executive does not begin to cure within ten (10) days following receipt by Executive of such written request or Executive has not substantially cured within forty-five (45) days following receipt by Executive of such written request, or (vi) material breach of this Agreement by Executive which breach has been communicated to Executive in the form of a written notice from a Delegator, which material breach Executive does not begin to cure within ten (10) days following receipt by Executive of such written notice or Executive has not substantially cured within forty-five (45) days following receipt by Executive of such written notice.

 

9


 

(b)            Disability ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment of Executive that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months and which either (i) renders Executive unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, with or without leave accommodation, for a period of not less than three (3) months; or (ii) results in Executive receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under any policy of long-term disability insurance that may be maintained by the Company for the benefit of its employees.

 

(c)            Change of Control ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of the date hereof.

 

(d)            Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of any of the following: (i) a material breach of this Agreement by Company which is not cured by Company within 30 days following Company’s receipt of written notice by Executive to Company describing such alleged breach; (ii) Executive’s Base Salary  is materially reduced by Company; (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s title, duties and/or responsibilities, or the assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with Executive’s position; or (iv) a material change in the Company headquarters’ geographic location; provided, however, none of the occurrences described in (i) through (iv) hereof shall constitute Good Reason unless within ninety (90) days of any such occurrence Executive provides a Notice of Termination effective no more than 31 days after receipt by the  Company and specifying the occurrence.

 

(e)            Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and all applicable regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

7.11          Nonduplication of Benefits .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or in any other Employer benefit plan or compensatory arrangement to the contrary, but at all times subject to Section 7.4, (a) any payments due under Section 7.1, Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 shall be made not more than once, if at all, (b) payments may be due under  Section 7.1, Section 7.2 or Section 7.3, but under no circumstances shall payments be made under all of or any combination of Section 7.1, Section 7.2 and Section 7.3, (c) no payments made under Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 this Agreement shall be considered compensation for purposes of any benefit plan or compensatory arrangement of Employer, and (d) Executive shall not be entitled to severance benefits from Employer other than as contemplated under this Agreement, unless such other severance benefits offset and reduce the benefits due under this Agreement on a dollar-for-dollar basis, but not below zero.

 

8.              No Competition and No Conflict of Interest .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2 of this Agreement or as set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement, during the Term, Executive must not (a) engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the essential business-related interests of the Employer where such conflict would materially and substantially disrupt operations, (b) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, stockholder, principal, agent, employee, consultant, or in any other relationship or capacity, engage in, or acquire any interest in any Person, corporation, partnership or other entity (other than Company or any entity directly or indirectly controlled by Company) engaged in the Employer Business, or (c) in any way other than on behalf of and as an employee of Employer, act as an officer, director, employee, consultant, shareholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise engaged in the Employer Business or any business in which Employer becomes actively engaged during the Term.  In addition, Executive agrees not to refer any tenant or potential tenant of Employer to competitors of Employer, without obtaining

 

10



 

Company’s prior written consent, during the Term.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s passive investment in, or passive ownership of, less than five percent (5%) of the capital stock or other equity interests of any business entity (including a business entity engaged in the Employer Business) shall not be treated as a breach of this Section 8.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Employer Business ” shall mean the acquisition, disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management or financing of single tenant industrial properties in the United States, and “ passive ” means no employment or involvement in management, operations or policy decisions of the business entity and excludes any service as a director (or equivalent), manager, officer, employee or consultant or as a general partner or managing member (or equivalent) of the business entity

 

9.              Confidentiality .  During the Term, Executive has been and will continue to be given access to a wide variety of information about the Employer, its affiliates and other related businesses that the Employer considers “ Confidential Employer Information .”  As a condition of continued employment, Executive agrees to abide by Employer’s business policies and directives on confidentiality and nondisclosure of Confidential Employer Information.  Confidential Employer Information shall mean all information applicable to the business of the Employer which confers or may confer a competitive advantage upon the Employer over one who does not possess the information; and has commercial value in the business of the Employer or any other business in which the Employer engages or is preparing to engage during Executive’s employment with Employer.  Confidential Employer Information includes, but is not limited to, information regarding the Employer’s business plans and strategies; contracts and proposals (including leases and proposed leases); artwork, designs, drawings and specifications for development and redevelopment projects; tenants and  prospective tenants; suppliers and other business partners and Employer’s business arrangements and strategies with respect to them; current and future marketing or advertising campaigns; software programs; codes, underwriting models, credit analyses, formulae or techniques; rent rolls; financial information; personnel information; and all ideas, plans, processes or information related to the current, future and proposed projects or other business of the Employer that has not been disclosed to the public by an authorized representative of the Employer, acting within the scope of his or her authority, whether or not such information would be enforceable as a trade secret of the Employer or enjoined or restrained by a court or arbitrator as constituting unfair competition.  Confidential Employer Information also includes confidential information of any third party who may disclose such information to the Employer or Executive in the course of the Employer’s business.

 

9.1            Nondisclosure .  Executive acknowledges that Confidential Employer Information constitutes valuable, special and unique assets of the Employer’s business and that the unauthorized disclosure of such information to competitors of the Employer, or to the general public, will be highly detrimental to the Employer.  Executive therefore agrees to hold Confidential Employer Information in strictest confidence.  Except as shall occur as and to the extent that Executive performs his duties to Employer, Executive agrees not to disclose or allow to be disclosed to any individual or entity, other than those individuals or entities authorized by the Company, any Confidential Employer Information that Executive has or may acquire during Executive’s employment by Employer (whether or not developed or compiled by Executive and whether or not Executive has been authorized to have access to such Confidential Employer Information).

 

9.2            Continuing Obligation .  Executive agrees that the agreement not to disclose Confidential Employer Information will be effective during Executive’s employment and continue even after Executive is no longer employed by Employer.  Any obligation not to

 

11



 

disclose any portion of any Confidential Employer Information will continue indefinitely unless such information (a) has become public knowledge through no fault of Executive; or (b) has been developed independently without any reference to any information obtained during Executive’s employment with Employer; or (c) must be disclosed in response to a valid order by a court or government agency or is otherwise required by law.

 

9.3            Return of Employer Property .  On termination of employment with Employer for whatever reason, or at the request of the Employer before termination, Executive agrees to promptly deliver to Employer all records, files, computer disks, memoranda, documents, lists and other information regarding or containing any Confidential Employer Information, including all copies, reproductions, summaries or excerpts thereof, then in Executive’s possession or control, whether prepared by Executive or others.  Executive also agrees to promptly return, on termination or the Employer’s request, any and all Employer property issued to Executive, including but not limited to computers, cellular phones, keys and credits cards.  Executive further agrees that should Executive discover any Employer property or Confidential Employer Information in Executive’s possession after the return of such property has been requested, Executive agrees to return it promptly to Employer without retaining copies, summaries or excerpts of any kind.

 

9.4            No Violation of Rights of Third Parties .  Executive warrants that the performance of all the terms of this Agreement does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment with Employer.  Executive agrees not to disclose to Employer, or induce Employer to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employers or others.  Executive warrants that Executive is not a party to any other agreement that will interfere with Executive’s full compliance with this Agreement.  Executive further agrees not to enter into any agreement, whether written or oral, in conflict with the provisions of this Agreement while such provisions remain effective.

 

10.            Interference with Business Relations .

 

10.1          Interference with Sellers, Tenants, Brokers and Other Business Partners .  Executive acknowledges that Employer’s seller information, tenant base, broker network, pipeline, leasing and acquisitions/sales strategies and its other business arrangements have been developed through substantial effort and expense, and its nonpublic business information regarding these matters is confidential and constitutes trade secrets.  In addition, because of Executive’s position, Executive understands that Employer will be particularly vulnerable to significant harm from Executive’s use of such information for purposes other than to further Employer’s business interests.  Accordingly, Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment with Employer, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage Employer’s relationship with any of the sellers, tenants, brokers or other business partners of Employer with whom Executive has had contact, or conducted business, during the Term of Employment by contacting them for the purpose of inducing or encouraging any of them to divert or take away business from Employer.

 

10.2          Interference with Employer’s Employees .  Executive acknowledges that the services provided by Employer’s employees are unique and special, and that Employer’s employees possess trade secrets and Confidential Employer Information that is protected against misappropriation and unauthorized use.  As such, Executive agrees that during, and for a period of twelve (12) months after, Executive’s employment with Employer, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere

 

12



 

with, impair, disrupt or damage Employer’s business by contacting any Employer employees for the purpose of inducing or encouraging them to discontinue their employment with Employer.

 

10.3          Negative Information .  During the Term and thereafter, Executive shall not disclose confidential or negative non-public information regarding, or take any action materially detrimental to the reputation of Employer or its directors, officers, employees, investors, shareholders or advisors and any affiliates of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Employer Affiliates ”);  provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 10.3 shall affect any legal obligation of Executive to respond to mandatory governmental inquiries concerning the Employer Affiliates or to act in accordance with, or to establish, his rights under this Agreement.  Employer likewise agrees that no one acting with the actual authority of Employer shall disclose negative non-public information regarding, or take any action materially detrimental to the reputation of, Executive;  provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 10.3 shall affect any legal obligation of the Employer Affiliates to respond to mandatory governmental inquiries concerning Executive or to act in accordance with, or to establish, the rights of the Employer Affiliates under this Agreement.

 

10.4               Post-Termination Noncompetition . For a period of twelve (12) months following Executive’s employment with the Employer, Executive will not engage in Competitive Activities (as hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, this Section 10.4 shall terminate and be null and void in the event that the Employer terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns from employment with Employer for Good Reason.   The term “ Competitive Activities, ” for purposes of this Section 10.4, shall mean the taking of any of the following actions by Executive: (a) Executive’s direct or indirect participation (for his own account or jointly with others) in the management of, or as an employee, board member, partner, manager, member, joint venturer, representative or other agent of, or advisor or consultant to, any other business operation if a material portion (either in comparison to the size of Employer’s Business or, if smaller, to such business operation’s business) of such operation is engaging in the Employer Business or any business in which Employer has been actively engaged at the time of the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer (a “ Competitive Operation ”); (b) Executive’s investment in, or ownership of, the capital stock or other equity interests in any business entity that is a Competitive Operation; or (c) Executive’s lending of funds for the purpose of establishing or operating any Competitive Operation, or otherwise giving advice to any Competitive Operation, or lending or allowing his name or reputation to be used by any Competitive Operation or otherwise allowing his skill, knowledge or experience to be so used. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s passive investment in, or passive ownership of, up to five percent (5%) of the capital stock or other equity interests of any business entity (including a business entity engaged in the Employer Business) shall not be treated as a breach of this Section 10.4.  For purposes of this Section 10.4, “ Employer Business ” and “ passive ” have the meanings set forth in Section 8 above and “ material portion ” shall mean that either (i) the total assets engaged in a Competitive Operation exceeds 20% of such business operation’s total assets or (ii) the total assets engaged in a Competitive Operation of such business operation equals or exceeds 20% of the Employer’s Business.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the activities described on Exhibit B attached hereto shall not be deemed to be Competitive Activities.  This Section 10.4 governs the period of time following Executive’s employment with Employer, and Section 8 above governs during the Term.

 

13



 

11.            Injunctive Relief .  Executive acknowledges that Executive’s breach of the covenants contained in Sections 8 through 10 of this Agreement inclusive (collectively “ Covenants ”) would cause irreparable injury and continuing harm to Employer for which there will be no adequate remedy at law, and agrees that Employer shall be entitled to temporary and preliminary injunctive relief upon a showing of a likelihood of such a breach, and shall be entitled to permanent injunctive relief upon establishing such a breach, to the fullest extent allowed by Massachusetts law, without the necessity of proving irreparable harm or actual damages or of posting any bond or other security.

 

12.            Agreement to Arbitrate .

 

12.1          Mandatory Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance, termination or breach of this Agreement, will be settled by final and binding arbitration by a single arbitrator to be held in Boston, Massachusetts, in accordance with the American Arbitration Association national rules for resolution of employment disputes then in effect, except as provided herein.  The arbitrator selected shall have the authority to grant any party all remedies otherwise available by law, including injunctions, but shall not have the power to grant any remedy that would not be available in a state or federal court.  The arbitrator shall have the authority to hear and rule on dispositive motions (such as motions for summary adjudication or summary judgment).  The arbitrator shall have the powers granted by Massachusetts law and the rules of the American Arbitration Association which conducts the arbitration, except as modified or limited herein.  In aid of arbitration, either party may seek temporary and/or preliminary injunctive relief in the Business Litigation Session of the Suffolk County Massachusetts Superior Court (or in a regular session of that court if the case is not accepted into the Business Litigation Session) at any time before an arbitration demand has been filed and served, or before an arbitrator has been selected.

 

12.2          Principles Governing Arbitration .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the rules of the American Arbitration Association, the arbitration shall provide (i) for written discovery and depositions as provided under Massachusetts law and (ii) for a written decision by the arbitrator that includes the essential findings and conclusions upon which the decision is based which shall be issued no later than thirty (30) days after a dispositive motion is heard and/or an arbitration hearing has completed.  Except in disputes where Executive asserts a claim otherwise under a state or federal statute prohibiting discrimination in employment (a “ Statutory Discrimination Claim ”), each side shall split equally the fees and administrative costs charged by the arbitrator and American Arbitration Association.  In disputes where Executive asserts a Statutory Discrimination Claim against Employer, Executive shall be required to pay the American Arbitration Association’s filing fee only to the extent such filing fee does not exceed the fee to file a complaint in state or federal court.  Employer shall pay the balance of the arbitrator’s fees and administrative costs.

 

12.3          Rules Governing Arbitration .  Executive and Employer shall have the same amount of time to file any claim against any other party as such party would have if such a claim had been filed in state or federal court.   In conducting the arbitration, the arbitrator shall follow the rules of evidence of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (including but not limited to all applicable privileges), and the award of the arbitrator must follow Massachusetts and/or federal law, as applicable.

 

12.4          Selection of Arbitrator .  The arbitrator shall be selected by the mutual agreement of the parties.  If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, the parties shall

 

14



 

alternately strike names from a list provided by the American Arbitration Association until only one name remains.

 

12.5          Arbitrator Decision .  The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration.  The parties in the arbitration shall each pay their respective attorneys fees and one half of the costs or fees charged by the arbitrator and the American Arbitration Association.  In disputes where Executive asserts a Statutory Discrimination Claim, reasonable attorneys’ fees shall be awarded by the arbitrator based on the same standard as such fees would be awarded if the Statutory Discrimination Claim had been asserted in state or federal court.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction.

 

13.            General Provisions .

 

13.1          Successors and Assigns .  The rights and obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Employer.  The Employer will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) or assignee to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Employer to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession or assignment had taken place.  Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executive’s rights or obligations under this Agreement without Employer’s written consent.

 

13.2          Nonexclusivity of Rights .   Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Executive is not prevented from continuing or future participation in any Employer benefit, bonus, incentive or other plans, programs, policies or practices provided by Employer subject to the terms and conditions of such plans, programs, or practices.

 

13.3          Waiver .  Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

 

13.4          Attorneys’ Fees .  Each side will bear its own attorneys’ fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party, and the arbitrator awards such attorneys’ fees accordingly.

 

13.5          Severability .  In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law.  If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

13.6          Interpretation; Construction .  The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement.  This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing Employer, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms.  Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to

 

15



 

be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

13.7          Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Except as and to the extent that Section  12 does not properly apply, each party consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in Suffolk County, Massachusetts in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

13.8          Notices .   Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated:  (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt.  Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

 

13.9          Survival .  The following provisions shall survive Executive’s employment with Employer to the extent reasonably necessary to fulfill the parties’ expectations in entering this Agreement:  Section 7 (“Termination of Employment”), Section 9 (“Confidentiality”), 10 (“Interference with Business Relations”) Section 11 (“Injunctive Relief”), Section 12 (“Agreement to Arbitrate”), Section 13 (“General Provisions”), and Section 14 (“Entire Agreement”).

 

14.            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the other agreements and documents governing the benefits described in this Agreement, constitute the entire agreement among the parties relating to this subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral.  This Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Board of Directors of the Company and Executive.  No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

 

THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN BELOW.

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Title

 

16



 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

 

 

By: STAG Industrial GP, LLC, its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

GREGORY W. SULLIVAN

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

17



 

Exhibit A

 

LTIP Unit Award Agreement

 

18



 

Exhibit B

 

Exceptions to No Competition and No Conflict of Interest Obligations

 

1.      Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments II, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management and financing of the properties owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

2.      Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments III, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management and financing of the properties and, to the extent applicable, equity interests in the Partnership, owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

3.      Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments IV, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the ownership, financing and disposition of the equity interests in the Partnership owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

4.      Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG GI Investments, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the ownership, financing and disposition of the equity interests in the Partnership owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

19




Exhibit 10.6

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made effective as of March         , 2011 (“ Effective Date ”), by and among STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC. , a Maryland corporation (“ Company ”), STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P. (“ Partnership ”), a Delaware limited partnership, and STEPHEN C. MECKE (“ Executive ”) to reaffirm and amend the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment.

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.              Employment .  Employer (as defined below) hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

2.              Duties .

 

2.1            Position .  Executive is employed on a full-time basis as Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President, shall report directly to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), and shall have the duties and responsibilities commensurate with such positions as shall be reasonably and in good faith determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, including such duties and responsibilities with respect to the Company, the Partnership and/or a subsidiary of either (collectively, “ Employer ”).

 

2.2            Duties .  Executive shall: (i) abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances, and (ii) except for vacation and illness periods, devote substantially all of his business time, energy, skill and efforts to the performance of his duties hereunder in a manner that will faithfully and diligently further the business interests of the Employer; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may (w) make and manage personal business investments of his choice, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8 hereof, (x) serve as a director or in any other capacity of any business enterprise, including an enterprise whose activities may involve or relate to the Employer’s Business (as defined in Section 8), provided that such service is expressly approved in advance by the Board of Directors, (y) serve in any capacity with any civic, educational, religious or charitable organization, or any governmental entity or trade association, and (z) serve as director, officer or any other capacity in which Executive is currently serving with respect to STAG Investments II, LLC, STAG Investments III, LLC, STAG Investments IV, LLC and STAG GI Investments, LLC (collectively, “ Funds ”); provided that all such other activities do not materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

3.              Term of Employment .  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until and including the three-year anniversary of the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated as herein provided (the “ Initial Term ”).  The Initial Term shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year periods (each an “ Extended Term ”) unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or any Extended Term.  As used herein, “ Term ” shall include the Initial Term and any Extended Term, but the Term shall end upon any lawful termination of Executive’s employment with Employer as herein provided.

 



 

4.              Compensation .

 

4.1            Base Salary .  As compensation for Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties as set forth herein and as hereafter determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors from time to time, Employer shall pay to Executive a base salary of $280,000 per year (“ Base Salary ”), payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of Employer, less all legally required or authorized payroll deductions and tax withholdings.  Base Salary shall be reviewed annually, and may be increased, at the sole discretion of the compensation committee of the Board of Directors, in light of the Executive’s performance and the Employer’s financial performance and other economic conditions and relevant factors determined by the compensation committee.

 

4.2            LTIP Units, Restricted Stock and Other Equity Awards .

 

(a)            In consideration of services to be performed by Executive for the Partnership in his capacity as a partner thereof, upon execution of this Agreement, the Employer shall cause to be granted to Executive at least 52,989 long-term incentive plan units (“ LTIP Units ”).  Such LTIP Units shall be evidenced by, and subject to, the LTIP Unit award agreement attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (“ LTIP Agreement ”) and the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (a copy of which has been delivered to Executive).  In addition, as part of the consideration for employment, Executive shall be eligible to receive additional awards of LTIP Units and other equity awards, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (or such subsequent equity plan as may be in place from time to time) and the applicable award agreement.

 

(b)            At any time after the execution of this Agreement, as part of the consideration for his employment as an officer of the Company, Executive shall be eligible to receive shares of common stock (“ Restricted Stock ”), in such number as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors deems appropriate, and such Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by, and subject to, a Restricted Stock award agreement in the form then currently in use by the Company (“ Restricted Stock Agreement ”).  Such awards of Restricted Stock and any other equity awards granted shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (or such subsequent equity plan as may be in place from time to time) and the applicable award agreement.

 

(c)            Any LTIP Units granted to the Executive during the term of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been granted to the Executive in consideration of services rendered or to be rendered in Executive’s capacity as a partner of the Partnership.

 

(d)            During the Term, the Company and the Partnership shall (and shall cause each subsidiary that is a component Employer to) allocate the services provided by Executive to each component Employer and compensate Executive from the respective component Employer on a basis proportionate to the services provided by Executive to each component Employer.  The parties confirm that Employer shall (and intends to) require that a sufficient amount of services be provided hereunder to the Partnership by Executive in his capacity as a partner of the Partnership to constitute full and adequate consideration for the issuance of LTIP Units to Executive and to the Company by Executive in his capacity as an officer of the Company to constitute full and adequate consideration for the issuance of Restricted Stock to Executive.

 

4.3            Bonus .   At the sole discretion of the Board of Director’s compensation committee, Executive may be paid a bonus  (“ Bonus ”) relating to each calendar year during the

 

2



 

Term, and such discretionary Bonus, if any, shall be paid on or before March 1st of the following year.

 

5.              Customary Fringe Benefits .  Executive shall be eligible for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to full-time employees of Employer, subject to the terms and conditions of Employer’s policies and benefit plan documents, as the same may be amended from time to time.  Employer reserves the right to change or eliminate the fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.  In addition, Executive shall receive an allowance for parking costs of up to $500.00 a month. Notwithstanding the standard vacation policy provisions or vacation accrual rates, Executive shall be entitled to vacation of four weeks per year.

 

6.              Business Expenses .  Executive shall be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of Employer.  To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted within one (1) month of being incurred with appropriate supporting documentation in accordance with Employer’s policies.  All such expenses shall be reimbursed within one (1) month of submission and, in any event, in the same fiscal year in which they were incurred or within one (1) month after the end of such year.

 

7.              Termination of Employment .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 7, either Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with Employer at any time, with or without Cause (as defined in Section 7.10), during the Term.  Any termination of Executive’s employment during the Term shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party (“ Notice of Termination ”).  The Notice of Termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination and a written statement of the reason(s) for the termination.  In the case of a Notice of Termination provided by Executive to Employer, such Notice of Termination shall not be effective for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice of Termination by Employer.  In the case of a Notice of Termination provided by Company to Executive, such Notice of Termination shall not be effective for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice of Termination by Executive; provided that Company may require Executive to leave the Company’s premises and refrain from any further business activities on behalf of the Company as of the date designated by Company in the Notice of Termination.  If Executive’s employment is terminated by either party, for any reason, during the Term, Employer shall pay to the Executive the accrued and unpaid Base Salary and accrued but unused vacation as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment.  Further, if Executive’s employment is terminated by either party, for any reason other than a termination by the Company for Cause or termination by Executive without Good Reason, during the Term, Employer shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the product of (a) the Bonus (or deemed Bonus) referenced in Section 7.1(a)(ii) of this Agreement multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the beginning of the fiscal year in which the termination occurs and the date of termination and the denominator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, such payment to be made no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment and shall be subject to Executive’s execution of a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7 and its subsections, Employer shall have no further obligation to make or provide to Executive, and Executive shall have no further right to receive or obtain from

 

3



 

Employer, any payments or benefits in respect of the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer during the Term.

 

7.1            Severance Upon Involuntary Termination without Cause .  If Company terminates Executive’s employment with Employer without Cause (as defined in Section 7.10)  during the Term, such termination is not in connection with Executive’s Disability (as defined below), and such termination qualifies as a “Separation from Service” under Section 409A (as hereinafter defined), Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $140,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget and Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”)) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however , that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

4



 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the date that is the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment. Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.2            Severance Upon Resignation for Good Reason .   If Executive resigns from employment with Employer for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7.10) during the Term and such resignation qualifies as a “Separation from Service” under Section 409A, Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) an amount equal to the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $140,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under COBRA) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however, that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent

 

5



 

permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment. Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.3            Severance Upon Change of Control.   If during the last year of the Initial Term or during any Extended Term, a “Change of Control” (as defined in Section 7.10) occurs and the Company gives notice of non-renewal of this Agreement within twelve (12) months following such Change of Control, Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) an amount equal to the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $140,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under COBRA) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however, that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

6



 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment.  Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.4            Beneficial Excise Tax Treatment .  In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise would subject Executive to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such payment or benefit as an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code, Executive may elect, in his sole discretion, to reduce the amounts of any payments or benefits called for under this Agreement in order to avoid such characterization.  To aid Executive in making any election called for under this Section 7.4, upon the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to give rise to the application of this Section 7.4 (an Event ), Company shall promptly request a determination in writing by independent public accountants selected by Employer (the Accountants ).  Unless Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, the Accountants, within thirty (30) days after the date of the Event, shall determine and report to Company and Executive whether any reduction in payments or benefits at the election of Executive would produce a greater after-tax benefit to Executive and shall provide to Company and Executive a written report containing a sufficiently detailed quantitative substantiation of their analysis and presented in a manner that Executive can readily understand.  For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.  Company and Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination.  The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants may reasonably charge in connection with their services contemplated by this Section 7.4.  Under no circumstances shall Executive be entitled to any tax reimbursement or tax gross-up payment by virtue of the occurrence of an Event or any additional payment or benefit under this Section 7.4.

 

7.5            Section 409A Compliance .   The parties intend for this Agreement either to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A or to be exempt from the application of Section 409A, and this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted accordingly.  If this Agreement either fails to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A or is not exempt from the application of Section 409A, then the parties hereby agree to amend or to clarify this Agreement in a timely

 

7



 

manner so that this Agreement either satisfies the requirements of Section 409A or is exempt from the application of Section 409A.

 

(a)            Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that Executive is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A), any Severance Payment, severance benefits or other amounts payable under this Agreement that would be subject to the special rule regarding payments to “specified employees” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (together, “ Specified Employee Payments ”) shall not be paid before the expiration of a period of six (6) months following the date of Executive’s termination of employment (or before the date of Executive’s death, if earlier).  The Specified Employee Payments to which Executive would otherwise have been entitled during the six-month period following the date of Executive’s termination of employment shall be accumulated and paid as soon as administratively practicable following the first date of the seventh month following the date of Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(b)            To ensure satisfaction of the requirements of Section 409A(b)(3) of the Code, assets shall not be set aside, reserved in a trust or other arrangement, or otherwise restricted for purposes of the payment of amounts payable under this Agreement.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable year; (ii) the reimbursement of eligible expenses or in-kind benefits shall be made promptly, subject to Company’s applicable policies, but in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit .

 

(d)            Employer hereby informs Executive that the federal, state, local, and/or foreign tax consequences (including without limitation those tax consequences implicated by Section 409A) of this Agreement are complex and subject to change.  Executive acknowledges and understands that Executive should consult with his or her own personal tax or financial advisor in connection with this Agreement and its tax consequences.  Executive understands and agrees that Employer has no obligation and no responsibility to provide Executive with any tax or other legal advice in connection with this Agreement and its tax consequences.  Executive agrees that Executive shall bear sole and exclusive responsibility for any and all adverse federal, state, local, and/or foreign tax consequences (including without limitation any and all tax liability under Section 409A) of this Agreement to Executive.

 

7.6            Effect of Death or Disability .   If Executive dies or his employment is terminated by Company upon his experiencing a Disability (as defined in Section 7.10) during the Term, Executive (or his estate) shall be entitled to payment of his accrued and unpaid Base Salary as of the date of Executive’s death or termination of employment by the Company upon his experiencing a Disability, a single cash lump-sum payment equal to the product of (a) the Bonus (or deemed Bonus) referenced in Section 7.1(a)(ii) of this Agreement multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the beginning of the fiscal year in which Executive’s death or termination of his employment occurs and the date of Executive’s death or termination of employment and the denominator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which Executive’s death or termination of employment occurs.  The payments described in the previous sentence shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings, including for wage garnishments, if applicable, to the extent required or permitted by law, and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following

 

8



 

the date of termination of Executive’s employment.  Payment under this Section 7.6 shall be made not more than once, if at all.

 

7.7            Employment Reference .   If Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause, or Executive resigns for Good Reason, or this Agreement is not renewed by Company pursuant to a Change of Control, Executive and Employer will negotiate in good faith to reach an agreement on a neutral statement for termination or resignation, to the extent necessary or appropriate.  This statement will include, at minimum and as applicable, positions held, date of hire, employment period and confirmation of salary history (if requested by Executive).

 

7.8            Ineligibility For Severance .   For avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Package under this Agreement, and none of Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 shall apply to Executive, if at any time during the Term, either (a) Executive voluntarily resigns or otherwise terminates employment with Employer other than for Good Reason, or (b) Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause.  Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.9            Taxes and Withholdings .   The Employer may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement, including any benefits or Severance Payment, such federal, state or local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to applicable law or regulations, which amounts shall be deemed to have been paid to Executive.

 

7.10          Definitions .

 

(a)            Cause ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of any of the following: (i) Executive’s indictment for, formal admission to (including a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to), or conviction of: a felony, a crime of moral turpitude, fraud and dishonesty, breach of trust or unethical business conduct, or any crime involving Employer, (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties which has materially damaged Employer’s financial position or reputation; (iii) willful or knowing unauthorized dissemination with the intent to cause harm by Executive of Confidential Employer Information; (iv) repeated failure by Executive to perform Executive’s duties that are reasonably and in good faith requested in writing by the Board of Directors or the member of the Board of Directors authorized by it  (the “ Delegator ”), and which are not substantially cured by Executive within thirty (30) days following receipt by Executive of such written request; (v) failure of Executive to perform any lawful and reasonable directive of the Delegator communicated to Executive in the form of a written request from the Delegator, which is consistent with the Employer Business, and which failure Executive does not begin to cure within ten (10) days following receipt by Executive of such written request or Executive has not substantially cured within forty-five (45) days following receipt by Executive of such written request, or (vi) material breach of this Agreement by Executive which breach has been communicated to Executive in the form of a written notice from a Delegator, which material breach Executive does not begin to cure within ten (10) days following receipt by Executive of such written notice or Executive has not substantially cured within forty-five (45) days following receipt by Executive of such written notice.

 

9


 

(b)            Disability ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment of Executive that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months and which either (i) renders Executive unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, with or without leave accommodation, for a period of not less than three (3) months; or (ii) results in Executive receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under any policy of long-term disability insurance that may be maintained by the Company for the benefit of its employees.

 

(c)            Change of Control ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of the date hereof.

 

(d)            Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of any of the following: (i) a material breach of this Agreement by Company which is not cured by Company within 30 days following Company’s receipt of written notice by Executive to Company describing such alleged breach; (ii) Executive’s Base Salary  is materially reduced by Company; (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s title, duties and/or responsibilities, or the assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with Executive’s position; or (iv) a material change in the Company headquarters’ geographic location; provided, however, none of the occurrences described in (i) through (iv) hereof shall constitute Good Reason unless within ninety (90) days of any such occurrence Executive provides a Notice of Termination effective no more than 31 days after receipt by the  Company and specifying the occurrence.

 

(e)            Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and all applicable regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

7.11          Nonduplication of Benefits .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or in any other Employer benefit plan or compensatory arrangement to the contrary, but at all times subject to Section 7.4, (a) any payments due under Section 7.1, Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 shall be made not more than once, if at all, (b) payments may be due under  Section 7.1, Section 7.2 or Section 7.3, but under no circumstances shall payments be made under all of or any combination of Section 7.1, Section 7.2 and Section 7.3, (c) no payments made under Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 this Agreement shall be considered compensation for purposes of any benefit plan or compensatory arrangement of Employer, and (d) Executive shall not be entitled to severance benefits from Employer other than as contemplated under this Agreement, unless such other severance benefits offset and reduce the benefits due under this Agreement on a dollar-for-dollar basis, but not below zero.

 

8.              No Competition and No Conflict of Interest .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2 of this Agreement or as set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement, during the Term, Executive must not (a) engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the essential business-related interests of the Employer where such conflict would materially and substantially disrupt operations, (b) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, stockholder, principal, agent, employee, consultant, or in any other relationship or capacity, engage in, or acquire any interest in any Person, corporation, partnership or other entity (other than Company or any entity directly or indirectly controlled by Company) engaged in the Employer Business, or (c) in any way other than on behalf of and as an employee of Employer, act as an officer, director, employee, consultant, shareholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise engaged in the Employer Business or any business in which Employer becomes actively engaged during the Term.  In addition, Executive agrees not to refer any tenant or potential tenant of Employer to competitors of Employer, without obtaining

 

10



 

Company’s prior written consent, during the Term.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s passive investment in, or passive ownership of, less than five percent (5%) of the capital stock or other equity interests of any business entity (including a business entity engaged in the Employer Business) shall not be treated as a breach of this Section 8.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Employer Business ” shall mean the acquisition, disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management or financing of single tenant industrial properties in the United States, and “ passive ” means no employment or involvement in management, operations or policy decisions of the business entity and excludes any service as a director (or equivalent), manager, officer, employee or consultant or as a general partner or managing member (or equivalent) of the business entity

 

9.              Confidentiality .  During the Term, Executive has been and will continue to be given access to a wide variety of information about the Employer, its affiliates and other related businesses that the Employer considers “ Confidential Employer Information .”  As a condition of continued employment, Executive agrees to abide by Employer’s business policies and directives on confidentiality and nondisclosure of Confidential Employer Information.  Confidential Employer Information shall mean all information applicable to the business of the Employer which confers or may confer a competitive advantage upon the Employer over one who does not possess the information; and has commercial value in the business of the Employer or any other business in which the Employer engages or is preparing to engage during Executive’s employment with Employer.  Confidential Employer Information includes, but is not limited to, information regarding the Employer’s business plans and strategies; contracts and proposals (including leases and proposed leases); artwork, designs, drawings and specifications for development and redevelopment projects; tenants and  prospective tenants; suppliers and other business partners and Employer’s business arrangements and strategies with respect to them; current and future marketing or advertising campaigns; software programs; codes, underwriting models, credit analyses, formulae or techniques; rent rolls; financial information; personnel information; and all ideas, plans, processes or information related to the current, future and proposed projects or other business of the Employer that has not been disclosed to the public by an authorized representative of the Employer, acting within the scope of his or her authority, whether or not such information would be enforceable as a trade secret of the Employer or enjoined or restrained by a court or arbitrator as constituting unfair competition.  Confidential Employer Information also includes confidential information of any third party who may disclose such information to the Employer or Executive in the course of the Employer’s business.

 

9.1            Nondisclosure .  Executive acknowledges that Confidential Employer Information constitutes valuable, special and unique assets of the Employer’s business and that the unauthorized disclosure of such information to competitors of the Employer, or to the general public, will be highly detrimental to the Employer.  Executive therefore agrees to hold Confidential Employer Information in strictest confidence.  Except as shall occur as and to the extent that Executive performs his duties to Employer, Executive agrees not to disclose or allow to be disclosed to any individual or entity, other than those individuals or entities authorized by the Company, any Confidential Employer Information that Executive has or may acquire during Executive’s employment by Employer (whether or not developed or compiled by Executive and whether or not Executive has been authorized to have access to such Confidential Employer Information).

 

9.2            Continuing Obligation .  Executive agrees that the agreement not to disclose Confidential Employer Information will be effective during Executive’s employment and continue even after Executive is no longer employed by Employer.  Any obligation not to

 

11



 

disclose any portion of any Confidential Employer Information will continue indefinitely unless such information (a) has become public knowledge through no fault of Executive; or (b) has been developed independently without any reference to any information obtained during Executive’s employment with Employer; or (c) must be disclosed in response to a valid order by a court or government agency or is otherwise required by law.

 

9.3            Return of Employer Property .  On termination of employment with Employer for whatever reason, or at the request of the Employer before termination, Executive agrees to promptly deliver to Employer all records, files, computer disks, memoranda, documents, lists and other information regarding or containing any Confidential Employer Information, including all copies, reproductions, summaries or excerpts thereof, then in Executive’s possession or control, whether prepared by Executive or others.  Executive also agrees to promptly return, on termination or the Employer’s request, any and all Employer property issued to Executive, including but not limited to computers, cellular phones, keys and credits cards.  Executive further agrees that should Executive discover any Employer property or Confidential Employer Information in Executive’s possession after the return of such property has been requested, Executive agrees to return it promptly to Employer without retaining copies, summaries or excerpts of any kind.

 

9.4            No Violation of Rights of Third Parties .  Executive warrants that the performance of all the terms of this Agreement does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment with Employer.  Executive agrees not to disclose to Employer, or induce Employer to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employers or others.  Executive warrants that Executive is not a party to any other agreement that will interfere with Executive’s full compliance with this Agreement.  Executive further agrees not to enter into any agreement, whether written or oral, in conflict with the provisions of this Agreement while such provisions remain effective.

 

10.            Interference with Business Relations .

 

10.1          Interference with Sellers, Tenants, Brokers and Other Business Partners .  Executive acknowledges that Employer’s seller information, tenant base, broker network, pipeline, leasing and acquisitions/sales strategies and its other business arrangements have been developed through substantial effort and expense, and its nonpublic business information regarding these matters is confidential and constitutes trade secrets.  In addition, because of Executive’s position, Executive understands that Employer will be particularly vulnerable to significant harm from Executive’s use of such information for purposes other than to further Employer’s business interests.  Accordingly, Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment with Employer, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage Employer’s relationship with any of the sellers, tenants, brokers or other business partners of Employer with whom Executive has had contact, or conducted business, during the Term of Employment by contacting them for the purpose of inducing or encouraging any of them to divert or take away business from Employer.

 

10.2          Interference with Employer’s Employees .  Executive acknowledges that the services provided by Employer’s employees are unique and special, and that Employer’s employees possess trade secrets and Confidential Employer Information that is protected against misappropriation and unauthorized use.  As such, Executive agrees that during, and for a period of twelve (12) months after, Executive’s employment with Employer, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere

 

12



 

with, impair, disrupt or damage Employer’s business by contacting any Employer employees for the purpose of inducing or encouraging them to discontinue their employment with Employer.

 

10.3          Negative Information .  During the Term and thereafter, Executive shall not disclose confidential or negative non-public information regarding, or take any action materially detrimental to the reputation of Employer or its directors, officers, employees, investors, shareholders or advisors and any affiliates of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Employer Affiliates ”);  provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 10.3 shall affect any legal obligation of Executive to respond to mandatory governmental inquiries concerning the Employer Affiliates or to act in accordance with, or to establish, his rights under this Agreement.  Employer likewise agrees that no one acting with the actual authority of Employer shall disclose negative non-public information regarding, or take any action materially detrimental to the reputation of, Executive;  provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 10.3 shall affect any legal obligation of the Employer Affiliates to respond to mandatory governmental inquiries concerning Executive or to act in accordance with, or to establish, the rights of the Employer Affiliates under this Agreement.

 

10.4               Post-Termination Noncompetition . For a period of twelve (12) months following Executive’s employment with the Employer, Executive will not engage in Competitive Activities (as hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, this Section 10.4 shall terminate and be null and void in the event that the Employer terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns from employment with Employer for Good Reason.   The term “ Competitive Activities, ” for purposes of this Section 10.4, shall mean the taking of any of the following actions by Executive: (a) Executive’s direct or indirect participation (for his own account or jointly with others) in the management of, or as an employee, board member, partner, manager, member, joint venturer, representative or other agent of, or advisor or consultant to, any other business operation if a material portion (either in comparison to the size of Employer’s Business or, if smaller, to such business operation’s business) of such operation is engaging in the Employer Business or any business in which Employer has been actively engaged at the time of the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer (a “ Competitive Operation ”); (b) Executive’s investment in, or ownership of, the capital stock or other equity interests in any business entity that is a Competitive Operation; or (c) Executive’s lending of funds for the purpose of establishing or operating any Competitive Operation, or otherwise giving advice to any Competitive Operation, or lending or allowing his name or reputation to be used by any Competitive Operation or otherwise allowing his skill, knowledge or experience to be so used. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s passive investment in, or passive ownership of, up to five percent (5%) of the capital stock or other equity interests of any business entity (including a business entity engaged in the Employer Business) shall not be treated as a breach of this Section 10.4.  For purposes of this Section 10.4, “ Employer Business ” and “ passive ” have the meanings set forth in Section 8 above and “ material portion ” shall mean that either (i) the total assets engaged in a Competitive Operation exceeds 20% of such business operation’s total assets or (ii) the total assets engaged in a Competitive Operation of such business operation equals or exceeds 20% of the Employer’s Business.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the activities described on Exhibit B attached hereto shall not be deemed to be Competitive Activities.  This Section 10.4 governs the period of time following Executive’s employment with Employer, and Section 8 above governs during the Term.

 

13



 

11.            Injunctive Relief .  Executive acknowledges that Executive’s breach of the covenants contained in Sections 8 through 10 of this Agreement inclusive (collectively “ Covenants ”) would cause irreparable injury and continuing harm to Employer for which there will be no adequate remedy at law, and agrees that Employer shall be entitled to temporary and preliminary injunctive relief upon a showing of a likelihood of such a breach, and shall be entitled to permanent injunctive relief upon establishing such a breach, to the fullest extent allowed by Massachusetts law, without the necessity of proving irreparable harm or actual damages or of posting any bond or other security.

 

12.            Agreement to Arbitrate .

 

12.1          Mandatory Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance, termination or breach of this Agreement, will be settled by final and binding arbitration by a single arbitrator to be held in Boston, Massachusetts, in accordance with the American Arbitration Association national rules for resolution of employment disputes then in effect, except as provided herein.  The arbitrator selected shall have the authority to grant any party all remedies otherwise available by law, including injunctions, but shall not have the power to grant any remedy that would not be available in a state or federal court.  The arbitrator shall have the authority to hear and rule on dispositive motions (such as motions for summary adjudication or summary judgment).  The arbitrator shall have the powers granted by Massachusetts law and the rules of the American Arbitration Association which conducts the arbitration, except as modified or limited herein.  In aid of arbitration, either party may seek temporary and/or preliminary injunctive relief in the Business Litigation Session of the Suffolk County Massachusetts Superior Court (or in a regular session of that court if the case is not accepted into the Business Litigation Session) at any time before an arbitration demand has been filed and served, or before an arbitrator has been selected.

 

12.2          Principles Governing Arbitration .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the rules of the American Arbitration Association, the arbitration shall provide (i) for written discovery and depositions as provided under Massachusetts law and (ii) for a written decision by the arbitrator that includes the essential findings and conclusions upon which the decision is based which shall be issued no later than thirty (30) days after a dispositive motion is heard and/or an arbitration hearing has completed.  Except in disputes where Executive asserts a claim otherwise under a state or federal statute prohibiting discrimination in employment (a “ Statutory Discrimination Claim ”), each side shall split equally the fees and administrative costs charged by the arbitrator and American Arbitration Association.  In disputes where Executive asserts a Statutory Discrimination Claim against Employer, Executive shall be required to pay the American Arbitration Association’s filing fee only to the extent such filing fee does not exceed the fee to file a complaint in state or federal court.  Employer shall pay the balance of the arbitrator’s fees and administrative costs.

 

12.3          Rules Governing Arbitration .  Executive and Employer shall have the same amount of time to file any claim against any other party as such party would have if such a claim had been filed in state or federal court.   In conducting the arbitration, the arbitrator shall follow the rules of evidence of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (including but not limited to all applicable privileges), and the award of the arbitrator must follow Massachusetts and/or federal law, as applicable.

 

12.4          Selection of Arbitrator .  The arbitrator shall be selected by the mutual agreement of the parties.  If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, the parties shall

 

14



 

alternately strike names from a list provided by the American Arbitration Association until only one name remains.

 

12.5          Arbitrator Decision .  The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration.  The parties in the arbitration shall each pay their respective attorneys fees and one half of the costs or fees charged by the arbitrator and the American Arbitration Association.  In disputes where Executive asserts a Statutory Discrimination Claim, reasonable attorneys’ fees shall be awarded by the arbitrator based on the same standard as such fees would be awarded if the Statutory Discrimination Claim had been asserted in state or federal court.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction.

 

13.            General Provisions .

 

13.1          Successors and Assigns .  The rights and obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Employer.  The Employer will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) or assignee to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Employer to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession or assignment had taken place.  Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executive’s rights or obligations under this Agreement without Employer’s written consent.

 

13.2          Nonexclusivity of Rights .   Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Executive is not prevented from continuing or future participation in any Employer benefit, bonus, incentive or other plans, programs, policies or practices provided by Employer subject to the terms and conditions of such plans, programs, or practices.

 

13.3          Waiver .  Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

 

13.4          Attorneys’ Fees .  Each side will bear its own attorneys’ fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party, and the arbitrator awards such attorneys’ fees accordingly.

 

13.5          Severability .  In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law.  If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

13.6          Interpretation; Construction .  The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement.  This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing Employer, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms.  Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to

 

15



 

be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

13.7          Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Except as and to the extent that Section  12 does not properly apply, each party consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in Suffolk County, Massachusetts in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

13.8          Notices .   Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated:  (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt.  Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

 

13.9          Survival .  The following provisions shall survive Executive’s employment with Employer to the extent reasonably necessary to fulfill the parties’ expectations in entering this Agreement:  Section 7 (“Termination of Employment”), Section 9 (“Confidentiality”), 10 (“Interference with Business Relations”) Section 11 (“Injunctive Relief”), Section 12 (“Agreement to Arbitrate”), Section 13 (“General Provisions”), and Section 14 (“Entire Agreement”).

 

14.            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the other agreements and documents governing the benefits described in this Agreement, constitute the entire agreement among the parties relating to this subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral.  This Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Board of Directors of the Company and Executive.  No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

 

THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN BELOW.

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC.

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Title

 

16



 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING

 

PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

STAG Industrial GP, LLC, its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STEPHEN C. MECKE

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

17



 

Exhibit A

 

LTIP Unit Award Agreement

 

18



 

Exhibit B

 

Exceptions to No Competition and No Conflict of Interest Obligations

 

1.      Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments II, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management and financing of the properties owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

2.      Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments III, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management and financing of the properties and, to the extent applicable, equity interests in the Partnership, owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

3.      Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments IV, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the ownership, financing and disposition of the equity interests in the Partnership owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

4.      Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG GI Investments, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the ownership, financing and disposition of the equity interests in the Partnership owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

19




Exhibit 10.7

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made effective as of March         , 2011 (“ Effective Date ”), by and among STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC. , a Maryland corporation (“ Company ”), STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P. (“ Partnership ”), a Delaware limited partnership, and KATHRN ARNONE (“ Executive ”) to reaffirm and amend the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment.

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.             Employment .  Employer (as defined below) hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

2.             Duties .

 

2.1           Position .  Executive is employed on a full-time basis as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, shall report directly to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), and shall have the duties and responsibilities commensurate with such positions as shall be reasonably and in good faith determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, including such duties and responsibilities with respect to the Company, the Partnership and/or a subsidiary of either (collectively, “ Employer ”).

 

2.2           Duties .  Executive shall: (i) abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances, and (ii) except for vacation and illness periods, devote substantially all of his business time, energy, skill and efforts to the performance of his duties hereunder in a manner that will faithfully and diligently further the business interests of the Employer; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may (w) make and manage personal business investments of his choice, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8 hereof, (x) serve as a director or in any other capacity of any business enterprise, including an enterprise whose activities may involve or relate to the Employer’s Business (as defined in Section 8), provided that such service is expressly approved in advance by the Board of Directors, (y) serve in any capacity with any civic, educational, religious or charitable organization, or any governmental entity or trade association, and (z) serve as director, officer or any other capacity in which Executive is currently serving with respect to STAG Investments II, LLC, STAG Investments III, LLC, STAG Investments IV, LLC and STAG GI Investments, LLC (collectively, “ Funds ”); provided that all such other activities do not materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

3.             Term of Employment .  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until and including the three-year anniversary of the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated as herein provided (the “ Initial Term ”).  The Initial Term shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year periods (each an “ Extended Term ”) unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or any Extended Term.  As used herein, “ Term ” shall include the Initial Term and any Extended Term, but the Term shall end upon any lawful termination of Executive’s employment with Employer as herein provided.

 



 

4.             Compensation .

 

4.1           Base Salary .  As compensation for Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties as set forth herein and as hereafter determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors from time to time, Employer shall pay to Executive a base salary of $260,000 per year (“ Base Salary ”), payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of Employer, less all legally required or authorized payroll deductions and tax withholdings.  Base Salary shall be reviewed annually, and may be increased, at the sole discretion of the compensation committee of the Board of Directors, in light of the Executive’s performance and the Employer’s financial performance and other economic conditions and relevant factors determined by the compensation committee.

 

4.2           LTIP Units, Restricted Stock and Other Equity Awards .

 

(a)           In consideration of services to be performed by Executive for the Partnership in his capacity as a partner thereof, upon execution of this Agreement, the Employer shall cause to be granted to Executive at least 26,494 long-term incentive plan units (“ LTIP Units ”).  Such LTIP Units shall be evidenced by, and subject to, the LTIP Unit award agreement attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (“ LTIP Agreement ”) and the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (a copy of which has been delivered to Executive).  In addition, as part of the consideration for employment, Executive shall be eligible to receive additional awards of LTIP Units and other equity awards, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (or such subsequent equity plan as may be in place from time to time) and the applicable award agreement.

 

(b)           At any time after the execution of this Agreement, as part of the consideration for his employment as an officer of the Company, Executive shall be eligible to receive shares of common stock (“ Restricted Stock ”), in such number as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors deems appropriate, and such Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by, and subject to, a Restricted Stock award agreement in the form then currently in use by the Company (“ Restricted Stock Agreement ”).  Such awards of Restricted Stock and any other equity awards granted shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (or such subsequent equity plan as may be in place from time to time) and the applicable award agreement.

 

(c)           Any LTIP Units granted to the Executive during the term of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been granted to the Executive in consideration of services rendered or to be rendered in Executive’s capacity as a partner of the Partnership.

 

(d)           During the Term, the Company and the Partnership shall (and shall cause each subsidiary that is a component Employer to) allocate the services provided by Executive to each component Employer and compensate Executive from the respective component Employer on a basis proportionate to the services provided by Executive to each component Employer.  The parties confirm that Employer shall (and intends to) require that a sufficient amount of services be provided hereunder to the Partnership by Executive in his capacity as a partner of the Partnership to constitute full and adequate consideration for the issuance of LTIP Units to Executive and to the Company by Executive in his capacity as an officer of the Company to constitute full and adequate consideration for the issuance of Restricted Stock to Executive.

 

4.3           Bonus .   At the sole discretion of the Board of Director’s compensation committee, Executive may be paid a bonus  (“ Bonus ”) relating to each calendar year during the

 

2



 

Term, and such discretionary Bonus, if any, shall be paid on or before March 1st of the following year.

 

5.             Customary Fringe Benefits .  Executive shall be eligible for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to full-time employees of Employer, subject to the terms and conditions of Employer’s policies and benefit plan documents, as the same may be amended from time to time.  Employer reserves the right to change or eliminate the fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.  In addition, Executive shall receive an allowance for parking costs of up to $500.00 a month. Notwithstanding the standard vacation policy provisions or vacation accrual rates, Executive shall be entitled to vacation of four weeks per year.

 

6.             Business Expenses .  Executive shall be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of Employer.  To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted within one (1) month of being incurred with appropriate supporting documentation in accordance with Employer’s policies.  All such expenses shall be reimbursed within one (1) month of submission and, in any event, in the same fiscal year in which they were incurred or within one (1) month after the end of such year.

 

7.             Termination of Employment .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 7, either Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with Employer at any time, with or without Cause (as defined in Section 7.10), during the Term.  Any termination of Executive’s employment during the Term shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party (“ Notice of Termination ”).  The Notice of Termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination and a written statement of the reason(s) for the termination.  In the case of a Notice of Termination provided by Executive to Employer, such Notice of Termination shall not be effective for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice of Termination by Employer.  In the case of a Notice of Termination provided by Company to Executive, such Notice of Termination shall not be effective for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice of Termination by Executive; provided that Company may require Executive to leave the Company’s premises and refrain from any further business activities on behalf of the Company as of the date designated by Company in the Notice of Termination.  If Executive’s employment is terminated by either party, for any reason, during the Term, Employer shall pay to the Executive the accrued and unpaid Base Salary and accrued but unused vacation as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment.  Further, if Executive’s employment is terminated by either party, for any reason other than a termination by the Company for Cause or termination by Executive without Good Reason, during the Term, Employer shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the product of (a) the Bonus (or deemed Bonus) referenced in Section 7.1(a)(ii) of this Agreement multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the beginning of the fiscal year in which the termination occurs and the date of termination and the denominator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, such payment to be made no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment and shall be subject to Executive’s execution of a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7 and its subsections, Employer shall have no further obligation to make or provide to Executive, and Executive shall have no further right to receive or obtain from

 

3



 

Employer, any payments or benefits in respect of the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer during the Term.

 

7.1           Severance Upon Involuntary Termination without Cause .  If Company terminates Executive’s employment with Employer without Cause (as defined in Section 7.10)  during the Term, such termination is not in connection with Executive’s Disability (as defined below), and such termination qualifies as a “Separation from Service” under Section 409A (as hereinafter defined), Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $125,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget and Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”)) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however , that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

4



 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the date that is the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment. Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.2           Severance Upon Resignation for Good Reason .   If Executive resigns from employment with Employer for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7.10) during the Term and such resignation qualifies as a “Separation from Service” under Section 409A, Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) an amount equal to the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $125,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under COBRA) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however, that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent

 

5



 

permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment. Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.3           Severance Upon Change of Control.   If during the last year of the Initial Term or during any Extended Term, a “Change of Control” (as defined in Section 7.10) occurs and the Company gives notice of non-renewal of this Agreement within twelve (12) months following such Change of Control, Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) an amount equal to the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $125,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under COBRA) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however, that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

6



 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment.  Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.4           Beneficial Excise Tax Treatment .  In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise would subject Executive to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such payment or benefit as an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code, Executive may elect, in his sole discretion, to reduce the amounts of any payments or benefits called for under this Agreement in order to avoid such characterization.  To aid Executive in making any election called for under this Section 7.4, upon the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to give rise to the application of this Section 7.4 (an Event ), Company shall promptly request a determination in writing by independent public accountants selected by Employer (the Accountants ).  Unless Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, the Accountants, within thirty (30) days after the date of the Event, shall determine and report to Company and Executive whether any reduction in payments or benefits at the election of Executive would produce a greater after-tax benefit to Executive and shall provide to Company and Executive a written report containing a sufficiently detailed quantitative substantiation of their analysis and presented in a manner that Executive can readily understand.  For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.  Company and Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination.  The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants may reasonably charge in connection with their services contemplated by this Section 7.4.  Under no circumstances shall Executive be entitled to any tax reimbursement or tax gross-up payment by virtue of the occurrence of an Event or any additional payment or benefit under this Section 7.4.

 

7.5           Section 409A Compliance .   The parties intend for this Agreement either to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A or to be exempt from the application of Section 409A, and this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted accordingly.  If this Agreement either fails to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A or is not exempt from the application of Section 409A, then the parties hereby agree to amend or to clarify this Agreement in a timely

 

7



 

manner so that this Agreement either satisfies the requirements of Section 409A or is exempt from the application of Section 409A.

 

(a)           Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that Executive is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A), any Severance Payment, severance benefits or other amounts payable under this Agreement that would be subject to the special rule regarding payments to “specified employees” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (together, “ Specified Employee Payments ”) shall not be paid before the expiration of a period of six (6) months following the date of Executive’s termination of employment (or before the date of Executive’s death, if earlier).  The Specified Employee Payments to which Executive would otherwise have been entitled during the six-month period following the date of Executive’s termination of employment shall be accumulated and paid as soon as administratively practicable following the first date of the seventh month following the date of Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(b)           To ensure satisfaction of the requirements of Section 409A(b)(3) of the Code, assets shall not be set aside, reserved in a trust or other arrangement, or otherwise restricted for purposes of the payment of amounts payable under this Agreement.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable year; (ii) the reimbursement of eligible expenses or in-kind benefits shall be made promptly, subject to Company’s applicable policies, but in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit .

 

(d)           Employer hereby informs Executive that the federal, state, local, and/or foreign tax consequences (including without limitation those tax consequences implicated by Section 409A) of this Agreement are complex and subject to change.  Executive acknowledges and understands that Executive should consult with his or her own personal tax or financial advisor in connection with this Agreement and its tax consequences.  Executive understands and agrees that Employer has no obligation and no responsibility to provide Executive with any tax or other legal advice in connection with this Agreement and its tax consequences.  Executive agrees that Executive shall bear sole and exclusive responsibility for any and all adverse federal, state, local, and/or foreign tax consequences (including without limitation any and all tax liability under Section 409A) of this Agreement to Executive.

 

7.6           Effect of Death or Disability .   If Executive dies or his employment is terminated by Company upon his experiencing a Disability (as defined in Section 7.10) during the Term, Executive (or his estate) shall be entitled to payment of his accrued and unpaid Base Salary as of the date of Executive’s death or termination of employment by the Company upon his experiencing a Disability, a single cash lump-sum payment equal to the product of (a) the Bonus (or deemed Bonus) referenced in Section 7.1(a)(ii) of this Agreement multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the beginning of the fiscal year in which Executive’s death or termination of his employment occurs and the date of Executive’s death or termination of employment and the denominator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which Executive’s death or termination of employment occurs.  The payments described in the previous sentence shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings, including for wage garnishments, if applicable, to the extent required or permitted by law, and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following

 

8



 

the date of termination of Executive’s employment.  Payment under this Section 7.6 shall be made not more than once, if at all.

 

7.7           Employment Reference .   If Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause, or Executive resigns for Good Reason, or this Agreement is not renewed by Company pursuant to a Change of Control, Executive and Employer will negotiate in good faith to reach an agreement on a neutral statement for termination or resignation, to the extent necessary or appropriate.  This statement will include, at minimum and as applicable, positions held, date of hire, employment period and confirmation of salary history (if requested by Executive).

 

7.8           Ineligibility For Severance .   For avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Package under this Agreement, and none of Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 shall apply to Executive, if at any time during the Term, either (a) Executive voluntarily resigns or otherwise terminates employment with Employer other than for Good Reason, or (b) Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause.  Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.9           Taxes and Withholdings .   The Employer may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement, including any benefits or Severance Payment, such federal, state or local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to applicable law or regulations, which amounts shall be deemed to have been paid to Executive.

 

7.10         Definitions .

 

(a)           “ Cause ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term  of any of the following: (i) Executive’s indictment for, formal admission to (including a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to), or conviction of: a felony, a crime of moral turpitude, fraud and dishonesty, breach of trust or unethical business conduct, or any crime involving Employer, (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties which has materially damaged Employer’s financial position or reputation; (iii) willful or knowing unauthorized dissemination with the intent to cause harm by Executive of Confidential Employer Information; (iv) repeated failure by Executive to perform Executive’s duties that are reasonably and in good faith requested in writing by the Board of Directors or the member of the Board of Directors authorized by it  (the “ Delegator ”), and which are not substantially cured by Executive within thirty (30) days following receipt by Executive of such written request; (v) failure of Executive to perform any lawful and reasonable directive of the Delegator communicated to Executive in the form of a written request from the Delegator, which is consistent with the Employer Business, and which failure Executive does not begin to cure within ten (10) days following receipt by Executive of such written request or Executive has not substantially cured within forty-five (45) days following receipt by Executive of such written request, or (vi) material breach of this Agreement by Executive which breach has been communicated to Executive in the form of a written notice from a Delegator, which material breach Executive does not begin to cure within ten (10) days following receipt by Executive of such written notice or Executive has not substantially cured within forty-five (45) days following receipt by Executive of such written notice.

 

9


 

(b)            Disability ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment of Executive that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months and which either (i) renders Executive unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, with or without leave accommodation, for a period of not less than three (3) months; or (ii) results in Executive receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under any policy of long-term disability insurance that may be maintained by the Company for the benefit of its employees.

 

(c)            Change of Control ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of the date hereof.

 

(d)            Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of any of the following: (i) a material breach of this Agreement by Company which is not cured by Company within 30 days following Company’s receipt of written notice by Executive to Company describing such alleged breach; (ii) Executive’s Base Salary is materially reduced by Company; (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s title, duties and/or responsibilities, or the assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with Executive’s position; or (iv) a material change in the Company headquarters’ geographic location; provided, however, none of the occurrences described in (i) through (iv) hereof shall constitute Good Reason unless within ninety (90) days of any such occurrence Executive provides a Notice of Termination effective no more than 31 days after receipt by the Company and specifying the occurrence.

 

(e)            Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and all applicable regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

7.11          Nonduplication of Benefits .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or in any other Employer benefit plan or compensatory arrangement to the contrary, but at all times subject to Section 7.4, (a) any payments due under Section 7.1, Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 shall be made not more than once, if at all, (b) payments may be due under Section 7.1, Section 7.2 or Section 7.3, but under no circumstances shall payments be made under all of or any combination of Section 7.1, Section 7.2 and Section 7.3, (c) no payments made under Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 this Agreement shall be considered compensation for purposes of any benefit plan or compensatory arrangement of Employer, and (d) Executive shall not be entitled to severance benefits from Employer other than as contemplated under this Agreement, unless such other severance benefits offset and reduce the benefits due under this Agreement on a dollar-for-dollar basis, but not below zero.

 

8.              No Competition and No Conflict of Interest .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2 of this Agreement or as set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement, during the Term, Executive must not (a) engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the essential business-related interests of the Employer where such conflict would materially and substantially disrupt operations, (b) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, stockholder, principal, agent, employee, consultant, or in any other relationship or capacity, engage in, or acquire any interest in any Person, corporation, partnership or other entity (other than Company or any entity directly or indirectly controlled by Company) engaged in the Employer Business, or (c) in any way other than on behalf of and as an employee of Employer, act as an officer, director, employee, consultant, shareholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise engaged in the Employer Business or any business in which Employer becomes actively engaged during the Term.  In addition, Executive agrees not to refer any tenant or potential tenant of Employer to competitors of Employer, without obtaining

 

10



 

Company’s prior written consent, during the Term.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s passive investment in, or passive ownership of, less than five percent (5%) of the capital stock or other equity interests of any business entity (including a business entity engaged in the Employer Business) shall not be treated as a breach of this Section 8.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Employer Business ” shall mean the acquisition, disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management or financing of single tenant industrial properties in the United States, and “ passive ” means no employment or involvement in management, operations or policy decisions of the business entity and excludes any service as a director (or equivalent), manager, officer, employee or consultant or as a general partner or managing member (or equivalent) of the business entity

 

9.              Confidentiality .  During the Term, Executive has been and will continue to be given access to a wide variety of information about the Employer, its affiliates and other related businesses that the Employer considers “ Confidential Employer Information .”  As a condition of continued employment, Executive agrees to abide by Employer’s business policies and directives on confidentiality and nondisclosure of Confidential Employer Information.  Confidential Employer Information shall mean all information applicable to the business of the Employer which confers or may confer a competitive advantage upon the Employer over one who does not possess the information; and has commercial value in the business of the Employer or any other business in which the Employer engages or is preparing to engage during Executive’s employment with Employer.  Confidential Employer Information includes, but is not limited to, information regarding the Employer’s business plans and strategies; contracts and proposals (including leases and proposed leases); artwork, designs, drawings and specifications for development and redevelopment projects; tenants and prospective tenants; suppliers and other business partners and Employer’s business arrangements and strategies with respect to them; current and future marketing or advertising campaigns; software programs; codes, underwriting models, credit analyses, formulae or techniques; rent rolls; financial information; personnel information; and all ideas, plans, processes or information related to the current, future and proposed projects or other business of the Employer that has not been disclosed to the public by an authorized representative of the Employer, acting within the scope of his or her authority, whether or not such information would be enforceable as a trade secret of the Employer or enjoined or restrained by a court or arbitrator as constituting unfair competition.  Confidential Employer Information also includes confidential information of any third party who may disclose such information to the Employer or Executive in the course of the Employer’s business.

 

9.1            Nondisclosure .  Executive acknowledges that Confidential Employer Information constitutes valuable, special and unique assets of the Employer’s business and that the unauthorized disclosure of such information to competitors of the Employer, or to the general public, will be highly detrimental to the Employer.  Executive therefore agrees to hold Confidential Employer Information in strictest confidence.  Except as shall occur as and to the extent that Executive performs his duties to Employer, Executive agrees not to disclose or allow to be disclosed to any individual or entity, other than those individuals or entities authorized by the Company, any Confidential Employer Information that Executive has or may acquire during Executive’s employment by Employer (whether or not developed or compiled by Executive and whether or not Executive has been authorized to have access to such Confidential Employer Information).

 

9.2            Continuing Obligation .  Executive agrees that the agreement not to disclose Confidential Employer Information will be effective during Executive’s employment and continue even after Executive is no longer employed by Employer.  Any obligation not to

 

11



 

disclose any portion of any Confidential Employer Information will continue indefinitely unless such information (a) has become public knowledge through no fault of Executive; or (b) has been developed independently without any reference to any information obtained during Executive’s employment with Employer; or (c) must be disclosed in response to a valid order by a court or government agency or is otherwise required by law.

 

9.3            Return of Employer Property .  On termination of employment with Employer for whatever reason, or at the request of the Employer before termination, Executive agrees to promptly deliver to Employer all records, files, computer disks, memoranda, documents, lists and other information regarding or containing any Confidential Employer Information, including all copies, reproductions, summaries or excerpts thereof, then in Executive’s possession or control, whether prepared by Executive or others.  Executive also agrees to promptly return, on termination or the Employer’s request, any and all Employer property issued to Executive, including but not limited to computers, cellular phones, keys and credits cards.  Executive further agrees that should Executive discover any Employer property or Confidential Employer Information in Executive’s possession after the return of such property has been requested, Executive agrees to return it promptly to Employer without retaining copies, summaries or excerpts of any kind.

 

9.4            No Violation of Rights of Third Parties .  Executive warrants that the performance of all the terms of this Agreement does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment with Employer.  Executive agrees not to disclose to Employer, or induce Employer to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employers or others.  Executive warrants that Executive is not a party to any other agreement that will interfere with Executive’s full compliance with this Agreement.  Executive further agrees not to enter into any agreement, whether written or oral, in conflict with the provisions of this Agreement while such provisions remain effective.

 

10.            Interference with Business Relations .

 

10.1          Interference with Sellers, Tenants, Brokers and Other Business Partners .  Executive acknowledges that Employer’s seller information, tenant base, broker network, pipeline, leasing and acquisitions/sales strategies and its other business arrangements have been developed through substantial effort and expense, and its nonpublic business information regarding these matters is confidential and constitutes trade secrets.  In addition, because of Executive’s position, Executive understands that Employer will be particularly vulnerable to significant harm from Executive’s use of such information for purposes other than to further Employer’s business interests.  Accordingly, Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment with Employer, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage Employer’s relationship with any of the sellers, tenants, brokers or other business partners of Employer with whom Executive has had contact, or conducted business, during the Term of Employment by contacting them for the purpose of inducing or encouraging any of them to divert or take away business from Employer.

 

10.2          Interference with Employer’s Employees .  Executive acknowledges that the services provided by Employer’s employees are unique and special, and that Employer’s employees possess trade secrets and Confidential Employer Information that is protected against misappropriation and unauthorized use.  As such, Executive agrees that during, and for a period of twelve (12) months after, Executive’s employment with Employer, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere

 

12



 

with, impair, disrupt or damage Employer’s business by contacting any Employer employees for the purpose of inducing or encouraging them to discontinue their employment with Employer.

 

10.3          Negative Information .  During the Term and thereafter, Executive shall not disclose confidential or negative non-public information regarding, or take any action materially detrimental to the reputation of Employer or its directors, officers, employees, investors, shareholders or advisors and any affiliates of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Employer Affiliates ”);  provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 10.3 shall affect any legal obligation of Executive to respond to mandatory governmental inquiries concerning the Employer Affiliates or to act in accordance with, or to establish, his rights under this Agreement.  Employer likewise agrees that no one acting with the actual authority of Employer shall disclose negative non-public information regarding, or take any action materially detrimental to the reputation of, Executive;  provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 10.3 shall affect any legal obligation of the Employer Affiliates to respond to mandatory governmental inquiries concerning Executive or to act in accordance with, or to establish, the rights of the Employer Affiliates under this Agreement.

 

10.4               Post-Termination Noncompetition . For a period of twelve (12) months following Executive’s employment with the Employer, Executive will not engage in Competitive Activities (as hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, this Section 10.4 shall terminate and be null and void in the event that the Employer terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns from employment with Employer for Good Reason.   The term “ Competitive Activities, ” for purposes of this Section 10.4, shall mean the taking of any of the following actions by Executive: (a) Executive’s direct or indirect participation (for his own account or jointly with others) in the management of, or as an employee, board member, partner, manager, member, joint venturer, representative or other agent of, or advisor or consultant to, any other business operation if a material portion (either in comparison to the size of Employer’s Business or, if smaller, to such business operation’s business) of such operation is engaging in the Employer Business or any business in which Employer has been actively engaged at the time of the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer (a “ Competitive Operation ”); (b) Executive’s investment in, or ownership of, the capital stock or other equity interests in any business entity that is a Competitive Operation; or (c) Executive’s lending of funds for the purpose of establishing or operating any Competitive Operation, or otherwise giving advice to any Competitive Operation, or lending or allowing his name or reputation to be used by any Competitive Operation or otherwise allowing his skill, knowledge or experience to be so used. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s passive investment in, or passive ownership of, up to five percent (5%) of the capital stock or other equity interests of any business entity (including a business entity engaged in the Employer Business) shall not be treated as a breach of this Section 10.4.  For purposes of this Section 10.4, “ Employer Business ” and “ passive ” have the meanings set forth in Section 8 above and “ material portion ” shall mean that either (i) the total assets engaged in a Competitive Operation exceeds 20% of such business operation’s total assets or (ii) the total assets engaged in a Competitive Operation of such business operation equals or exceeds 20% of the Employer’s Business.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the activities described on Exhibit B attached hereto shall not be deemed to be Competitive Activities.  This Section 10.4 governs the period of time following Executive’s employment with Employer, and Section 8 above governs during the Term.

 

13



 

11.            Injunctive Relief .  Executive acknowledges that Executive’s breach of the covenants contained in Sections 8 through 10 of this Agreement inclusive (collectively “ Covenants ”) would cause irreparable injury and continuing harm to Employer for which there will be no adequate remedy at law, and agrees that Employer shall be entitled to temporary and preliminary injunctive relief upon a showing of a likelihood of such a breach, and shall be entitled to permanent injunctive relief upon establishing such a breach, to the fullest extent allowed by Massachusetts law, without the necessity of proving irreparable harm or actual damages or of posting any bond or other security.

 

12.            Agreement to Arbitrate .

 

12.1          Mandatory Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance, termination or breach of this Agreement, will be settled by final and binding arbitration by a single arbitrator to be held in Boston, Massachusetts, in accordance with the American Arbitration Association national rules for resolution of employment disputes then in effect, except as provided herein.  The arbitrator selected shall have the authority to grant any party all remedies otherwise available by law, including injunctions, but shall not have the power to grant any remedy that would not be available in a state or federal court.  The arbitrator shall have the authority to hear and rule on dispositive motions (such as motions for summary adjudication or summary judgment).  The arbitrator shall have the powers granted by Massachusetts law and the rules of the American Arbitration Association which conducts the arbitration, except as modified or limited herein.  In aid of arbitration, either party may seek temporary and/or preliminary injunctive relief in the Business Litigation Session of the Suffolk County Massachusetts Superior Court (or in a regular session of that court if the case is not accepted into the Business Litigation Session) at any time before an arbitration demand has been filed and served, or before an arbitrator has been selected.

 

12.2          Principles Governing Arbitration .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the rules of the American Arbitration Association, the arbitration shall provide (i) for written discovery and depositions as provided under Massachusetts law and (ii) for a written decision by the arbitrator that includes the essential findings and conclusions upon which the decision is based which shall be issued no later than thirty (30) days after a dispositive motion is heard and/or an arbitration hearing has completed.  Except in disputes where Executive asserts a claim otherwise under a state or federal statute prohibiting discrimination in employment (a “ Statutory Discrimination Claim ”), each side shall split equally the fees and administrative costs charged by the arbitrator and American Arbitration Association.  In disputes where Executive asserts a Statutory Discrimination Claim against Employer, Executive shall be required to pay the American Arbitration Association’s filing fee only to the extent such filing fee does not exceed the fee to file a complaint in state or federal court.  Employer shall pay the balance of the arbitrator’s fees and administrative costs.

 

12.3          Rules Governing Arbitration .  Executive and Employer shall have the same amount of time to file any claim against any other party as such party would have if such a claim had been filed in state or federal court.   In conducting the arbitration, the arbitrator shall follow the rules of evidence of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (including but not limited to all applicable privileges), and the award of the arbitrator must follow Massachusetts and/or federal law, as applicable.

 

12.4          Selection of Arbitrator .  The arbitrator shall be selected by the mutual agreement of the parties.  If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, the parties shall

 

14



 

alternately strike names from a list provided by the American Arbitration Association until only one name remains.

 

12.5          Arbitrator Decision .  The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration.  The parties in the arbitration shall each pay their respective attorneys fees and one half of the costs or fees charged by the arbitrator and the American Arbitration Association.  In disputes where Executive asserts a Statutory Discrimination Claim, reasonable attorneys’ fees shall be awarded by the arbitrator based on the same standard as such fees would be awarded if the Statutory Discrimination Claim had been asserted in state or federal court.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction.

 

13.            General Provisions .

 

13.1          Successors and Assigns .  The rights and obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Employer.  The Employer will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) or assignee to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Employer to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession or assignment had taken place.  Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executive’s rights or obligations under this Agreement without Employer’s written consent.

 

13.2          Nonexclusivity of Rights .   Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Executive is not prevented from continuing or future participation in any Employer benefit, bonus, incentive or other plans, programs, policies or practices provided by Employer subject to the terms and conditions of such plans, programs, or practices.

 

13.3          Waiver .  Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

 

13.4          Attorneys’ Fees .  Each side will bear its own attorneys’ fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party, and the arbitrator awards such attorneys’ fees accordingly.

 

13.5          Severability .  In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law.  If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

13.6          Interpretation; Construction .  The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement.  This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing Employer, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms.  Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to

 

15



 

be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

13.7          Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Except as and to the extent that Section  12 does not properly apply, each party consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in Suffolk County, Massachusetts in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

13.8          Notices .   Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated:  (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt.  Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

 

13.9          Survival .  The following provisions shall survive Executive’s employment with Employer to the extent reasonably necessary to fulfill the parties’ expectations in entering this Agreement:  Section 7 (“Termination of Employment”), Section 9 (“Confidentiality”), 10 (“Interference with Business Relations”) Section 11 (“Injunctive Relief”), Section 12 (“Agreement to Arbitrate”), Section 13 (“General Provisions”), and Section 14 (“Entire Agreement”).

 

14.            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the other agreements and documents governing the benefits described in this Agreement, constitute the entire agreement among the parties relating to this subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral.  This Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Board of Directors of the Company and Executive.  No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

 

THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN BELOW.

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Title

 

16



 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING
PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

STAG Industrial GP, LLC, its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KATHRYN ARNONE

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17



 

Exhibit A

 

LTIP Unit Award Agreement

 

18



 

Exhibit B

 

Exceptions to No Competition and No Conflict of Interest Obligations

 

1.      Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments II, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management and financing of the properties owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

2.      Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments III, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management and financing of the properties and, to the extent applicable, equity interests in the Partnership, owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

3.      Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments IV, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the ownership, financing and disposition of the equity interests in the Partnership owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

4.      Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG GI Investments, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the ownership, financing and disposition of the equity interests in the Partnership owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

19




Exhibit 10.8

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made effective as of March         , 2011 (“ Effective Date ”), by and among STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC. , a Maryland corporation (“ Company ”), STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P. (“ Partnership ”), a Delaware limited partnership, and DAVID G. KING (“ Executive ”) to reaffirm and amend the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment.

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Employment .  Employer (as defined below) hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

2.                                        Duties .

 

2.1                                  Position .  Executive is employed on a full-time basis as Executive Vice President and Director of Real Estate, shall report directly to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), and shall have the duties and responsibilities commensurate with such positions as shall be reasonably and in good faith determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, including such duties and responsibilities with respect to the Company, the Partnership and/or a subsidiary of either (collectively, “ Employer ”).

 

2.2                                  Duties .  Executive shall: (i) abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances, and (ii) except for vacation and illness periods, devote substantially all of his business time, energy, skill and efforts to the performance of his duties hereunder in a manner that will faithfully and diligently further the business interests of the Employer; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may (w) make and manage personal business investments of his choice, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8 hereof, (x) serve as a director or in any other capacity of any business enterprise, including an enterprise whose activities may involve or relate to the Employer’s Business (as defined in Section 8), provided that such service is expressly approved in advance by the Board of Directors, (y) serve in any capacity with any civic, educational, religious or charitable organization, or any governmental entity or trade association, and (z) serve as director, officer or any other capacity in which Executive is currently serving with respect to STAG Investments II, LLC, STAG Investments III, LLC, STAG Investments IV, LLC and STAG GI Investments, LLC (collectively, “ Funds ”); provided that all such other activities do not materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

3.                                        Term of Employment .  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until and including the three-year anniversary of the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated as herein provided (the “ Initial Term ”).  The Initial Term shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year periods (each an “ Extended Term ”) unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or any Extended Term.  As used herein, “ Term ” shall include the Initial Term and any Extended Term, but the Term shall end upon any lawful termination of Executive’s employment with Employer as herein provided.

 



 

4.                                        Compensation .

 

4.1                                  Base Salary .  As compensation for Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties as set forth herein and as hereafter determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors from time to time, Employer shall pay to Executive a base salary of $250,000 per year (“ Base Salary ”), payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of Employer, less all legally required or authorized payroll deductions and tax withholdings.  Base Salary shall be reviewed annually, and may be increased, at the sole discretion of the compensation committee of the Board of Directors, in light of the Executive’s performance and the Employer’s financial performance and other economic conditions and relevant factors determined by the compensation committee.

 

4.2                                  LTIP Units, Restricted Stock and Other Equity Awards .

 

(a)                                   In consideration of services to be performed by Executive for the Partnership in his capacity as a partner thereof, upon execution of this Agreement, the Employer shall cause to be granted to Executive at least 19,871 long-term incentive plan units (“ LTIP Units ”).  Such LTIP Units shall be evidenced by, and subject to, the LTIP Unit award agreement attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (“ LTIP Agreement ”) and the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (a copy of which has been delivered to Executive).  In addition, as part of the consideration for employment, Executive shall be eligible to receive additional awards of LTIP Units and other equity awards, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (or such subsequent equity plan as may be in place from time to time) and the applicable award agreement.

 

(b)                                  At any time after the execution of this Agreement, as part of the consideration for his employment as an officer of the Company, Executive shall be eligible to receive shares of common stock (“ Restricted Stock ”), in such number as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors deems appropriate, and such Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by, and subject to, a Restricted Stock award agreement in the form then currently in use by the Company (“ Restricted Stock Agreement ”).  Such awards of Restricted Stock and any other equity awards granted shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (or such subsequent equity plan as may be in place from time to time) and the applicable award agreement.

 

(c)                                   Any LTIP Units granted to the Executive during the term of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been granted to the Executive in consideration of services rendered or to be rendered in Executive’s capacity as a partner of the Partnership.

 

(d)                                  During the Term, the Company and the Partnership shall (and shall cause each subsidiary that is a component Employer to) allocate the services provided by Executive to each component Employer and compensate Executive from the respective component Employer on a basis proportionate to the services provided by Executive to each component Employer.  The parties confirm that Employer shall (and intends to) require that a sufficient amount of services be provided hereunder to the Partnership by Executive in his capacity as a partner of the Partnership to constitute full and adequate consideration for the issuance of LTIP Units to Executive and to the Company by Executive in his capacity as an officer of the Company to constitute full and adequate consideration for the issuance of Restricted Stock to Executive.

 

4.3                                  Bonus .   At the sole discretion of the Board of Director’s compensation committee, Executive may be paid a bonus  (“ Bonus ”) relating to each calendar year during the

 

2



 

Term, and such discretionary Bonus, if any, shall be paid on or before March 1st of the following year.

 

5.                                        Customary Fringe Benefits .  Executive shall be eligible for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to full-time employees of Employer, subject to the terms and conditions of Employer’s policies and benefit plan documents, as the same may be amended from time to time.  Employer reserves the right to change or eliminate the fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.  In addition, Executive shall receive an allowance for parking costs of up to $500.00 a month. Notwithstanding the standard vacation policy provisions or vacation accrual rates, Executive shall be entitled to vacation of four weeks per year.

 

6.                                        Business Expenses .  Executive shall be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of Employer.  To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted within one (1) month of being incurred with appropriate supporting documentation in accordance with Employer’s policies.  All such expenses shall be reimbursed within one (1) month of submission and, in any event, in the same fiscal year in which they were incurred or within one (1) month after the end of such year.

 

7.                                        Termination of Employment .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 7, either Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with Employer at any time, with or without Cause (as defined in Section 7.10), during the Term.  Any termination of Executive’s employment during the Term shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party (“ Notice of Termination ”).  The Notice of Termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination and a written statement of the reason(s) for the termination.  In the case of a Notice of Termination provided by Executive to Employer, such Notice of Termination shall not be effective for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice of Termination by Employer.  In the case of a Notice of Termination provided by Company to Executive, such Notice of Termination shall not be effective for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice of Termination by Executive; provided that Company may require Executive to leave the Company’s premises and refrain from any further business activities on behalf of the Company as of the date designated by Company in the Notice of Termination.  If Executive’s employment is terminated by either party, for any reason, during the Term, Employer shall pay to the Executive the accrued and unpaid Base Salary and accrued but unused vacation as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment.  Further, if Executive’s employment is terminated by either party, for any reason other than a termination by the Company for Cause or termination by Executive without Good Reason, during the Term, Employer shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the product of (a) the Bonus (or deemed Bonus) referenced in Section 7.1(a)(ii) of this Agreement multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the beginning of the fiscal year in which the termination occurs and the date of termination and the denominator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, such payment to be made no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment and shall be subject to Executive’s execution of a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7 and its subsections, Employer shall have no further obligation to make or provide to Executive, and Executive shall have no further right to receive or obtain from

 

3



 

Employer, any payments or benefits in respect of the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer during the Term.

 

7.1                                  Severance Upon Involuntary Termination without Cause .  If Company terminates Executive’s employment with Employer without Cause (as defined in Section 7.10)  during the Term, such termination is not in connection with Executive’s Disability (as defined below), and such termination qualifies as a “Separation from Service” under Section 409A (as hereinafter defined), Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $125,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget and Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”)) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however , that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

4



 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the date that is the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment. Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.2                                  Severance Upon Resignation for Good Reason .   If Executive resigns from employment with Employer for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7.10) during the Term and such resignation qualifies as a “Separation from Service” under Section 409A, Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) an amount equal to the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $125,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under COBRA) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however, that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent

 

5



 

permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment. Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.3                                  Severance Upon Change of Control.   If during the last year of the Initial Term or during any Extended Term, a “Change of Control” (as defined in Section 7.10) occurs and the Company gives notice of non-renewal of this Agreement within twelve (12) months following such Change of Control, Executive shall be entitled to a “Severance Package” that consists of the following:

 

(a) a single cash lump-sum “Severance Payment” equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual rate of Base Salary in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, and (ii) an amount equal to the Bonus (if any) actually paid to Executive for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the amount of Executive’s Bonus was determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors and paid (which will be deemed to be $125,000 until such time as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors makes its first determination regarding payment of any Bonus, which determination shall occur no later than March 1, 2012 in respect of fiscal year 2011);

 

(b) Employer’s direct-to-insurer payment of any group health or other insurance premiums for a period of eighteen (18) months (subject to Executive’s eligibility for, and proper and timely election of continued group health benefits under COBRA) to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s group health insurance plan and, if any, the Company’s group life and disability insurance plans;

 

(c) immediate vesting of all outstanding LTIP Units (which shall, in accordance with the applicable award agreement, remain subject to achieving parity with common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership), Restricted Stock, stock options, and other equity awards granted to Executive under any of Employer’s equity incentive plans; and

 

(d) continuation of coverage under the Company’s liability insurance for directors and officers with respect to any of the Executive’s actions as Executive of the Company during the Term;

 

provided , however, that all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

6



 

(i) Executive reaffirms Executive’s commitment to comply with all surviving provisions of this Agreement, including Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; and

 

(ii) Executive executes a Separation Agreement that includes a general release in favor of Company, and all subsidiary and related entities, and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, drafted by Company and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Company, and the general release becomes effective in accordance with its terms no later than thirty (30) days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

The Severance Payment shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment, provided that Executive has complied with all of the above-referenced conditions to receiving the Severance Payment.  Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.4                                  Beneficial Excise Tax Treatment .  In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise would subject Executive to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such payment or benefit as an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code, Executive may elect, in his sole discretion, to reduce the amounts of any payments or benefits called for under this Agreement in order to avoid such characterization.  To aid Executive in making any election called for under this Section 7.4, upon the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to give rise to the application of this Section 7.4 (an Event ), Company shall promptly request a determination in writing by independent public accountants selected by Employer (the Accountants ).  Unless Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, the Accountants, within thirty (30) days after the date of the Event, shall determine and report to Company and Executive whether any reduction in payments or benefits at the election of Executive would produce a greater after-tax benefit to Executive and shall provide to Company and Executive a written report containing a sufficiently detailed quantitative substantiation of their analysis and presented in a manner that Executive can readily understand.  For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.  Company and Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination.  The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants may reasonably charge in connection with their services contemplated by this Section 7.4.  Under no circumstances shall Executive be entitled to any tax reimbursement or tax gross-up payment by virtue of the occurrence of an Event or any additional payment or benefit under this Section 7.4.

 

7.5                                  Section 409A Compliance .   The parties intend for this Agreement either to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A or to be exempt from the application of Section 409A, and this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted accordingly.  If this Agreement either fails to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A or is not exempt from the application of Section 409A, then the parties hereby agree to amend or to clarify this Agreement in a timely

 

7



 

manner so that this Agreement either satisfies the requirements of Section 409A or is exempt from the application of Section 409A.

 

(a)                                   Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that Executive is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A), any Severance Payment, severance benefits or other amounts payable under this Agreement that would be subject to the special rule regarding payments to “specified employees” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (together, “ Specified Employee Payments ”) shall not be paid before the expiration of a period of six (6) months following the date of Executive’s termination of employment (or before the date of Executive’s death, if earlier).  The Specified Employee Payments to which Executive would otherwise have been entitled during the six-month period following the date of Executive’s termination of employment shall be accumulated and paid as soon as administratively practicable following the first date of the seventh month following the date of Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(b)                                  To ensure satisfaction of the requirements of Section 409A(b)(3) of the Code, assets shall not be set aside, reserved in a trust or other arrangement, or otherwise restricted for purposes of the payment of amounts payable under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable year; (ii) the reimbursement of eligible expenses or in-kind benefits shall be made promptly, subject to Company’s applicable policies, but in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit .

 

(d)                                  Employer hereby informs Executive that the federal, state, local, and/or foreign tax consequences (including without limitation those tax consequences implicated by Section 409A) of this Agreement are complex and subject to change.  Executive acknowledges and understands that Executive should consult with his or her own personal tax or financial advisor in connection with this Agreement and its tax consequences.  Executive understands and agrees that Employer has no obligation and no responsibility to provide Executive with any tax or other legal advice in connection with this Agreement and its tax consequences.  Executive agrees that Executive shall bear sole and exclusive responsibility for any and all adverse federal, state, local, and/or foreign tax consequences (including without limitation any and all tax liability under Section 409A) of this Agreement to Executive.

 

7.6                                  Effect of Death or Disability .   If Executive dies or his employment is terminated by Company upon his experiencing a Disability (as defined in Section 7.10) during the Term, Executive (or his estate) shall be entitled to payment of his accrued and unpaid Base Salary as of the date of Executive’s death or termination of employment by the Company upon his experiencing a Disability, a single cash lump-sum payment equal to the product of (a) the Bonus (or deemed Bonus) referenced in Section 7.1(a)(ii) of this Agreement multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the beginning of the fiscal year in which Executive’s death or termination of his employment occurs and the date of Executive’s death or termination of employment and the denominator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which Executive’s death or termination of employment occurs.  The payments described in the previous sentence shall be subject to all legally required and authorized deductions and tax withholdings, including for wage garnishments, if applicable, to the extent required or permitted by law, and shall be paid on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following

 

8



 

the date of termination of Executive’s employment.  Payment under this Section 7.6 shall be made not more than once, if at all.

 

7.7                                  Employment Reference .   If Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause, or Executive resigns for Good Reason, or this Agreement is not renewed by Company pursuant to a Change of Control, Executive and Employer will negotiate in good faith to reach an agreement on a neutral statement for termination or resignation, to the extent necessary or appropriate.  This statement will include, at minimum and as applicable, positions held, date of hire, employment period and confirmation of salary history (if requested by Executive).

 

7.8                                  Ineligibility For Severance .   For avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Package under this Agreement, and none of Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 shall apply to Executive, if at any time during the Term, either (a) Executive voluntarily resigns or otherwise terminates employment with Employer other than for Good Reason, or (b) Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause.  Effective immediately upon termination of employment, Executive shall no longer be eligible to contribute to or to be an active participant in any retirement or benefit plan covering employees of Employer; provided, however, Executive may effect a rollover or other transfer of his interests in any such retirement or benefit plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and applicable law.  All other Employer obligations to Executive shall be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

 

7.9                                  Taxes and Withholdings .   The Employer may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement, including any benefits or Severance Payment, such federal, state or local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to applicable law or regulations, which amounts shall be deemed to have been paid to Executive.

 

7.10                            Definitions .

 

(a)                                   Cause ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of any of the following: (i) Executive’s indictment for, formal admission to (including a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to), or conviction of: a felony, a crime of moral turpitude, fraud and dishonesty, breach of trust or unethical business conduct, or any crime involving Employer, (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties which has materially damaged Employer’s financial position or reputation; (iii) willful or knowing unauthorized dissemination with the intent to cause harm by Executive of Confidential Employer Information; (iv) repeated failure by Executive to perform Executive’s duties that are reasonably and in good faith requested in writing by the Board of Directors or the member of the Board of Directors authorized by it  (the “ Delegator ”), and which are not substantially cured by Executive within thirty (30) days following receipt by Executive of such written request; (v) failure of Executive to perform any lawful and reasonable directive of the Delegator communicated to Executive in the form of a written request from the Delegator, which is consistent with the Employer Business, and which failure Executive does not begin to cure within ten (10) days following receipt by Executive of such written request or Executive has not substantially cured within forty-five (45) days following receipt by Executive of such written request, or (vi) material breach of this Agreement by Executive which breach has been communicated to Executive in the form of a written notice from a Delegator, which material breach Executive does not begin to cure within ten (10) days following receipt by Executive of such written notice or Executive has not substantially cured within forty-five (45) days following receipt by Executive of such written notice.

 

9


 

(b)                                  Disability ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment of Executive that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months and which either (i) renders Executive unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, with or without leave accommodation, for a period of not less than three (3) months; or (ii) results in Executive receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under any policy of long-term disability insurance that may be maintained by the Company for the benefit of its employees.

 

(c)                                   Change of Control ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of the date hereof.

 

(d)                                  Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of any of the following: (i) a material breach of this Agreement by Company which is not cured by Company within 30 days following Company’s receipt of written notice by Executive to Company describing such alleged breach; (ii) Executive’s Base Salary  is materially reduced by Company; (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s title, duties and/or responsibilities, or the assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with Executive’s position; or (iv) a material change in the Company headquarters’ geographic location; provided, however, none of the occurrences described in (i) through (iv) hereof shall constitute Good Reason unless within ninety (90) days of any such occurrence Executive provides a Notice of Termination effective no more than 31 days after receipt by the  Company and specifying the occurrence.

 

(e)                                   Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and all applicable regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

7.11                            Nonduplication of Benefits .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or in any other Employer benefit plan or compensatory arrangement to the contrary, but at all times subject to Section 7.4, (a) any payments due under Section 7.1, Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 shall be made not more than once, if at all, (b) payments may be due under  Section 7.1, Section 7.2 or Section 7.3, but under no circumstances shall payments be made under all of or any combination of Section 7.1, Section 7.2 and Section 7.3, (c) no payments made under Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 this Agreement shall be considered compensation for purposes of any benefit plan or compensatory arrangement of Employer, and (d) Executive shall not be entitled to severance benefits from Employer other than as contemplated under this Agreement, unless such other severance benefits offset and reduce the benefits due under this Agreement on a dollar-for-dollar basis, but not below zero.

 

8.                                        No Competition and No Conflict of Interest .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2 of this Agreement or as set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement, during the Term, Executive must not (a) engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the essential business-related interests of the Employer where such conflict would materially and substantially disrupt operations, (b) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, stockholder, principal, agent, employee, consultant, or in any other relationship or capacity, engage in, or acquire any interest in any Person, corporation, partnership or other entity (other than Company or any entity directly or indirectly controlled by Company) engaged in the Employer Business, or (c) in any way other than on behalf of and as an employee of Employer, act as an officer, director, employee, consultant, shareholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise engaged in the Employer Business or any business in which Employer becomes actively engaged during the Term.  In addition, Executive agrees not to refer any tenant or potential tenant of Employer to competitors of Employer, without obtaining

 

10



 

Company’s prior written consent, during the Term.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s passive investment in, or passive ownership of, less than five percent (5%) of the capital stock or other equity interests of any business entity (including a business entity engaged in the Employer Business) shall not be treated as a breach of this Section 8.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Employer Business ” shall mean the acquisition, disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management or financing of single tenant industrial properties in the United States, and “ passive ” means no employment or involvement in management, operations or policy decisions of the business entity and excludes any service as a director (or equivalent), manager, officer, employee or consultant or as a general partner or managing member (or equivalent) of the business entity

 

9.                                        Confidentiality .  During the Term, Executive has been and will continue to be given access to a wide variety of information about the Employer, its affiliates and other related businesses that the Employer considers “ Confidential Employer Information .”  As a condition of continued employment, Executive agrees to abide by Employer’s business policies and directives on confidentiality and nondisclosure of Confidential Employer Information.  Confidential Employer Information shall mean all information applicable to the business of the Employer which confers or may confer a competitive advantage upon the Employer over one who does not possess the information; and has commercial value in the business of the Employer or any other business in which the Employer engages or is preparing to engage during Executive’s employment with Employer.  Confidential Employer Information includes, but is not limited to, information regarding the Employer’s business plans and strategies; contracts and proposals (including leases and proposed leases); artwork, designs, drawings and specifications for development and redevelopment projects; tenants and  prospective tenants; suppliers and other business partners and Employer’s business arrangements and strategies with respect to them; current and future marketing or advertising campaigns; software programs; codes, underwriting models, credit analyses, formulae or techniques; rent rolls; financial information; personnel information; and all ideas, plans, processes or information related to the current, future and proposed projects or other business of the Employer that has not been disclosed to the public by an authorized representative of the Employer, acting within the scope of his or her authority, whether or not such information would be enforceable as a trade secret of the Employer or enjoined or restrained by a court or arbitrator as constituting unfair competition.  Confidential Employer Information also includes confidential information of any third party who may disclose such information to the Employer or Executive in the course of the Employer’s business.

 

9.1                                  Nondisclosure .  Executive acknowledges that Confidential Employer Information constitutes valuable, special and unique assets of the Employer’s business and that the unauthorized disclosure of such information to competitors of the Employer, or to the general public, will be highly detrimental to the Employer.  Executive therefore agrees to hold Confidential Employer Information in strictest confidence.  Except as shall occur as and to the extent that Executive performs his duties to Employer, Executive agrees not to disclose or allow to be disclosed to any individual or entity, other than those individuals or entities authorized by the Company, any Confidential Employer Information that Executive has or may acquire during Executive’s employment by Employer (whether or not developed or compiled by Executive and whether or not Executive has been authorized to have access to such Confidential Employer Information).

 

9.2                                  Continuing Obligation .  Executive agrees that the agreement not to disclose Confidential Employer Information will be effective during Executive’s employment and continue even after Executive is no longer employed by Employer.  Any obligation not to

 

11



 

disclose any portion of any Confidential Employer Information will continue indefinitely unless such information (a) has become public knowledge through no fault of Executive; or (b) has been developed independently without any reference to any information obtained during Executive’s employment with Employer; or (c) must be disclosed in response to a valid order by a court or government agency or is otherwise required by law.

 

9.3                                  Return of Employer Property .  On termination of employment with Employer for whatever reason, or at the request of the Employer before termination, Executive agrees to promptly deliver to Employer all records, files, computer disks, memoranda, documents, lists and other information regarding or containing any Confidential Employer Information, including all copies, reproductions, summaries or excerpts thereof, then in Executive’s possession or control, whether prepared by Executive or others.  Executive also agrees to promptly return, on termination or the Employer’s request, any and all Employer property issued to Executive, including but not limited to computers, cellular phones, keys and credits cards.  Executive further agrees that should Executive discover any Employer property or Confidential Employer Information in Executive’s possession after the return of such property has been requested, Executive agrees to return it promptly to Employer without retaining copies, summaries or excerpts of any kind.

 

9.4                                  No Violation of Rights of Third Parties .  Executive warrants that the performance of all the terms of this Agreement does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment with Employer.  Executive agrees not to disclose to Employer, or induce Employer to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employers or others.  Executive warrants that Executive is not a party to any other agreement that will interfere with Executive’s full compliance with this Agreement.  Executive further agrees not to enter into any agreement, whether written or oral, in conflict with the provisions of this Agreement while such provisions remain effective.

 

10.                                  Interference with Business Relations .

 

10.1                            Interference with Sellers, Tenants, Brokers and Other Business Partners .  Executive acknowledges that Employer’s seller information, tenant base, broker network, pipeline, leasing and acquisitions/sales strategies and its other business arrangements have been developed through substantial effort and expense, and its nonpublic business information regarding these matters is confidential and constitutes trade secrets.  In addition, because of Executive’s position, Executive understands that Employer will be particularly vulnerable to significant harm from Executive’s use of such information for purposes other than to further Employer’s business interests.  Accordingly, Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment with Employer, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage Employer’s relationship with any of the sellers, tenants, brokers or other business partners of Employer with whom Executive has had contact, or conducted business, during the Term of Employment by contacting them for the purpose of inducing or encouraging any of them to divert or take away business from Employer.

 

10.2                            Interference with Employer’s Employees .  Executive acknowledges that the services provided by Employer’s employees are unique and special, and that Employer’s employees possess trade secrets and Confidential Employer Information that is protected against misappropriation and unauthorized use.  As such, Executive agrees that during, and for a period of twelve (12) months after, Executive’s employment with Employer, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere

 

12



 

with, impair, disrupt or damage Employer’s business by contacting any Employer employees for the purpose of inducing or encouraging them to discontinue their employment with Employer.

 

10.3                            Negative Information .  During the Term and thereafter, Executive shall not disclose confidential or negative non-public information regarding, or take any action materially detrimental to the reputation of Employer or its directors, officers, employees, investors, shareholders or advisors and any affiliates of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Employer Affiliates ”);  provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 10.3 shall affect any legal obligation of Executive to respond to mandatory governmental inquiries concerning the Employer Affiliates or to act in accordance with, or to establish, his rights under this Agreement.  Employer likewise agrees that no one acting with the actual authority of Employer shall disclose negative non-public information regarding, or take any action materially detrimental to the reputation of, Executive;  provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 10.3 shall affect any legal obligation of the Employer Affiliates to respond to mandatory governmental inquiries concerning Executive or to act in accordance with, or to establish, the rights of the Employer Affiliates under this Agreement.

 

10.4                                           Post-Termination Noncompetition . For a period of twelve (12) months following Executive’s employment with the Employer, Executive will not engage in Competitive Activities (as hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, this Section 10.4 shall terminate and be null and void in the event that the Employer terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns from employment with Employer for Good Reason.   The term “ Competitive Activities, ” for purposes of this Section 10.4, shall mean the taking of any of the following actions by Executive: (a) Executive’s direct or indirect participation (for his own account or jointly with others) in the management of, or as an employee, board member, partner, manager, member, joint venturer, representative or other agent of, or advisor or consultant to, any other business operation if a material portion (either in comparison to the size of Employer’s Business or, if smaller, to such business operation’s business) of such operation is engaging in the Employer Business or any business in which Employer has been actively engaged at the time of the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer (a “ Competitive Operation ”); (b) Executive’s investment in, or ownership of, the capital stock or other equity interests in any business entity that is a Competitive Operation; or (c) Executive’s lending of funds for the purpose of establishing or operating any Competitive Operation, or otherwise giving advice to any Competitive Operation, or lending or allowing his name or reputation to be used by any Competitive Operation or otherwise allowing his skill, knowledge or experience to be so used. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s passive investment in, or passive ownership of, up to five percent (5%) of the capital stock or other equity interests of any business entity (including a business entity engaged in the Employer Business) shall not be treated as a breach of this Section 10.4.  For purposes of this Section 10.4, “ Employer Business ” and “ passive ” have the meanings set forth in Section 8 above and “ material portion ” shall mean that either (i) the total assets engaged in a Competitive Operation exceeds 20% of such business operation’s total assets or (ii) the total assets engaged in a Competitive Operation of such business operation equals or exceeds 20% of the Employer’s Business.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the activities described on Exhibit B attached hereto shall not be deemed to be Competitive Activities.  This Section 10.4 governs the period of time following Executive’s employment with Employer, and Section 8 above governs during the Term.

 

13



 

11.                                  Injunctive Relief .  Executive acknowledges that Executive’s breach of the covenants contained in Sections 8 through 10 of this Agreement inclusive (collectively “ Covenants ”) would cause irreparable injury and continuing harm to Employer for which there will be no adequate remedy at law, and agrees that Employer shall be entitled to temporary and preliminary injunctive relief upon a showing of a likelihood of such a breach, and shall be entitled to permanent injunctive relief upon establishing such a breach, to the fullest extent allowed by Massachusetts law, without the necessity of proving irreparable harm or actual damages or of posting any bond or other security.

 

12.                                  Agreement to Arbitrate .

 

12.1                            Mandatory Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance, termination or breach of this Agreement, will be settled by final and binding arbitration by a single arbitrator to be held in Boston, Massachusetts, in accordance with the American Arbitration Association national rules for resolution of employment disputes then in effect, except as provided herein.  The arbitrator selected shall have the authority to grant any party all remedies otherwise available by law, including injunctions, but shall not have the power to grant any remedy that would not be available in a state or federal court.  The arbitrator shall have the authority to hear and rule on dispositive motions (such as motions for summary adjudication or summary judgment).  The arbitrator shall have the powers granted by Massachusetts law and the rules of the American Arbitration Association which conducts the arbitration, except as modified or limited herein.  In aid of arbitration, either party may seek temporary and/or preliminary injunctive relief in the Business Litigation Session of the Suffolk County Massachusetts Superior Court (or in a regular session of that court if the case is not accepted into the Business Litigation Session) at any time before an arbitration demand has been filed and served, or before an arbitrator has been selected.

 

12.2                            Principles Governing Arbitration .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the rules of the American Arbitration Association, the arbitration shall provide (i) for written discovery and depositions as provided under Massachusetts law and (ii) for a written decision by the arbitrator that includes the essential findings and conclusions upon which the decision is based which shall be issued no later than thirty (30) days after a dispositive motion is heard and/or an arbitration hearing has completed.  Except in disputes where Executive asserts a claim otherwise under a state or federal statute prohibiting discrimination in employment (a “ Statutory Discrimination Claim ”), each side shall split equally the fees and administrative costs charged by the arbitrator and American Arbitration Association.  In disputes where Executive asserts a Statutory Discrimination Claim against Employer, Executive shall be required to pay the American Arbitration Association’s filing fee only to the extent such filing fee does not exceed the fee to file a complaint in state or federal court.  Employer shall pay the balance of the arbitrator’s fees and administrative costs.

 

12.3                            Rules Governing Arbitration .  Executive and Employer shall have the same amount of time to file any claim against any other party as such party would have if such a claim had been filed in state or federal court.   In conducting the arbitration, the arbitrator shall follow the rules of evidence of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (including but not limited to all applicable privileges), and the award of the arbitrator must follow Massachusetts and/or federal law, as applicable.

 

12.4                            Selection of Arbitrator .  The arbitrator shall be selected by the mutual agreement of the parties.  If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, the parties shall

 

14



 

alternately strike names from a list provided by the American Arbitration Association until only one name remains.

 

12.5                            Arbitrator Decision .  The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration.  The parties in the arbitration shall each pay their respective attorneys fees and one half of the costs or fees charged by the arbitrator and the American Arbitration Association.  In disputes where Executive asserts a Statutory Discrimination Claim, reasonable attorneys’ fees shall be awarded by the arbitrator based on the same standard as such fees would be awarded if the Statutory Discrimination Claim had been asserted in state or federal court.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction.

 

13.                                  General Provisions .

 

13.1                            Successors and Assigns .  The rights and obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Employer.  The Employer will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) or assignee to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Employer to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession or assignment had taken place.  Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executive’s rights or obligations under this Agreement without Employer’s written consent.

 

13.2                            Nonexclusivity of Rights .   Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Executive is not prevented from continuing or future participation in any Employer benefit, bonus, incentive or other plans, programs, policies or practices provided by Employer subject to the terms and conditions of such plans, programs, or practices.

 

13.3                            Waiver .  Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

 

13.4                            Attorneys’ Fees .  Each side will bear its own attorneys’ fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party, and the arbitrator awards such attorneys’ fees accordingly.

 

13.5                            Severability .  In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law.  If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

13.6                            Interpretation; Construction .  The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement.  This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing Employer, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms.  Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to

 

15



 

be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

13.7                            Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Except as and to the extent that Section  12 does not properly apply, each party consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in Suffolk County, Massachusetts in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

13.8                            Notices .   Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated:  (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt.  Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

 

13.9                            Survival .  The following provisions shall survive Executive’s employment with Employer to the extent reasonably necessary to fulfill the parties’ expectations in entering this Agreement:  Section 7 (“Termination of Employment”), Section 9 (“Confidentiality”), 10 (“Interference with Business Relations”) Section 11 (“Injunctive Relief”), Section 12 (“Agreement to Arbitrate”), Section 13 (“General Provisions”), and Section 14 (“Entire Agreement”).

 

14.                                  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the other agreements and documents governing the benefits described in this Agreement, constitute the entire agreement among the parties relating to this subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral.  This Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Board of Directors of the Company and Executive.  No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

 

THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN BELOW.

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Title

 

16



 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

 

 

By: STAG Industrial GP, LLC, its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

DAVID G. KING

 

 

 

 

Dated: March     , 2011

By:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

17



 

Exhibit A

 

LTIP Unit Award Agreement

 

18



 

Exhibit B

 

Exceptions to No Competition and No Conflict of Interest Obligations

 

1.                                        Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments II, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management and financing of the properties owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

2.                                        Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments III, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the disposition, development, redevelopment, ownership, operation, management and financing of the properties and, to the extent applicable, equity interests in the Partnership, owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

3.                                        Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG Investments IV, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the ownership, financing and disposition of the equity interests in the Partnership owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

4.                                        Serving as an officer, board member, management committee member or any other position with, or performing any and all activities related to, or having any ownership interest in a any direct or indirect member of, STAG GI Investments, LLC, its members and its subsidiaries; provided that such entities do not engage in the Employer Business, except with respect to the ownership, financing and disposition of the equity interests in the Partnership owned by such entities on the date hereof.

 

19


 



Exhibit 10.9

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT is made and entered into this        day of                 , 2011 (“Agreement”), by and between STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and                      (“Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee will serve or currently serves as a director or officer of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of the Indemnitee’s service;

 

WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to serve or to continue to serve as such director or officer, the Company has agreed to indemnify and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent permitted by law; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                           Definitions.

 

For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                   “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

(b)                                  “Bylaws” means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time.

 

(c)                                   “Change in Control” means the occurrence after the date hereof of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                      the consummation by the Company, directly or indirectly, of (x) a merger or consolidation or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, in each case other than a transaction upon the completion of which 50% or more of the beneficial ownership of the voting power of the Company, the surviving entity or entity directly or indirectly controlling the Company or the surviving entity or owning all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, as the case may be, is held by the same persons, in substantially the same proportion, as held the “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13(d)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of the voting power of the Company immediately prior to the transaction (except that upon the completion thereof, employees or employee benefit plans of the Company may be a new holder of such beneficial ownership);

 

(ii)                                   the beneficial ownership of securities representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company is acquired, other than from the Company, by any “person” or “group” as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than by any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan or other similar stock plan of the Company); and

 



 

(iii)                                at any time during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof (unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors still in office at the time of such election or nomination who were directors at the beginning of such period).

 

(d)                                  “Charter” means the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time.

 

(e)                                   “Corporate Status” means the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

(f)                                     “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(g)                                  “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

(h)                                  “Expenses” shall include all out-of-pocket reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

 

(i)                                      “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to or witness in the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(j)                                      “MGCL” means the Maryland General Corporation Law, as amended.

 

(k)                                   “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including on appeal), except one (i) initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement to enforce his or her rights under this Agreement or (ii) pending or completed on or before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee.

 

Section 2.                                           Services by Indemnitee.

 

Indemnitee will serve as a director or officer of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company beyond any period otherwise required by law or by other agreements or commitments of the parties, if any.

 

Section 3.                                           Indemnification — General.

 

The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this

 

2



 

Agreement and (b) otherwise to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect on the date hereof and as amended from time to time; provided , however , that no change in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Maryland law as in effect on the date hereof. The rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by Section 2-418(g) of the MGCL.

 

Section 4.                                           Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company.

 

Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 4 if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, he or she is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with a Proceeding by reason of his or her Corporate Status unless it is established that (i) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services, or (iii) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 5.                                           Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company.

 

Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 5 if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he or she is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 5, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding unless it is established that (i) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to such a Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (ii) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; provided , however , that no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any Proceeding in which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company.

 

Section 6.                                           Court-Ordered Indemnification.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of an Indemnitee and such notice as the court shall require, may order indemnification in the following circumstances:

 

(a)                                   if it determines an Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover the Expenses of securing such reimbursement; or

 

(b)                                  if it determines that the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such indemnification as the court shall deem proper. However, indemnification with respect to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company or in which liability shall have been adjudged in the circumstances described in Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL shall be limited to Expenses.

 

3



 

Section 7.                                           Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, made a party to (or otherwise becomes a participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of such Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 7 for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with such claim, issue or matter, allocated on the basis that the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses that reasonably relate to the defense of an indemnifiable claim, issue, or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

Section 8.                                           Advance of Expenses.

 

The Company shall, without requiring a determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder, advance all reasonable Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of such Proceeding to which Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party or a witness, within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by Indemnitee of Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized by law and by this Agreement has been met and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof, to reimburse the portion of any Expenses advanced to the Indemnitee incurred solely in defense of claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which it shall ultimately be established that the standard of conduct has not been met by Indemnitee and which have not been successfully resolved as described in Section 7 of this Agreement. To the extent that Expenses advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on the basis that the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses that reasonably relate to the defense of an indemnifiable claim, issue, or matter.  The undertaking required by this Section 8 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.

 

Section 9.                                           Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.

 

(a)                                   To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

 

(b)                                  Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) above, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee,

 

4



 

which Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors or, if such a quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors consisting solely of one or more Disinterested Directors, (B) if Independent Counsel has been selected by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL and approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (C) if so directed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, by the shareholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within twenty (20) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination in the discretion of the Board of Directors or Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 9(b). Any Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom

 

(c)                                   The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel, if one is appointed.

 

Section 10.                                    Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

 

(a)                                   Other than as mandated by Section 2-418(b)(3)(ii) of the MGCL, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.

 

(b)                                  The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein by judgment, order or settlement does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.

 

Section 11.                                    Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a)                                   If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement within twenty (20) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any other section of this Agreement or the Charter and Bylaws of the Company is not made within twenty (20) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Maryland, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advance of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration

 

5



 

Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 11(a); provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 7 of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Other than as mandated by Section 2-418(b)(3)(ii) of the MGCL, in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11 the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11, absent a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification.

 

(d)                                  In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 11, successfully seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. Indemnitee shall in be entitled to advancement of all such Expenses prior to final adjudication in such a judicial proceeding or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.

 

Section 12.                                    Defense of the Underlying Proceeding.

 

(a)                                   Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly upon being served with or receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information, notice, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder; provided , however , that the failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 12(b) and of Section 12(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided , however , that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within fifteen (15) calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 12(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee or (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. This Section 12(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 11 above or Section 18 below.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon the advice of counsel approved by the Company, which approval of counsel shall not be unreasonably withheld, that he or she may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which

 

6


 

may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval of counsel shall not be unreasonably withheld, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 11(d) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.

 

(d)                                  If the Company’s directors and officers liability insurance (“D&O Insurance”) may, will, or does cover a Proceeding and/or the Expenses associated therewith, but only upon the use of an insurer’s approved or panel counsel, the Company may reasonably withhold approval of Indemnitee’s counsel who is not panel or approved counsel, but shall endeavor with Indemnitee to obtain approval by the insurer.

 

Section 13.                                    Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

 

(a)                                   The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter or Bylaws of the Company, any agreement or a resolution of the shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

(b)                                  In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

Section 14.                                    Insurance.

 

(a)                                   The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to acquire D&O Insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Company, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against Indemnitee by reason of his or her Corporate Status and covering the Company for any indemnification or advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of his or her Corporate Status. Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee of a deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any D&O Insurance.  The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any D&O Insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the

 

7



 

Company or the Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) and the Company has D&O Insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies

 

(b)                                  For a period of six years after the Indemnitee’s date of termination of employment, the Company shall maintain in effect a “tail” directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy with coverage in an amount and scope at least as favorable as the Company’s existing coverage on the Indemnitee’s date of termination; provided , that, in no event shall the Company be required to expend in the aggregate in excess of 225% of the annual premium paid by the Company for such insurance in effect on the Indemnitee’s date of termination. In the event that 225% of the annual premium paid by the Company for such existing insurance is insufficient for such coverage, the Company shall spend up to that amount to purchase such lesser coverage as may be obtained with such amount.

 

Section 15.                                    Indemnification and Advance of Expenses of a Witness.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or may be, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, made a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding, whether instituted by the Company or any other party, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be advanced all reasonable Expenses and indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

 

Section 16.                                    Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect.

 

(a)                                   This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations for claims against Indemnitee which are subject to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement; provided, that the rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall continue until the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder, and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement relating thereto, and of any Proceeding commenced after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations and subsequently dismissed as a result thereof.

 

(b)                                  The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

8



 

Section 17.                                    Severability.

 

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

Section 18.                                    Exception to Right of Indemnification or Advance of Expenses.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be liable for, and Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses under this Agreement with respect to (i) any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, unless (a) the Proceeding is brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise or (b) the Company’s Bylaws, as amended, the Charter, a resolution of the shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors or an agreement approved by the Board of Directors to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise; or (ii) any settlement or judgment for insider trading or for disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Section 19.                                    Identical Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. One such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

Section 20.                                    Headings.

 

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

Section 21.                                    Modification and Waiver.

 

No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

Section 22.                                    Notices.

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

(a)                                   If to Indemnitee, to: The address set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

(b)                                  If to the Company to:

 

9



 

STAG Industrial, Inc.

99 High Street, 28th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts  02110

Attention: General Counsel

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

Section 23.                                    Governing Law.

 

The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.

 

Section 24.                                    Miscellaneous.

 

Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above stated.

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Address:

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

 

The Board of Directors of STAG Industrial, Inc.

 

Re:                Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement dated the        day of                 , 2011, by and between STAG Industrial, Inc. (the “Company”) and the undersigned Indemnitee (the “Indemnification Agreement”), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of expenses in connection with [DESCRIPTION OF PROCEEDING] (the “Proceeding”).

 

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

 

I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm that at all times, insofar as I was involved as [A DIRECTOR] [AND] [AN OFFICER] of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act in bad faith or with active and deliberate dishonesty, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.

 

In consideration of the advance of Expenses by the Company for reasonable attorney’s fees and related expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses”), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses incurred solely in defense of the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this        day of                                    , 20      .

 

WITNESS:

 

INDEMNITEE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

A-1




Exhibit 10.24

 

 

 

Published CUSIP Number:

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of March     , 2011

 

among

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P. ,

as Borrower,

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC. ,

as a Guarantor,

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, and Swing Line Lender

 

and

 

The Other Lenders Party Hereto

 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER AND SMITH INCORPORATED

as

Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

Article I. Definitions and Accounting Terms

 

1

1.01

 

Defined Terms

 

1

1.02

 

Other Interpretive Provisions

 

30

1.03

 

Accounting Terms

 

31

1.04

 

Rounding

 

31

1.05

 

Times of Day

 

32

1.06

 

Letter of Credit Amounts

 

32

Article II. The Commitments and Credit Extensions

 

32

2.01

 

Committed Loans

 

32

2.02

 

Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans

 

32

2.03

 

Letters of Credit

 

34

2.04

 

Swing Line Loans

 

42

2.05

 

Prepayments

 

45

2.06

 

Termination or Reduction of Commitments

 

46

2.07

 

Repayment of Loans

 

46

2.08

 

Interest

 

46

2.09

 

Fees

 

47

2.10

 

Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate

 

48

2.11

 

Evidence of Debt

 

48

2.12

 

Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback

 

49

2.13

 

Sharing of Payments by Lenders

 

51

2.14

 

Extension of Maturity Date

 

51

2.15

 

Increase in Commitments

 

52

2.16

 

Cash Collateral

 

53

2.17

 

Defaulting Lenders

 

54

2.18

 

Guaranties

 

56

Article III. Taxes, Yield Protection and Illegality

 

56

3.01

 

Taxes

 

56

3.02

 

Illegality

 

60

3.03

 

Inability to Determine Rates

 

60

3.04

 

Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans

 

61

3.05

 

Compensation for Losses

 

62

3.06

 

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

 

63

3.07

 

Survival

 

63

Article IV. Borrowing Base

 

63

4.01

 

Initial Borrowing Base

 

63

4.02

 

Changes in Borrowing Base Calculation

 

63

4.03

 

Requests for Admission into Borrowing Base

 

64

4.04

 

Eligibility

 

64

4.05

 

Approval of Borrowing Base Properties

 

65

4.06

 

Liens on Borrowing Base Properties

 

65

4.07

 

Notice of Admission of New Borrowing Base Properties

 

65

4.08

 

Appraisal Election

 

65

4.09

 

Release of Borrowing Base Property

 

66

 



 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

4.10

 

Exclusion Events

 

66

4.11

 

Documentation Required with Respect to Borrowing Base Properties

 

68

Article V. Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

 

70

5.01

 

Conditions of Initial Credit Extension

 

70

5.02

 

Conditions to all Credit Extensions

 

71

Article VI. Representations and Warranties

 

72

6.01

 

Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws

 

72

6.02

 

Authorization; No Contravention

 

72

6.03

 

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

 

73

6.04

 

Binding Effect

 

73

6.05

 

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect

 

73

6.06

 

Litigation

 

74

6.07

 

No Default

 

74

6.08

 

Ownership of Property; Liens; Equity Interests

 

74

6.09

 

Environmental Compliance

 

74

6.10

 

Insurance

 

75

6.11

 

Taxes

 

75

6.12

 

ERISA Compliance

 

75

6.13

 

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

 

76

6.14

 

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act

 

76

6.15

 

Disclosure

 

77

6.16

 

Compliance with Laws

 

77

6.17

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

 

77

6.18

 

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

 

77

6.19

 

Representations Concerning Leases

 

77

6.20

 

Solvency

 

78

6.21

 

REIT Status of Parent

 

78

6.22

 

Labor Matters

 

78

6.23

 

Ground Lease Representation

 

78

6.24

 

Borrowing Base Properties

 

78

Article VII. Affirmative Covenants

 

79

7.01

 

Financial Statements

 

79

7.02

 

Certificates; Other Information

 

80

7.03

 

Notices

 

82

7.04

 

Payment of Obligations

 

83

7.05

 

Preservation of Existence, Etc.

 

83

7.06

 

Maintenance of Properties

 

83

7.07

 

Maintenance of Insurance

 

83

7.08

 

Compliance with Laws

 

85

7.09

 

Books and Records

 

85

7.10

 

Inspection Rights

 

86

7.11

 

Use of Proceeds

 

86

7.12

 

Environmental Matters

 

86

7.13

 

Condemnation, Casualty and Restoration

 

88

7.14

 

Ground Leases

 

93

7.15

 

Borrowing Base Properties

 

94

7.16

 

Subsidiary Guarantor Organizational Documents

 

95

Article VIII. Negative Covenants

 

95

8.01

 

Liens

 

95

 

ii



 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

8.02

 

Investments

 

96

8.03

 

Fundamental Changes

 

97

8.04

 

Dispositions

 

98

8.05

 

Restricted Payments

 

98

8.06

 

Change in Nature of Business

 

99

8.07

 

Transactions with Affiliates

 

99

8.08

 

Burdensome Agreements

 

99

8.09

 

Use of Proceeds

 

99

8.10

 

Borrowing Base Properties; Ground Leases

 

99

8.11

 

Lease Approval

 

100

8.12

 

Environmental Matters

 

101

8.13

 

Negative Pledge; Indebtedness

 

102

8.14

 

Financial Covenants

 

102

Article IX. Events of Default and Remedies

 

103

9.01

 

Events of Default

 

103

9.02

 

Remedies Upon Event of Default

 

105

9.03

 

Application of Funds

 

106

Article X. Administrative Agent

 

107

10.01

 

Appointment and Authority

 

107

10.02

 

Rights as a Lender

 

107

10.03

 

Exculpatory Provisions

 

107

10.04

 

Reliance by Administrative Agent

 

108

10.05

 

Delegation of Duties

 

108

10.06

 

Resignation of Administrative Agent

 

108

10.07

 

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

 

109

10.08

 

No Other Duties, Etc.

 

110

10.09

 

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

 

110

10.10

 

Collateral and Guaranty Matters

 

110

10.11

 

Administrative Agent Advances

 

111

Article XI. Miscellaneous

 

112

11.01

 

Amendments, Etc.

 

112

11.02

 

Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication

 

113

11.03

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement

 

115

11.04

 

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

 

116

11.05

 

Payments Set Aside

 

120

11.06

 

Successors and Assigns

 

120

11.07

 

Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality

 

125

11.08

 

Right of Setoff

 

126

11.09

 

Interest Rate Limitation

 

126

11.10

 

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

 

126

11.11

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties

 

127

11.12

 

Severability

 

127

11.13

 

Replacement of Lenders

 

127

11.14

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

 

128

11.15

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

 

129

11.16

 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

 

129

11.17

 

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

 

130

11.18

 

USA PATRIOT Act

 

130

11.19

 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

130

 

iii



 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.01

 

Commitments and Applicable Percentages

 

 

4.01

 

Initial Borrowing Base Properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.06

 

Litigation

 

 

6.09

 

Environmental Matters

 

 

6.18

 

Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments and Equity Interests in Borrower and Each Mortgagor

 

 

6.18

 

Intellectual Property Matters

 

 

8.01

 

Existing Liens

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.13

 

Indebtedness

 

 

11.02

 

Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

Committed Loan Notice

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-1

 

Swing Line Loan Notice

 

 

B

 

Note

 

 

C

 

Compliance Certificate

 

 

D-1

 

Assignment and Assumption

 

 

D-2

 

Administrative Questionnaire

 

 

E

 

Borrowing Base Report

 

 

F

 

New York Mortgage

 

 

 

iv



 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of March     , 2011, among STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Borrower ”), STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC., a Maryland corporation and the sole member of the sole general partner of Borrower (“ Parent ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

 

Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

Article I.

Definitions and Accounting Terms

 

1.01          Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Acceptable Appraisal ” means an MAI appraisal that is (a) compliant with the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, all other Laws applicable to Administrative Agent or Lenders, and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice, (b) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent and Required Lenders, and (c) prepared by an independent appraisal firm selected by Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to Required Lenders.

 

Acceptable Environmental Report ” means, with respect to a Property, either (a) an ASTM E1527-05 compliant Phase I environmental site assessment with respect to such Property stating, among other things, that such Property is free of Recognized Environmental Conditions (as defined in ASTM E1527-05), relating to Hazardous Materials (other than with respect to de minimis conditions as that term is referenced in ASTM E1527-05), or (b) if the presence of Hazardous Materials (other than with respect to de minimis conditions) has been detected, an environmental report, which includes at a minimum, an ASTM E1903-97(2002) compliant Phase II environmental site assessment, indicating the nature and extent of the remediation necessary to address that contamination on such Property and, in each case, by a licensed environmental engineering firm, and of scope and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.  All final written reports from such engineering firm shall promptly be made available and communicated to Administrative Agent.

 

Acceptable Ground Lease ” means a ground lease with respect to an Acceptable Property executed by a Mortgagor, as lessee, that has a remaining lease term (including extension or renewal rights) of at least thirty-five (35) years, calculated as of the date such Acceptable Property is admitted into the Borrowing Base, and that Administrative Agent determines, in its sole discretion, is a financeable ground lease and is otherwise acceptable.

 



 

Acceptable Property ” means a Property (a) that is approved by Administrative Agent and Required Lenders, or (b) that is approved by Administrative Agent and meets the following requirements:

 

(i)             such Property is wholly-owned by, or ground leased pursuant to an Acceptable Ground Lease to, Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor free and clear of any Liens (other than Liens permitted by Section 8.01 );

 

(ii)            such Property is a primarily single tenant, industrial, manufacturing, warehouse/distribution and/or office property located within the United States; and

 

(iii)           if such Property is owned by, or ground leased pursuant to an Acceptable Ground Lease to, a Subsidiary Guarantor, then the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary Guarantor are owned, directly or indirectly by Borrower, free and clear of any Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 8.01 .

 

Adjusted NOI ” means, with respect to any Property for the prior quarter, annualized, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate gross revenues from the operations of such Property during such period, minus (b) the sum of (i) all expenses and other proper charges incurred in connection with the operation of such Property during such period (including real estate taxes, but excluding any management fees, debt service charges, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses and excluding capital expenditures), (ii) a management fee equal to the greater of (A) two percent (2%) of the aggregate net revenues from the operations of such Property during such period and (B) actual management fees paid, and (iii) a replacement reserve of $0.10 per square foot.  Adjusted NOI shall be reduced by the amount of any revenues from the lease of any Property as to which the lease has terminated, the tenant is not in occupancy or Borrower is not recognizing revenue from such tenant in accordance with GAAP, or as to which the lease is set to expire in the next calendar quarter and has not yet been extended, (and for the purposes of calculating the Borrowing Value only, adding back any related expenses from such Property) and increased by annualized projected revenues for the first three months from any new lease which went into effect with the tenant taking occupancy and Borrower is recognizing revenue from such tenant in accordance with GAAP during such prior quarter, or any new lease which is to go into effect with the tenant taking occupancy and paying rent during the current quarter.

 

Administrative Agent ” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

 

Administrative Agent Advances ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.11(a) .

 

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 11.02 , or such other address or account as Administrative Agent may from time to time notify Borrower and the Lenders.

 

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit D-2 or any other form approved by Administrative Agent.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

2



 

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders, which, as of the Closing Date, total One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00).

 

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement.

 

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.17 .  If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans, the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Loans, and the obligation of L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 9.02 or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most-recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments.  The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

 

Applicable Rate ” means the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most-recent Compliance Certificate received by Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.02(a) :

 

Applicable Rate

 

Pricing
Level

 

Consolidated Leverage
Ratio

 

Letters of
Credit

 

Eurodollar
Rate +

 

Base Rate +

 

1

 

< 40%

 

2.75

%

 

2.75

%

 

1.75

%

 

2

 

> 40% but < 50%

 

3.00

%

 

3.00

%

 

2.00

%

 

3

 

> 50% but < 55%

 

3.25

%

 

3.25

%

 

2.25

%

 

4

 

> 55%

 

3.75

%

 

3.75

%

 

2.75

%

 

 

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first (1 st ) Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(a)  provided that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then, upon the request of Required Lenders, Pricing Level 4 shall apply as of the first (1 st ) Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and shall remain in effect until the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered.  The Applicable Rate in effect from the Closing Date until adjusted as set forth above shall be set at Pricing Level      (based upon the Pro Forma Financial Statements).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Applicable Rate for any period shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(b) .

 

“Appraisal Condition” means the receipt by the Administrative Agent of an Acceptable Appraisal of each Borrowing Base Property pursuant to an Appraisal Election by the Borrower.

 

Appraisal Election ” means the election by the Borrower to have an Acceptable Appraisal performed as to each Borrowing Base Property.

 

3



 

Appraised Value ” means, with respect to any Property as of any date, the appraised value of such Property on an “as-is” basis as set forth in the most-recent Acceptable Appraisal as received by Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.11(h) , as applicable.

 

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

Assignee Group ” means two (2) or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two (2) or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

 

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.06(b) ), and accepted by Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit D-1 or any other form approved by Administrative Agent and Borrower.

 

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

 

Audited Financial Statements ” means after the delivery of the financial statements of Parent required pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, the most-recent financial statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.01(a) .

 

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06 , and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans, the commitment of the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Loans, and of the obligation of L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 9.02 .

 

Available Loan Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the lesser of (a) the Aggregate Commitments, less the Swap Termination Value of any Swap Obligations secured by any Borrowing Base Property, and (b) the Borrowing Base.

 

Award ” means any compensation paid by any Governmental Authority in connection with a Condemnation in respect of all or any part of any Borrowing Base Property.

 

Balloon Payments ” shall mean with respect to any loan constituting Indebtedness, any required principal payment of such loan which is payable at the maturity of such Indebtedness, provided, however, that the final payment of a fully amortized loan shall not constitute a Balloon Payment.

 

Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

 

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus one half of one percent (1/2 of 1%), (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate,” and (c) the Eurodollar Rate plus one percent (1.00%).  The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be

 

4


 

priced at, above, or below such announced rate.  Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

 

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02 .

 

Borrowing ” means a Committed Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.

 

Borrowing Base ” means, as of any date of determination, the lesser of (a)  the product of (i) forty percent (40%), increasing to fifty five percent (55%) after satisfaction of the Appraisal Condition, times (ii) the aggregate Borrowing Values of the Borrowing Base Properties, and (b) the Implied Loan Amount.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of the Borrowing Base attributable to any individual Borrowing Base Property shall not exceed twenty five percent (25%) of the Borrowing Base.

 

Borrowing Base Properties ” means each Acceptable Property that either (a) is an Initial Borrowing Base Property or (b) becomes a Borrowing Base Property pursuant to Section 4.03 , but excluding any Acceptable Properties that have been released from the Borrowing Base pursuant to Section 4.09 , and “ Borrowing Base Property ” means any one of the Borrowing Base Properties.

 

Borrowing Base Report ” means a report in substantially the form of Exhibit E (or such other form approved by Administrative Agent) certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.

 

Borrowing Value ” means as of any date of determination, (a) prior to the satisfaction of the Appraisal Condition, (i) the aggregate Adjusted NOI for the Borrowing Base Properties divided by (ii) the Capitalization Rate, and (b) at all times after the initial satisfaction of the Appraisal Condition, the aggregate Appraised Value of the Borrowing Base Properties.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where Administrative Agent’s Office is located or the State of New York, and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a London Banking Day.

 

Capital Lease ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the capitalized amount of obligations under Capital Leases for such Person for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capitalization Rate ” means nine percent (9.00%), provided that if Borrower elects to exercise its option to extend the Initial Maturity Date to the Extended Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.14 , Required Lenders may (but are not obligated to), on a one-time basis, increase the

 

5



 

Capitalization Rate by up to one half percent (.50%) on the effective date of such extension.  Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower of any increase in the Capitalization Rate within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of the request for extension from Borrower pursuant to Section 2.14 .

 

Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, or L/C Issuer (as applicable) and the Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans or obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect thereof (as the context may require), cash or deposit account balances or, if L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender benefitting from such collateral shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to (a) Administrative Agent and (b) L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender (as applicable).  The term “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by Guarantor, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Security Documents and other Liens permitted hereunder):

 

(a)           readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof;

 

(b)           demand or time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (A) is a Lender or (B) (i) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (ii) issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) of this definition and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(c)           commercial paper in an aggregate amount of no more than $5,000,000 per issuer outstanding at any time issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America and rated at least “Prime-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “A-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, in each case with maturities of not more than 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(d)           Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the REIT or any of its Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions that have the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P, and the portfolios of which are limited solely to Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition; and

 

(e)           Other liquid or readily marketable investments in an amount not to exceed five percent (5%) of Total Asset Value.

 

Casualty ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.13(b) .

 

6



 

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any Law, rule, regulation or treaty; (b) any change in any Law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority; or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; without limiting the foregoing, Change in Law shall include the Dodd-Frank Act, Public Law 111-203, 12 U.S.C. 5301 et seq., enacted July 21, 2010, as well any and rule or regulation adopted pursuant to the so-called Basel II Accords.

 

Change of Control ” means an event or series of events by which:

 

(a)           any “ person ” or “ group ” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d)  and 14(d)  of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its Subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) becomes the “ beneficial owner ” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all Equity Interests that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such right, an “ option right ”)), directly or indirectly, of thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the Equity Interests of Parent entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of Parent on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such Equity Interests that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right);

 

(b)           during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of Parent cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i)  above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii)  and clause (iii) , any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors); or

 

(c)           Parent shall cease to (i) either be the sole general partner of, or wholly own and control the general partner of, Borrower or (ii) own, directly or indirectly, greater than fifty percent (50%) of the Equity Interests of Borrower; or

 

(d)           Borrower shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary Guarantor that owns a Borrowing Base Property free and clear of any Liens (other than Liens in favor of Administrative Agent) unless Borrower removes the Borrowing Base Property owned by such Subsidiary Guarantor from the Borrowing Base in accordance with Section 4.09 .

 

7



 

Closing Date ” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 5.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 11.01 .

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 .

 

Collateral ” means the Real Estate Collateral, the Personal Property Collateral, the Equity Interest Collateral, and all other property of the Companies on which Liens have been granted to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, to secure the Obligations.

 

Committed Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Committed Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01 .

 

“Committed Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01 .

 

“Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a Committed Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

 

Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Loans to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01, (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Companies ” means, without duplication, Parent and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (including Borrower), and “ Company ” means any one of the Companies.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

 

Condemnation ” means a temporary or permanent taking by any Governmental Authority as the result, in lieu, or in anticipation, of the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain of all or any part of any Borrowing Base Property, or any interest therein or right accruing thereto, including any right of access thereto or any change of grade affecting any Borrowing Base Property or any part thereof.

 

Condemnation Proceeds ” has the meaning specified in the definition of Restoration Net Proceeds.

 

Consolidated Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the aggregate Adjusted NOI with respect to the Borrowing Base Properties for the quarter most-recently ended for which financial statements are available divided by (b) pro forma debt service on an amount equal to Total Outstandings assuming a thirty (30) year amortization and an interest rate equal to the greater of (i) seven and one-half percent (7.5%) per annum, (ii) the sum of (A) the most-recent rate published on such date in the United States Federal Reserve Statistical Release (H.15) for ten (10) year Treasury Constant Maturities plus (B) three percent (3.0%), and (iii) the weighted average interest rate(s) then in effect under this Agreement.

 

8



 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any Person for any period, an amount equal to (a) Consolidated Net Income, plus (b) the sum of the following (without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period): (i) income tax expense; (ii) interest expense, amortization or write-off of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness; (iii) depreciation and amortization expense; (iv) amortization of intangibles (including goodwill) and organization costs; (v) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses (including, whether or not otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, losses on sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of business); (vi) any other non-cash charges, and (vii) all commissions, guaranty fees, discounts and other fees and charges owed by such Person with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs of such Person under Swap Contracts in respect of interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP; minus (c) the sum of the following (to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period): (i) interest income (except to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income); (ii) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains (including, whether or not otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, gains on the sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of business); (iii) any other non-cash income; and (iv) any cash payments made during such period in respect of items described in clause (b)(v)  above subsequent to the fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash expenses or losses were reflected as a charge in the statement of Consolidated Net Income.

 

Consolidated Fixed Charges ” means, on a consolidated basis, for any Person for any period, the sum (without duplication) of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense, (b) provision for cash income taxes made by such Person on a consolidated basis in respect of such period, (c) scheduled principal amortization payments due during such period on account of Indebtedness of such Person (excluding Balloon Payments), and (d) Restricted Payments paid in cash with respect to preferred Equity Interests of such Person during such period.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any Person for any period, the total interest expense (including that attributable to Capital Lease Obligations) of such Person for such period with respect to all outstanding Total Funded Debt (including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed by such Person with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs of such Person under Swap Contracts in respect of interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP).  Consolidated Interest Expenses shall exclude interest rate hedge termination payments or receipts, loan prepayment costs, and upfront loan fees, interest expense covered by an interest reserve established under a loan facility and any interest expense under any construction loan or construction activity that under GAAP is required to be capitalized.

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the quotient (expressed as a percentage) of (a) Consolidated Total Debt, divided by (b) Total Asset Value.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any Person for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person for such period, determined on a consolidated basis; provided that in calculating Consolidated Net Income of the Parent for any period, there shall be excluded (a) the income (or deficit) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or deficit) of any Person (other than a Company) in which any Company has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such

 

9



 

income is actually received by such Company in the form of dividends or similar distributions, and (c) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of any Company to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any Contractual Obligation (other than under any Loan Document) or requirement of Law applicable to such Subsidiary.

 

Consolidated Subsidiary ” means any Person in which Parent or Borrower has a direct or indirect Equity Interest and whose financial results would be consolidated under GAAP with the financial results of Parent on the consolidated financial statements of Parent.

 

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of Parent on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP which would be required to be included on the liabilities side of the balance sheet of Parent in accordance with GAAP.

 

Construction in Progress ” means each Property that is either (a) new ground up construction or (b) under renovation in which (i) greater than thirty percent (30%) of the square footage of such Property is unavailable for occupancy due to renovation and (ii) no rents are being paid on such square footage.  A Property will cease to be classified as “Construction in Progress” on the earlier to occur of (A) the time that such Property has an Occupancy Rate of greater than eighty percent (80%), or (B) one hundred eighty (180) days after completion of construction or renovation of such Property, as applicable.

 

Contamination ” means the presence of Hazardous Materials in amounts exceeding regulatory action levels.

 

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Control means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  The terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing, and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

 

Customary Recourse Exceptions ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, personal recourse that is limited to fraud, misrepresentation, misapplication of cash, waste, environmental claims and liabilities, prohibited transfers, violations of single purposes entity covenants, and other circumstances customarily excluded by institutional lenders from exculpation provisions and/or included in separate guaranty or indemnification agreements in non-recourse financing of Real Property.

 

Daily Usage ” means, as of any date, the quotient (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the Total Outstandings on such date, divided by (b) the Aggregate Commitments on such date.

 

10



 

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) two percent (2%) per annum; provided that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus two percent (2%) per annum, and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus two percent (2%) per annum.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.17(b) , any Lender that, as determined by Administrative Agent, (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Loans or participations in respect of Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans, within three (3) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless such obligation is the subject of a good faith dispute, (b) has notified Borrower, Administrative Agent or any Lender that it will not comply with its funding obligations or has made an express public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by Administrative Agent (based on the reasonable belief that such Lender may not fulfill its funding obligations), to confirm in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations, provided that any such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender under this clause (c)  upon receipt by Administrative Agent of such confirmation, or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company which controls such Lender that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority.

 

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease (other than a real estate lease entered into in the ordinary course of business as part of Property leasing operations) or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith but excluding any arrangement constituting a Lien.

 

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

 

Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.06(b)(iii)  and (v)  (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.06(b)(iii) ).

 

11



 

Environmental Assessment ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.12(b) .

 

Environmental Claim ” means any investigative, enforcement, cleanup, removal, containment, remedial, or other private or governmental or regulatory action at any time instituted or completed pursuant to any applicable Environmental Requirement against any Company or against or with respect to any Real Property or any condition, use, or activity on any Real Property (including any such action against Administrative Agent or any Lender), and any claim at any time made by any Person against any Company or against or with respect to any Real Property or any condition, use, or activity on any Real Property (including any such claim against Administrative Agent or any Lender), relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss, or injury resulting from or in any way arising in connection with any Hazardous Material or any Environmental Requirement.

 

Environmental Damages ” means all liabilities (including strict liability), losses, damages (excluding consequential, special, exemplary or punitive damages except to the extent such damages were imposed upon an Indemnitee as a result of any claims made against such Indemnitee by a governmental entity or any other third party), judgments, penalties, fines, costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of attorneys, consultants, contractors, experts and laboratories), of any and every kind or character, at law or in equity, contingent or otherwise, matured or unmatured, foreseeable or unforeseeable, made, incurred, suffered, brought, or imposed at any time and from time to time, whether before or after the Release Date and arising in whole or in part from:

 

(a)           the presence of any Hazardous Material on any Borrowing Base Property, or any escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, emission, release, discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Material on or from any Borrowing Base Property, or the migration or release or threatened migration or release of any Hazardous Material to, from or through any Borrowing Base Property, on or before the Release Date; or

 

(b)           any act, omission, event or circumstance existing or occurring in connection with the handling, treatment, containment, removal, storage, decontamination, clean up, transport or disposal of any Hazardous Material which is at any time on or before the Release Date present on any Borrowing Base Property; or

 

(c)           the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement  relating to the presence of any Hazardous Material on any Borrowing Base Property because of any event or condition occurring or existing on or before the Release Date; or

 

(d)           any violation on or before the Release Date, of any Environmental Requirement in connection with any Borrowing Base Property in effect on or before the Release Date, regardless of whether any act, omission, event or circumstance giving rise to the violation constituted a violation at the time of the occurrence or inception of such act, omission, event or circumstance; or

 

(e)           any Environmental Claim, or the filing or imposition of any environmental Lien against any Borrowing Base Property, because of, resulting from, in connection with, or arising out of any of the matters referred to in subparagraphs (a)  through (d)  preceding;

 

12



 

and regardless of whether any of the foregoing was caused by Borrower, any other Loan Party or their respective tenant or subtenant, or a prior owner of a Borrowing Base Property or its tenant or subtenant, or any third party including (i) injury or damage to any person, property or natural resource occurring on or off of a Borrowing Base Property including the cost of demolition and rebuilding of any improvements on any Real Property; (ii) the investigation or remediation of any such Hazardous Material or violation of Environmental Requirement including the preparation of any feasibility studies or reports and the performance of any cleanup, remediation, removal, response, abatement, containment, closure, restoration, monitoring or similar work required by any Environmental Requirement or necessary to have full use and benefit of Borrowing Base Properties as contemplated by the Loan Documents (including any of the same in connection with any foreclosure action or transfer in lieu thereof); (iii) all liability to pay or indemnify any Person or Governmental Authority for costs expended in connection with any of the foregoing; (iv) the investigation and defense of any claim, whether or not such claim is ultimately withdrawn or defeated; and (v) the settlement of any claim or judgment.  “ Costs ” as used in this definition shall also include any diminution in the value of the security afforded by the Borrowing Base Property or any future reduction of the sales price of any Borrowing Base Property by reason of any matter set forth in Section 7.12 or Section  8.12 .

 

Environmental Indemnity Agreement ” means that certain Environmental Indemnity Agreement executed by Borrower and Parent (if required by Administrative Agent), and each Mortgagor, in favor of Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

 

Environmental Laws ” means any and all applicable Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

 

Environmental Requirement ” means any Environmental Law, agreement or restriction, as the same now exists or may be changed or amended or come into effect in the future, which pertains to any Hazardous Material or the environment including ground or air or water or noise pollution or contamination, and underground or aboveground tanks.

 

Equity Interest Collateral ” means (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests in each Mortgagor, (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests in each Company that owns a direct or indirect interest in a Mortgagor, and (iii) all of the Equity Interest in each other Subsidiary of the Parent or the Borrower owned directly or indirectly by Parent or Borrower, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) in which the equity interests may be pledged without violation of any existing or future agreements entered into by a Company.

 

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

 

13



 

Equity Issuance ” means the issuance or sale by any Person of any of its Equity Interests or any capital contribution to such Person by the holders of its Equity Interests.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b)  or (c)  of the Code (and Sections 414(m)  and (o)  of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

 

ERISA Event ” means: (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) the withdrawal of Parent or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “ substantial employer ” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2)  of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e)  of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by Parent or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan; (f) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042(a)(1) or (2)  of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (g) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430 , 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303 , 304 and 305 of ERISA; or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon  Parent or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Eurodollar Rate ” means:

 

(a)           for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (A) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as may be reasonably designated by Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or, (B) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the rate per annum determined by Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first (1 st ) day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and

 

(b)           for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) BBA LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined two (2) London Banking Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one (1) month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the rate per annum determined by Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the

 

14


 

Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one (1) month would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination.

 

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a)  of the definition of “ Eurodollar Rate .”

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01 .

 

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to Administrative Agent, any Lender, L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which Borrower is located, (c) any backup withholding tax that is required by the Code to be withheld from amounts payable to a Lender that has failed to comply with clause (A)  of Section 3.01(e)(ii) , (d) any withholding Taxes implied by Section 501 of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act (HR284), and (e) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by Borrower under Section 11.13 ), any withholding tax that (i) is required to be imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender pursuant to the Laws in force at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office) or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with clause (B)  of Section 3.01(e)(ii) , except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(ii)  or (c) .

 

“Exclusion Event” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10.

 

“Exclusion Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10

 

Extended Maturity Date ” means March    , 2015.

 

FASB ASC ” means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

 

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, then the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, then the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by Administrative Agent.

 

15



 

Fee Letter ” means the letter agreement, dated October 15, 2010, among Borrower, Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger.

 

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which Borrower is resident for tax purposes (including such a Lender when acting in the capacity of L/C Issuer).  For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

 

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

 

Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders, Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, or cancelled in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Swing Line Loans other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

 

Funds from Operations ” means, for any Person for any period, the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income plus (b) depreciation and amortization expense determined in accordance with GAAP excluding amortization expense attributable to capitalized debt costs; provided that there shall not be included in such calculation (i) any proceeds of any insurance policy other than rental or business interruption insurance received by such Person, (ii) any gain or loss which is classified as “extraordinary” in accordance with GAAP, (iii) any capital gains and taxes on capital gains, (iv) income (or loss) associated with third-party ownership of non-controlling Equity Interests, and (v) gains or losses on the sale of discontinued operations as detailed in the most-recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b) , as applicable.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

 

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any

 

16



 

bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, Equity Interests or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any Guarantee of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lesser of (y) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made and (z) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by Borrower in good faith.  The term “ Guarantee ” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

Guaranties ” means the Parent Guaranty and the Subsidiary Guaranties, and “ Guaranty ” means any one of the Guaranties.

 

Guarantors ” means, collectively, Parent and each Subsidiary Guarantor, and “ Guarantor ” means any one of the Guarantors.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Implied Loan Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount of hypothetical Indebtedness that would result, on a proforma basis, in a Consolidated Debt Service Coverage Ratio as of such date of determination equal to 2.00 to 1.0, such ratio decreasing to 1.60 to 1.0 after satisfaction of the Appraisal Condition; provided that in calculating such proforma Consolidated Debt Service Coverage Ratio, the Adjusted NOI of any Borrowing Base Property shall not exceed twenty five percent (25%) of the aggregate Adjusted NOI for all Borrowing Base Properties.

 

Improvements ” means any Mortgagor’s interest in and to all on site improvements to the Borrowing Base Properties, together with all fixtures, tenant improvements, and appurtenances now or later to be located on the Borrowing Base Properties and/or in such improvements.

 

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

 

(a)           all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

 

17



 

(b)           all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

 

(c)           all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, either (i) not past due for more than one hundred and eighty (180) days or (ii) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted);

 

(d)           Capital Lease Obligations;

 

(e)           all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest (excluding perpetual preferred Equity Interests) in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus (without duplication and only to the extent required to be paid) accrued and unpaid dividends;

 

(f)            all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing;

 

(g)           all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a)  through (f)  above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on Property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, but limited to the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the property subject to such Lien and (ii) the aggregate amount of the obligations so secured; and

 

(h)           for purposes of Section 9.01(f)  only, all obligations of such Person under Swap Contracts.

 

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor.  The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.  The amount of any Capital Lease Obligations on any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(b) .

 

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07 .

 

Initial Borrowing Base Properties ” means the Acceptable Properties listed on Schedule 4.01 , and “ Initial Borrowing Base Property ” means any one of the Initial Borrowing Base Properties.

 

Initial Maturity Date ” means March    , 2014.

 

18



 

Insurance Proceeds ” has the meaning specified in the definition of Restoration Net Proceeds.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three (3) months, then the respective dates that fall every three (3) months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates, and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September, and December and the Maturity Date.

 

Interest Period ” means as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one (1), two (2), three (3), six (6) or twelve (12) months (if available to all Lenders) thereafter, as selected by Borrower in its Loan Notice; provided that :

 

(i)            any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

 

(ii)           any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

 

(iii)          no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

 

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees Indebtedness of such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit.  For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

 

IPO ” means the initial public offering of Parent’s common Equity Interests (a) pursuant to which Parent has received net cash proceeds of at least $200,000,000, and (b) resulting in such common Equity Interests being traded on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

IP Rights ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.18 .

 

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

19



 

Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by L/C Issuer and Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

 

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

 

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

 

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed or refinanced as a Borrowing.

 

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

 

L/C Issuer ” means Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

 

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings.  For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 .  For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

Lead Arranger ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and Smith Incorporated, in its capacity as lead arranger and sole bookrunner.

 

Lease ” means each existing or future lease, sublease (to the extent of any Mortgagor’s rights thereunder), license, or other agreement (other than an Acceptable Ground Lease) under the terms of which any Person has or acquires any right to occupy or use any Property, or any part thereof, or interest therein, and each existing or future guaranty of payment or performance thereunder.

 

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, as the context requires, includes the Swing Line Lender.

 

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify Borrower and Administrative Agent.

 

Letter of Credit ” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder.

 

20



 

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by L/C Issuer.

 

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is seven (7) days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

 

Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(h) .

 

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means, as of any date, an amount equal to the greater of (1) Ten Million Dollars or (b) ten percent (10%) of the Aggregate Commitments as of such date.  The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any Capital Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Committed Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

 

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, each Note, the Security Documents, each Issuer Document, any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of this Agreement, the Fee Letter, and the Guaranties.

 

Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, Borrower, each Guarantor, and each Pledgor, and “ Loan Party ” means any one of the Loan Parties.

 

London Banking Day ” means any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

 

Major Lease ” means each Lease for space in a Borrowing Base Property (or any portion thereof) which is for the greater of (a) in excess of 50,000 square feet, or (b) when aggregated with all other leases in effect at a Borrowing Base Property which have not been approved as provided hereunder by the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date, involves space in excess of twenty five percent (25%) of the total square footage of such Borrowing Base Property.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means: (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the business, assets, operations, or financial condition of the Companies, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect, or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

 

Material Environmental Event ” means, with respect to any Borrowing Base Property, (a) a violation of any Environmental Law with respect to such Borrowing Base Property, or (b) the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, about, or under such Borrowing Base Property that, under

 

21



 

or pursuant to any Environmental Law, would require remediation, if in the case of either (a) or (b), such event or circumstance could reasonably be expected to have a Material Property Event.

 

Material Property Event ” means, with respect to any Borrowing Base Property, the occurrence of any event or circumstance occurring or arising after the date of this Agreement that could reasonably be expected to have a (a) material adverse effect with respect to the financial condition or the operations of such Borrowing Base Property, (b) material adverse effect on the Borrowing Value of such Borrowing Base Property, or (c) material adverse effect on the ownership of such Borrowing Base Property.

 

Material Title Defects ” means, with respect to any Borrowing Base Property, defects, Liens (other than Liens for local real estate taxes and similar local governmental charges), and other encumbrances in the nature of easements, servitudes, restrictions, and rights-of-way that would customarily be deemed unacceptable title exceptions for a prudent lender (i.e., a prudent lender would reasonably determine that such exceptions, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the value or operations of such Borrowing Base Property, would prevent such Borrowing Base Property from being used in the manner in which it is currently being used, or would result in a violation of any Law which would have a material and adverse effect on such Borrowing Base Property); provided that Material Title Defects shall not include any Liens or other encumbrances that existed as of the date of this Agreement and that are reflected in the Title Insurance Commitments or that are listed on Schedule 8.01 .

 

Maturity Date ” means (a) if the Initial Maturity Date is not extended to the Extended Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.14 , then the Initial Maturity Date, and (b) if the Initial Maturity Date is extended to the Extended Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.14 , then the Extended Maturity Date; provided that in each case, if such date is not a Business Day, then the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

Mortgages ” means each Mortgage (or Deed of Trust or Deed to Secure Debt, as applicable), Security Agreement, Financing Statement, and Assignment of Leases or similarly titled document, each executed by a Mortgagor, to or for the benefit of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, covering the Real Estate Collateral and Personal Property Collateral.

 

Mortgagors ” means, collectively, each Subsidiary Guarantor executing a Mortgage, and “ Mortgagor ” means any one of the Mortgagors.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan described in Section 4001(a)(3)  of ERISA, to which Parent or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five (5) plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

 

Multiple Employer Plan ” means a Plan which has two (2) or more contributing sponsors (including Parent or any ERISA Affiliate) at least two (2) of whom are not under common control, as such a plan is described in Section 4064 of ERISA.

 

Non-Recourse Indebtedness ” means, for any Person, any Indebtedness of such Person for the repayment of which neither Parent or Borrower has any personal liability (other than for Customary Recourse Exceptions) or, if such Person is Parent or Borrower, in which recourse of the

 

22



 

applicable holder of such Indebtedness for non-payment is limited to such holder’s Liens on a particular asset or group of assets (other than for Customary Recourse Exceptions).  For the avoidance of doubt, if any Indebtedness is partially guaranteed by Parent or Borrower, then the portion of such Indebtedness that is not so guaranteed shall still be Non-Recourse Indebtedness if it otherwise satisfies the requirements in this definition.

 

Note ” means a promissory note made by Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting same evidencing Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

 

Obligations ” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding; provided that all references to the “ Obligations ” in the Subsidiary Guaranty and the Security Documents, and any other Guaranties, security agreements, or pledge agreements delivered to Administrative Agent to Guarantee, or create or evidence Liens securing, the Obligations shall, in addition to the foregoing, include all present and future indebtedness, liabilities, and obligations now or hereafter owed to Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any Affiliate of Administrative Agent or any Lender arising from, by virtue of, or pursuant to any Swap Contract that relates solely to the Obligations.

 

Occupancy Rate ” means, for any Property, the percentage of the rentable area of such Property occupied by bona fide tenants of such Property or leased by tenants pursuant to bona fide tenant Leases, in each case, which tenants are not more than 60 days past due in the payment of all rent or other similar payments due under such Leases and paying rent.

 

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction), (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement, and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

 

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to Committed Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Loans occurring on such date, (b) with respect to Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Swing Line Loans occurring on such date, and (c) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect

 

23



 

to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.

 

Parent ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

Parent Guaranty ” means the Guaranty Agreement executed by Parent in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in form and substance acceptable to Administrative Agent.

 

Parent Share ” means a share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Parent.

 

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d) .

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

Pension Act ” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

 

Pension Funding Rules ” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Act, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Section 412 , 430 , 431 , 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302 , 303 , 304 and 305 of ERISA.

 

Pension Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (including a Multiple Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan) that is maintained or is contributed to by Borrower and any ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

 

Permitted Distributions ” means (a) for Parent for any fiscal year of Parent, Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed in the aggregate the greater of (i) ninety-five percent (95%) of Funds from Operations of the Parent, and (ii) the amount of distributions required to be paid by Parent in order for Parent to qualify as a REIT, and (b) for Borrower for any fiscal year of Borrower, Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed in the aggregate the greater of (i) ninety-five percent (95%) of Funds from Operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries thereafter, and (ii) the amount of distributions required to be paid by Borrower to Parent in order for Parent to qualify as a REIT.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Personal Property ” has the meaning specified in the granting clause of the Mortgages.

 

Personal Property Collateral ” means the Personal Property of a Mortgagor in which security interests are granted to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, under the Mortgages.

 

Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3)  of ERISA (including a Pension Plan), maintained for employees of Parent or any ERISA Affiliate or any such Plan to which Parent or any ERISA Affiliate is required to contribute on behalf of any of its employees.

 

24


 

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02 .

 

Pledge Agreement ” means each Pledge Agreement or similarly titled document, executed by a Pledgor, to or for the benefit of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, covering the Equity Interest Collateral.

 

Pledgors ” means, collectively, each Person that owns Equity Interests in a (a) Mortgagor and the general partner of each Mortgagor that is a limited partnership, and (b) each other Subsidiary of the Parent or the Borrower in which the equity interests may be pledged without violation of any existing or future agreements entered into by a Company or an Unconsolidated Affiliate, in the case of clause (b) only, except any Subsidiary with respect to which Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent in good faith that Borrower expects to finance, or enter into a joint venture with respect to, a Property (that is not a Borrowing Base Property) owned directly or indirectly by such Subsidiary and anticipates that the related financing or joint venture documentation will prohibit or restrict the ability of Borrower to pledge, or cause to be pledged, the Equity Interests in such Subsidiary, and such financing is consummated within ninety (90) days of such notice or such later date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably approve; “ Pledgor ” means any one of the Pledgors.

 

Pro Forma Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.05(c) .

 

Property ” means any Real Property which is owned or ground leased, directly or indirectly, by a Company.

 

Property Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03 .

 

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02 .

 

Real Estate Collateral ” means each Borrowing Base Property owned by a Mortgagor that has been pledged or mortgaged to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders.

 

Real Property ” of any Person means all of the right, title, and interest of such Person in and to land, improvements, and fixtures.

 

Recourse Indebtedness ” ” means Indebtedness that is not Non-Recourse Indebtedness; provided that personal recourse for Customary Recourse Exceptions shall not, by itself, cause such Indebtedness to be characterized as Recourse Indebtedness.

 

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(c) .

 

REIT ” means a “real estate investment trust” in accordance with Section 856 of the Code.

 

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Release Date ” means the earlier of: (a) the date on which the Obligations have been paid in full and the Mortgages have been released; and (b) the date on which the Liens of the Mortgages are fully and finally foreclosed or a conveyance by deed in lieu of such foreclosure is fully and finally effective and possession of the Borrowing Base Properties has been given to and accepted by the purchaser or Administrative Agent free of occupancy and claims to occupancy by the Companies and

 

25



 

their respective heirs, devisees, representatives, successors, and assigns; provided that if such payment, performance, release, foreclosure, or conveyance is challenged, in bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, the Release Date shall be deemed not to have occurred until such challenge is validly released, dismissed with prejudice, or otherwise barred by Law from further assertion.

 

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c)  of ERISA, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

 

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Committed Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

 

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than fifty percent (50%) of the Aggregate Commitments or, if the commitment of each Lender to make Loans,  and the obligation of L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 9.02 , Lenders holding in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

 

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of a Loan Party, and solely for purposes of the delivery of incumbency certificates pursuant to Section 5.01 , the secretary or any assistant secretary of a Loan Party and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II , any other officer of the applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to Administrative Agent.  Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

 

Restoration ” means, following the occurrence of a Casualty or a Condemnation which is of a type necessitating the repair of a Borrowing Base Property, the completion of the repair and restoration of such Borrowing Base Property to a condition no worse than such Borrowing Base Property was in immediately prior to such Casualty or Condemnation, with such alterations as may be reasonably approved by Administrative Agent, and in accordance with applicable Laws.

 

Restoration Net Proceeds ” means: (a) the net amount of all insurance proceeds received by Administrative Agent as a result of a Casualty, after deduction of the reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees), if any, in collecting the same (“ Insurance Proceeds ”); or (b) the net amount of the Award as a result of a Condemnation, after deduction of the reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees), if any, in collecting the same (“ Condemnation Proceeds ”), whichever the case may be.

 

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, Equity Interests or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, Equity Interests or other property), including any

 

26



 

sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to Borrower’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Person thereof).

 

“S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

Security Documents ” means:

 

(a)           the Pledge Agreements;

 

(b)           the Mortgages;

 

(c)           to the extent required by the Law of the state where a Borrowing Base Property is located, Assignments of Leases and Rents executed by the applicable Mortgagor;

 

(d)           financing statements to be filed with the appropriate state and/or county offices for the perfection of a security interest in any of the Collateral;

 

(e)           subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreements executed by each tenant under a Major Lease; and

 

(f)            all other agreements, documents, and instruments securing the Obligations or any part thereof, as shall from time to time be executed and delivered by Borrower, Subsidiary Guarantors, or any other Person in favor of Administrative Agent.

 

Share ” means Borrower’s and Parent’s direct or indirect share of a Consolidated Subsidiary or an Unconsolidated Affiliate as reasonably determined by Borrower based upon Borrower’s and Parent’s economic interest (whether direct or indirect) in such Consolidated Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate, as of the date of such determination.

 

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than Equity Interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Borrower.

 

Subsidiary Guarantors ” means, as of any date, all Subsidiaries of Borrower owning a direct or indirect interest in a Borrowing Base Property, and the general partner of each Subsidiary that is a limited partnership and “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any one of the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

Subsidiary Guaranty ” means the Guaranty Agreement executed by each Subsidiary Guarantor in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in form and substance acceptable to Administrative Agent.

 

27



 

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a) , the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

 

Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.

 

Swing Line Lender ” means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

 

Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

 

Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1. .

 

Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the greater of (a) $10,000,000.00 and (b) ten percent (10%) of the Aggregate Commitments.  The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in additional to, the Aggregate Commitments.

 

Tangible Net Worth ” means, as of any date, (a) Total Asset Value minus (b) the sum of (i) Consolidated Total Debt and (ii) to the extent included in the calculation of Total Asset Value, goodwill and other intangible assets (other than deferred leasing intangibles).

 

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Threshold Amount ” means (a) $20,000,000 with respect to Recourse Indebtedness, (b) $75,000,000 with respect to all Non-Recourse Indebtedness, and (c) $20,000,000 with respect to all other amounts.

 

28



 

Title Company ” means Stewart Title Company or such other title insurance company reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.

 

Title Insurance Commitments ” means the commitments to issue the Title Insurance Policies, issued by the Title Company for each Borrowing Base Property, along with copies of all instruments creating or evidencing exceptions or encumbrances to title.

 

Title Insurance Policies ” means an ALTA title insurance policy (or a title insurance policy promulgated by the Laws of the state in which the Property is located if an ALTA insurance policy is not available), issued by the Title Company in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Borrowing Value of the relevant Property, insuring that the Mortgages constitute a valid lien covering the Property and all Improvements thereon, having the priority required by Administrative Agent and subject only to those exceptions and encumbrances (regardless of rank or priority) Administrative Agent approves, in a form acceptable to Administrative Agent, and as satisfactory to Administrative Agent with all “standard” exceptions which can be deleted, including the exception for matters which a current survey would show, deleted to the fullest extent authorized under applicable title insurance rules, and Borrower shall (or shall cause the applicable Mortgagor to) satisfy all requirements therefor permitted; containing no exception for standby fees or real estate taxes or assessments other than those for the year in which the closing occurs to the extent the same are not then due and payable and endorsed “not yet due and payable” and for subsequent years; providing full coverage against mechanics’ and materialmens’ liens to the extent authorized under applicable title insurance rules, and Borrower shall (or shall cause the applicable Mortgagor to) satisfy all requirements therefor; insuring that no restrictive covenants shown in the Title Insurance Policy have been violated, and that no violation of the restrictions will result in a reversion or forfeiture of title; insuring all appurtenant easements; insuring that fee simple indefeasible or marketable (as coverage is available) fee simple (or, for ground leasehold, valid leasehold) title to the Property and Improvements is vested in Borrower; containing such affirmative coverage and endorsements as Administrative Agent may require and are available under applicable title insurance rules (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, creditor’s rights or similar endorsements), and Borrower shall (or shall cause the applicable Mortgagor to) satisfy all requirements therefor; insuring any easements, leasehold estates or other matters appurtenant to or benefiting the Property and/or the Improvements as part of the insured estate; insuring the right of access to the Property to the extent authorized under applicable title insurance rules, and Borrower shall (or shall cause the applicable Mortgagor to) satisfy all requirements therefor; containing provisions acceptable to Administrative Agent regarding advances and/or re-advances of Loan funds after closing, and “ Title Insurance Policy ” means any one of the Title Insurance Policies.  Borrower and Borrower’s counsel shall not have any interest, direct or indirect, in the Title Company (or its agent) or any portion of the premium paid for the Title Insurance Policies.

 

Total Asset Value ” means, for the Companies, on a consolidated basis, as on any date, the sum of (a) an amount equal to (i) aggregate Adjusted NOI (excluding, for the purposes of this definition, any adjustments set forth in the last sentence of the definition of Adjusted NOI) with respect to all Properties (without duplication from the assets in clauses (b)  through (g)  below) for the fiscal quarter most recently ended, annualized divided by (ii) the Capitalization Rate, plus (b) the acquisition cost of each Property acquired during the fiscal quarter most recently ended solely for the purposes of determination for such quarter, plus (c) the acquisition cost of Construction in Progress and the costs of improvements thereon and renovations thereof, plus (d) cash and cash equivalents on such date, plus   (d) the Companies Share of the foregoing items and components attributable to Unconsolidated Affiliates, plus (f) an amount equal to the book value (adjusted in accordance with

 

29



 

GAAP to reflect any default or other impairment of such loan) of mortgage loans, construction loans, capital improvement loans, and other loans, in each case owned by a Company, plus (g) fifty percent (50%) of the book value of any undeveloped land.

 

Total Funded Debt ” means, as of any date, Consolidated Total Debt excluding intra-company Indebtedness, deferred income taxes, security deposits, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and any prepaid rents, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Total Outstandings ” means, as of any date, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans, Swing Line Loans, and all L/C Obligations.

 

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

 

Unconsolidated Affiliate ” means any Person in which a Company has an Equity Interest and whose financial results would not be consolidated under GAAP with the financial results of Parent on the consolidated financial statements of Parent.

 

United States ” and “ U . S .” mean the United States of America.

 

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

 

Unused Rate ” means the following percentages per annum based upon the Daily Usage as set forth below:

 

Daily Usage

 

Unused Rate

 

<50%

 

0.50

%

> 50%

 

0.35

%

 

1.02         Other Interpretive Provisions .  With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

 

(a)           The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “ without limitation .”  The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall .”  Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ hereto ,” “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to

 

30



 

any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Equity Interests, accounts and contract rights.

 

(b)           In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”

 

(c)           Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

1.03         Accounting Terms .

 

(a)           Generally .  All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Pro Forma Financial Statements or the Audited Financial Statements, as applicable, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

 

(b)           Changes in GAAP .  If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or Required Lenders shall so request, Administrative Agent, the Lenders and Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of Required Lenders); provided that until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) Borrower shall provide to Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

 

(c)           Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.   All references herein to consolidated financial statements of the Companies or to the determination of any amount for the Companies on a consolidated basis or any similar reference shall, in each case, be deemed to include each variable interest entity that Parent is required to consolidate pursuant to FASB ASC 810 as if such variable interest entity were a Subsidiary as defined herein, provided further that for all purposes in calculating consolidated covenants hereunder the Parent shall be deemed to own one hundred percent (100%) of the equity interests in the Borrower.

 

1.04         Rounding .  Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed

 

31



 

herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

 

1.05         Times of Day .  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

1.06         Letter of Credit Amounts .  Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the undrawn amount of such Letter of Credit at such time; provided that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall, for purposes of determining the Total Outstandings, be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

 

Article II.

The Commitments and Credit Extensions

 

2.01         Committed Loans .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Committed Loan ”) to Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, (a) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Available Loan Amount, and (b) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment.  Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment and the Available Loan Amount, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01 , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.01 .  Committed Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

 

2.02         Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .

 

(a)           Each Committed Borrowing, each conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon Borrower’s irrevocable notice to Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone.  Each such notice must be received by Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans.  Each telephonic notice by Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a)  must be confirmed promptly by delivery to Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.  Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $2,500,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.  Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c)  and 2.04(b) , each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $250,000 or a whole multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof.  Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether Borrower is requesting a Committed Borrowing, a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Committed Borrowing, conversion or

 

32



 

continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Committed Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Committed Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto.  If Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then (I) so long as no Event of Default exists, the applicable Committed Loans shall be made as, or continued to, a Eurodollar Rate Loan of the same Type and with an Interest Period of one (1) month and (II) if an Event of Default exists, then the applicable Committed Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans.  If Borrower requests a Committed Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, then it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.

 

(b)           Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Committed Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by Borrower, Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic continuation described in the preceding subsection.  In the case of a Committed Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Committed Loan available to Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 12:00 noon on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice.  Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (and, if such Committed Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 5.01 ), Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to Borrower by 1:00 p.m. in like funds as received by Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) Administrative Agent by Borrower; provided that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first , shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second , shall be made available to Borrower as provided above.

 

(c)           Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan.  During the existence of an Event of Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of Required Lenders.

 

(d)           Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate.  At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

 

(e)           After giving effect to all Committed Borrowings, all conversions of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Committed Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than eight (8) Interest Periods in effect with respect to Committed Loans.

 

33



 

2.03         Letters of Credit.

 

(a)           The Letter of Credit Commitment .

 

(i)            Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b)  below, and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Available Loan Amount, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of any Lender plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.  Each request by Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence.  Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

 

(ii)           L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit, if:

 

(A)          subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii) , the initial stated expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit (notwithstanding “evergreen” renewal provisions) would occur more than twelve (12) months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

 

(B)           the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless (1) all the Lenders have approved such expiry date, or (2) the Borrower agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent no later than sixty (60) days prior to the Letter of Credit Expiration Date Cash Collateral in an amount equal to the undrawn amount of such Letter of Credit, with the Borrower hereby irrevocably requesting a Committed Borrowing of a Base Rate Loan to fund such Cash Collateral payment in the event the Borrower does not deliver such Cash Collateral to the Administrative Agent on the due date thereof.

 

(iii)          L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

 

34


 

(A)          any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain L/C Issuer from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon L/C Issuer with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

 

(B)           the issuance of the Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

 

(C)           except as otherwise agreed by Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer, the Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $25,000;

 

(D)          the Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars;

 

(E)           any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless such Lender or Borrower delivers Cash Collateral or enters into other arrangements with L/C Issuer satisfactory to L/C Issuer (in its sole discretion) to eliminate L/C Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv) ) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which L/C Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion; or

 

(F)           the Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder.

 

(iv)          L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

 

(v)           L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit.

 

(vi)          L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to Administrative Agent in Article X with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term

 

35



 

Administrative Agent ” as used in Article X included L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to L/C Issuer.

 

(b)           Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.

 

(i)            Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of Borrower delivered to L/C Issuer (with a copy to Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.  Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by L/C Issuer and Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two (2) Business Days (or such later date and time as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be.  In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit.  In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as L/C Issuer may require.  Additionally, Borrower shall furnish to L/C Issuer and Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as L/C Issuer or Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

 

(ii)           Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, L/C Issuer will confirm with Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from Borrower and, if not, L/C Issuer will provide Administrative Agent with a copy thereof.  Unless L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article V shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices.  Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

 

36



 

(iii)          If Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, then L/C Issuer shall agree, unless L/C Issuer provides a good faith explanation to the Borrower why it cannot so issue such Letter of Credit, to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve (12) month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve (12) month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued.  Unless otherwise directed by L/C Issuer, Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to L/C Issuer for any such extension.  Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, or such later date (but no later than twelve (12) months after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date) if (1) all the Lenders have approved such expiry date, or (2) the Borrower agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent no later than sixty (60) days prior to the Letter of Credit Expiration Date Cash Collateral in an amount equal to the undrawn amount of such Letter of Credit, with the Borrower hereby irrevocably requesting a Committed Borrowing of a Base Rate Loan to fund such Cash Collateral payment in the event the Borrower does not deliver such Cash Collateral to the Administrative Agent on the due date thereof; provided that L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause   (ii)  or (iii)  of Section 2.03(a)  or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven (7) Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from Administrative Agent that Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension, (2) from Borrower that Borrower has elected not to permit such extension, or (3) from Administrative Agent, any Lender or Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 5.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

 

(iv)          Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, L/C Issuer will also deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

 

(c)           Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

 

(i)            Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, L/C Issuer shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to notify Borrower and Administrative Agent thereof within two (2) Business Days after receipt of such notice and of the date required for payment of such drawing under such Letter of Credit.  Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), Borrower shall reimburse L/C Issuer through Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing.  If Borrower fails to so reimburse

 

37



 

L/C Issuer by such time, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof.  In such event, Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice).  Any notice given by L/C Issuer or Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i)  may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.  If such Base Rate Loans are so disbursed to pay an Unreimbursed Amount, then no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred.

 

(ii)           Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i)  make funds available (and Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) for the account of L/C Issuer at Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii) , each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to Borrower in such amount.  Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to L/C Issuer.

 

(iii)          With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate.  In such event, each Lender’s payment to Administrative Agent for the account of L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii)  shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03 .

 

(iv)          Until each Lender funds its Committed Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)  to reimburse L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of L/C Issuer.

 

(v)           Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against L/C Issuer, Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans

 

38



 

pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)  is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (other than delivery by Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice).  No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of Borrower to reimburse L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

 

(vi)          If any Lender fails to make available to Administrative Agent for the account of L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c)  by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii) , then, without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing.  If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be.  A certificate of L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi)  shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)           Repayment of Participations .

 

(i)            At any time after L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c) , if Administrative Agent receives for the account of L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by Administrative Agent), Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by Administrative Agent.

 

(ii)           If any payment received by Administrative Agent for the account of L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i)  is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.  The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

(e)           Obligations Absolute .   The obligation of Borrower to reimburse L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

 

39



 

(i)            any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

 

(ii)           the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

 

(iii)          any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

 

(iv)          any payment by L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

 

(v)           any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, Borrower will promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days, notify L/C Issuer.  Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

 

(f)            Role of L/C Issuer .   Each Lender and Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document.  None of L/C Issuer, Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document.  Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its

 

40



 

use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee or any other Person at law or under any other agreement.  None of L/C Issuer, Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i)  through (v)  of Section 2.03(e) ; provided that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, Borrower may have a claim against L/C Issuer, and L/C Issuer may be liable to Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by Borrower which Borrower proves were caused by L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

(g)           Applicability of ISP .   Unless otherwise expressly agreed by L/C Issuer and Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit.

 

(h)           Letter of Credit Fees .  Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit; provided that any Letter of Credit Fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided Cash Collateral satisfactory to L/C Issuer pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall be payable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, to the other Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective Applicable Percentages allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.17(a)(iv) , with the balance of such fee (other than the fees attributable to L/C Obligations for which Borrower has provided Cash Collateral), if any, payable to L/C Issuer for its own account.  For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 .  Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the tenth (10 th ) Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first (1 st ) such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears.  If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

 

41



 

(i)            Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer .   Borrower shall pay directly to L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit, at a rate per annum equal to one eighth of one percent (0.125%), computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears.  Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the tenth (10 th ) Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most-recently ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first (1 st ) such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand.  For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 .  In addition, Borrower shall pay directly to L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect.  Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable within five (5) Business Days of demand and are nonrefundable.

 

(j)            Conflict with Issuer Documents .  In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

 

(k)           Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit.  Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of Borrower, and that Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

 

2.04         Swing Line Loans .

 

(a)           The Swing Line .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04 , may in its sole discretion make loans (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and provided , further , that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan.  Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04 , prepay under Section 2.04 , and reborrow under this Section 2.04 .  Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan.  Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to,

 

42



 

purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

 

(b)           Borrowing Procedures .  Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $25,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day.  Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.  Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof.  Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a) , or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 5.02 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower at its office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds.

 

(c)           Refinancing of Swing Line Loans .

 

(i)            The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Committed Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding.  Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02 , without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 .  The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent.  Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral available with respect to the applicable Swing Line Loan) for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii) , each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate

 

43



 

Committed Loan to the Borrower in such amount.  The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

 

(ii)           If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Committed Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i) , the request for Base Rate Committed Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i)  shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

 

(iii)          If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c)  by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing.  If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be.  A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(iv)          Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c)  shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c )   is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 .  No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

 

(d)           Repayment of Participations .

 

(i)            At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

 

44


 

(ii)            If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate.  The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender.  The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

(e)            Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender .  The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans.  Until each Lender funds its Base Rate Committed Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

 

(f)             Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender .  The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

 

2.05          Prepayments .

 

(a)            Borrower may, upon notice to Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Committed Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $25,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding.  Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Committed Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans.  Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment.  If such notice is given by Borrower, then Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.  Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 .  Subject to Section 2.17 , each such prepayment shall be applied to the Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

 

(b)            The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal

 

45



 

amount of $25,000.  Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment.  If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

 

(c)            If for any reason the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the Available Loan Amount, then Borrower shall, within five (5) Business Days, prepay Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(c)  unless after the prepayment in full of the Loans the Total Outstandings exceed the Available Loan Amount; provided, however, that in the event the Total Outstandings exceed the Available Loan Amount as a result of the initial completion of Appraisal Condition, the Borrower shall have a period of sixty (60) days from the date such Appraisal Condition is satisfied in order to comply with the requirements of this Section 2.05(c) .

 

2.06          Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

 

(a)            Voluntary .  Borrower may, upon notice to Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days (or such shorter period agreed to by Administrative Agent in writing) prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Available Loan Amount, and (iv) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Aggregate Commitments, then such Sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess.  Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Aggregate Commitments.  Any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments shall be applied to the Commitment of each Lender according to its Applicable Percentage.  All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

 

2.07          Repayment of Loans .

 

(a)            Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Committed Loans outstanding on such date.

 

(b)            The Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is ten (10) Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date.

 

2.08          Interest .

 

(a)            Subject to the provisions of subsection (b)  below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable

 

46



 

Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; and each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(b)

 

(i)             If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

 

(ii)            If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of Required Lenders, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

 

(iii)           Upon the request of Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

 

(iv)           Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

 

(c)            Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein.  Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

2.09          Fees .  In addition to certain fees described in subsections (h) and (i) of Section 2.03 , Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, an unused fee equal to the Unused Rate times the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments exceed the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.17 .  The unused fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article V is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the tenth (10 th ) Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period.  The unused fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears.

 

47



 

2.10          Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate.

 

(a)            All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans (including Base Rate Loans determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate) shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed.  All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year).  Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a) , bear interest for one (1) day.  Each determination by Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

(b)            If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of Parent or for any other reason, then Parent, Borrower, Administrative Agent, or the Lenders determine that (i) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as calculated by Parent and Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, then Borrower shall be obligated to pay to Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, within three (3) Business Days after demand by Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Loan Party under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by Administrative Agent, any Lender or L/C Issuer), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period.  This paragraph shall not limit the rights of Administrative Agent, any Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under Section 2.03(c)(iii) , 2.03(i)  or 2.08(b)  or under Article IX .   Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

 

2.11          Evidence of Debt .

 

(a)            The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business.  The accounts or records maintained by Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to Borrower and the interest and payments thereon.  Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.  Upon the request of any Lender made through Administrative Agent, Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records.  Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

 

(b)            In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection (a) , each Lender and Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice

 

48



 

accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

 

2.12          Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback .

 

(a)            General .  All payments to be made by Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower hereunder shall be made to Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date specified herein.  Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office.  If and to the extent Administrative Agent shall not make such payments to a Lender when due as set forth in the preceding sentence, then such unpaid amounts shall accrue interest, payable by Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate from the due date until (but not including) the date on which Administrative Agent makes such payments to such Lender.  All payments received by Administrative Agent after 1:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.  If any payment to be made by Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

 

(b)            Clawback .

 

(i)             Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent .  Unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Committed Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 1:00 p.m. on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Committed Borrowing, Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02 ) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount.  In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing available to Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and Borrower severally agree to pay to Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by

 

49



 

Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans.  If Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, then Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to Borrower the amount of such interest paid by Borrower for such period.  If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing to Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in such Committed Borrowing.  Any payment by Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to Administrative Agent.

 

(ii)            Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent .  Unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or L/C Issuer hereunder that Borrower will not make such payment, Administrative Agent may assume that Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due.  In such event, if Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, within one (1) Business Day.  If and to the extent Administrative Agent shall not return such funds to a Lender when due as set forth in the preceding sentence, then such unpaid amounts shall accrue interest, payable by Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate from the due date until (but not including) the date on which Administrative Agent returns such funds to such Lender.

 

A notice of Administrative Agent to any Lender or Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b)  shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

 

(c)            Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent .  If any Lender makes available to Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II , and such funds are not made available to Borrower by Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article V are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, then Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

 

(d)            Obligations of Lenders Several .  The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in Swing Line Loans and/or in Letters of Credit and to make payments pursuant to Section 11.04(d)  are several and not joint.  The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any participation or to make any payment under Section 11.04(d)  on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 11.04(d) .

 

50



 

(e)            Funding Source .  Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

 

2.13          Sharing of Payments by Lenders .  If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Committed Loans made by it, or the participations in Swing Line Loans or L/C Obligations held by it resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Committed Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Committed Loans and subparticipations in Swing Line Loans or L/C Obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Committed Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that :

 

(i)             if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price immediately restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

 

(ii)            the provisions of this Section  shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (y) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.16 , or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Committed Loans or subparticipations in Swing Line Loans or L/C Obligations to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to Borrower or any Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section  shall apply).

 

Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

 

2.14          Extension of Maturity Date.

 

(a)            Request for Extension .  Parent and Borrower may, by written notice to Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders) not earlier than ninety (90) days and not later than sixty (60) days prior to the Initial Maturity Date, request that the Initial Maturity Date be extended to the Extended Maturity Date.

 

(b)            Effectiveness of Extension .  If so extended, then the Initial Maturity Date shall be extended to the Extended Maturity Date, effective as of the Initial Maturity Date or such earlier date that Administrative Agent shall have determined that the Borrower shall

 

51



 

have met the conditions set forth herein, (the “ Extension Effective Date ”) subject further to the Borrower’s continued satisfaction of such conditions as of the Initial Maturity Date as set forth below.  Administrative Agent, Parent, and Borrower shall promptly confirm to the Lenders such extension.  As a condition precedent to such extension, (i) Parent and Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Extension Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party (A) providing evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that each Loan Party has taken all necessary action to authorize such extension and (B) in the case of Parent and Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such extension, (I) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Extension Effective Date and (as applicable) the Initial Maturity Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.14 , the representations and warranties contained in Section   6.05(b)  shall be deemed to refer to the most-recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.01(b) , and (II) no Default exists before or after giving effect to such extension, with compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.14 being tested as of the quarter ending June 30, 2013; (ii) if the Appraisal Condition has been satisfied, pursuant to Section 4.08(a) , Administrative Agent shall have received a new Acceptable Appraisal of each Borrowing Base Property, and (iii) Borrower shall have paid to Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, an extension fee in an amount equal to thirty-five basis points (0.35%) times such Lender’s Commitment.

 

(c)            Conflicting Provisions .  This Section  shall supersede any provisions in Section 11.01 to the contrary.

 

2.15          Increase in Commitments .

 

(a)            Election to Increase .  Provided there exists no Default, upon notice to Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), Parent and Borrower may from time to time, elect an increase in the Aggregate Commitments to an amount not exceeding $200,000,000 (less the amount of any permanent reductions in the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06 ) either by designating another bank or financial institution not theretofore a Lender to become a Lender (such designation to be effective only with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, which consents will not be unreasonably withheld) and/or by agreeing with an existing Lender or Lenders that such Lender’s Commitment shall be increased; provided that (i) any such election for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $10,000,000, and (ii) Parent and Borrower may make a maximum of three (3) such requests.  Upon execution and delivery by the Borrower and such Lender or other bank or financial institution of an instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to effect such increase, including, as required, a new or amended Note, such existing Lender shall have a Commitment as therein set forth or such bank or financial institution shall become a Lender with a Commitment as therein set forth and all the rights and obligations of a Lender with such a Commitment hereunder.

 

(b)            Effective Date .  If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section 2.15 , then Administrative Agent, Parent, and Borrower shall determine the

 

52



 

effective date (the “ Increase Effective Date ”).  Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Parent, Borrower, and the Lenders of the Increase Effective Date.

 

(c)            Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase .  As a condition precedent to such increase, Parent and Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of Parent or Borrower (on behalf of each Loan Party) (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Parent and Borrower (on behalf of each Loan Party) approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article VI and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.15 , the representations and warranties contained in Section   6.05(b)  shall be deemed to refer to the most-recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.01(b) , and (B) no Default exists.  Borrower shall prepay any Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 ) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section 2.15 .

 

(d)            Conflicting Provisions .  This Section  shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 11.01 to the contrary.

 

2.16          Cash Collateral .

 

(a)            Certain Credit Support Events .  Upon the request of Administrative Agent or L/C Issuer if (i) L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations.  At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within five (5) Business Days of the request of Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or L/C Issuer, Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover all Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv) , Section 11.13 , and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

 

(b)            Grant of Security Interest .  All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, interest-bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America.  Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Lender, such Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and the Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender), and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 2.16(c) .  If at any time Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than Administrative Agent as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the applicable Fronting Exposure and other obligations secured

 

53



 

thereby, Borrower or the relevant Defaulting Lender will, within five (5) Business Days after demand by Administrative Agent, pay or provide to Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency.

 

(c)            Application .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 2.16 or Sections 2.03 , 2.05 , 2.17 or 9.02 in respect of Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, Swing Line Loans, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.

 

(d)            Release .  Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 11.06(b)(vi) )) or (ii) Administrative Agent’s good faith determination that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that (x) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party shall not be released during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default (and following application as provided in this Section 2.16 may be otherwise applied in accordance with Section 9.03 ), and (y) the Person providing Cash Collateral and L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.

 

2.17          Defaulting Lenders .

 

(a)            Adjustments .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

 

(i)             Waivers and Amendments .  That Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 11.01 .

 

(ii)            Reallocation of Payments .  Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article IX or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.08 ), shall be applied at such time or times as may be reasonably determined by Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; third , if so determined by Administrative Agent or requested by L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, to be held as Cash Collateral for future funding obligations of that Defaulting Lender of any participation in any Swing Line Loan or Letter of Credit; fourth , as Borrower may request (so long as no Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof

 

54


 

as required by this Agreement, as determined by Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by Administrative Agent and Borrower, to be held in an interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, Swing Line Lender, or L/C Issuer as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, Swing Line Lender, or L/C Issuer against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by Borrower against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans or L/C Borrowings were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of and L/C Borrowings owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of or L/C Borrowings owed to, that Defaulting Lender.  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.17(a)(ii)  shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

(iii)           Certain Fees .  That Defaulting Lender (x) shall not be entitled to receive any unused fee pursuant to Section 2.09 for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender) pursuant to Section 2.09 for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender and the Borrower shall (A) except to the extent Borrower has provided Cash Collateral with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Fronting Exposure, be required to pay to the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount of such fee allocable to its Fronting Exposure arising from that Defaulting Lender and (B) not be required to pay the remaining amount of such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender, and (y) shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit Fees as provided in Section 2.03(h) .

 

(iv)           Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure .  During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.03 , or Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04 , the “Applicable Percentage” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided that (i) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Event of Default exists; and (ii) the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Commitment of that

 

55



 

non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of that Lender.

 

(b)            Defaulting Lender Cure .  If Borrower, Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv) ), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that , except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

2.18          Guaranties .  Pursuant to the Parent Guaranty, Parent shall unconditionally Guarantee in favor of Administrative Agent and Lenders the full payment and performance of the Obligations.  Pursuant to the Subsidiary Guaranty or an addendum thereto in the form attached to the Subsidiary Guaranty, Parent and Borrower shall cause each Subsidiary Guarantor to execute a Subsidiary Guaranty unconditionally guarantying in favor of Administrative Agent and Lenders the full payment and performance of the Obligations.

 

Article III.

Taxes, Yield Protection and Illegality

 

3.01          Taxes .

 

(a)            Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes .

 

(i)             Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable Laws be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Taxes.  If, however, applicable Laws require Borrower or Administrative Agent to withhold or deduct any Tax, such Tax shall be withheld or deducted in accordance with such Laws as determined by Borrower or Administrative Agent, as the case may be, upon the basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e)  below.

 

(ii)            If Borrower or Administrative Agent shall be required by the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both United States Federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then (A) Administrative Agent or Borrower, as applicable, shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by Administrative Agent to be required based upon the information and

 

56



 

documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e)  below, (B) Administrative Agent or Borrower, as applicable, shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section ) Administrative Agent, Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

 

(b)            Payment of Other Taxes by Borrower .  Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a)  above, Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws.

 

(c)            Tax Indemnifications .

 

(i)             Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a)  or (b)  above, Borrower shall, and does hereby, indemnify Administrative Agent, each Lender and L/C Issuer, and shall make payment in respect thereof within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section ) withheld or deducted by Borrower or Administrative Agent or paid by Administrative Agent, such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  Borrower shall also, and does hereby, indemnify Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender or L/C Issuer for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to Administrative Agent as required by clause (ii)  of this subsection .  A certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a Lender or L/C Issuer (with a copy to Administrative Agent), or by Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(ii)            Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a)  or (b)  above, each Lender and L/C Issuer shall, and does hereby, indemnify Borrower and Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within ten (10) days after demand therefor, against any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities, penalties, interest and expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for Borrower or Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against Borrower or Administrative Agent by any Governmental Authority as a result of the failure by such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to deliver, or as a result of the inaccuracy, inadequacy or deficiency of, any documentation required to be delivered by such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to Borrower or Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection   (e) .  Each Lender and L/C Issuer hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under

 

57



 

this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to Administrative Agent under this clause (ii) .  The agreements in this clause (ii)  shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or L/C Issuer, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

 

(d)            Evidence of Payments .   Upon request by Borrower or Administrative Agent, as the case may be, after any payment of Taxes by Borrower or by Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01 , Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent or Administrative Agent shall deliver to Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Borrower or Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

 

(e)            Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation .

 

(i)             Each Lender shall deliver to Borrower and to Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable Laws or when reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or by the taxing authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will permit Borrower or Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Lender by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction.

 

(ii)            Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States,

 

(A)           any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent as will enable Borrower or Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and

 

(B)            each Foreign Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to

 

58



 

time thereafter upon the request of Borrower or Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(1)            executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

 

(2)            executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,

 

(3)            executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY and all required supporting documentation,

 

(4)            in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c)  of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “ bank ” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A)  of the Code, (B) a “ 10 percent shareholder ” of Borrower within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B)  of the Code, or (C) a “ controlled foreign corporation ” described in section 881(c)(3)(C)  of the Code and (y) executed originals of  Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or

 

(5)            executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Laws to permit Borrower or Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

 

(iii)           Each Lender shall promptly (A) notify Borrower and Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (B) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws of any jurisdiction that Borrower or Administrative Agent make any withholding or deduction for taxes from amounts payable to such Lender.

 

(f)             Treatment of Certain Refunds .  Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender or L/C Issuer, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender or L/C Issuer, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be.  If Administrative Agent, any Lender or L/C Issuer determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by Borrower or with respect to which Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section , it shall pay to Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by Borrower

 

59



 

under this Section  with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Administrative Agent, such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that Borrower, upon the request of Administrative Agent, such Lender or L/C Issuer, agrees to repay the amount paid over to Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to Administrative Agent, such Lender or L/C Issuer in the event Administrative Agent, such Lender or L/C Issuer is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  This subsection shall not be construed to require Administrative Agent, any Lender or L/C Issuer to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to Borrower or any other Person.

 

3.02          Illegality .  If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to Borrower through Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies Administrative Agent and Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.  Upon receipt of such notice, (x) Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component thereof until Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal  for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate.  Upon any such prepayment or conversion, Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

 

3.03          Inability to Determine Rates .  If Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, then Administrative Agent will promptly so notify Borrower and each Lender.  Thereafter, (x) the

 

60



 

obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of Required Lenders) revokes such notice.  Upon receipt of such notice, Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

 

3.04          Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans .

 

(a)            Increased Costs Generally .  If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i)             impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e) ) or L/C Issuer;

 

(ii)            subject any Lender or L/C Issuer to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or L/C Issuer); or

 

(iii)           impose on any Lender or L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or L/C Issuer, then Borrower will pay to such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b)            Capital Requirements .  If any Lender or L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such

 

61



 

Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c)            Certificates for Reimbursement .  A certificate of a Lender or L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a)  or (b)  of this Section  and delivered to Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Borrower shall pay such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within fifteen (15) days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)            Delay in Requests .  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section  shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section  for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine (9) months prior to the date that such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-(9-)month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

(e)            Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans .  Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “ Eurocurrency liabilities ”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided that   Borrower shall have received at least ten (10) days’ prior notice (with a copy to Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender.  If a Lender fails to give notice ten (10) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable ten (10) days from receipt of such notice.

 

3.05          Compensation for Losses .  Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to Administrative Agent) from time to time, Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

 

(a)            any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

 

(b)            any failure by Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by Borrower; or

 

62



 

(c)            any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by Borrower pursuant to Section 11.13 ;

 

excluding any loss of anticipated profits and including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.  Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

 

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

 

3.06          Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

 

(a)            Designation of a Different Lending Office If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender, L/C Issuer, or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , then such Lender or L/C Issuer shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender or L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any material unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be.  Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

(b)            Replacement of Lenders .  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , then Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 11.13 .

 

3.07          Survival .  All of Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder, and resignation of Administrative Agent.

 

Article IV.

Borrowing Base

 

4.01          Initial Borrowing Base .  As of the Closing Date, the Borrowing Base shall consist of the Initial Borrowing Base Properties.

 

4.02          Changes in Borrowing Base Calculation .  Each change in the Borrowing Base shall be effective upon receipt of a new Borrowing Base Report pursuant to Section 7.02(b) ; provided that

 

63



 

any increase in the Borrowing Base reflected in such Borrowing Base Report shall not become effective until (a) the first (1 st ) Business Day following admission of any new Borrowing Base Property, and (b) the fifth (5 th ) Business Day following delivery of the new Borrowing Base Report in all other instances, and provided, further , that any change in the Borrowing Base as a result of the receipt of a new Acceptable Appraisal pursuant to Section 4.08 shall be effective upon the date that Administrative Agent and Required Lenders approve such Acceptable Appraisal, and any change in the Borrowing Base as a result of the admission of an Acceptable Property into the Borrowing Base pursuant to Section 4.03 shall be effective upon the date that such Acceptable Property is admitted into the Borrowing Base.

 

4.03          Requests for Admission into Borrowing Base .  Borrower shall provide Administrative Agent with a written request for an Acceptable Property to be admitted into the Borrowing Base.  Such request shall be accompanied by the following information regarding such Acceptable Property (the “ Property Information ”) including the following, in each case reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent: (a) a general description of such Acceptable Property’s location, market, and amenities; (b) a property description; (c) if such Acceptable Property was or will be acquired within three (3) months prior to admission into the Borrowing Base, purchase information (including any contracts of sale and closing statements); (d) cash flow projections for the next three (3) years and operating statements for at least the previous three (3) years or since opening or acquisition if open or acquired for less than three (3) years; (e) copies of all zoning reports, property condition reports, quality assurance reports, and inspection reports; (f) a copy of the most-recent appraisal, if any, obtained by Borrower; (g) UCC searches related to the applicable Mortgagor and the owners of the Equity Interests of such Mortgagor; (h) the documents and information with respect to such Acceptable Property listed in Section 4.11 ; (i) an Acceptable Environmental Report; (j) a Borrowing Base Report setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations required to establish the amount of the Borrowing Base (subject to the receipt of an Acceptable Appraisal if the Appraisal Condition has been satisfied) with such Acceptable Property included in the Borrowing Base; (k) a Compliance Certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations required to show that the Parent and Borrower will be in compliance with the terms of this Agreement with the inclusion of such Acceptable Property included the calculation of the Borrowing Base; and (l) such other customary information reasonably requested by Administrative Agent as shall be necessary in order for Administrative Agent to determine whether such Acceptable Property is eligible to be a Borrowing Base Property.

 

4.04          Eligibility .  In order for an Acceptable Property to be eligible for inclusion in the Borrowing Base, such Acceptable Property shall satisfy the following unless otherwise approved by the Required Lenders:

 

(a)            all Property Information with respect to such Acceptable Property shall be reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent;

 

(b)            no Material Title Defect with respect to such Acceptable Property shall exist;

 

(c)            such Acceptable Property shall have reasonably satisfactory access to public utilities;

 

(d)            the admission of such Acceptable Property into the Borrowing Base shall not breach any obligation of the Borrower under any Contractual Obligation;

 

64


 

(e)                                   the Acceptable Environmental Report with respect to such Acceptable Property shall not reveal any Material Environmental Event;

 

(f)                                     such Acceptable Property shall have an Occupancy Rate of at least eighty percent (80%); and

 

(g)                                  the property condition report with respect to such Acceptable Property shall not reveal any material defects.

 

4.05                            Approval of Borrowing Base Properties .  Each Acceptable Property shall be subject to Administrative Agent’s approval for admission into the Borrowing Base; provided that if the Borrowing Value of such Acceptable Property exceeds twenty five percent (25%) of the Borrowing Base after giving effect to the admission of such Acceptable Property into the Borrowing Base, then the amount of the Borrowing Base attributable to such Borrowing Base Property shall not exceed twenty five percent (25%) of the Borrowing Base without the prior written approval of Required Lenders.  Administrative Agent hereby approves all Initial Borrowing Base Properties for admission into the Borrowing Base.

 

4.06                            Liens on Borrowing Base Properties .  An Acceptable Property shall not be admitted into the Borrowing Base until: (a) the applicable Mortgagor shall have executed and delivered (or caused to be executed and delivered) to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, the Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Documents covering such Acceptable Property, with the Mortgage being duly recorded or filed (as applicable) or subject to an customary escrow agreement satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to such recording; (b) the applicable Pledgors shall have executed and delivered (or caused to be executed and delivered) a Pledge Agreement covering the Equity Interests with respect to the applicable Mortgagor and such Mortgagor’s general partner, if such Mortgagor is a limited partnership; (c) Administrative Agent shall have a perfected, first priority Lien on such Acceptable Property (subject to Liens permitted under Section   8.01 ), for the benefit of the Lenders and such Mortgagor shall have caused to be delivered to Administrative Agent Title Insurance Policies covering such Acceptable Property; and (d) Borrower and the applicable Mortgagor shall have delivered to Administrative Agent all of the Property Information listed in Section 4.11 .

 

4.07                            Notice of Admission of New Borrowing Base Properties .  If, after the date of this Agreement, an Acceptable Property meets all the requirements to be included in the Borrowing Base set forth in this Article IV , then Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower and Lenders in writing (a) that such Acceptable Property is admitted into the Borrowing Base, and (b) of any changes to the Borrowing Base as a result of the admission of such Acceptable Property into the Borrowing Base.

 

4.08                            Appraisal Election .

 

(a)                                   Provided no Default or Event of Default shall then be in existence, the Borrower may, at its option, exercise the Appraisal Election (which shall be a one time election) by giving written notice to the Administrative Agent to obtain Acceptable Appraisals for each Borrowing Base Property.  Once the Appraisal Condition has been satisfied, Administrative Agent will be entitled to obtain, and shall obtain at the request of the Required Lenders, at Borrower’s expense, a new Acceptable Appraisal for any Borrowing Base Property whose most-recent Acceptable Appraisal is more than eighteen (18) months old; provided that in addition to the foregoing, Administrative Agent will be entitled to

 

65



 

obtain, and at the request of Required Lenders shall obtain, at Borrower’s expense, additional Acceptable Appraisals of any Borrowing Base Property or any part thereof if (i) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time Administrative Agent orders such Acceptable Appraisal, (ii) Borrower has exercised the option to extend the Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.14 , or (iii) an appraisal is required under applicable Law.

 

(b)                                  After the Appraisal Condition has been satisfied, Borrower may at its option request that Administrative Agent obtain, at Borrower’s expense, an Acceptable Appraisal of any Borrowing Base Property or any part thereof, and Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower and Lenders in writing of any changes to the Borrowing Base as a result of the receipt of such Acceptable Appraisal.

 

4.09                            Release of Borrowing Base Property .  Upon the written request of Borrower, Administrative Agent shall release a Borrowing Base Property from the Borrowing Base and any and all Liens in such Borrowing Base Property and, where appropriate, in the Equity Interests of the applicable Mortgagor or individually related to such Mortgagor granted pursuant to the Security Documents and, where appropriate, release such Mortgagor from the Subsidiary Guaranty; provided that no Default exists before and after giving effect thereto (other than Defaults solely with respect to such Borrowing Base Property that would no longer exist after giving effect to the release of such Borrowing Base Property from the Borrowing Base); provided, further, that Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to release any such Liens or obligations without a Borrowing Base Report setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations required to establish the amount of the Borrowing Base without such Borrowing Base Property and a Compliance Certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations required to show that Parent and Borrower are in compliance with the terms of this Agreement without the inclusion of such Borrowing Base Property in the calculation of the Borrowing Base and the various financial covenants set forth herein, in each case as of the date of such release and after giving effect to any such release.  In addition, to the extent the Administrative Agent has received a Subsidiary Guaranty and/or Equity Interest collateral with respect to any Company or Property which does not own, directly or indirectly, a Borrowing Base Property, provided no Default is then in existence, the Administrative Agent will release such Subsidiary Guaranty and/or Equity Interest collateral upon the request of the Borrower in connection with any sale or financing not prohibited under this Agreement or the creation of any joint venture Investment not prohibited hereunder.

 

4.10                            Exclusion Events .  Each of the following events shall be an “ Exclusion Event ” with respect to a Borrowing Base Property:

 

(a)                                   such Borrowing Base Property suffers a Material Environmental Event after the date of this Agreement which the Administrative Agent determines, acting reasonably and in good faith, materially impairs the Borrowing Value or marketability of such Borrowing Base Property;

 

(b)                                  Administrative Agent determines that such Borrowing Base Property has suffered a Material Property Event after the date such Property was admitted into the Borrowing Base (or in the case of an uninsured Casualty, in respect of such Borrowing Base Property, is reasonably likely to become a Material Property Event) which the Administrative Agent determines, acting reasonably and in good faith, materially impairs the Borrowing Value or marketability of such Borrowing Base Property;

 

66



 

(c)                                   the applicable Mortgagor of such Borrowing Base Property enters into any Lease that does not comply with the Loan Documents;

 

(d)                                  a Lien for the performance of work or the supply of materials which is established against such Borrowing Base Property, or any stop notice served on the owner of such Borrowing Base Property, Administrative Agent or a Lender, remains unsatisfied or unbonded for a period of thirty (30) days after the date of filing or service and such Lien has priority over any Loan previously or thereafter made under this Agreement;

 

(e)                                   (i) any default by any Mortgagor, as tenant under any applicable Acceptable Ground Lease, in the observance or performance of any material term, covenant, or condition of any applicable Acceptable Ground Lease on the part of such Mortgagor to be observed or performed and said default is not cured following the expiration of any applicable grace and notice periods therein provided, or (ii)  the leasehold estate created by any applicable Acceptable Ground Lease shall be surrendered or (iii)  any applicable Acceptable Ground Lease shall cease to be in full force and effect or (iv) any applicable Acceptable Ground Lease shall be terminated or canceled for any reason or under any circumstances whatsoever, or any of the material terms, covenants or conditions of any applicable Acceptable Ground Lease shall be modified, changed, supplemented, altered, or amended in any manner not otherwise permitted hereunder without the consent of Administrative Agent; and

 

(f)                                     To the best of the Loan Parties’ knowledge, the Improvements have not been damaged (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and not repaired and are not the subject of any pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened Condemnation or adverse zoning proceeding, except as could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Property Event.

 

After the occurrence of any Exclusion Event, Administrative Agent, at the direction of Required Lenders in their sole discretion, shall have the right at any time and from time to time to notify Borrower (the “ Exclusion Notice ”) that, effective ten (10) Business Days after the giving of such notice and for so long as such circumstance exists, such Property shall no longer be considered a Borrowing Base Property for purposes of determining the Borrowing Base.  Borrowing Base Properties which have been subject to an Exclusion Event may, at Borrower’s request, be released from the Borrowing Base; provided that such release shall be subject to the conditions for release set forth in Section 4.09 .

 

If Administrative Agent delivers an Exclusion Notice and such Exclusion Event no longer exists, then Borrower may give Administrative Agent written notice thereof (together with reasonably detailed evidence of the cure of such condition) and such Borrowing Base Property shall, effective with the delivery by Borrower of the next Borrowing Base Report, be considered a Borrowing Base Property for purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base as long as such Borrowing Base Property meets all the requirements to be included in the Borrowing Base set forth in this Article IV.  Any Property that is excluded from the Borrowing Base pursuant to this Section 4.10 may subsequently be reinstated as a Borrowing Base Property, even if an Exclusion Event exists, upon such terms and conditions as Required Lenders may approve.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Default under Section 8.10(a) , the Borrower shall have the right to elect, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, that the Lenders designate one or more Borrowing Base Properties to be excluded as Borrowing Base Properties (with the Borrowing Base being correspondingly adjusted) in order to effect compliance with Section 8.10(a) , with the Borrower

 

67



 

thereafter having the right to elect to have any such Borrowing Base Property thereafter included in the Borrowing Base, provided no Exclusion Event shall exist at such time with respect to such Borrowing Base Property.

 

4.11                            Documentation Required with Respect to Borrowing Base Properties .  Borrower shall deliver, or shall cause the applicable Mortgagor to deliver, each of the following with respect to each Acceptable Property to be admitted to the Borrowing Base:

 

(a)                                   unless otherwise agreed or approved by Administrative Agent: (i) two (2) prints of an original survey of each Borrowing Base Property and improvements thereon, as is satisfactory to Administrative Agent and the Title Company; and (ii) a flood insurance policy in an amount required by Administrative Agent, but in no event less than the amount sufficient to meet the requirements of applicable Law and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, or evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that such Acceptable Property is not located in a flood hazard area;

 

(b)                                  (i) true and correct copies of each Major Lease and any Guarantees thereof and (ii) estoppel certificates and subordination and attornment agreements (including nondisturbance agreements if and to the extent agreed by Administrative Agent in its discretion) (“ SNDA’s ”, with SNDA’s as to the Initial Borrowing Base Properties being delivered within ninety (90) days of the Closing Date), with respect to each Major Lease, in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, from the tenants and subtenants as Administrative Agent may reasonably require (provided that the form of existing SNDA’s will be reviewed by Administrative Agent prior to the admission of such Acceptable Property into the Borrowing Base and such SNDA’s will be deemed acceptable to Administrative Agent if such SNDA’s are reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent);

 

(c)                                   (i) evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that no portion of the Improvements of such Acceptable Property are located within “wetlands” under any applicable Law (unless all necessary approvals and permits have been obtained and remain in full force and effect) and (ii) an Acceptable Environmental Report for such Acceptable Property addressed to Administrative Agent (or subject to a reliance letter reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent), made within one hundred and eighty (180) days (or such longer period as may be approved by the Required Lenders) prior to the date such Acceptable Property is admitted to the Borrowing Base, showing that such Acceptable Property is in compliance with Environmental Requirements;

 

(d)                                  evidence that all applicable zoning ordinances, restrictive covenants, and Laws affecting such Acceptable Property (i) permit the use for which such Acceptable Property is intended and (ii) have been or will be complied with without the existence of any variance, non-complying use, nonconforming use (other than a legally non-conforming use) or other special exception or if a variance, permit or special exception is required, such has been obtained and remains in full force and effect;

 

(e)                                   (i) executed, acknowledged, and/or sworn to, as required, counterparts of the Mortgages shall have been delivered to the Title Company and released for recordation in the official records of the city or county in which such Acceptable Property is located, with the Administrative Agent agreeing that the principal amount secured by any Mortgage recorded

 

68



 

in a jurisdiction with a material mortgage or similar tax shall be limited to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Borrowing Value of such Acceptable Property, and (ii) UCC-1 financing statements which shall have been furnished for filing in all filing offices that Administrative Agent may reasonably require;

 

(f)                                     a pro forma Title Insurance Policy in the amounts set forth in the definition of Title Insurance Policies or a commitment to issue such Title Insurance Policy from the Title Company (Borrower and Borrower’s counsel shall not have any interest, direct or indirect, in the Title Company (or its agent) or any portion of the premium paid for the Title Insurance Policy);

 

(g)                                  (i) if reasonably requested by Administrative Agent as a result of any pending material work conducted on such Acceptable Property, evidence that no contractor’s, supplier’s, mechanic’s or materialman’s Lien claim or notice, lis pendens , judgment, or other claim or encumbrance against such Acceptable Property has been filed for record in the county where such Acceptable Property is located or in any other public record which by Law provides notice of claims or encumbrances regarding such Acceptable Property (unless otherwise permitted under Section 8.01 ); (ii)a certificate or certificates of a reporting service acceptable to Administrative Agent, reflecting the results of searches made not earlier than forty five (45) days prior to the date such Acceptable Property is admitted to the Borrowing Base, (A) of the central and local Uniform Commercial Code records, showing no filings against any of the Collateral or against Borrower or the applicable Mortgagor related to the Acceptable Property otherwise, except as consented to by Administrative Agent; and (B) if required by Administrative Agent, of the appropriate judgment and tax Lien records, showing no outstanding judgment or tax Lien against Borrower or the applicable Mortgagor, in each case, unless otherwise permitted under Section 8.01 ;

 

(h)                                  If the Appraisal Condition has been satisfied, an Acceptable Appraisal of such Acceptable Property;

 

(i)                                      if such Acceptable Property is held pursuant to an Acceptable Ground Lease: (i) true and correct copies of such Acceptable Ground Lease and any Guarantees thereof; and (ii) to the extent required by Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders in their reasonable discretion, recognition agreements and estoppel certificates executed by the lessor under such Acceptable Ground Lease, in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable;

 

(j)                                      a true and correct rent roll for such Acceptable Property;

 

(k)                                   a current property conditions report performed by an engineer reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent; and

 

(l)                                      as to the Initial Borrowing Base Property and except for the Title Insurance Policies required under clause (f) above, tenant estoppel certificates and SNDA’s required under clause (b) above, and updated environmental reports required under (c) above, Borrower may satisfy the requirements under this Section 4.11 for the delivery of surveys or third party reports by any existing reports in the possession of Borrower, regardless of the date of such survey or reports, together with current reliance letters.

 

69



 

Article V.
Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

 

5.01                            Conditions of Initial Credit Extension .  The obligation of L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender, and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                   Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or telecopies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

 

(i)                                      executed counterparts of this Agreement, the Guaranties, and the applicable Pledge Agreements, sufficient in number for distribution to Administrative Agent, each Lender, and Borrower together with duplicate (unless more than one original Mortgage is needed for recording, in which event three shall be executed) executed Mortgages for each Initial Borrowing Base Property;

 

(ii)                                   a Note executed by Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

 

(iii)                                such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as Administrative Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party;

 

(iv)                               such documents and certifications as Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(v)                                  a favorable opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US), counsel to the Loan Parties and local counsel to the Loan Parties in the jurisdictions in which the Initial Borrowing Base Properties are located, in each case, addressed to Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to customary matters concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

 

(vi)                               a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party and the validity against such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;

 

70



 

(vii)                            a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 5.02(a)  and (b)  have been satisfied, and (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since the date of the Pro Forma Financial Statements that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(viii)                         a duly completed Borrowing Base Report and Compliance Certificate as of the Closing Date, signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower;

 

(ix)                                 the Property Information with respect to each of the Initial Borrowing Base Properties;

 

(x)                                    evidence that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect; and

 

(xi)                                 such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer or Required Lenders reasonably may require.

 

(b)                                  Any fees required to be paid on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.

 

(c)                                   Unless waived by Administrative Agent, Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to Administrative Agent (directly to such counsel if requested by Administrative Agent) to the extent invoiced prior to the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings ( provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between Borrower and Administrative Agent).

 

(d)                                  The IPO shall have occurred.

 

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03 , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 5.01 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

5.02                            Conditions to all Credit Extensions .  The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                   The representations and warranties of Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article VI or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in

 

71



 

which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section   5.02 , the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.05(b)  shall be deemed to refer to the most-recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.01(b) .

 

(b)                                  No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

 

(c)                                   Administrative Agent and, if applicable, Swing Line Lender or L/C Issuer shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

(d)                                  After giving effect to such proposed Credit Extension, the Total Outstandings do not exceed the Available Loan Amount.

 

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections   5.02(a) , (b) , and (d)  have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

 

Article VI.
Representations and Warranties

 

Each of Parent and Borrower represents and warrants to Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

 

6.01                            Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws .  Parent, Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) in the case of the Loan Parties, execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i)  or (c)  to the extent that failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.02                            Authorization; No Contravention .  The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law.

 

72



 

6.03                            Governmental Authorization; Other Consents .  No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document except for those that have been obtained, taken or made, as the case may be, and those specified herein.

 

6.04                            Binding Effect .  This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto.  This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws or general equitable principles relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

 

6.05                            Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

 

(a)                                   The Audited Financial Statements (it being acknowledged that, as of the Closing Date, no Audited Financial Statements have been delivered) (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of Parent as of the date thereof and their results of operations for each period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the each period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of Parent as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

 

(b)                                  The most recent unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of Parent delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(b)  (it being acknowledged that, as of the Closing Date, no such balance sheets or statements have been so delivered), and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of Parent as of the date thereof and its results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i)  and (ii) , to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

 

(c)                                   The consolidated and consolidating pro forma balance sheets of Parent as of the Closing Date, and the related consolidated and consolidating pro forma statements of income for the portion of the fiscal year then ended (the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”), certified by the chief financial officer or treasurer of Parent, copies of which have been furnished to each Lender, fairly present the consolidated and consolidating pro forma financial condition of Parent as of such date and the consolidated and consolidating pro forma results of operations of Parent for the period ended on such date, all in accordance with GAAP.

 

(d)                                  From and after the date of the Pro Forma Financial Statements, and thereafter, from and after the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or 7.01(b), there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

73



 

6.06                            Litigation .  There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of any Company after due and diligent investigation, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Company or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.06 , either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there has been no adverse change in the status, or financial effect on any Company, of the matters described on Schedule  6.06 .

 

6.07                            No Default .  No Company is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

6.08                            Ownership of Property; Liens; Equity Interests .  Each Mortgagor has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all Borrowing Base Properties necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Each applicable Mortgagor has good record and marketable fee simple title (or, in the case of Acceptable Ground Leases, a valid leasehold) to the Borrowing Base Property owned by such Mortgagor, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 8.01 .  All of the outstanding Equity Interests in each Mortgagor have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the applicable Pledgors free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens permitted by Section 8.01 ).

 

6.09                            Environmental Compliance .

 

(a)                                   The Companies conduct in the ordinary course of business a review of the effect of existing Environmental Laws and claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on their respective businesses, operations and properties, and as a result thereof Parent and Borrower have reasonably concluded that, except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.09 , such Environmental Laws and claims could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  After due inquiry in accordance with good commercial or customary practices to determine whether Contamination is present on any Property, without regard to whether Administrative Agent or any Lender has or hereafter obtains any knowledge or report of the environmental condition of such Property, except, with respect to the Borrowing Base Properties, as may be indicated in the Acceptable Environmental Report delivered to Administrative Agent and except to the extent the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) such Property has not been used (A) for landfilling, dumping, or other waste or Hazardous Material disposal activities or operations, or (B) for generation, storage, use, sale, treatment, processing, or recycling of any Hazardous Material, or for any other use that has resulted in Contamination, and in each case, to each Company’s knowledge, no such use on any adjacent property occurred at any time prior to the date hereof; (ii) there is no Hazardous Material, storage tank (or similar vessel) whether underground or otherwise, sump or well currently on any Property; (iii) no Company has received any notice of, or has knowledge of, any Environmental Claim or any completed, pending, proposed or threatened investigation or inquiry concerning the presence or release of any Hazardous Material on any Property or any adjacent property or concerning whether

 

74


 

any condition, use or activity on any Property or any adjacent property is in violation of any Environmental Requirement; (iv) the present conditions, uses, and activities on each Property do not violate any Environmental Requirement and the use of any Property which any Company (and each tenant and subtenant) makes and intends to make of any Property complies and will comply with all applicable Environmental Requirements; (v) no Property appears on the National Priorities List, any federal or state “superfund” or “superlien” list, or any other list or database of properties maintained by any local, state, or federal agency or department showing properties which are known to contain or which are suspected of containing a Hazardous Material; (vi) no Company has ever applied for and been denied environmental impairment liability insurance coverage relating to any Property; (vii) no Company has, nor, to any Company’s knowledge, have any tenants or subtenants, obtained any permit or authorization to construct, occupy, operate, use, or conduct any activity on any Property by reason of any Environmental Requirement; and (viii) to any Company’s knowledge, there are no underground or aboveground storage tanks on such Property.

 

(c)                                   Even though a Loan Party may have provided Administrative Agent with an Acceptable Environmental Report or other environmental report or assessment together with other relevant information regarding the environmental condition of the Borrowing Base Properties, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that Administrative Agent is not accepting the Borrowing Base Properties as security for the Obligations based solely on that report, assessment, or information.  Rather Administrative Agent has relied on the assessments, reports, and representations and warranties of Borrower in this Agreement and Administrative Agent is not waiving any of its rights and remedies in the environmental provisions of this Agreement, the Mortgages, or any other Loan Document .

 

6.10                            Insurance .  The properties of the Loan Parties are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of any Loan Party, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Loan Parties operate.

 

6.11                            Taxes .  The Companies have filed all material Federal, state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all material Federal, state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or which would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.  There is no proposed tax assessment against any Company that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.12                            ERISA Compliance.

 

(a)                                   Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state laws.  Each Pension Plan that is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a)  of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the form of such Plan is qualified under Section 401(a)  of the Code and the trust related thereto has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from federal income tax under Section 501(a)  of the Code, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the Internal Revenue Service.  To the best knowledge of Parent and Borrower, nothing has occurred that would prevent or cause the loss of such tax-qualified status.  Parent and each

 

75



 

ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

 

(b)                                  There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of Parent and Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would have a Material Adverse Effect.  There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   (i) No ERISA Event has occurred, and neither Parent nor any ERISA Affiliate is aware of any fact, event or circumstance that would constitute or result in an ERISA Event with respect to any Pension Plan; (ii) Parent and each ERISA Affiliate has met all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of each Pension Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the Pension Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained; (iii) as of the most-recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2)  of the Code) is 60% or higher and neither Parent nor any ERISA Affiliate knows of any facts or circumstances that would cause the funding target attainment percentage for any such plan to drop below 60% as of the most-recent valuation date; (iv) neither Parent nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability to the PBGC other than for the payment of premiums, and there are no premium payments which have become due that are unpaid; (v) neither Parent nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or Section 4212(c)  of ERISA; and (vi) no Pension Plan has been terminated by the plan administrator thereof nor by the PBGC, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that would cause the PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan, in each case, that would result in a liability, individually, or in the aggregate, in excess of the Threshold Amount.

 

6.13                            Subsidiaries; Equity Interests .  As of the Closing Date, Parent and Borrower have no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 6.13 , and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by a Company in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule   6.13 free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens in favor of Administrative Agent).  As of the Closing Date, neither Parent nor Borrower has any direct or indirect Equity Interests in any other Person other than those specifically disclosed in Part (b) of Schedule   6.13 .  All of the outstanding Equity Interests in each Mortgagor have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the applicable holders in the amounts specified on Part (c) of Schedule   6.13 free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens in favor of Administrative Agent).

 

6.14                            Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

 

(a)                                   Neither Parent nor Borrower is engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of their important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.

 

76



 

(b)                                  None of Parent, Borrower, any Person Controlling Borrower, or any other Company is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

6.15                            Disclosure .  Parent and Borrower have disclosed to Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which any Company is subject, and all other matters known to them, that, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect.  The reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Company to Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), taken as a whole, do not contain any material misstatement of fact or fail to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that with respect to projected financial information, Parent and Borrower represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time made.

 

6.16                            Compliance with Laws .  Each Company is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.17                            Taxpayer Identification Number .  As of the date hereof, each Loan Party’s true and correct U.S. taxpayer identification number is set forth on Schedule 11.02 .

 

6.18                            Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.   Each Loan Party owns, or possesses the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any other Person except, in each case, where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  To the best knowledge of each Loan Party, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by any Loan Party infringes upon any rights held by any other Person except where such infringement would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.18 , no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of each Loan Party, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.19                            Representations Concerning Leases.  (a) A true and correct copy of each Major Lease, and each Guarantee thereof (if any), affecting any part of the Borrowing Base Properties has been delivered to Administrative Agent and no Lease or Guarantee thereof (if any) contains any option to purchase all or any portion of any Borrowing Base Property or any interest therein or contains any right of first refusal relating to any sale of any Borrowing Base Property or any portion thereof or interest therein; and (b) Borrower and the applicable Mortgagors have delivered true and correct copies of each rent roll as required by Section 4.11(j) .

 

77



 

6.20                            Solvency .  No Loan Party (a) has entered into the transaction or executed this Agreement or any other Loan Document with the actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud any creditor and (b) has not received reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its obligations under the Loan Documents.  After giving effect to any Loan, the fair saleable value of each Loan Party’s assets exceeds and will, immediately following the making of any such Loan, exceed such Loan Party’s total liabilities, including subordinated, unliquidated, disputed and contingent liabilities.  No Loan Party’s assets constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted, nor will its assets constitute unreasonably small capital immediately following the making of any Loan.  No Loan Party intends to incur debt and liabilities (including contingent liabilities and other commitments) beyond its ability to pay such debt and liabilities as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by such Loan Party and the amounts to be payable on or in respect of obligations of such Loan Party).  No petition under any Debtor Relief Laws has been filed against any Loan Party in the last seven (7) years, and neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party in the last seven (7) years has ever made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or taken advantage of any insolvency act for the benefit of debtors.  No Loan Party is contemplating either the filing of a petition by it under any Debtor Relief Laws or the liquidation of all or a major portion of its assets or property, and no Loan Party has knowledge of any Person contemplating the filing of any such petition against it or any other Loan Party.

 

6.21                            REIT Status of Parent .  Parent will elect to qualify as a REIT commencing with its taxable year ending December 31, 2011 and each taxable year thereafter.

 

6.22                            Labor Matters .  There is (a) no significant unfair labor practice complaint pending against any Company or, to the best of each Company’s knowledge, threatened against any Company, before the National Labor Relations Board, and no significant grievance or significant arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is pending on the date hereof against any Company or, to best of any Company’s knowledge, threatened against any Company which, in either case, would result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) no significant strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage is pending against any Company or, to the best of any Company’s knowledge, threatened against any Company which would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.23                            Ground Lease Representation .

 

(a)                                   The applicable Mortgagor has delivered to Administrative Agent true and correct copies of each Acceptable Ground Lease as required by Section 4.11(i) .

 

(b)                                  Each Acceptable Ground Lease is in full force and effect.

 

6.24                            Borrowing Base Properties.  To Borrower’s knowledge and except where the failure of any of the following to be true and correct would not have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a)                                   Each Borrowing Base Property complies with all Laws, including all subdivision and platting requirements, without reliance on any adjoining or neighboring property.  No Loan Party has received any notice or claim from any Person that a Borrowing Base Property, or any use, activity, operation, or maintenance thereof or thereon, is not in compliance with any Law, and has no knowledge of any such noncompliance except as disclosed in writing to Administrative Agent;

 

78



 

(b)                                  The Loan Parties have not directly or indirectly conveyed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, or transferred (or agreed to do so) any development rights, air rights, or other similar rights, privileges, or attributes with respect to a Borrowing Base Property, including those arising under any zoning or property use ordinance or other Laws;

 

(c)                                   All utility services necessary for the use of each Borrowing Base Property and the operation thereof for their intended purpose are available at each Borrowing Base Property;

 

(d)                                  The current use of each Borrowing Base Property complies in all material respects with all applicable zoning ordinances, regulations, and restrictive covenants affecting such Borrowing Base Property, all use restrictions of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction have been satisfied; and

 

(e)                                   No Borrowing Base Property is the subject of any pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened Condemnation or material adverse zoning proceeding for which Administrative Agent has not been notified in accordance with Section 7.13 .

 

Article VII.
Affirmative Covenants

 

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder (excluding contingent indemnification obligations to the extent no unsatisfied claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding:

 

7.01                            Financial Statements .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Required Lenders:

 

(a)                                   as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred five (105) days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent (or, if earlier, fifteen (15) days after the date required to be filed with the SEC) (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011), a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Parent as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to Required Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, and such consolidating statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of Parent to the effect that such statements are fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements of Parent;

 

(b)                                  as soon as available, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Parent (or, if earlier, five (5)

 

79



 

days after the date required to be filed with the SEC) (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2011), a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Parent as at the end of such fiscal quarter, the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of Parent’s fiscal year then ended, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the portion of Parent’s fiscal year then ended, in each case setting forth in comparative form, as applicable, the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, such consolidated statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of Parent as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Parent in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and such consolidating statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of Parent to the effect that such statements are fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements of Parent; and

 

(c)                                   concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 7.01(a)  and (b) , (i) a statement of all income and expenses in connection with each Borrowing Base Property, and (ii) a rent roll, each certified in writing as true and correct by Responsible Officer of Parent together with a status report regarding the leasing activities with respect to the Borrowing Base Properties and copies of any leases executed during the prior calendar quarter.

 

As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 7.02 , Parent and Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under clause (a)  or (b)  above, but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of Parent and Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in clauses (a)  and (b)  above at the times specified therein.

 

7.02                            Certificates; Other Information .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Required Lenders:

 

(a)                                   concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 7.01(a)  and (b) , a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of Borrower (which delivery may, unless Administrative Agent or a Lender requests executed originals, be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes);

 

(b)                                  concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 7.01(a)  and (b) , upon the receipt by Administrative Agent of any new Acceptable Appraisal, upon the admission of an Acceptable Property into the Borrowing Base, and upon the removal of any Property from the Borrowing Base, a duly completed Borrowing Base Report signed by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of Borrower (which delivery may, unless Administrative Agent or a Lender requests executed originals, be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes);

 

80



 

(c)                                   promptly after any request by Administrative Agent, copies of any detailed audit opinions or review reports submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of Parent by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of Parent;

 

(d)                                  promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of Parent, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d)  of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

 

(e)                                   as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the beginning of each fiscal year of Parent, an annual budget for Parent, on a consolidated basis prepared by Parent in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(f)                                     promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of Parent or Borrower pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.01 or any other clause of this Section 7.02 ;

 

(g)                                  promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by Parent or Borrower, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any material investigation or other material inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Company unless restricted from doing so by such agency; and

 

(h)                                  promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of Parent or Borrower or any Borrowing Base Property, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  or Section 7.02(d)  (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which Parent and Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on Parent and Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 11.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on Parent and Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by Administrative Agent).  Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by Parent and Borrower with any such request by a Lender for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

Parent and Borrower hereby acknowledge that (a) Administrative Agent and/or the Lead Arranger will make available to the Lenders and L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of Parent and Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and

 

81



 

(b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Parent, Borrower or their Affiliates, or the respective Equity Interests of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ Equity Interests.  Parent and Borrower hereby agree that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” Parent and Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized Administrative Agent, Lead Arranger, L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to Parent and Borrower or their Equity Interests for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.07 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (z) Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.”

 

7.03                            Notices .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall, upon becoming aware of same, promptly notify Administrative Agent who shall notify each Lender:

 

(a)                                   of the occurrence of any Default;

 

(b)                                  of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)                                   of the occurrence of any ERISA Event which has resulted or would result in liabilities of any Company in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount;

 

(d)                                  of any material litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding instituted or threatened in writing against any Borrowing Base Property, and any material development therein;

 

(e)                                   of any actual or threatened in writing Condemnation of any portion of any Borrowing Base Property, any negotiations with respect to any such taking, or any material loss of or substantial damage to any Borrowing Base Property;

 

(f)                                     of any Casualty with respect to any Borrowing Base Property to the extent such notice is required pursuant to Section 7.13(b) ;

 

(g)                                  of any material permit, license, certificate or approval required with respect to any Borrowing Base Property lapses or ceases to be in full force and effect or claim from any person that any Borrowing Base Property, or any use, activity, operation or maintenance thereof or thereon, is not in compliance with any Law except to the extent that the same would not result in a material and adverse affect on such Borrowing Base Property;

 

(h)                                  of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Company, including any determination by Borrower referred to in Section 2.10(b) ; and

 

82



 

(i)                                      of any labor controversy pending or threatened against any Company, and any material development in any labor controversy except to the extent that the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section 7.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of Parent and Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action Parent and/or Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.  Each notice pursuant to Section  7.03(a)  shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

 

7.04                            Payment of Obligations .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including: (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon a Loan Party or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by such Loan Party; (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property other than Liens of the type permitted under Sections 8.01(a)  through (g) ; and (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable except, in each case, where the failure to do so would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.05                            Preservation of Existence, Etc.   Each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to (a) preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section  8.03 ; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its IP Rights, the non-preservation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.06                            Maintenance of Properties .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Company to (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition except to the extent the failure to do so would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its (i) Borrowing Base Properties, and, (ii) as to its other Properties except where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and (d) keep the Borrowing Base Properties in good order, repair, operating condition, and appearance, causing all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, additions, and improvements to be promptly made, and not allow any of the Borrowing Base Properties to be misused, abused or wasted or to deteriorate (ordinary wear and tear excepted) except where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.07                            Maintenance of Insurance .

 

(a)                                   Each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Company to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of any Company, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

 

83



 

(b)                                  Without limiting the foregoing, each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, obtain and maintain, at Borrower’s or the applicable Mortgagor’s sole expense: (i) property insurance with respect to all insurable property, against loss or damage by fire, lightning, windstorm, explosion, hail, tornado and such additional hazards as are presently included in special form (also known as “all-risk”) coverage and against any and all acts of terrorism and such other insurable hazards as Administrative Agent may reasonably require which at the time are commonly insured against in the case of premises similarly situated, due regard being given to the height, type, construction, location, use and occupancy of buildings and improvements and are commercially available at commercially reasonable rates, in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement cost, including the cost of debris removal, without deduction for depreciation and sufficient to prevent any Loan Party and Administrative Agent and Lenders from becoming coinsurers; (ii) if and to the extent any portion of any Borrowing Base Property or the Improvements is, under the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 (for purposes of this Section, “ FDPA ”), as it may be amended from time to time, in a Special Flood Hazard Area, within a Flood Zone designated A or V in a participating community, a flood insurance policy in an amount required by Administrative Agent, but in no event less than the amount sufficient to meet the requirements of applicable Law and the FDPA, as such requirements may from time to time be in effect; (iii) general liability insurance, on an “occurrence” basis against claims for “personal injury” liability, including bodily injury, death, or property damage liability, for the benefit of the applicable Loan Parties as named insureds and Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, as additional insured; (iv) statutory workers’ compensation insurance with respect to any work on or about any of the Borrowing Base Properties (including employer’s liability insurance, if required by Administrative Agent), covering all employees and contractors of each applicable Loan Party; and (v) such other insurance on the Borrowing Base Properties and endorsements as may from time to time be reasonably required by Administrative Agent (including soft cost coverage, business interruption insurance, or delayed rental insurance, boiler and machinery insurance, earthquake insurance, wind insurance, sinkhole coverage, and/or permit to occupy endorsement) which risks at the time are commonly insured against in the case of premises similarly situated, due regard being given to the height, type, construction, location, use and occupancy of buildings and Improvements and are commercially available at commercially reasonable rates.  All insurance policies shall be issued and maintained by insurers, in amounts, with deductibles, limits and retentions, and in forms satisfactory to Administrative Agent.  All insurance companies providing insurance required pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be licensed to do business in the state in which the applicable Borrowing Base Property is located and must have an A. M. Best Company financial and performance ratings of A-:IX or better.  All insurance policies maintained, or caused to be maintained, with respect to the Borrowing Base Properties, except for general liability insurance, shall provide that each such policy shall be primary without right of contribution from any other insurance that may be carried by the applicable Loan Party or its applicable Subsidiary or Administrative Agent or any Lender, and that all of the provisions thereof, except the limits of liability, shall operate in the same manner as if there were a separate policy covering each insured.  If any insurer which has issued a policy of hazard, liability, or other insurance required pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document becomes insolvent or is the subject of any petition, case, proceeding or other action pursuant to any Debtor Relief Law, or if in Administrative Agent’s reasonable opinion the financial responsibility of such insurer is or becomes inadequate, then each applicable Loan Party shall in each instance promptly upon its discovery thereof or upon the request of Administrative

 

84


 

Agent therefor, promptly obtain and deliver to Administrative Agent a like policy (or, if and to the extent permitted by Administrative Agent, acceptable evidence of insurance) issued by another insurer, which insurer and policy meet the requirements of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   Each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, cause all certificates of insurance or other evidence of each initial insurance policy to be delivered to Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date, with all premiums fully paid current, and each renewal or substitute policy (or evidence of insurance) shall be delivered to Administrative Agent, with all premiums fully paid current, at least ten (10) days after the termination of the policy it renews or replaces.

 

(d)                                  Each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, pay all premiums on policies required hereunder as they become due and payable and promptly deliver to Administrative Agent evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent of the timely payment thereof.  If any loss occurs at any time when the Loan Parties have failed to perform the Loan Parties’ covenants and agreements in this Section 7.07 with respect to any insurance payable because of loss sustained to any part of any Borrowing Base Property or otherwise, whether or not such insurance is required by Administrative Agent and the Lenders, then Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall nevertheless be entitled to the benefit of all insurance covering the loss and held by or for a Loan Party, to the same extent as if it had been made payable to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Lenders.

 

(e)                                   Each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, cause all insurance policies provided for or contemplated by this Section 7.07 with respect to the assets and properties of the Loan Parties that constitute Collateral, including any environmental insurance, to name the applicable Loan Party as the insured and Administrative Agent as the additional insured or loss payee, as its interests may appear, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, providing that the loss thereunder shall be payable directly to Administrative Agent.  In addition, such insurance policies shall provide for at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Administrative Agent of any termination, lapse, modification, or cancellation of such policy or ten (10) days notice in the case of non-payment of any premium.

 

7.08                            Compliance with Laws .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Subsidiary Guarantor to, comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.09                            Books and Records .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Company to: (a) maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of each Company, as the case may be; and (b) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over any Company, as the case may be.

 

85



 

7.10                            Inspection Rights .  Subject to the rights of tenants, each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, permit representatives and independent contractors of Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect and photograph any Borrowing Base Property and any of its other properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and all recorded data of any kind or nature, regardless of the medium of recording including all software, writings, plans, specifications and schematics, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers all at the expense of Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice to the applicable Loan Party and no more often than once in any period of twelve (12) consecutive months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided that when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice, subject to the rights of tenants.  Any inspection or audit of the Borrowing Base Properties or the books and records, including recorded data of any kind or nature, regardless of the medium of recording including software, writings, plans, specifications and schematics of any Loan Party, or the procuring of documents and financial and other information, by Administrative Agent on behalf of itself or on behalf of Lenders shall be for Administrative Agent’s and Lenders’ protection only, and shall not constitute any assumption of responsibility to any Loan Party or anyone else with regard to the condition, construction, maintenance or operation of the Borrowing Base Properties nor Administrative Agent’s approval of any certification given to Administrative Agent nor relieve any Loan Party of Borrower’s or any other Loan Party’s obligations.

 

7.11                            Use of Proceeds .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Company to, use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (a) to refinance the obligations of the Companies under existing facilities, (b) to finance the acquisition of Properties, (c) to pay operating and leasing expenses with respect to its Properties, and (d) for general corporate purposes, in each case, not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.

 

7.12                            Environmental Matters .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to:

 

(a)                                   Violations; Notice to Administrative Agent .  Use reasonable efforts to:

 

(i)                                      Keep the Borrowing Base Properties free of Contamination;

 

(ii)                                   Promptly deliver to Administrative Agent a copy of each report pertaining to any Property or to any Loan Party prepared by or on behalf of such Loan Party pursuant to a material violation of any Environmental Requirement; and

 

(iii)                                As soon as practicable advise Administrative Agent in writing of any Environmental Claim or of the discovery of any Contamination on any Borrowing Base Property, as soon as any Loan Party first obtains knowledge thereof, including a description of the nature and extent of the Environmental Claim and/or Hazardous Material and all relevant circumstances.

 

(b)                                  Site Assessments and Information .  If Parent or Borrower fails to comply with Section 7.12(a)  or if any other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then if requested by Administrative Agent, at Borrower’s expense, deliver to Administrative

 

86



 

Agent from time to time, but no more frequently than once per calendar year unless an Event of Default exists, in each case within seventy five (75) days after Administrative Agent’s request, an Environmental Assessment (hereinafter defined) made after the date of Administrative Agent’s request.  As used in this Agreement, the term “ Environmental Assessment ” means a report of an environmental assessment of any or all Borrowing Base Properties and of such scope so as to be compliant with the guidelines established by the ASTM (including the taking of soil borings and air and groundwater samples and other above and below ground testing) as Administrative Agent may reasonably request to be performed by a licensed environmental consulting firm reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.  Each applicable Loan Party shall cooperate with each consulting firm making any such Environmental Assessment and shall supply to the consulting firm all information available to such Loan Party to facilitate the completion of the Environmental Assessment.  If any Loan Party fails to furnish Administrative Agent within thirty (30) days after Administrative Agent’s request with a copy of an agreement with an acceptable environmental consulting firm to provide such Environmental Assessment, or if any Loan Party fails to furnish to Administrative Agent such Environmental Assessment within seventy five (75) days after Administrative Agent’s request, upon written notice to Parent and Borrower, Administrative Agent may cause any such Environmental Assessment to be made at Borrower’s expense and risk.  Subject to the rights of tenant, Administrative Agent and its designees are hereby granted access to the Borrowing Base Properties upon written notice, and a license which is coupled with an interest and irrevocable, to make or cause to be made such Environmental Assessments.  Administrative Agent may disclose to any Governmental Authority, to the extent required by Applicable Law, any information Administrative Agent ever has about the environmental condition or compliance of the Borrowing Base Properties, but shall be under no duty to disclose any such information except as may be required by Law.  Administrative Agent shall be under no duty to make any Environmental Assessment of the Borrowing Base Properties, and in no event shall any such Environmental Assessment by Administrative Agent be or give rise to a representation that any Hazardous Material is or is not present on the Borrowing Base Properties, or that there has been or shall be compliance with any Environmental Requirement, nor shall any Company or any other Person be entitled to rely on any Environmental Assessment made by Administrative Agent or at Administrative Agent’s request but Administrative Agent shall deliver a copy of such report to Parent and Borrower.  Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender owes any duty of care to protect any Company or any other Person against, or to inform them of, any Hazardous Material or other adverse condition affecting the Borrowing Base Properties.

 

(c)                                   Remedial Actions .  If any Contamination is discovered on any Borrowing Base Property at any time and regardless of the cause, (i) promptly at the applicable Loan Parties’ sole expense, remove, treat, and dispose of the Hazardous Material in compliance with all applicable Environmental Requirements provided , however , that any cleanup standard approved by the applicable regulatory authority that is based on institutional or engineering controls must first be submitted for approval to Administrative Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, in addition to taking such other action as is necessary to have the full use and benefit of such Borrowing Base Property as contemplated by the Loan Documents, and provide Administrative Agent with satisfactory evidence thereof; and (ii) if reasonably requested by Administrative Agent, provide to Administrative Agent within thirty (30) days of Administrative Agent’s request a bond, letter of credit, or other financial assurance, including self-assurance,  evidencing to Administrative Agent’s satisfaction that all necessary funds are readily available to pay the costs and

 

87



 

expenses of the actions required by the preceding clause (i)  and to discharge any assessments or liens established against such Borrowing Base Property as a result of the presence of the Hazardous Material on the Borrowing Base Property. After completion of such remedial actions, the applicable Loan Party shall promptly request regulatory approval, take all reasonable measures to expedite issuance of such approval and upon receipt thereof deliver to Administrative Agent a letter indicating that no further action is required with respect to the applicable Borrowing Base Property or similar confirmation by the applicable regulator that all required remedial action as stated above has been taken and successfully completed to the satisfaction of the applicable regulator.  The Loan Parties shall not be deemed to have satisfied their remedial obligations under this provision until they have provided the Administrative Agent such confirmation. Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders may, but shall never be obligated to, remove or cause the removal of any Hazardous Material from any Borrowing Base Property (or if removal is prohibited by any Environmental Requirement, take or cause the taking of such other action as is required by any Environmental Requirement) if the Loan Parties fail to commence such remedial actions in accordance with the terms hereof and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion in accordance with the terms hereof (without limitation of the rights of Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders to declare an Event of Default and to exercise all rights and remedies available by reason thereof); and Administrative Agent and its designees are hereby granted access subject to the rights of tenants to the Borrowing Base Properties at any time or times, upon reasonable notice (which may be written or oral), and a license which is coupled with an interest and irrevocable, to remove or cause such removal or to take or cause the taking of any such other action. In such instance, the Administrative Agent and its designees and the Lenders are acting as authorized agents of the Loan Parties, who shall be responsible for, and shall sign any required manifests for, offsite disposal.

 

7.13                            Condemnation, Casualty and Restoration.  Each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to:

 

(a)                                   Give Administrative Agent notice of the actual or threatened commencement of any proceeding for the Condemnation of any Borrowing Base Property upon the applicable Mortgagor’s receipt of written notice thereof and deliver to Administrative Agent copies of any and all papers served in connection with such proceedings.  Administrative Agent has the right (but not the obligation) to participate in any such proceedings and to be represented by counsel of its own choice, and the applicable Loan Parties shall from time to time deliver to Administrative Agent all instruments requested by it to permit such participation.  Each applicable Loan Party shall, at its expense, diligently prosecute any such proceedings, and shall consult with Administrative Agent, its attorneys, and experts, and cooperate with them in the carrying on or defense of any such proceedings.  Notwithstanding any taking by any public or quasi-public authority through Condemnation or otherwise (including any transfer made in lieu of or in anticipation of the exercise of such taking), Borrower shall continue to pay the Obligations at the time and in the manner provided for in this Agreement and the Obligations shall not be reduced until any Award shall have been actually received and applied by Administrative Agent, after the deduction of expenses of collection, to the reduction or discharge of the Obligations.  All costs and expenses (including attorney’s fees and costs) incurred by Administrative Agent in connection with any condemnation shall be a demand obligation owing by Borrower (which Borrower hereby promises to pay within ten (10) Business Days after demand) to Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement.  If any Borrowing Base Property or any portion thereof is taken

 

88



 

by a condemning authority, then to the extent such Property is not removed by Borrower as a Borrowing Base Property in accordance with Section 4.09 , the applicable Mortgagor shall promptly commence and diligently prosecute the Restoration of such Borrowing Base Property and otherwise comply with the provisions of clause (d)  below, provided that Administrative Agent makes any Restoration Net Proceeds available pursuant to clause (d)  below.

 

(b)                                  If any Borrowing Base Property shall be damaged or destroyed, in whole or in part, by fire or other casualty (a “ Casualty ”), and the aggregate cost of repair of such damage or destruction shall be equal to or in excess of the greater of (i) $5,000,000 and (ii) twenty five percent (25%) of the Borrowing Value of such Borrowing Base Property, give prompt notice of such Casualty to Administrative Agent.  To the extent such Property is not removed by Borrower as a Borrowing Base Property in accordance with Section 4.09 , the applicable Loan Party shall diligently prosecute the Restoration of such Borrowing Base Property in accordance with clause (d)  below, so long as Administrative Agent makes any Restoration Net Proceeds available pursuant to clause (d)  below.  The applicable Loan Party shall pay all costs of such Restoration whether or not such costs are covered by insurance.  Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make proof of loss if not made promptly by the applicable Loan Party.  If an Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, then the applicable Loan Party shall adjust all claims for Insurance Proceeds in consultation with, and approval of, Administrative Agent.

 

(c)                                   Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, shall be entitled to receive all sums which may be awarded or become payable to a Loan Party for the Condemnation of any Borrowing Base Property, or any part thereof, and any insurance proceeds of a Casualty and the applicable Loan Party shall, upon request of Administrative Agent, promptly execute such additional assignments and other documents as may be necessary from time to time to permit such participation and to enable Administrative Agent to collect and receipt for any such sums.  All such sums are hereby assigned to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, and shall released or applied to the Restoration in accordance with clause (d)  below.  In any event the unpaid portion of the Obligations shall remain in full force and effect and the payment thereof shall not be excused.  Administrative Agent shall not be, under any circumstances, liable or responsible for failure to collect or to exercise diligence in the collection of any such sum or for failure to see to the proper application of any amount paid over to the applicable Loan Party.

 

(d)                                  If the Restoration Net Proceeds and the costs of completing the Restoration shall be less than the greater of (A) $5,000,000 and (B) twenty five percent (25%) of the Borrowing Value of such Borrowing Base Property, then the Restoration Net Proceeds will be disbursed by Administrative Agent to the applicable Loan Party upon receipt, provided that all of the conditions set forth in clause (i) (A) and (C) — (G)  below are met and such Loan Party delivers to Administrative Agent a written undertaking to expeditiously commence and to satisfactorily complete with due diligence the Restoration in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and if the Restoration Net Proceeds or the costs of completing the Restoration are equal to or greater than the greater of (A) $5,000,000 and (B) twenty five percent (25%) of the Borrowing Value of such Borrowing Base Property, then Administrative Agent shall make the Restoration Net Proceeds available for the Restoration in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.13(d) .

 

89



 

(i)                                      The Restoration Net Proceeds shall be made available to the applicable Loan Party for Restoration; provided that each of the following conditions are met:

 

(A)                               no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(B)                                 (1) in the event the Restoration Net Proceeds are Insurance Proceeds, less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable area of the Improvements on such Borrowing Base Property has been damaged, destroyed, or rendered unusable as a result of a Casualty or (2) in the event the Restoration Net Proceeds are Condemnation Proceeds, less than ten percent (10%) of the land constituting such Borrowing Base Property is taken, such land is located along the perimeter or periphery of the Borrowing Base Property, and no portion of the Improvements is located on such land;

 

(C)                                 Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that any operating deficits, including all scheduled payments of principal and interest hereunder, which will be incurred with respect to such Borrowing Base Property as a result of the occurrence of any such Casualty or Condemnation, whichever the case may be, will be covered out of the insurance coverage referred to in Section 7.07 above or other security provided by Loan Parties;

 

(D)                                Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that the Restoration will be completed twelve (12) months after commencement of the Restoration;

 

(E)                                  such Borrowing Base Property and the use thereof after the Restoration will be in compliance in all material respects with all Laws;

 

(F)                                  the applicable Loan Party shall cause the Restoration to be done and completed in an expeditious and diligent fashion and in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws;

 

(G)                                 such Casualty or Condemnation, as applicable, does not result in the complete loss of access to such Borrowing Base Property or the Improvements;

 

(H)                                the applicable Loan Party shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Administrative Agent a signed detailed budget approved in writing by the applicable Loan Party’s architect or engineer stating the entire cost of completing the Restoration, which budget shall be reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent; and

 

(I)                                     the Restoration Net Proceeds together with any cash or cash equivalent deposited by Borrower with Administrative Agent are sufficient in Administrative Agent’s reasonable judgment to cover the cost of the Restoration.

 

90



 

(ii)                                   The Restoration Net Proceeds shall be held by Administrative Agent in an interest bearing account until disbursements commence, and, until disbursed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.13(d) , shall constitute additional security for the Obligations.  The Restoration Net Proceeds shall be disbursed by Administrative Agent to, or as directed by, Borrower from time to time during the course of the Restoration, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that (A) all the conditions precedent to such advance, including those set forth in clause (i)  above, have been satisfied, (B) all materials installed and work and labor performed (except to the extent that they are to be paid for out of the requested disbursement and except for the Restoration Retainage (defined below)) in connection with the related Restoration item have been paid for in full, and (C) there exist no notices of pendency, stop orders, contractor’s, supplier’s, mechanic’s or materialman’s Liens, or notices of intention to file same, or any other Liens or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever on such Borrowing Base Property (other than Liens permitted under Section 8.01 ) which have not either been fully bonded to the satisfaction of Administrative Agent and discharged of record or in the alternative fully insured to the satisfaction of Administrative Agent by the Title Company.

 

(iii)                                All plans and specifications required in connection with the Restoration shall be subject to prior review and acceptance in all respects by Administrative Agent and by an independent consulting engineer selected by Administrative Agent (the “ Restoration Consultant ”) which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Administrative Agent shall have the use of the plans and specifications and all permits, licenses and approvals required or obtained in connection with the Restoration.  The identity of the contractors, subcontractors, and materialmen engaged in the Restoration, as well as the contracts in excess of $500,000 under which they have been engaged, shall be subject to prior review and reasonable acceptance by Administrative Agent and the Restoration Consultant which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Administrative Agent in connection with making the Restoration Net Proceeds available for the Restoration, including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements and the Restoration Consultant’s fees, shall be paid by Borrower.  Administrative Agent shall act on requests from Borrower for any approval under this Section (iii)  in a commercially reasonable manner and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to any such request within ten (10) Business Days following Administrative Agent’s receipt thereof.  Administrative Agent’s response may consist of an approval or disapproval of the request, or a conditional approval thereof subject to specified conditions, or a request for further data or information, or any combination thereof.  In order to expedite the processing of requests for such approvals, the applicable Borrower agrees to provide Administrative Agent with as much advance information as is possible in a commercially reasonable manner in advance of a Borrower’s formal request for an approval.  If the request for approval contains printed in capital letters or boldface type, a legend substantially to the following effect:

 

“THIS COMMUNICATION REQUIRES IMMEDIATE RESPONSE.  FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIFTEEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS FROM THE RECEIPT OF THIS COMMUNICATION SHALL CONSTITUTE A DEEMED

 

91



 

APPROVAL BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OF THE ACTION REQUESTED BY THE BORROWER AND RECITED ABOVE”

 

then in the event that the Administrative Agent does not approve, reject or request additional information regarding any such request for consent or acceptance within the later to occur of (a) ten (10) Business Days of the receipt by the Administrative Agent of such request and (a) ten (10) Business Days of the receipt by the Administrative Agent of all material information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent during the ten (10) Business Day period following receipt of the request, the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have approved or consented to the action requested in the request.

 

(iv)                               In no event shall Administrative Agent be obligated to make disbursements of the Restoration Net Proceeds in excess of an amount equal to the costs actually incurred from time to time for work in place as part of the Restoration, as certified by the Restoration Consultant, minus the Restoration Retainage.  The term “ Restoration Retainage ” means an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the costs actually incurred for work in place as part of the Restoration, as certified by the Restoration Consultant, until the Restoration has been completed.  The Restoration Retainage shall be reduced to five percent (5%) of the costs incurred upon receipt by Administrative Agent of satisfactory evidence that fifty percent (50%) of the Restoration has been completed.  The Restoration Retainage shall in no event, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above in this Section 7.13(d) , be less than the amount actually held back by the applicable Loan Party from contractors, subcontractors, and materialmen engaged in the Restoration.  The Restoration Retainage shall not be released until the Restoration Consultant certifies to Administrative Agent that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.13(d)  and that all approvals necessary for the re-occupancy and use of such Borrowing Base Property have been obtained from all appropriate Governmental Authorities, and Administrative Agent receives evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that the costs of the Restoration have been paid in full or will be paid in full out of the Restoration Retainage; provided, however, that Administrative Agent will release the portion of the Restoration Retainage being held with respect to any contractor, subcontractor, or materialman engaged in the Restoration as of the date upon which the Restoration Consultant certifies to Administrative Agent that the contractor, subcontractor or materialman has satisfactorily completed all work and has supplied all materials in accordance with the provisions of the contractor’s, subcontractor’s, or materialman’s contract, the contractor, subcontractor, or materialman delivers the Lien waivers and evidence of payment in full of all sums due to the contractor, subcontractor, or materialman as may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent or by the Title Company issuing the Title Insurance Policies, and Administrative Agent receives an endorsement to the Title Insurance Policies insuring the continued priority of the lien of the applicable Mortgage and evidence of payment of any premium payable for such endorsement.  If required by Administrative Agent, the release of any such portion of the Restoration Retainage shall be approved by the surety company, if any, which has issued a payment or performance bond with respect to the contractor, subcontractor, or materialman.

 

92



 

(v)                                  Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make disbursements of the Restoration Net Proceeds more frequently than twice every calendar month.

 

(vi)                               If at any time the Restoration Net Proceeds or the undisbursed balance thereof shall not, in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent in consultation with the Restoration Consultant, be sufficient to pay in full the balance of the costs which are estimated by the Restoration Consultant to be incurred in connection with the completion of the Restoration, the Loan Parties shall deposit the deficiency (the “ Net Proceeds Deficiency ”) with Administrative Agent before any further disbursement of the Restoration Net Proceeds shall be made.  The Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Administrative Agent shall be held by Administrative Agent and shall be disbursed for costs actually incurred in connection with the Restoration on the same conditions applicable to the disbursement of the Restoration Net Proceeds, and until so disbursed pursuant to this Section 7.13(d)  shall constitute additional security for the Obligations.

 

(vii)                            The excess, if any, of the Restoration Net Proceeds and the remaining balance, if any, of the Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Administrative Agent after the Restoration Consultant certifies to Administrative Agent that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.13(d) , and the receipt by Administrative Agent of evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that all costs incurred in connection with the Restoration have been paid in full, shall be remitted by Administrative Agent to Borrower, provided no Default exists.

 

(e)                                   All Restoration Net Proceeds not required (i) to be made available for a Restoration or (ii) to be returned to Borrower as excess Restoration Net Proceeds pursuant to clause (vii)  above may (x) be retained and applied by Administrative Agent toward the payment of the Obligations whether or not then due and payable in such order, priority, and proportions as Administrative Agent in its sole discretion shall deem proper, or (y) at the sole discretion of Administrative Agent, the same may be paid, either in whole or in part, to the applicable Loan Party for such purposes and upon such conditions as Administrative Agent shall designate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any Borrowing Base Property requiring Restoration is released from the Borrowing Base pursuant to Section 4.09 , then Administrative Agent shall deliver the Restoration Net Proceeds to the applicable Loan Party upon such release from the Borrowing Base.

 

(f)                                     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the terms and conditions of any SNDA provide that Administrative Agent shall make Restoration Net Proceeds available for Restoration of a Borrowing Base Property, then Administrative Agent will make such Restoration Net Proceeds available for Restoration in accordance with the terms of the applicable SNDA ( provided that neither Administrative Agent nor Lenders shall have waived any Default or Event of Default arising from the Loan Parties failure to comply with this Section 7.13 ).

 

7.14                            Ground Leases.  Solely with respect to Borrowing Base Property, each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to:

 

93



 

(a)                                   Diligently perform and observe in all material respects all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of any Acceptable Ground Lease as tenant under such Acceptable Ground Lease; and

 

(b)                                  Promptly notify Administrative Agent of (i) the giving to the applicable Mortgagor of any notice of any default by such Mortgagor under any Acceptable Ground Lease and deliver to Administrative Agent a true copy of each such notice within five (5) Business Days of such Mortgagor’s receipt thereof, and (ii) any bankruptcy, reorganization, or insolvency of the landlord under any Acceptable Ground Lease or of any notice thereof, and deliver to Administrative Agent a true copy of such notice within five (5) Business Days of the applicable Mortgagor’s receipt.

 

(c)                                   Exercise any individual option to extend or renew the term of an Acceptable Ground Lease upon demand by Administrative Agent made at any time within thirty (30) days prior to the last day upon which any such option may be exercised, and each applicable Mortgagor hereby expressly authorizes and appoints Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact to exercise any such option in the name of and upon behalf of such Mortgagor, which power of attorney shall be irrevocable and shall be deemed to be coupled with an interest.

 

If the applicable Mortgagor shall default in the performance or observance of any term, covenant, or condition of any Acceptable Ground Lease on the part of such Mortgagor and shall fail to cure the same prior to the expiration of any applicable cure period provided thereunder, then Administrative Agent shall have the right, but shall be under no obligation, to pay any sums and to perform any act or take any action as may be appropriate to cause all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of such Acceptable Ground Lease on the part of such Mortgagor to be performed or observed on behalf of such Mortgagor, to the end that the rights of such Mortgagor in, to, and under such Acceptable Ground Lease shall be kept unimpaired and free from default.  If the landlord under any Acceptable Ground Lease shall deliver to Administrative Agent a copy of any notice of default under such Acceptable Ground Lease, then such notice shall constitute full protection to Administrative Agent for any action taken or omitted to be taken by Administrative Agent, in good faith, in reliance thereon.

 

7.15                            Borrowing Base Properties .

 

(a)                                   Except where the failure to comply with any of the following would not have a Material Adverse Effect, each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each other Loan Party or the applicable tenant, to:

 

(b)                                  Pay all real estate and personal property taxes, assessments, water rates or sewer rents, ground rents, maintenance charges, impositions, and any other charges, including vault charges and license fees for the use of vaults, chutes and similar areas adjoining any Borrowing Base Property, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against any Borrowing Base Property or any part thereof (except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted).

 

(c)                                   Promptly pay (or cause to be paid) when due all bills and costs for labor, materials, and specifically fabricated materials incurred in connection with any Borrowing Base Property (except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted), and in any event never permit to be created or exist in

 

94


 

respect of any Borrowing Base Property or any part thereof any other or additional Lien or security interest other than Liens permitted by Section 8.01 .

 

(d)                                  Operate the Borrowing Base Properties in a good and workmanlike manner and in all material respects in accordance with all Laws in accordance with such Loan Party’s prudent business judgment.

 

(e)                                   Except where the failure would not have a material and adverse affect on the value of the Borrowing Base Properties, taken as whole, each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, to the extent owned and controlled by a Loan Party, preserve, protect, renew, extend and retain all material rights and privileges granted for or applicable to each Borrowing Base Property.

 

7.16                            Subsidiary Guarantor Organizational Documents

 

Each of Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Pledgor to, at its expense, maintain the Organization Documents of each Subsidiary Guarantor in full force and effect, without any cancellation, termination, amendment, supplement, or other modification of such Organization Documents, except as explicitly required by their terms (as in effect on the date hereof), except for amendments, supplements, or other modifications that do not adversely affect the interests of the Lenders under the applicable Pledge Agreement in any material respect, and except for Organization Documents in respect of Equity Interests of partnerships or limited liability companies that have been released from the applicable Pledgor’s Pledge Agreement.

 

Article VIII.
Negative Covenants

 

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder (excluding contingent indemnification obligations to the extent no unsatisfied claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding:

 

8.01                            Liens .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any other Loan Party to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any Collateral other than, with respect to the Borrowing Base Properties, the following:

 

(a)                                   Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

 

(b)                                  Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 8.01 ;

 

(c)                                   Liens for taxes not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(d)                                  carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

 

95



 

(e)                                   easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, restrictive covenants, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property disclosed in the Title Insurance Policies and which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

 

(f)                                     Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.01(i) ;

 

(g)                                  the rights of tenants under leases or subleases not interfering with the ordinary conduct of business of such Person;

 

(h)                                  Liens securing obligations in the nature of personal property financing leases for furniture, furnishings or similar assets, Capital Leases Obligations and other purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets; provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, (ii) the obligations secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition, and (iii) with respect to Capital Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets other than the assets subject to such Capital Leases;

 

(i)                                      Liens securing obligations in the nature of the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety bonds (other than bonds related to judgments or litigation), performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(j)                                      all Liens, encumbrances and other matters disclosed in the Title Insurance Policies issued in connection with the Mortgages; and

 

(k)                                   such other title and survey exceptions as Administrative Agent has approved in writing in Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion;

 

(l)                                      and, with respect to all other Collateral, Liens described in clauses (a)  and (c)  above.

 

8.02                            Investments .  Neither Parent nor Borrower shall have and shall not permit the Companies’ to have any Investments other than:

 

(a)                                   Investments in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(b)                                  Investments existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.13 ;

 

(c)                                   advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower and Subsidiaries for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes;

 

(d)                                  Investments of the Guarantor and the Borrower in the form of Equity Interests and investments of the Borrower in any wholly-owned Subsidiary, and Investments of Borrower directly in, or of any wholly-owned Subsidiary in another wholly-owned Subsidiary which owns, real property assets which are functional industrial, manufacturing, warehouse/distribution and/or office properties located within the United States, provided in

 

96



 

each case the Investments held by Borrower or Subsidiary are in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.02 other than this Section 8.02(d) ;

 

(e)                                   Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                     Investments in non-wholly owned Subsidiaries and Unconsolidated Affiliates not to at any time exceed twenty-five (25%) of Total Asset Value;

 

(g)                                  Investments in mortgages and mezzanine loans not to at any time exceed fifteen percent (15%) of Total Asset Value;

 

(h)                                  Investments in unimproved land holdings and Construction in Progress not to at any time exceed ten percent (10%) of Total Asset Value;

 

(i)                                      Investments by the Parent for the redemption, conversion, exchange, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any Equity Interests of Parent or Borrower now or hereafter outstanding to the extent permitted under Section 8.05 below;

 

(j)                                      Other Investments not to exceed at any time ten percent (10%) of Total Asset Value;

 

Provided, that the aggregate Investments of the types described in clauses (f)  through (h)  above shall not at any time exceed thirty percent (30%) of Total Asset Value.

 

8.03                            Fundamental Changes .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any other Loan Party to, directly or indirectly, merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom:

 

(a)                                   any Loan Party (other Parent or Borrower) may merge with (i) Parent or Borrower, provided that Parent or Borrower, as applicable, shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any other Loan Party, or (iii) any other Person provided that, if it owns a Borrowing Base Property and is not the surviving entity, then Borrower has complied with Section 4.09 to remove such Borrowing Base Property from the Borrowing Base;

 

(b)                                  any Loan Party (other than Parent or Borrower) may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to another Loan Party;

 

(c)                                   any Loan Party may Dispose of a Property owned by such Loan Party in the ordinary course of business and for fair value; provided that if such Property is a Borrowing Base Property, then Borrower shall have complied with Section 4.09 ; and

 

(d)                                  Parent or Borrower may merge or consolidate with another Person so long as either Parent or Borrower, as the case may be, is the surviving entity, shall remain in pro forma compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.14 below after giving effect to

 

97



 

such transaction, and Borrower obtains the prior written consent in writing of the Required Lenders in their sole discretion.

 

Nothing in this Section shall be deemed to prohibit the sale or leasing of Property or portions of Property in the ordinary course of business.

 

8.04                            Dispositions .  Each of the Parent, the Borrower or any Loan Party shall not make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

 

(a)                                   Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                  Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)                                   Any other Dispositions of Properties or other assets in an arm’s length transaction; provided that (i) if such Property is a Borrowing Base Property, then Borrower shall have complied with Section 4.09 and (ii) the Borrower and the Parent will remain in pro forma compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.14 after giving effect to such transaction.

 

8.05                            Restricted Payments .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any other Company to, directly or indirectly, declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, or issue or sell any Equity Interests, except that, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:

 

(a)                                   each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to Parent, Borrower, and any other Person that owns an Equity Interest in such Subsidiary, ratably according to their respective holdings of the type of Equity Interest in respect of which such Restricted Payment is being made;

 

(b)                                  any Company may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the common Equity Interests or other Equity Interests of such Company including (i) “cashless exercises” of options granted under any share option plan adopted by Parent, (ii) distributions of rights or equity securities under any rights plan adopted by Borrower or Parent, and (iii) distributions (or effect stock splits or reverse stock splits) with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional shares of its Equity Interests;

 

(c)                                   Borrower and each Subsidiary may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Equity Interests issued by it with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common Equity Interests or other Equity Interests; and

 

(d)                                  Parent may and Borrower may make any Permitted Distributions.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, notwithstanding the existence of any Default or Event of Default, any Company may make such dividends and payments to the Parent required in order for the Parent to be able to make, and the Parent shall be permitted to make, any Permitted Distributions described in clause (a) (ii) and (b)(ii) of the definition of Permitted Distributions.

 

98



 

8.06                            Change in Nature of Business .  Except for Investments permitted under Section 8.02 , each of Parent and Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any other Loan Party to, directly or indirectly, engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Companies on the date hereof or any business substantially related or incidental thereto.

 

8.07                            Transactions with Affiliates .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any other Loan Party to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of a Company, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to such Loan Party as would be obtainable by such Company at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate.

 

8.08                            Burdensome Agreements .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any other Loan Party to, directly or indirectly, enter into any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that directly or indirectly prohibits any Company from (a) creating or incurring any Lien on any Borrowing Base Property unless simultaneously therewith, such Borrowing Base Property is released from the Borrowing Base pursuant to Section 4.09 , or (b) subject to rights of tenants under leases (i) that are approved in writing by Administrative Agent, (ii) that are subordinate to the Mortgage on the applicable Borrowing Base Property, or (iii) that do not materially and adversely affect Administrative Agent’s Liens on the applicable Borrowing Base Property or Administrative Agent’s ability to exercise its rights and remedies with respect to such Liens, transferring ownership of any Borrowing Base Property.

 

8.09                            Use of Proceeds .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any other Company to, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

 

8.10                            Borrowing Base Properties; Ground Leases .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any other Loan Party to, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                   Allow the aggregate Occupancy Rate for all Borrowing Base Properties to be less than seventy five percent (75%).

 

(b)                                  Use or occupy or conduct any activity on, or knowingly permit the use or occupancy of or the conduct of any activity on any Borrowing Base Properties by any tenant, in any manner which violates any Law or which constitutes a public or private nuisance in any manner which would have a Material Adverse Effect or which makes void, voidable, or cancelable any insurance then in force with respect thereto or makes the maintenance of insurance in accordance with Section 7.07 commercially unreasonable (including by way of increased premium);

 

(c)                                   Without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), initiate or permit any zoning reclassification of any Borrowing Base Property or seek any variance under existing zoning ordinances applicable to any Borrowing Base Property or use or knowingly permit the use of any Borrowing Base Property in such a manner which would result in such use becoming a nonconforming use under applicable zoning ordinances or other Laws;

 

99



 

(d)                                  Without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (i) impose any material easement, restrictive covenant, or encumbrance upon any Borrowing Base Property, (ii) execute or file any subdivision plat or condominium declaration affecting any Borrowing Base Property, or (iii) consent to the annexation of any Borrowing Base Property to any municipality;

 

(e)                                   Do any act, or suffer to be done any act by any Company or any of its Affiliates, which would reasonably be expected to materially decrease the value of any Borrowing Base Property as reflected in the most-recent Acceptable Appraisal (including by way of negligent act);

 

(f)                                     Without the prior written consent of all the Lenders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), permit any drilling or exploration for or extraction, removal or production of any mineral, hydrocarbon, gas, natural element, compound or substance (including sand and gravel) from the surface or subsurface of any Borrowing Base Property regardless of the depth thereof or the method of mining or extraction thereof;

 

(g)                                  Allow there to be less than twelve (12) Borrowing Base Properties;

 

(h)                                  Allow the Total Asset Value of the Borrowing Base Properties to be less than One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00);

 

(i)                                      Without the prior consent of the Lenders ( which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), surrender the leasehold estate created by any Acceptable Ground Lease or terminate or cancel any Acceptable Ground Lease or materially modify, change, supplement, alter, or amend any Acceptable Ground Lease, either orally or in writing;

 

(j)                                      Enter into any Contractual Obligations related to any Borrowing Base Property providing for the payment a management fee (or any other similar fee) to anyone other than a Company if, with respect thereto, the Administrative Agent has reasonably required that such fee be subordinated to the Obligations in a manner satisfactory to Administrative Agent, and an acceptable subordination agreement has not yet been obtained.

 

8.11                            Lease Approval .

 

(a)                                   Each of Parent and Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any other Loan Party to, directly or indirectly, permit any Mortgagor to enter into or consent to any Major Lease unless approved by Administrative Agent prior to execution (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  The applicable Mortgagor shall provide to Administrative Agent a correct and complete copy of each Major Lease, including any exhibits, and any Guarantees thereof, prior to execution.  The Administrative Agent shall act on requests from Borrower for any approval under Section 8.11 in a commercially reasonable manner and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to any such request within ten (10) Business Days following Administrative Agent’s receipt thereof.  Administrative Agent’s response may consist of an approval or disapproval of the request, or a conditional approval thereof subject to specified conditions, or a request for further data or information, or any combination thereof.  In order to expedite the processing of requests for such approvals, the Borrower agrees to provide Administrative Agent with as much advance

 

100



 

information as is possible in a commercially reasonable manner in advance of Borrower’s formal request for an approval.  If the request for approval contains printed in capital letters or boldface type, a legend substantially to the following effect:

 

“THIS COMMUNICATION REQUIRES IMMEDIATE RESPONSE.  FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS FROM THE RECEIPT OF THIS COMMUNICATION SHALL CONSTITUTE A DEEMED APPROVAL BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OF THE ACTION REQUESTED BY THE BORROWER AND RECITED ABOVE”

 

then in the event that the Administrative Agent does not approve, reject or request additional information regarding any such request for consent or acceptance within the later to occur of (a) ten (10) Business Days of the receipt by the Administrative Agent of such request and (a) ten (10) Business Days of the receipt by the Administrative Agent of all material information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent during the ten (10) Business Day period following receipt of the request, the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have approved or consented to the action requested in the request. Administrative Agent shall be provided, within ten (10) Business Days following execution thereof with a full and complete copy of the Lease.

 

(b)                                  Administrative Agent shall have the right to require each tenant under a Major Lease to execute and deliver an SNDA in form, content and manner of execution reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent and, from time to time, an estoppel certificate in form and manner of execution reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.  Upon the Borrower’s request, Administrative Agent shall execute an SNDA with each tenant under any Lease upon:  (i) satisfaction of all landlord obligations under the applicable Lease such that the tenant has taken full possession of the leased premises and is obligated to pay rent, and (ii) receipt by Administrative Agent of a satisfactory estoppel certificate confirming the full performance of landlord obligations to date including, but not limited to, landlord obligations relating to the construction of tenant improvements, and the absence of any fact or circumstance which constitutes, or with the passage of time or giving of notice, or both, would constitute, a default under such Lease.

 

8.12                            Environmental Matters .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall not knowingly directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                   Cause, commit, permit, or allow to continue (i) any violation of any Environmental Requirement by or with respect to any Borrowing Base Property or any use of or condition or activity on any Borrowing Base Property, or (ii) the attachment of any environmental Liens on any Borrowing Base Property, in each case, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(b)                                  Place, install, dispose of, or release, or cause, permit, or allow the placing, installation, disposal, spilling, leaking, dumping, or release of, any Hazardous Material on any Borrowing Base Property in any manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Any Hazardous Material disclosed in the Acceptable Environmental Report or otherwise permitted pursuant to any Lease affecting any Borrowing Base Property shall be permitted on any Borrowing Base Property so long as such Hazardous Material is maintained in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Requirements.

 

101



 

(c)                                   Place or install, or allow the placing or installation of any storage tank (or similar vessel) on any Borrowing Base Property except that any storage tank (or similar vessel or any replacement thereof) disclosed in the Acceptable Environmental Report or otherwise permitted pursuant to any Lease affecting any Borrowing Base Property shall be permitted on any Borrowing Base Property so long as such storage tank (or similar vessel) is maintained in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Requirements.

 

(d)                                  Use any Hazardous Material on any Borrowing Base Property except: (i) as reasonably necessary in the ordinary course of business; (ii) in compliance with applicable Environmental Requirements; and (iii) in such a manner which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.13                            Negative Pledge; Indebtedness .  Each of Parent and Borrower shall not permit:

 

(a)                                   The Equity Interests of Borrower held by Parent to be subject to any Lien.

 

(b)                                  Any Person (other than Parent or Borrower) that directly or indirectly owns Equity Interests in any Subsidiary Guarantor to (i) incur any Indebtedness (whether Recourse Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Indebtedness) (other than Indebtedness listed on Schedule 8.13 ), (ii) provide Guarantees to support Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness listed on Schedule 8.13 ), or (iii) have its Equity Interests subject to any Lien or other encumbrance (other than in favor of the Administrative Agent).

 

(c)                                   Any Mortgagor that owns a Borrowing base Property to (i) incur any Indebtedness (whether Recourse Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Indebtedness) or (ii) provide Guarantees to support Indebtedness (other than, in each case, Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by Section 8.01 ).

 

8.14                            Financial Covenants .  Parent shall not, directly or indirectly, permit:

 

(a)                                   Maximum Leverage Ratio .  As of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio to exceed fifty-five percent (55%), provided such percentage may be in excess of  fifty-five percent (55%) but not greater than sixty percent (60%) for two (2) consecutive quarters on or prior to March 31, 2013, once during the term of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Maximum Recourse Indebtedness .  As of the last day of any fiscal quarter, Recourse Indebtedness of the Parent and the Borrower (excluding Indebtedness under this Agreement) to exceed fifteen percent (15%) of Total Asset Value of the Companies.

 

(c)                                   Minimum Fixed Charge Ratio .  As of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA to (ii) Consolidated Fixed Charges, in each case for the Parent, on a consolidated basis, for the fiscal quarter then ended, annualized, to be less than 2.0 to 1.0, decreasing to 1.75 to 1.0 if the Appraisal Condition is satisfied.

 

(d)                                  Minimum Tangible Net Worth .  As of the last day of any fiscal quarter, Tangible Net Worth of Parent, on a consolidated basis, to be less than the sum of (i) $                                , plus (ii) seventy-five percent (75%) of net proceeds of any Equity

 

102



 

Issuances received by Parent or Borrower after the Closing Date (other than proceeds received within ninety (90) days after the redemption, retirement or repurchase of ownership or equity interests in Borrower or Parent, up to the amount paid by Borrower or Parent in connection with such redemption, retirement or repurchase, where, for the avoidance of doubt, the net effect is that neither Borrower nor Parent shall have increased its Net Worth as a result of any such proceeds).

 

Article IX.
Events of Default and Remedies

 

9.01                            Events of Default .  Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

 

(a)                                   Non-Payment .  Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within five (5) days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation due hereunder, except that there shall be no grace period for interest due on the Maturity Date, or (iii) within ten (10) days after notice from Administrative Agent, any other amount payable to Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, Swing Lender or any Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document except that there shall be no grace period for any amount due the Maturity Date; or

 

(b)                                  Specific Covenants .  Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 7.11 or Article VIII (other than Sections   8.10(a) (b), (c)  and (e) , or 8.12 ) or Parent fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in the Parent Guaranty or any Subsidiary Guarantor fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in the Subsidiary Guaranty; or

 

(c)                                   Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 7.01 , 7.02 , 7.03 , or 7.10 and such failure continues unremedied for ten (10) Business Days after such failure has occurred; or

 

(d)                                  Other Defaults .  Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) , (b) , or (c)  above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues unremedied for thirty (30) days after the earlier of notice from Administrative Agent or the actual knowledge of the Loan Party, and in the case of a default that cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period despite Borrower’s diligent efforts but is susceptible of being cured within ninety (90) days of Borrower’s receipt of Administrative Agent’s original notice, then Borrower shall have such additional time as is reasonably necessary to effect such cure, but in no event in excess of ninety (90) days from Borrower’s receipt of Administrative Agent’s original notice, subject in each instance to the Borrower’s remedial rights under Section 7.12(c) ; or

 

(e)                                   Representations and Warranties .  Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made and shall not be cured or remedied so that such representation, warranty, certification

 

103



 

or statement of fact is no longer incorrect or misleading within ten (10) days after the earlier of notice from Administrative Agent or the actual knowledge of any Loan Party thereof; or

 

(f)                                     Cross-Default .  (i) Any Company (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise), after the expiration of any applicable grace periods, in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness or more than the Threshold Amount to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which any Company is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which any Company is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by such Company as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or

 

(g)                                  Insolvency Proceedings, Etc.   Any Loan Party institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

 

(h)                                  Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment .  (i) Parent or Borrower becomes unable to pay its debts as they become due, or any Loan Party admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Loan Party and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within thirty (30) days after its issue or levy; or

 

(i)                                      Judgments .  There is entered against any Loan Party (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments or orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), or

 

104


 

(ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or would have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of ten (10) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

 

(j)            ERISA .  (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would result in liability of any Company  under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) Parent or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

 

(k)           Invalidity of Loan Documents .  Any Loan Document at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect in all material effects, or any Lien on a material portion of the Collateral granted under any Security Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect and as to any such Lien, such Lien remains outstanding for thirty (30) days notice from Administrative Agent; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any Lien granted under any Security Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any  Loan Document or any Lien granted under any Security Document; or

 

(l)            REIT Status of Parent .  Parent ceases to be treated as a REIT in any taxable year after December 31, 2011 or the Parent Shares shall fail to be listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange; or

 

(m)          Change of Control .  There occurs any Change of Control.

 

9.02         Remedies Upon Event of Default .  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

 

(a)           declare the commitment of each Lender (including the Swing Line Lender) to make Loans and any obligation of L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

 

(b)           declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower;

 

(c)           require that Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

 

105



 

(d)           exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and L/C Issuer all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and L/C Issuer under the Loan Documents;

 

provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

9.03         Application of Funds .  After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 9.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 9.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.16 and 2.17 , be applied by Administrative Agent in the following order:

 

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

 

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders, Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders, Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer and amounts payable under Article III ), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause   Second payable to them;

 

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings, Administrative Agent Advances, and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders, and L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause   Third payable to them;

 

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, Administrative Agent Advances, Swing Line Loans, and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders, Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause   Fourth held by them;

 

Fifth , to Administrative Agent for the account of L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by Borrower pursuant to Sections 2.03 and 2.16 ; and

 

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

 

Subject to Sections 2.03(c)  and 2.16 , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Swing Line Loans and/or Letters of Credit pursuant to clause   Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Swing Line Loans and/or Letters of Credit as they occur.  If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Swing Line Loans and/or Letters of

 

106



 

Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be promptly applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

 

Article X.
Administrative Agent

 

10.01       Appointment and Authority .  Each of the Lenders, Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The provisions of this Article  are solely for the benefit of Administrative Agent, the Lenders, Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer, and neither Borrower nor any other Company shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions other than with respect to Section 10.06 .

 

10.02       Rights as a Lender .  The Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not Administrative Agent and the term “ Lender ” or “ Lenders ” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity.  Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with any Company or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

10.03       Exculpatory Provisions .  Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Administrative Agent:

 

(a)           shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(b)           shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law; and

 

(c)           shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Parent, Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

 

Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as

 

107



 

shall be necessary, or as Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.01 and 9.02 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to Administrative Agent by Borrower, a Lender or L/C Issuer.

 

Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article V or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to Administrative Agent.

 

10.04       Reliance by Administrative Agent .  Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person.  Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon.  In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or L/C Issuer, Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or L/C Issuer unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit.  Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

10.05       Delegation of Duties .  Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by Administrative Agent.  Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties.  The exculpatory provisions of this Article  shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

 

10.06       Resignation of Administrative Agent .

 

(a)           Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, L/C Issuer, Parent and Borrower, and shall give such notice upon the request of the Borrower if the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, is a Defaulting Lender.  Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of Parent and Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) so long as no Event of Default exists, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank

 

108



 

with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States.  If no such successor shall have been so appointed by Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if Administrative Agent shall notify Parent, Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender, or L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender, the Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer directly, until such time as Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section .  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section ).  The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor.  After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article  and Section 11.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

 

(b)           Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section  shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) unless all outstanding Letters of Credit are returned to the L/C Issuer, the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

10.07       Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders .  Each Lender and L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender and L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own

 

109



 

decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

10.08       No Other Duties, Etc.   Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Syndication Agent, Lead Arranger listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as Administrative Agent, a Lender or L/C Issuer hereunder.

 

10.09       Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim .  In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(a)           to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, L/C Issuer and Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, L/C Issuer and Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, L/C Issuer and Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(i)  and (j) , 2.09 and 11.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

(b)           to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender, the Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer to make such payments to Administrative Agent and, in the event that Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer, to pay to Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 11.04 .

 

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender, the Swing Line Lender, or L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender, the Swing Line Lender, or L/C Issuer to authorize Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender, the Swing Line Lender, or L/C Issuer in any such proceeding.

 

10.10       Collateral and Guaranty Matters .  The Lenders, the Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

 

(a)           to transfer or release any Lien on any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment and satisfaction in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of

 

110



 

Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer shall have been made), (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (iii) subject to Section 11.01 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by Required Lenders, (iv) in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.09 , or (v) after foreclosure or other acquisition of title if approved by Required Lenders;

 

(b)           to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under any Subsidiary Guaranty if such Person, or the limited partnership in which such Person is the general partner, ceases to own a Borrowing Base Property; and

 

(c)           if all or any portion of the Collateral is acquired by foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, Administrative Agent shall take title to the collateral in its name or by an Affiliate of Administrative Agent, but for the benefit of all Lenders in their Applicable Percentages on the date of the foreclosure sale or recordation of the deed in lieu of foreclosure.  Administrative Agent and all Lenders hereby expressly waive and relinquish any right of partition with respect to any Collateral so acquired.

 

Upon request by Administrative Agent at any time, Required Lenders will confirm in writing Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 10.10 .

 

10.11       Administrative Agent Advances.

 

(a)           Administrative Agent is hereby authorized by Parent, Borrower, and Lenders, from time to time, in Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, to make advances under this Agreement, or otherwise expend funds, on behalf of Lenders (“ Administrative Agent Advances ”), (i)  to pay any costs, fees, and expenses as described in Section 11.04(a) , (ii) when Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary to preserve or protect the Collateral or any portion thereof (including with respect to property taxes and insurance premiums) and (iii) to pay any costs, fees, or expenses in connection with the operation, management, improvements, maintenance, repair, sale, or disposition of any Borrowing Base Property, (A) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, or (B) subject to Section 10.10 , after acquisition of all or a portion of the Collateral by foreclosure or otherwise; provided that Administrative Agent Advances (other than to pay taxes and insurance with respect to the Borrowing Base Properties) shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate without the prior consent of Required Lenders.`

 

(b)           Administrative Agent Advances shall constitute obligatory advances of Lenders under this Agreement, shall be repayable by Borrower within ten (10) Business Days after demand, secured by the Collateral, and shall bear interest as provided for herein.  Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender in writing of each Administrative Agent Advance.  Upon receipt of notice from Administrative Agent of its making of an Administrative Agent Advance, each Lender shall make the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding principal amount of such Administrative Agent Advance available to Administrative Agent, in same day funds, to such account of Administrative Agent as Administrative Agent may designate, (i) on or before 4:00 p.m. on the day Administrative Agent provides Lenders with notice of the making of such

 

111



 

Administrative Agent Advance if Administrative Agent provides such notice on or before 1:00 p.m., or (ii) on or before 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day immediately following the day Administrative Agent provides Lenders with notice of the making of such advance if Administrative Agent provides notice after 1:00 p.m.

 

Article XI.
Miscellaneous

 

11.01       Amendments, Etc.   No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by Required Lenders and Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

 

(a)           waive any condition set forth in Section 5.01(a)  without the written consent of each Lender;

 

(b)           extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 9.02 ) without the written consent of such Lender;

 

(c)           postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment or mandatory prepayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to a Lender or any scheduled or mandatory reduction of the Aggregate Commitments hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

 

(d)           reduce or forgive the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause   (iii)  of the second proviso to this Section 11.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or change the manner of computation of any financial ratio (including any change in any applicable defined term) used in determining the Applicable Rate that would result in a reduction of any interest rate on any Loan or any fee payable hereunder without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided that only the consent of Required Lenders shall be necessary  to amend the definition of “ Default Rate ” or to waive any obligation of Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate;

 

(e)           change Section 9.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;

 

(f)            change any provision of this Section  or the definition of “ Required Lenders ” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;

 

(g)           release all or substantially all of the value of the Collateral without the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent the release of such Collateral is permitted

 

112



 

pursuant to Sections 4.09 or  10.10 (in which case such release may be made by Administrative Agent acting alone); or

 

(h)           release all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranties without the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent the release of any Guarantor is permitted pursuant to Sections 4.09 or  10.10 (in which case such release may be made by Administrative Agent acting alone);

 

and, provided, further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; and (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv)  the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

 

11.02       Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication .

 

(a)           Notices Generally .  Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b)  below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

 

(i)            if to Borrower, Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender or L/C Issuer, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 11.02 ; and

 

(ii)           if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to Borrower).

 

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not

 

113



 

given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient).  Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b)  below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b) .

 

(b)           Electronic Communications .  Notices and other communications to the Lenders and L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.  Administrative Agent or Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

Unless Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i)  of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

(c)           The Platform .  THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.”  THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS.  NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM.  In no event shall Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to Borrower, any Lender, L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of Borrower’s or Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to Borrower, any Lender, L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) resulting therefrom.

 

114


 

(d)           Change of Address, Etc .  Each of Borrower, Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to Borrower, Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.  In addition, each Lender agrees to notify Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.  Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one (1) individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to Borrower or its Equity Interests for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

 

(e)           Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender and Lenders .   Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof.  Borrower shall indemnify Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower.  All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with Administrative Agent may be recorded by Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

 

11.03       No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement .  No failure by any Lender, L/C Issuer or Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 9.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and L/C Issuer; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any

 

115



 

Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 11.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.13 ), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) , (c)  and (d)  of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13 , any Lender may, with the consent of Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by Required Lenders.

 

11.04       Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

 

(a)           Costs and Expenses .  Each Loan Party shall jointly and severally pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including (a) the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for Administrative Agent; (b) fees and charges of each consultant, inspector, and engineer; (c) appraisal, re appraisal and survey costs; (d) title insurance charges and premiums; (e) title search or examination costs, including abstracts, abstractors’ certificates and uniform commercial code searches; (f) judgment and tax lien searches for Borrower and each Guarantor; (g) escrow fees; (h) fees and costs of environmental investigations site assessments and remediations; (i) recordation taxes, documentary taxes, transfer taxes and mortgage taxes; and (j) filing and recording fees), in connection with the initial syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Administrative Agent, any Lender or L/C Issuer (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for Administrative Agent, any Lender (only if a Default shall be in existence) or L/C Issuer), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section , or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

 

(b)           Indemnification .  Parent and Borrower shall jointly and severally indemnify Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by Borrower or any other Loan Party resulting from any action, suit, or proceeding relating to (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including in respect of any

 

116



 

matters addressed in Section   3.01 ), (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Damages related in any way to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (w) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or any Related Party of such Indemnitee or (x) result from a claim brought by Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if Borrower or such other Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. or (y) for which an Indemnitee has been compensated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Fee Letter or the Mandate Letter, or (z) to the extent based upon contractual obligations of such Indemnitee owing by such Indemnitee to any third party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

(c)           Environmental Indemnity .  Each Loan Party hereby, jointly and severally, assumes liability for, and covenants and agrees at its sole cost and expense to protect, defend (at trial and appellate levels), indemnify and hold the Indemnitees harmless from and against, and, if and to the extent paid, reimburse them on demand for, any and all Environmental Damages.  WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY SHALL APPLY TO EACH INDEMNITEE WITH RESPECT TO ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGES WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF, OR ARE CLAIMED TO BE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF, THE NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF SUCH (AND/OR ANY OTHER) INDEMNITEE.  HOWEVER, SUCH INDEMNITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO A PARTICULAR INDEMNITEE TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SUBJECT OF THE INDEMNIFICATION IS (W) CAUSED BY OR ARISES OUT OF THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THAT PARTICULAR INDEMNITEE OR ANY RELATED PARTY OF SUCH INDEMNITEE AS DETERMINED IN A NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION, (X) INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES UNLESS SUCH DAMAGES WERE IMPOSED UPON SUCH INDEMNITEE AS A RESULT OF ANY CLAIMS MADE AGAINST SUCH INDEMNITEE BY A GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY (Y) RESULTS FROM ANY CLAIMS RELATED TO ANY REMEDIAL WORK PERFORMED BY OR ON BEHALF OF ANY PERSON (OTHER THAN BORROWER OR ANOTHER LOAN PARTY) SO INDEMNIFIED TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH REMEDIAL WORK WAS NOT REQUIRED UNDER ANY APPLICABLE ENVIRONMENTAL LAW OR (Z)  AFTER THE RELEASE DATE, ANY ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGES OR ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM THAT ARE (A) BASED ON AN EVENT THAT OCCURS SOLELY AFTER SUCH RELEASE DATE, AND (B) THAT IS IN NO WAY RESULTING FROM ANY STATE OF FACTS OR CONDITION THAT EXISTED ON OR BEFORE SUCH RELEASE DATE. Upon demand by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or any Lender,

 

117



 

the applicable Loan Party shall diligently defend any Environmental Claim which affects a Borrowing Base Property or is made or commenced against Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or Lenders, whether alone or together with any other Loan Party or any other person, all at the Loan Parties’ own cost and expense and by counsel to be approved by Administrative Agent in the exercise of its reasonable judgment which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the defendants in a claim include any Loan Party and any Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that (a) there are legal defenses available to it that are materially different from those available to such Loan Party, (b) the use of the counsel engaged by Parent and Borrower would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, or (c) the counsel engaged by Parent and Borrower are not properly representing the Indemnitee’s interests or were not promptly provided, any Indemnitee may, at the sole cost and expense of Parent and Borrower, engage its own counsel to assume its legal defenses and to defend or assist it, and, at the option of such Indemnitee, its counsel may act as co-counsel in connection with the resolution of any Indemnified Claim; provided , however, that no compromise or settlement, which would impose upon any Loan Party any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, and/or penalties, shall be entered into without the consent of Parent and Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and, provided , further, that Parent and Borrower shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel for all Indemnitees unless an Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to another Indemnitee and which legal defenses raise ethical and/or legal considerations which warrant separate counsel, provide that such Indemnitee shall make reasonable attempts to ensure that any environmental disbursements and legal expenses are not duplicative.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above:

 

(i)            The Indemnitees will endeavor to give Borrower notice of any Environmental Damage within thirty (30) days after an Indemnitee receives written notice of that Environmental Damage.  However, if the Indemnitees fail to give Borrower timely notice of such Environmental Damage or otherwise default in their obligations under this Section 11.04(c)  or Section 7.12 , the Indemnitees shall retain the right to defend and control the settlement of the Environmental Damage.  The Loan Parties’ sole remedy for such a default by the Indemnitees shall be to offset against the indemnification liability otherwise payable by the Loan Parties to the Indemnitees the amount of damages actually suffered by the  Loan Parties as a result of the late notice or other default by the Indemnitees under this Section 11.04(c) .

 

(ii)           The Loan Parties shall have the right to elect to defend and control the settlement of any Environmental Damage if each of the following conditions is satisfied:

 

(A)          The Environmental Damage seeks only monetary damages and does not seek any injunction or other equitable relief against the Indemnitees;

 

(B)           The Loan Parties unconditionally acknowledge in writing, in a notice of election to contest or defend the Environmental Damage given to the Indemnitees within ten (10) days after the Indemnitees give the Borrower notice of the Environmental Damage, that the Loan Parties are obligated to

 

118



 

indemnify the Indemnitees in full, but subject to the limitations, as set forth in this Section 11.04(c)  above with respect to the Environmental Damage;

 

(C)           No Event of Default is then in existence under the Loan Documents;

 

(D)          The counsel chosen by the Loan Parties to defend the Environmental Damage is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

 

(E)           If reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties furnish the Indemnitees with a letter of credit, surety bond, or similar security in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnitees in an amount sufficient to secure the Loan Parties’ potential indemnity liability to the Indemnitees in the full amount of the Environmental Damage.

 

(iii)          If the Loan Parties elect to defend against an Environmental Damage, the Indemnitees shall, at their own expense, be entitled to participate in (but not control) the defense of, and receive copies of all pleadings and other papers in connection with, such Environmental Damage.  If the Loan Parties do not, or are not entitled to, elect to defend an Environmental Damage in conformity with the requirements of this Section, the Indemnitees shall be entitled to defend or settle (or both), with the reasonable approval of the Borrower unless an Event of Default is in existence, that Environmental Damage on such terms as the Indemnitees for that Environmental Damage shall be satisfied in the manner provided for in this Section 11.04(c) .

 

(iv)          The Indemnitees will permit the Loan Parties to control the settlement of an Environmental Damage only if: (A) the terms of the settlement require no more than the payment of money - that is, the settlement does not require the Indemnitees to admit any wrongdoing or take or refrain from taking any action; (B) the full amount of the monetary settlement will be paid by the Loan Parties; and (C) the Indemnitees receive, as part of the settlement, a legally binding and enforceable unconditional satisfaction or release, which is in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitees, providing that the Environmental Damage and any claimed liability of the Indemnitees with respect to it being fully satisfied because of the settlement and that the Indemnitees are being released from any and all obligations or liabilities they may have with respect to the Environmental Damage.

 

(d)           Reimbursement by Lenders .  To the extent that the Loan Parties for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) , (b)  or (c)  of this Section  to be paid by the Loan Parties to Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing (and without limiting their obligation to do so), each Lender severally agrees to pay to Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or L/C Issuer in

 

119



 

its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity.  The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (d)  are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d) .

 

(e)           Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc.   To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, no Loan Party shall assert, and each Loan Party hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.  No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b)  above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(f)            Payments .  All amounts due under this Section  shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

 

(g)           Survival .  The agreements in this Section  shall survive the resignation of Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

 

11.05       Payments Set Aside .  To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made to Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or any Lender, or Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.  The obligations of the Lenders and L/C Issuer under clause (b)  of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

11.06       Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)           Successors and Assigns Generally .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party may

 

120



 

assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b)  of this Section , (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d)  of this Section , or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f)  of this Section  (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d)  of this Section  and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)           Assignments by Lenders .  Any Lender may, at no cost or expense to any Loan Party, at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b) , participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)            Minimum Amounts .

 

(A)          in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

 

(B)           in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A)  of this Section , the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $10,000,000 and the amount assigned to the Eligible Assignee shall not be less than $10,000,000, unless each of Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met.

 

(ii)           Proportionate Amounts .  Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment

 

121



 

assigned except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to rights in respect of the Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans.

 

(iii)          Required Consents .  No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B)  of this Section  and, in addition:

 

(A)          the consent of Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided that Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof;

 

(B)           the consent of Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender;

 

(C)           the consent of L/C Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding); and

 

(D)          the consent of the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment.

 

(iv)          Assignment and Assumption .  The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided that Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment.  The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

 

(v)           No Assignment to Certain Persons .  No such assignment shall be made (A) to Parent or Borrower or any of their Affiliates or Subsidiaries, or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B) , or (C) to a natural person.

 

(vi)          Certain Additional Payments .  In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of Borrower and Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share

 

122



 

of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

 

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c)  of this Section , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , 3.05 , and 11.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment, provided any such release of the assigning Lender hereunder in connection with an assignment to any Affiliate or an Approved Fund shall be subject to such Affiliate’s or Related Fund’s reasonable establishment of its financial capability to meet its obligations as a Lender hereunder at the time of such assignment.  Upon request, Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d)  of this Section .

 

(c)           Register .  Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), shall maintain at Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and Borrower, Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  In addition, Administrative Agent shall maintain on the Register information regarding the designation, and revocation of designation, of any Lender as a Defaulting Lender .   The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(d)           Participations .  Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Borrower or Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender or Parent or Borrower or any of their Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or

 

123



 

obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) Borrower, Administrative Agent, the Lenders and L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any  provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 11.01 that affects such Participant.  Subject to subsection (e)  of this Section , Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b)  of this Section .  To the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.

 

(e)           Limitations upon Participant Rights .  A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with Borrower’s prior written consent.  A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of Borrower, to comply with Section 3.01(e)  as though it were a Lender.

 

(f)            Certain Pledges .  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(g)           Resignation as L/C Issuer after Assignment .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b)  above, Bank of America may, upon 30 days’ notice to Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.  In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.  If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c) ).  If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the

 

124


 

rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c) .  Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender and (b) unless all outstanding Letters of Credit are returned to the L/C Issuer, the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

11.07       Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality .  Each of Administrative Agent, the Lenders and L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors and representatives actively involved in the origination, syndication, closing, administration or enforcement of the Loans, (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process so long as Administrative Agent, LC Issuer and any Lender, as the case may be, requests confidential treatment of such Information to the extent permitted by Law (provided that the requesting Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or Lender shall not be responsible for the failure by any such party to keep the Information confidential), (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section , to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Eligible Assignee invited to be a Lender pursuant to Section 2.14(e), or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to Borrower and its obligations hereunder, (g) with the consent of Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section  or (y) becomes available to Administrative Agent, any Lender, L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Borrower provided that the source of such information was not at the time known to be bound by a confidentiality agreement or other legal or contractual obligation of confidentiality with respect to such Information.  For purposes of this Section , “ Information ” means all information received from any Company relating to any Company or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to Administrative Agent, any Lender or L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Company, provided that in the case of information received from any Company after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section  shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

125



 

Each of Administrative Agent, the Lenders and L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.

 

11.08       Right of Setoff .  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and L/C Issuer is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or L/C Issuer to or for the credit or the account of Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or L/C Issuer, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or L/C Issuer shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.17 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff.  The rights of each Lender and L/C Issuer under this Section  are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender and L/C Issuer may have.  Each Lender and L/C Issuer agrees to notify Borrower and Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

11.09       Interest Rate Limitation .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”).  If Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to Borrower.  In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

11.10       Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  Except as provided in Section 5.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by Administrative Agent and when

 

126



 

Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

11.11       Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof.  Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

 

11.12       Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions.  The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.12 , if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by Administrative Agent or L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

 

11.13       Replacement of Lenders .  If any Lender requests compensation under Section   3.04 , or if Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section   3.01 , if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 11.06 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that :

 

(a)           Borrower shall have paid to Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 11.06(b) ;

 

(b)           such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (excluding, in the case of any Defaulting Lender, any amounts under Section 3.05 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

 

127



 

(c)           in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

 

(d)           such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.

 

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

11.14       Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

 

(a)           GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(b)           SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION .  EACH OF PARENT, BORROWER, AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.  NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

 

(c)           WAIVER OF VENUE .  EACH OF PARENT, BORROWER, AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (b)  OF THIS SECTION .  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

128



 

(d)           SERVICE OF PROCESS .  EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02, PROVIDED THAT, IN THE CASE OF SERVICE ON ANY LOAN PARTY A COPY IS ALSO DELIVERED TO KATHRYN ARNONE, GENERAL COUNSEL FOR PARENT AND BORROWER.  NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

11.15       Waiver of Jury Trial .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION .

 

11.16       No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility .  In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), Parent, Borrower, and each other Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i)(A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger are arm’s-length commercial transactions between Parent, Borrower, each other Loan Party and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger, on the other hand, (B) each of Parent, Borrower, and the other Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) Borrower and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii)(A) Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for Parent, Borrower, any other Loan Party, or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither Administrative Agent nor Lead Arranger has any obligation to Parent, Borrower, any other Loan Party, or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of Parent, Borrower, the other Loan Parties, and their respective Affiliates, and neither Administrative Agent nor any Lead Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to Parent, Borrower, any other Loan Party, or any of their respective Affiliates.  To the fullest extent permitted by Law, each of Parent, Borrower, and the other Loan Parties hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

129



 

11.17       Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents .  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

11.18       USA PATRIOT Act .  Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act.  Borrower shall, promptly following a request by Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.

 

11.19       ENTIRE AGREEMENT .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

 

130


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership 

 

 

By:

STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a  Delaware limited liability, its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Benjamin S. Butcher

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

PARENT:

 

 

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC. , a Maryland corporation

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Benjamin S. Butcher

 

 

Title:

President

 

Signature Page to

STAG Credit Agreement

 



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Jane E. Huntington

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to

STAG Credit Agreement

 



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Lender, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Jane E. Huntington

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to

STAG Credit Agreement

 



 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Lender

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to

STAG Credit Agreement

 



 

 

JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to

STAG Credit Agreement

 



 

 

RBS CITIZENS, N.A., as Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Erin L. Mahon

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Signature Page to

STAG Credit Agreement

 



 

 

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to

STAG Credit Agreement

 


 

SCHEDULE 2.01

 

COMMITMENTS
AND APPLICABLE PERCENTAGES

 



 

SCHEDULE 4.01

 

INITIAL BORROWING BASE PROPERTIES

 



 

SCHEDULE 6.06

 

LITIGATION

 



 

SCHEDULE 6.09

 

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

 



 

SCHEDULE 6.18

 

SUBSIDIARIES AND
OTHER EQUITY INVESTMENTS
AND EQUITY INTERESTS IN BORROWER AND EACH MORTGAGOR

 



 

SCHEDULE 6.18

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MATTERS

 



 

SCHEDULE 8.01

 

EXISTING LIENS

 



 

SCHEDULE 8.13

 

Indebtedness

 



 

SCHEDULE 11.02

 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S OFFICE;
CERTAIN ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF COMMITTED LOAN NOTICE

 

Date:                        ,        

 

To:          Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March     , 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented, or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Borrower ”), STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“ Parent ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lenders and L/C Issuer.

 

The undersigned hereby requests (select one):

 

o             A Committed Borrowing of Committed Loans   o   A conversion or continuation of Committed Loans

 

1.             On                                                          (a Business Day).

 

2.             In the amount of $                                        .

 

3.             Comprised of                                                                 .

[Type of Loan requested]

 

4.             For Eurodollar Rate Loans:  with an Interest Period of [one (1)][three (3)][six (6)] month(s).

 

The Borrowing, if any, requested herein complies with the provisos to the first sentence of Section 2.01 of the Agreement.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

STAG Industrial GP, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

FORM OF SWING LINE LOAN NOTICE

 

Date:                        ,        

 

To:          Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March     , 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented, or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Borrower ”), STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“ Parent ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

 

The undersigned hereby requests (select one):

 

o             A Swing Line Borrowing of Swing Line Loans

 

1.             On                                                          (a Business Day).

 

2.             In the amount of $                                        .

 

The Swing Line Borrowing, if any, requested herein complies with the provisos to the first sentence of Section 2.01 of the Agreement.

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

STAG Industrial GP, LLC,  its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF NOTE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (“ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to                                            or registered assigns (“ Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Loan from time to time made by the Lender to Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March     , 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented, or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Borrower, STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation and the sole member of the sole general partner of Borrower (“ Parent ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

 

Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from the date of such Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Agreement.  All payments of principal and interest shall be made to Administrative Agent for the account of Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at Administrative Agent’s Office.  If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.

 

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein.  This Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranties and is secured by the Collateral.  Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement.  Loans made by Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by Lender in the ordinary course of business. Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

 

Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

STAG Industrial GP, LLC,
its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO

 

Date

 

Type of
Loan Made

 

Amount of
Loan Made

 

End of
Interest
Period

 

Amount of
Principal
or Interest
Paid This
Date

 

Outstanding
Principal
Balance
This Date

 

Notation
Made By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Financial Statement Date:               ,        

 

To:          Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March     , 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented, or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Borrower ”), STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation and the sole member of the sole general partner of Borrower (“ Parent ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

 

The undersigned Responsible Officer hereby certifies as of the date hereof that he/she is the                                of Parent, and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to Administrative Agent on the behalf of Parent, for itself and as general partner of Borrower, and that:

 

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal year-end financial statements]

 

1.             Parent has delivered the year-end audited financial statements required by Section 7.01(a)  of the Agreement for the fiscal year of Parent ended as of the above date, together with the report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant required by such section.

 

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal quarter-end financial statements]

 

1.             Parent has delivered the unaudited financial statements required by Section 7.01(b)  of the Agreement for the fiscal quarter of Parent ended as of the above date.  Such financial statements fairly present the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Companies in accordance with GAAP as at such date and for such period, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

 

2.             The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under his/her supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Companies during the accounting period covered by such financial statements.

 

3.             A review of the activities of the Companies during such fiscal period has been made under the supervision of the undersigned with a view to determining whether during such fiscal period the Companies performed and observed all of their Obligations under the Loan Documents, and

 



 

[select one:]

 

[during such fiscal period each Company has performed and observed each covenant and condition of the Loan Documents applicable to it, and no Default has occurred and is continuing.]

 

or—

 

[during such fiscal period the following covenants or conditions have not been performed or observed and the following is a list of each such Default and its nature and status:]

 

4.             The representations and warranties of Parent and Borrower contained in Article VI of the Agreement, and any representations and warranties of any Loan Party that are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection with the Loan Documents, are true and correct on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Compliance Certificate, the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.05(b)  shall be deemed to refer to the most-recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  and/or Section 7.01(b)  of the Agreement, in each case, including the statements delivered in connection with this Compliance Certificate.

 

5.             The financial covenant analyses and information set forth on Schedules 1 and 2 attached hereto are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of                               , 20    .

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

STAG Industrial GP, LLC,
its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

PARENT:

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC. , a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

For the Quarter/Year ended                                       (“ Statement Date ”)

 

SCHEDULE 1

to the Compliance Certificate

($ in 000’s)

 

I.

 

Section 8.14(a) — Maximum Leverage Ratio.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.

 

Consolidated Total Debt as of the Statement Date:

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

 

Total Asset Value as of the Statement Date ( See Schedule 2 ):

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio (Line I.A divided by Line I.B):

  %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum permitted :

55%/60%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II.

 

Section 8.14(b) — Maximum Recourse Indebtedness.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.

 

Recourse Indebtedness as of the Statement Date:

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

 

Excluded Funded Debt as of the Statement Date:

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.

 

Indebtedness under the Agreement as of the Statement Date:

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D.

 

Adjusted Recourse Indebtedness (Line II.A minus (Line II.B plus Line II.C)):

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E.

 

Total Asset Value as of the Statement Date:

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F.

 

Ratio of Line II.D divided by Line II.E:

  %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum permitted :

15%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

III.

 

Section 8.14(c) — Minimum Fixed Charge Ratio.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.

 

Consolidated EBITDA for fiscal quarter then ended, annualized (t he “ Subject Period ”) (See Schedule 2 ):

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

 

Consolidated Fixed Charges for fiscal quarter then ended, annualized (See Schedule 2 ):

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.

 

Fixed Charge Ratio (Line III.A. divided by Line III.B):

        to 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum required :

2.00 to 1/1.75 to 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IV.

 

Section 8.14(d) — Minimum Tangible Net Worth.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.

 

Tangible Net Worth as of the Closing Date multiplied by 85%:

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

 

Net proceeds of Equity Issuances by the Companies from the Closing Date to the Statement Date (subject to exclusion as provided in Section 8.14(d)) multiplied by 75%:

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.

 

Minimum Tangible Net Worth (Line IV.A plus Line IV.B):

$

 

 



 

 

 

D

Tangible Net Worth as of the Statement Date:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E.

[Excess][Deficiency] for covenant compliance (Line IV.D minus Line IV.C):

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

V.

 

Availability.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.

Prior to Satisfaction of Appraisal Condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Aggregate Borrowing Base Values times 40%

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Implied Loan Amount

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Borrowing Base (lesser of 1 and 2)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

Post-Satisfaction of Appraisal Condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Aggregate Appraised Values times 55%

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Implied Loan Amount

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Borrowing Base (lesser of 1 and 2)

 

$

 

 

 



 

For the Quarter/Year ended                                       (“ Statement Date ”)

 

SCHEDULE 2

to the Compliance Certificate

($ in 000’s)

 

CALCULATION OF TOTAL ASSET VALUE, CONSOLIDATED EBITDA, ADJUSTED

NOI, CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGES, AVAILABILITY, ETC.

(all in accordance with the definition for such term

as set forth in the Agreement)

 



 

EXHIBIT D-1

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

This Assignment and Assumption (this “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the][each](1) Assignor identified in item 1 below ([the][each, an] “ Assignor ”) and [the][each](2) Assignee identified in item 2 below ([the][each, an] “ Assignee ”).  [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the Assignors][the Assignees](3) hereunder are several and not joint.](4)  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee.  The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

 

For an agreed consideration, [the][each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the Assignee][the respective Assignees], and [the][each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the Assignor][the respective Assignors], subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of [the Assignor’s][the respective Assignors’] rights and obligations in [its capacity as a Lender][their respective capacities as Lenders] under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all such outstanding rights and obligations of [the Assignor][the respective Assignors] under the Commitment described below (including the Letters of Credit included in such Commitment) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)][the respective Assignors (in their respective capacities as Lenders)] against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i)  above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by [the][any] Assignor to [the][any] Assignee pursuant to clauses (i)  and (ii)  above being referred to herein collectively as [the][an] “ Assigned Interest ”).  Each such sale and assignment is without recourse to [the][any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by [the][any] Assignor.

 


(1)                                   For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignor(s), if the assignment is from a single Assignor, choose the first bracketed language.  If the assignment is from multiple Assignors, choose the second bracketed language.

(2)                                   For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignee(s), if the assignment is to a single Assignee, choose the first bracketed language.  If the assignment is to multiple Assignees, choose the second bracketed language.

(3)                                   Select as appropriate.

(4)                                   Include bracketed language if there are either multiple Assignors or multiple Assignees.

 



 

1.             Assignor[s]:

 

 

2.             Assignee[s]:

 

 

[for each Assignee, indicate [Affiliate][Approved Fund] of [ identify Lender ]]

 

3.             Borrower:               STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

4.             Administrative Agent: Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

 

5.             Credit Agreement:                Credit Agreement, dated as of March     , 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented, or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement , among Borrower, STAG Industrial, Inc., Maryland corporation (“ Parent ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer

 

6.             Assigned Interest[s]:(5)

 

Assignor[s](6)

 

Assignee[s](7)

 

Aggregate
Amount of
Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders(8)

 

Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned

 

Percentage
Assigned of
Commitment/
Loans(9)

 

CUSIP
Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

[7.            Trade Date:           ](10)

 

Effective Date:                                     , 20     [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

 

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR

 


(5)                                  The reference to “Loans” in the table should be used only if the Credit Agreement provides for Term Loans.

(6)                                   List each Assignor, as appropriate.

(7)                                   List each Assignee, as appropriate.

(8)                                   Amounts in this column and in the column immediately to the right to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date.

(9)                                   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

(10)                             To be completed if the Assignor and the Assignee intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.

 



 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

[Consented to and](11) Accepted :

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. ,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


(11)                             To be added only if the consent of Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 



 

 

 

[Consented to:] (12)

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

STAG Industrial GP, LLC , Inc.,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 


(12)                             To be added only if the consent of Borrower and/or other parties (e.g. L/C Issuer) is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 


 

ANNEX 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

1.                                        Representations and Warranties.

 

1.1.                               Assignor .  [The][Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the][[the relevant] Assigned Interest, (ii) [the][such] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

 

1.2.                               Assignee .  [The][Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.06(b)(iii)  and (v)  of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.06(b)(iii)  of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by [the][such] Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire [the][such] Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most-recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  and (b)  thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest, and (vii) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached hereto is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by [the][such] Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent, [the][any] Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 



 

2.                                        Payments .  From and after the Effective Date, Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the][each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the][the relevant] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to [the][the relevant] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

 

3.                                        General Provisions .  This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption.  This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 



 

EXHIBIT D-2

 

FORM OF ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

BORROWING BASE REPORT

 

To:                               Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

Date:                    ,                

 

A.

Aggregate Borrowing Value of all Borrowing Base Properties (See Schedule I ):

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

Borrowing Value Borrowing Base Amount (Line A multiplied by 40%/55% after Appraisal Condition satisfied):

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.

Implied Loan Amount (See Schedule II ):

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D.

Borrowing Base (L esser of Line B and Line C):

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E.

Aggregate Commitments:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less Swap Obligations secured by Collateral

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F.

Available Loan Amount ( Lesser of Line E and Line D):

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G.

Total Outstandings:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

H.

[Borrowing Availability][Borrowing Base Deficiency] (Line F minus Line G):

 

$

 

 

 

This report (this “ Report ”) is submitted pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March     , 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented, or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Borrower ”), STAG Industrial, Inc., Maryland corporation (“ Parent ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer .  Pursuant to the Security Documents, the Administrative Agent has been granted a security interest in all of the Collateral referred to in this Report and has a valid perfected first priority security interest in the Borrowing Base Properties.

 



 

The undersigned hereby certify, as of the date first written above, that (a) the amounts and calculations herein and in Schedule I and Schedule II accurately reflect the Borrowing Base, Available Loan Amount, and Total Outstandings and (b) no Default has occurred or is continuing.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP,
L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

STAG Industrial GP, LLC ,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PARENT:

 

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC. , a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

SCHEDULE I

to Borrowing Base Report

 

Appraised Value of each Borrowing Base Property

 



 

SCHEDULE II

to Borrowing Base Report

 

Implied Loan Amount

 



 

EXHIBIT F

 

NEW YORK MORTGAGE

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc. of our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the combined financial statements and financial statement schedule of STAG Predecessor Group, our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the combined statements of revenue and certain expenses of STAG Contribution Group, our report dated February 15, 2011 related to the consolidated balance sheet of STAG Industrial, Inc., our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Newton Property, our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Charlotte Property, our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the statment of revenue and certain expenses of the Goshen Property, our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the O'Fallon Property, our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Piscataway and Lopatcong Properties, our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Charlotte II Property, our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Madison Property, our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Streetsboro Property, our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Rogers and Vonore Properties, our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Salem Properties, our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Walker Property, and our report dated February 15, 2011 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Mooresville Property which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 16, 2011




QuickLinks


Exhibit 23.3

 

CONSENT OF CB RICHARD ELLIS — ECONOMETRIC ADVISORS

 

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

 

We hereby consent to the use of our name in the Registration Statement on Form S-11, to be filed by STAG Industrial, Inc., and the related Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements thereto (collectively, the “Registration Statement”), and the market information prepared by CB Richard Ellis — Econometric Advisors for STAG Industrial, Inc. wherever appearing in the Registration Statement, including, but not limited to the references to our company under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Market Overview” and “Experts” in the Registration Statement.

 

Dated: February 11, 2011

 

 

 

CB Richard Ellis — Econometric Advisors

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jon Southard

 

 

Name: Jon Southard

 

 

Title: Principal